You are on page 1of 428

29.3_UK_00_Umschlag.qxp:29.3_DE_00_Umschlag.qxp 05.11.

2009 9:21 Uhr Seite 1

Expansion Joints
Guide

www.boagroup.com
Additional sites in:
Buenos Aires, Argentina
Wien, Austria
Embu – São Paolo, Brazil
Shanghai, China
Plzen, Czechia
Chassieu, France
Fère-en-Tardenois, France
Port Elizabeth, South Africa

BOA Holding GmbH Expansion Joints, Metal Hoses Expansion Joints Guide
Lorenzstrasse 2–6 Metal Bellows, Plastics Components
D-76297 Stutensee Station-Ost 1
Germany CH-6023 Rothenburg, Switzerland
Phone +49 (0)72 44 99 0 Phone +41 (0)41 289 41 11
Fax +49 (0)72 44 99 372 Fax +41 (0)41 289 42 02
marketing@boa-bkt.com info@boa.ch

www.boagroup.com www.boa.ch
29.3_UK_Kap_01.qxp:UK_02_Kap_01.qxp 04.11.2009 15:48 Uhr Seite 1

BOA AG
Expansion Joints
Metal Hoses, Metal Bellows
Station-Ost 1
CH-6023 Rothenburg, Switzerland
Phone +41 (0)41 289 41 11
Fax +41 (0)41 289 42 02
info@boa.ch
www.boa.ch

BOA EXPANSION JOINTS GUIDE Edition 29.3-UK


29.3_UK_Kap_01.qxp:UK_02_Kap_01.qxp 30.10.2009 14:44 Uhr Seite 2

BOA EXPANSION JOINTS GUIDE


Contents
page
1 General information 4

2 Expansion joints in general 6


2.1 Main elements and their function 7
2.2 The multi-ply bellows 8
2.3 Calculating the multi-ply bellows 11
2.4 Types of connections 12
2.5 The inner sleeve 14
2.6 Untied expansion joints 14
2.7 Tied expansion joints 15
2.8 Types of expansion joints: product range 16
2.9 Production opportunities 17

3 Quality assurance 18
3.1 Quality management 18
3.2 Tests and laboratory 20

4 Applications 22
4.1 Diesel and gas engines 22
4.2 Aerospace 24
4.3 Power distribution 24
4.4 Domestic installations 25
4.5 Water and effluent treatment 26
4.6 Plant construction, general piping construction 26
4.7 Pumps and compressors 27

5 Definition of compensation types 28


5.1 Determination of movement range 28
5.2 Types of compensation 31
5.3 Anchor points, pipe alignment guides, suspended holding devices 35
5.4 Practical procedure 38
5.5 Calculating movement and anchor point forces 42
Axial expansion joints 42
5.6 Angular expansion joints 46
5.7 Lateral expansion joints 80
5.8 Universal expansion joints 92

6 Standard programme 96
6.1 General 96
6.2 Reduction 98
6.3 BOA Axial expansion joints 100
6.4 BOA Angular expansion joints 103
6.5 BOA Lateral expansion joints 105

2
29.3_UK_Kap_01.qxp:UK_02_Kap_01.qxp 30.10.2009 14:44 Uhr Seite 3

page
6.6 BOA Gimbal expansion joints 110
6.7 BOA Universal expansion joints 111
6.8 BOA Low pressure expansion joints 114
6.9 BOA Small expansion joints 118
6.10 Axial expansion joints for Mannesmann Pressfitting System 121
6.11 Axial steel expansion joints 122
6.12 Tables standard programme 125

7 Vibration absorbers 274


7.1 General 274
7.2 Technical data 275
7.3 Sound absorbing expansion joints 276
7.4 Tables standard programme 277

8 Rubber expansion joints 286


8.1 General 286
8.2 Technical data 287
8.3 Materials 287
8.4 Pressure and temperature 289
8.5 Reductions 290
8.6 Type designation 291
8.7 Tables standard programme 297

9 Dismantling pieces 322


9.1 General 322
9.2 Technical data 324
9.3 Tables standard programme 325

10 Rectangular, unreinforced expansion joints 338

11 Installation instructions 346


11.1 General safety recommendations 346
11.2 Axial expansion joints / dismantling pieces 349
11.3 Angular and lateral expansion joints 363
11.4 Rubber expansion joints 373

12 Annex / Standards 383


12.1 Symbols used in pipe construction 383
12.2 Table on guide analyses and characteristic strength values 384
12.3 International standards / comparison table 388
12.4 Conversion tables 390
12.5 Corrosion table 394
12.6 Subsidiaries / Holding Companies / Agencies 426

3
29.3_UK_Kap_01.qxp:UK_02_Kap_01.qxp 30.10.2009 14:44 Uhr Seite 4

1 General information

Presenting BOA Group and BOA AG

BOA Group, Stutensee, Germany


BOA Group is one of the world’s leading manufacturers for flexible
mechanical elements for the automotive industry and for a wide range of
industrial applications. The headquarter is based in Stutensee near
Karlsruhe/Germany.
Until August 2006 BOA operated under IWKA Balg- und Kompensatoren
Technologie GmbH. About 20 subsidiaries and holding companies in eleven
countries are now belonging to the new BOA Group. Additionally, the
organization keeps sales and service offices in the most important industrial
countries.
BOA Group develops, produces and distributes worldwide stainless steel
components for motor management, exhaust systems and side components
for vehicles. In the industrial division, BOA delivers pressure-tight and flexi-
ble elements for applications in energy technics and technical construction:
railway, shipyards, aerospace industry, vacuum technique, measurement and
control as well as armatures.
BOA solutions include both standardized products and customized, indivi-
dual elements developed together with the customer.

Product range of BOA Group:


Expansion Joints Metal Bellows
For pipe systems in chemical As elastic connections and seals
and refinery plants, power plant in valves and fittings, plant and
engineering, district heating and chemical engineering, electrical
diesel engine manufacturing. engineering, vacuum technique,
solar and heating installations, auto-
motive engineering, measurement
and control equipment.

4
29.3_UK_Kap_01.qxp:UK_02_Kap_01.qxp 30.10.2009 14:44 Uhr Seite 5

BOA AG, Rothenburg, Switzerland


BOA AG, based in Rothenburg near Lucerne, was founded in 1906. Over
200 employees are responsible for development, production, marketing and
sales of high-quality expansion joints, metal bellows, metal hoses and plas-
tics components. BOA AG is supported by its subsidiaries and holding com-
panies in France, the Netherlands, Poland, Germany, USA and by agencies
in all major industrial countries.
The partly varying technologies within the BOA Group form a meaningful
symbiosis for covering the needs of our customers.
BOA AG is an internationally recognized company which is among the
market leaders in its activity fields. The high standard in process manage-
ment and environmental engineering is maintained and guaranteed by
EN 9100:2003, ISO 9001:2000, ISO 14001:2004 and DIN EN 15085-2
certification.

Metal Hoses Plastics Components


made of stainless steel, used wher- Hose lines, high pressure hoses,
ever flexibility and highest reliability expansion joints and steel piping,
are required, e.g. gas distribution whose parts in direct contact with
in private households, solar and the flow are covered by plastics,
heating engineering, but also in the offer big advantages, plastics being
automotive industry, aerospace and mostly resistant against corrosion.
other industrial applications. Depending on the application, these
covers are made of PTFE ,
PFA or EPDM (rubber).

5
29.3_UK_Kap_02.qxp:UK_02_Kap_02.qxp 30.10.2009 14:44 Uhr Seite 6

2 Expansion joints in general

The main function of expansion joints in their various constructions is to com-


pensate for length variations and lateral shifts in pipe systems, machines and
appliances, caused by temperature differences, misalignment during installation
or construction setting. Therefore they are used for the construction of pipe
systems for hot or cold water, steam, petrol, fuel, hot gases and various chemi-
cal products. The construction of engines is another application field, where
expansion joints absorb vibrations in diesel engines, turbines or compressors by
preventing the vibration to be transmitted into the exhaust or compressed air
systems. As dismantling pieces they assure easy mounting.

General table expansion joints according to ISO 15348

Movements
Type of Type Design Absorption of the angular lateral / radial
movement reaction force axial one several one several
direction directions direction directions

axial no

axial
axial,
pressure- yes
balanced

simple yes
joint
angular

gimbal yes
joint

with two
tie rods yes

lateral
with
several tie
yes
rods

universal no

universal
universal,
pressure- yes
balanced

6
29.3_UK_Kap_02.qxp:UK_02_Kap_02.qxp 30.10.2009 14:44 Uhr Seite 7

o com- The table shows the different types of expansion joints according to their main
es and function and construction and the movement ranges. Specially to be remark-
stallation ed: all types without tie rods, while under pressure and shock, put a reaction
pipe force (= product of pressure x cross-section of expansion joint) on the pipe
s chemi- system. Therefore the pipe system has to be specially anchored.
where
essors by
sed air
2.1 Main elements and their function
Expansion joints are generally composed of three elements to fulfill their job:
- bellows
- connecting part (weld end, flange)
- inner sleeve
- tie rod (only at hinged or pressure balanced types)

angular tie rod


inner sleeve
bellows

weld end flange

tie rod

All these parts can be composed in different ways to become the final product
"expansion joint".
Our standard programme (section 6) shows a wide range of already optimally
composed expansion joints.

7
29.3_UK_Kap_02.qxp:UK_02_Kap_02.qxp 30.10.2009 14:44 Uhr Seite 8

2.2 The multi-ply bellows

axial movement angular movement lateral movement

The basic element and therefore the heart of any expansion joint is the bellow.
Large flexibility in axial, lateral and angular direction as well as high pressure
resistance is expected from this unit. Furthermore it has to resist high tempe-
ratures, vibrations and caustic media.
BOA, as the inventor of the multi-ply bellows, continued developing this new
technique. Only bellows of austenitic steel or other high-grade material are
manufactured.

The thin strip material is shaped by a


longitudinal welding seam to a tight
inner and outside tube (see picture at
left).
Between, depending on pressure and
temperature, strip material is spirally
wound up and put together to a com-
pact cylindrical pack. The single
cylinders may consist of different
materials to realize cheaper solutions,
when less corrosion resistance is
demanded.

8
29.3_UK_Kap_02.qxp:UK_02_Kap_02.qxp 30.10.2009 14:44 Uhr Seite 9

By pressing out annular corrugations


through cold forming, the multi-ply
bellow is formed with its particularly
useful technical performance.

• high flexibility
• short construction length
• small displacement forces
• large movement capacities
• small corrugation height
• vibration absorption

The multi-ply bellow has a positive


vement effect on the expansion joint’s safety.
If ever the layer in contact with the
medium develops a leak, e.g. by
overstress or fatigue, the medium will
try to find its way slowly through the
labyrinth of layers. Once arrived out-
side, it will automatically mark the
leak at the drilled control hole.

Drilled hole for control purposes

This construction principle offers the following advantages in terms of safety:

• early leaking detection


• possibility of permanent leaking control while using dangerous media
• despite faint leaking, pressure resistance and functionality of the
expansion joint are guaranteed over a certain time (weeks, months)
• no need of immediate replacement
• spontaneous bursting is impossible.

9
29.3_UK_Kap_02.qxp:UK_02_Kap_02.qxp 30.10.2009 14:44 Uhr Seite 10

Vibration absorbers take another advantage of the multi-ply bellows.


Thanks to the compact layer structure, friction effects grow out inside the
bellows pack, and when the bellows is moving, the force-movement-diagram
develops hysteresis.

• Therefore the principle of the multi-layer bellows is an excellent solid-


borne sound absorber. Similar results are realized such as with rubber
elements, plus the advantage of higher temperature and ageing resis-
tance.

10
29.3_UK_Kap_02.qxp:UK_02_Kap_02.qxp 30.10.2009 14:44 Uhr Seite 11

2.3 Calculating the multi-ply bellows


the
iagram
single-ply The positive effect of the very flexible
multi-ply bellows compared with the
single-ply expansion joints is easy to
solid- show with a simple bending bar. It is
rubber evident, that at the same bending
resis- rate and the same dimensions, with
half of the bar’s thickness a, the
bending tension F2 is also halved,
and the displacement force of the
two-layer bending bar is only one
quarter of the original value.

multi-ply Usually, the bellows are exposed to


extreme static or dynamic forces
generated by internal pressure, tem-
perature, vibrations etc. Different to a
fix pipe system, the calculation of the
effects of the varying forces to a
multi-ply bellow becomes very com-
plex.

To meet the high safety expectancies,


engineering must be supported by a
reliable and tested calculation
method. BOA makes use of the
results and knowledge of the group of
American expansion joints manufac-
turers (EJMA), published since 1958.
This calculation method is highly
approved for multi-ply expansion
joints and is recognized by all interna-
STANDARDS OF tional certification authorities.
THE EXPANSION JOINT
MANUFACTURERS
ASSOCIATION, INC.

11
29.3_UK_Kap_02.qxp:UK_02_Kap_02.qxp 30.10.2009 14:44 Uhr Seite 12

2.4 Types of connections

Depending on the application, exchangeability, safety or pressure rating, we


usually distinguish three types to connect the expansion joint with the pipe
system or the unit.

Expansion joint for Expansion joint with Expansion joint with


welding in welded flange connec- loose flange connection
tion

Expansion joint for welding in

The advantages of this connection


type are:
1. The outside dimensions of the
connection are compact to the
continuing piping
2. The tight weld seams (proved to
be indestructible by tests) for the
application under elevated pres-
sure conditions or dangerous
media.

Welding the multi-ply bellows made


of austenitic steel and the ferritic weld
end (or flange) is a process which
requires particular measures, training
and experience. It is one of the deci-
sive points for the quality of an
expansion joint. BOA controls and
guarantees the catch of the bellows‘
layers into the welding, a robust and

12
29.3_UK_Kap_02.qxp:UK_02_Kap_02.qxp 30.10.2009 14:44 Uhr Seite 13

continuous weld structure and a minimal heating zone. By using our tested
and optimized welding procedure, we exclude weld flaws, hot cracks, in-
clusions, pores and blowholes.

Expansion joint with welded flange connection

The advantages of this connection


type lie in its quick replacement and
the short construction length.
The welding seam procedure between
the multi-ply bellows and the flange
follows strictly the same conditions as
for the weld ends.

Expansion joints with loose flange connection

As for the welded flanges, the


advantages of this connection type
lie in the easy replacement, quick
installation and the short construc-
tion length.

Furthermore, the bellows, on both


sides bordered around the flange,
keeps the flange movable. If the
holes are not in alignment and the
inside medium is aggressive, the
bordered bellows protects the flan-
ges, so that there is no need to
choose special materials for them.

13
29.3_UK_Kap_02.qxp:UK_02_Kap_02.qxp 30.10.2009 14:44 Uhr Seite 14

2.5 The inner sleeve (protecting tube)

Inner sleeves protect the bellow and


prevent it from being activated by
vibrations caused by the medium’s
high speed. The installation of an
inner sleeve is recommended,

• if abrasive media are used


• if large temperature divergences are
expected

• to prevent the deposition of solid parts in the corrugations


• if the flow rate is higher than ca. 8 m/sec for gaseous media
• if the flow rate is higher than ca. 3 m/sec for liquid media

For further instruction see 11.1 "General safety recommendations".

2.6 Untied expansion joints

Expansion joints without tie rods


(axial or universal), while under pres-
sure and shock, put a reaction force
FP (= product of overpressure p x
cross section area A) on the pipe
system and the anchor points respec-
tively. (For detail information see
5.5.1)

The bellow’s cross-section A may be found in the dimension tables of the


expansion joints types. If high pressures and large nominal widths occur, the
reaction force becomes enormous, e.g. at a pressure of 40 bar and 400 mm
nominal width, the reaction force is approx. 570 kN. Therefore the anchor
points have to be massive.

14
29.3_UK_Kap_02.qxp:UK_02_Kap_02.qxp 30.10.2009 14:44 Uhr Seite 15

2.7 Tied expansion joints

The reaction force, explained before,


is taken up by a tie bar system, i.e.
articulation parts or tie rods.
Depending on the pipe alignment
guide and the occuring movements,
the appropriate tied expansion joint
type is chosen (see 5.2). Despite of
the tied version the total length of the
expansion joint remains short and is
therefore also advantageous for
system solutions.

If high pressures or pressure impacts


occur, and to avoid massive and
expensive anchor point construc-
tions, tied expansion joints are
chosen by the expert engineer.

Along with taking up the reaction


force and its correct transmitting to
the connecting parts, the tie rods
support the articulation parts, thus
ensuring the movement function.
Besides, there are very often additio-
nal loads and moments to transmit. It
is evident, that the dimensioning of
the tied elements has to be made
with the help of a reliable and tested
calculation method. BOA is using the
advantages of FEM, calculating with
the non linear ultimate load method.
The results from this dimensioning
method mainly meet the values re-
ceived during many practical tests
and bursting pressure tests.

15
29.3_UK_Kap_02.qxp:UK_02_Kap_02.qxp 30.10.2009 14:45 Uhr Seite 16

2.8 Types of expansion joints: product range

Untied execution Tied execution


with pressure reaction force without pressure reaction force

Low pressure expansion joints Angular expansion joints


BOA Type EXW Reasonably priced BOA Type AWT Large angular
EXF execution for large AFS movement in one
EXUW movements and AFB plane at short
EXUF low pressures in building lengths for
exhaust, flue gas, demanding process
effluent pipes, and district heating
p. 116 dilatations, etc. p. 103 piping

Axial expansion joints Pressure balanced expansion joints


BOA Type W Large absorption of BOA Type CW Special expansion
FS axial movements at CFS joints with appropriate
FB short building lengths CLW construction for pressure
for pipe and plant CLF relief, for linear or
construction. deviated pipe quide
p. 100

Small expansion joints Gimbal expansion joints


BOA Type Za Absorption of axial BOA Type KAWT Large angular movement
Ga movements, for HVAC KAFS in several planes at short
I piping KAFB building lengths for
7179 00X-MS/ME demanding process
7160 00S-TI/RI/TA/RA/LF piping
p. 118 7162 00S-TI/RI/TA/RA/LF p. 110

Universal expansion joints Lateral expansion joints


BOA Type UW Large movement BOA Type LW All-around circularly
UFS absorption in every LFS movable, for plant
UFB direction for pipe and LFB construction,
plant construction, LWT turbines,
installation compensa- subsidences
p. 111 tion, subsidences p. 105

16
29.3_UK_Kap_02.qxp:UK_02_Kap_02.qxp 30.10.2009 14:45 Uhr Seite 17

Untied execution Tied execution


e with pressure reaction force without pressure reaction force

Dismantling pieces without tie rods Dismantling pieces with tie rods
BOA Type AKFB-U They create a BOA Type AKFB-Z They create a
AKFS-U sufficient gap for easy AKFS-Z sufficient gap for
dismantling and AK-Z easy dismantling
replacement of and replacement
p. 322 fittings p. 322 of fittings

Vibration absorbers Vibration absorbers


BOA Type Alpha-C Protecting pipe BOA Type Epsilon-C Protecting pipe
systems and systems and install-
installations from ations from vibra-
p. 274 vibrations/oscillations p. 274 tions/oscillations.

Rubber expansion joints Rubber expansion joints


BOA Type 3140 00S-.... as a reasonably BOA Type 3840 DFS-.... as a reasonably
priced variant for the absorption priced variant for the absorption
p. 286 of dilatations and vibrations. p. 286 of dilatations and vibrations.

2.9 Production opportunities

We are manufacturing expansion joints elements in diameters from 10 mm up


to 2100 mm. They resist nominal pressure up to 100 bar and may be used at
temperatures from – 270°C until 900°C (depending on the choice of material).
BOA expansion joints fully meet the high demands concerning flexibility,
operating stability, long life span, tightness, temperature resistance, mechani-
cal strength and pressure resistance.

Our conceptions to resolve problems with the help of our products result from
innovative research and development work. Varied experiences made over the
years help taking profit from the newest technical engineering standards.

Precise manufacturing and an extensive test programme to guarantee perma-


nent quality assurance ensure technically performing products of high quality.

17
29.3_UK_Kap_03.qxp:UK_02_Kap_03.qxp 30.10.2009 14:45 Uhr Seite 18

3 Quality assurance

3.1 Quality management

BOA expansion joints are designed, calculated, manufactured and controlled


respecting the technical state of the art. Regular controls and tests executed
by accredited authorities for enterprise certification confirm the efficient and
professional continuity of BOA process management.

Firm approval

EN 9100:2003 Quality Management for Aerospace applications


ISO 9001:2000 Quality Management
ISO 14001:2004 Environment Management
AD2000-W0 TRD 100 Materials: Restamping authorization
AD2000-HP0 EN ISO 3834-2 Welding mastery
DIN EN 15085 Railway applications – Welding of railway
vehicles and components – part 2

PED Conformity
Pressure Equipment Directive PED 97/23/EC (and SR 819.121)
Authorized for CE marking

Euro-Qualiflex

Product type approval

To cover the particular market orientations, we are in possession of the


necessary product type approvals, established by accredited certification
authorities. These are:

Bureau Det Norske Rina Germanischer Lloyd’s


Veritas Veritas LIoyd Register

China Corporation Korean Register American Bureau China Classifi-


Register of Shipping of Shipping of Shipping cation Society

18
29.3_UK_Kap_03.qxp:UK_02_Kap_03.qxp 30.10.2009 14:45 Uhr Seite 19

Tests and inspections


The expansion joints test programmes follow customer‘s demands and
requests as well as manufacturing and engineering standards, but are not a
matter of subsequent tests. Tests only confirm the required quality level.

Non-destructive test methods Destructive test methods


• water pressure test • mechanical strength test
• leak-tightness test with air or nitro- • cupping test
gen under water • metallographic investigations
• leak-tightness test with air and • spectroscopic test
foaming agents at the welds • stroke test (endurance test) under
• pressure difference test with air pressure and temperature
• X-ray test • vibration test
• magnetic particle crack test • bursting pressure test
• dye penetration test
• helium leakage test
(<1x10-9 mbar l/s)

d’s
ister

a Classifi-
n Society

19
29.3_UK_Kap_03.qxp:UK_02_Kap_03.qxp 30.10.2009 14:45 Uhr Seite 20

3.2 Tests and laboratory

BOA expansion joints can undergo various quality tests and inspections. The
scope of the test programmes depends on requirements and wishes of the
customer or the inspection organization.

Our quality assurance programme and cooperation with the inspection orga-
nizations allow us to supply products to meet the most stringent demands,
such as for nuclear applications.

Product quality is a matter of production standards and not of the subsequent


tests. Therefore our production methods are generally based on a high quality
level. Consequently, for reasons of costs, additional tests are only carried out if
the application concerned absolutely demands this.

If design evidence is required for the expansion joint in individual cases, we


need to check the admissible operating data here at the factory on the basis of
exact specification of the requirements.

Our test methods


• helium leakage test (10-9 mbar l/s)
Non-destructive methods • hardness test – including on the
• water pressure test components
• leak-tightness test with air or
nitrogen under water
• leak-tightness test with air and
foaming agents at the welds
X-ray test
• ultrasound test and wall thickness
measurement
• magnetic particle crack test
• dye penetration test

Destructive methods
• mechanical strength test
• cupping test
• metallographic investigations
• spectroscopic test
• stroke test (endurance test) under
pressure and temperature
• bursting pressure test

20
29.3_UK_Kap_03.qxp:UK_02_Kap_03.qxp 30.10.2009 14:45 Uhr Seite 21

Compared with other leak test


methods, the helium test permits
detection of the smallest measurable
leakage rate so far. Depending on the
size of the test unit, it is possible to
detect even a leak up to 10-9 mbar
l/s. With the help of a special device,
the expansion joint is sealed on both
sides and then pumped out to a vacu-
um of 10-2 mbar. The welding seams
are blown with helium on the outside.
The mass spectrometer will instantly
register any leak and the leak rate may
be read from the measuring instru-
Movement test to determine the ment. The leak will also be indicated
stress cycles endured. by an acoustic signal.

Helium leak test

Macro cross section of an inner


welding seam

21
29.3_UK_Kap_04.qxp:UK_02_Kap_04.qxp 30.10.2009 14:45 Uhr Seite 22

4 Applications

In almost every technical-oriented industrial area expansion joints are used to


ensure the operating stability of the installations.

Using flexible, metallic expansion joints in modern installation and plant con-
struction is not only technically necessary, but also important to meet the
industry’s demands for:
• improved profitability • system compatibility
• reduced plant size • smooth operating
• easy mounting • safety in case of incidents

BOA expansion joints meet all these requirements. Below some of the appli-
cation fields are listed, where BOA expansion joints mainly are used.
Nevertheless, our experienced team will be happy to develop, together with
your engineers, new applications in all areas where flexible pipe elements or
connections are needed. Please submit your problem – and we will present
our solution as we have being for more than hundred years.

4.1 Diesel and gas engines


Since many decades BOA is delivering expansion joints for exhaust lines be-
tween outlet valve and turbocharger to wellknown manufacturers of diesel
engines. By continuous developing our products in this field, we are now able
to design and supply complete exhaust systems. BOA exhaust systems are
worldwide in use and present the following advantages to our customers:

• one contact person


• compact construction
• considerable economies thanks to quick mounting and 50% weight
reduction
• optimal and interactive design thanks to modern engineering tools with
Pro-E CAD and ANSIS calculation programme
• 100% system tightness because of less intersections
• efficient benchmarking at BOA

Exhaust line modular assembly


system 12/18/20

22
29.3_UK_Kap_04.qxp:UK_02_Kap_04.qxp 30.10.2009 14:45 Uhr Seite 23

Additional to the complete exhaust systems, we also construct special


expansion joints for diesel and gas engine manufacturers, designed accord-
ing to customer’s requirements.

Expansion joint with V-clamp flanges

Expansion joint with special flanges

sembly
Expansion joint with bent tubes

23
29.3_UK_Kap_04.qxp:UK_02_Kap_04.qxp 30.10.2009 14:45 Uhr Seite 24

4.2 Aerospace
All experiences made over decades and in different areas needing flexible
elements, BOA could implement them successfully into the aerospace. The
multi-ply expansion joint in this highly demanding application field presents
the following advantages:

• low weight thanks to short building length, small displacement rates and
special welding connections,
• BOA’s high-grade welding competence allows to use the most different
materials, particularly required in this exigent sector,
• effective vibration absorption.

Thanks to the high quality standards, our own test laboratory and the most
modern calculations moduls, BOA is today able to approach successfully
the solution of your problem. Since 2009, BOA is certified according to
EN 9100:2003.

Vibration decoupling unit for


helicopters

4.3 Power distribution


Through many years of collaboration with the leading manufacturers of high vol-
tage SF6 installations, BOA has developed different types and procedures for this
special market. Customers take profit from this longlasting experience as follows:

• worldwide certification according to GIS/GIL norms


• cost reduction thanks to the connection of the austenitic bellows with
aluminium flanges
• no cleaning afterwards because of SF6 cleanness directives

Axial expansion joint with Pressure relieved axial expansion joint


aluminium flanges for high voltage SF6 installations

24
29.3_UK_Kap_04.qxp:UK_02_Kap_04.qxp 30.10.2009 14:45 Uhr Seite 25

4.4 Domestic installations


Dilatations of central heating pipe systems are not only a problem to resolve
by compensating them while installed in industrial plants and large public
buildings, but also in the private construction sector. The rather long pipe
lines generate dilatations that can not quite simply be compensated by
deviating the piping. In shorter main pipe lines axial expansion joints are
used. In long linear main pipe lines hinged and angular expansion joints are
needed. The requirements of the "heating and ventilation" area are mostly
fulfilled by the BOA standard expansion joints programme.

Axial expansion joint Type W Small expansion joint Type Za

high vol-
es for this
s follows:

with
Angular expansion joint Type AW Vibration absorber Type Alpha-C

25
29.3_UK_Kap_04.qxp:UK_02_Kap_04.qxp 30.10.2009 14:45 Uhr Seite 26

4.5 Water and effluent treatment

In this sector mostly BOA dismantling pieces are used. Compared with stan-
dard demounting joints, BOA units have the following advantages:
• 50% installation time reduction
• quick availability of the equipment by exploiting the spring rate of the bellows
• 100% tightness because no rubber elements are used (no ageing)
• economic execution using parts in contact with the medium made of non-
corrosive austenitic material
• compensation of installation misalignment without tightness problems
The successful use of BOA dismantling pieces during many years proves the
advantages mentioned above.

Fresh water piping, chemical Water supply, City of Zurich, CH


plant, D

4.6 Plant construction, general piping construction

There is hardly another application field needing more expansion joints than
plant construction or general piping construction. BOA expansion joints are
successfully installed e.g. in chemical plants, thermal power plants, petroche-
mical plants and district heating power plants.

The requirements of the plant con-


struction field are mostly fulfilled by
the BOA standard expansion joints
programme. As a special service for
the pipe system engineer, BOA may
offer stress analysis data generated
by the "Caesar II" program. This
helps optimizing construction costs
and smooth operating is ensured.

Lateral and angular expansion joints

26
29.3_UK_Kap_04.qxp:UK_02_Kap_04.qxp 30.10.2009 14:45 Uhr Seite 27

4.7 Pumps and compressors

Oscillations/vibrations caused by pumps, compressors, burners, piping equip-


ment etc. and subsequently transmitted to the pipe system, not only make
disturbing noise, they also stress enormously the materials exposed to the
vibrations. Therefore in this application field mostly BOA vibration absorbers
(made of metal or rubber) are recommended. Our vast standard programme of
metal and rubber vibration absorbers mostly covers all application fields of
pumps and compressors.

Rubber and metal vibration absorbers

Pump station with vibration absorbers

27
29.3_UK_Kap_05.qxp:UK_02_Kap_05.qxp 30.10.2009 14:45 Uhr Seite 28

5 Definition of compensation types

5.1 Determination of movement range

Expansion joints compensate for different movements, caused by different


sources, such as

• installation misalignment
• vibrations
• mounting gap
• extension caused by pressure force
• subsidences
• elongations

Elongation usually reaches the highest movement values.

Installation misalignment
Misalignment occurs very often during pipe installation. These imprecisions
may be compensated by expansion joints, if already considered by the system
design. In this case, the expansion joint’s life time is hardly affected, because it
is a singular movement. On the other hand a complete or partial blocking of
the corrugations may be caused, if short axial expansion joints are installed.
The indicated movement compensation would be hindered and therefore early
failure of the expansion joint is to be expected.

Vibrations
Vibrations of different frequency and amplitude are caused by rotating or
shifting masses in installations such as pumps, piston machines, compressors
etc.
These vibrations not only make disturbing noise, but excite connecting pipes
to the extent of fatigue causing early failure. Thus the operating stability and
economic efficiency of the installation is at risk.

28
29.3_UK_Kap_05.qxp:UK_02_Kap_05.qxp 30.10.2009 14:45 Uhr Seite 29

Mounting gap
During the installation of pipes, especially when subsequent dismantling and
replacement of singular elements become necessary, an axial mounting gap is
indispensable for easy replacement of the modular elements. The so-called
dismantling piece supports larger movement up to the corrugations‘ blocking,
because exchange cycles usually are not frequent.

Extension caused by pressure force


Extension occurs in containers and piping put under pressure forces. Their
values only have to be considered at larger diameters.

Subsidences
Expansion joints may take up larger subsidence movements, because it is a
singular occurrence (no stress cycles). The expansion joint may even endure
an excessive deformation of the bellows without leakage.

29
29.3_UK_Kap_05.qxp:UK_02_Kap_05.qxp 30.10.2009 14:45 Uhr Seite 30

Elongations
Changes in the length of a piping are mainly caused by temperature variations.
These changes in length have an insignificant effect in radial direction due to
the pipe geometry and can be neglected, since pipe diameter is much smaller
than pipe length. However, lengthwise variations of volume deserve close
attention, since it can become quite significant when temperature and pipe
length increase.
Each material has its own expansion coefficient which for the different types of
iron and steel varies in rather narrow range. The differences become more sig-
nificant for steel alloys such as heat resistant steel, stainless steel or high heat
resistant metals and their alloys such as nickel, Monel, titanium, Inconel,
Nimonic etc. Copper and aluminium and their alloys have even greater expan-
sion coefficients.

Thermal expansion of different metals

n)
te
Heat expansion  in mm/m

us
(a
/8 el
18 on
i St M
N
Cr
er
pp
Co els
ste
nt
ista
s
re
at
he
m

d
an
iu
in

el
um

ste
Al

ild
M

Temperature in °C

30
29.3_UK_Kap_05.qxp:UK_02_Kap_05.qxp 30.10.2009 14:45 Uhr Seite 31

5.2 Types of compensation

Basically there are three types of compensation to consider:

• elastic bending of extant pipe legs (natural expansion compensation)


• expansion compensation with untied expansion joints
• expansion compensation with tied expansion joints

Which of the three types is to be chosen also depends on the following


criteria:

• extension and type of the movement to compensate


• pipe design
• installation conditions
• dimensioning of anchor points and connections regarding forces and
moments
• total costs of the compensation

5.2.1 Natural expansion compensation

If local conditions allow the alignment of the pipe work between two anchor
points in such a way that heat expansions of the pipe are compensated by the
elastic reaction of the pipe elbows and legs (bending, twisting), these effects
have to be exploited. However, installing extra pipe legs is not an economic
solution. Natural compensation is only useful, if the pipes are able to compen-
sate, additional to the stresses caused by internal pressure, the stresses
resulting from the movement cycles, and that without early ageing.
Due to the technical efforts and the resulting costs, such types of compensa-
tion are only to be considered for pipes smaller than DN 100.

31
29.3_UK_Kap_05.qxp:UK_02_Kap_05.qxp 30.10.2009 14:45 Uhr Seite 32

Expansion compensation of right-angled pipe legs

Expansion compensation of carbon steel


Dehnungsaufnahme von C-Stahl

DN400 DN350 DN300 DN250 DN200


10000 DN150
DN100
mm]兴

DN80
e [关mm

DN65
DN50
Schenof
Length llängleg
kepipe

1000
10 100
ehnung [关mm
DExpansion mm]兴

5.2.2 Expansion compensation with untied expansion joints

Axial expansion joints have the advantage of requiring almost no additional


space for installation. The flow direction is not changed. A condition for select-
ing an axial expansion joint is the possibility to locate the necessary anchor
points and pipe alignment guides, which is often difficult for large pipe diame-
ters and high pressures. Under pressure, axial expansion joints exert a reaction
force (see 5.5.1), tending to stretch into a smooth pipe.

The reaction force and spring rate should be taken up by the anchor points at
both ends of the pipe section. In a longer pipe system where several expan-
sion joints are installed in series, pipe sections should be created by means of
intermediate anchor points. An axial expansion joint should be placed in each
section. The anchor points at both ends of the straight pipe section should
take up the full reaction force. The intermediate anchor points should resist to
a smaller, anchor points at direction changing points to a reduced force, i.e. to
the resulting reaction force. Axial expansion joints compensate for axial pipe
elongations. Therefore, the piping should be coaxial with the expansion joint.
Slight side movements up to a few millimeters are acceptable, however, they
reduce the life expectancy of the axial expansion joint, if the allowable axial
movement is fully used at the same time.

32
29.3_UK_Kap_05.qxp:UK_02_Kap_05.qxp 30.10.2009 14:45 Uhr Seite 33

Advantages:
• simple way of compensation
• no change in flow direction
• minimal space requirements

Disadvantages:
• strong anchor points and good axial pipe guides required
• several axial expansion joints are needed for large elongations
• many anchor points and pipe guides are necessary for long pipe sections

5.2.3 Expansion compensation with tied expansion joints

Compared with untied expansion joints, those equipped with tie rods only
need light anchor points (sufficiently firm supports). The reaction force from
the bellow is taken up by the hinges and acts as an anchor point load. Only
the spring rate of the bellow and the friction forces of the hinge have an
active effect on the anchor points. The anchor points should be calculated to
resist to the friction forces at the pipe guide supports and to the displace-
ment forces of the expansion joints.

For tied executions, angular and lateral expansion joints are used. Another
possibility is the use of pressure balanced expansion joints.

5.2.3.1 Elongation absorption with angular expansion joints

Angular (or hinged) expansion joints are used for large pipe elongations. A
system of expansion joints is made of standard elements. This requires two
or three expansion joints. The application of angular expansion joints always
requires a change in the direction of the piping. Therefore, they are preferably
located where a 90° bend has originally been foreseen. The elongation
absorption of hinged expansion joint systems is practically unlimited. It is
determined by the allowable movement‘s angle of the hinged expansion
joints and the length of the pipe section between two angular expansion
joints.

33
29.3_UK_Kap_05.qxp:UK_02_Kap_05.qxp 30.10.2009 14:45 Uhr Seite 34

Advantages:
• almost unlimited elongation absorption
• reduced load on anchor points
• modular concept application
• use of normal guides

Disadvantages:
• change in pipe direction is always required
• more space required as compared to axial
expansion joints
• two or three expansion joints required for a
system

5.2.3.2 Expansion compensation with lateral expansion joints

Lateral (or swing) expansion joints, equipped with ball joints, can move in all
directions within one plane. They are used for simultaneous or staggered
movements from two directions. At sufficient length, these expansion joints
can take up considerable amounts of movements. Lateral expansion joints
with ball points are mostly used for small elongations when the pipe layout is
complex, or for stressless connections directly before sensitive equipment,
such as pumps, compressors and machines. If two ball joint expansion joints
are arranged at right angles, such a system takes up elongations in all three
directions (possible only with 2 tie rods). The application of this expansion
joint always requires a change in direction of the piping. Regarding anchor
point loads, the same rule is applied as for angular expansion joints.

Advantages:
• movement compensation in all directions
in one plane
• elongation absorption in all three directions
possible, if two ball joint expansion joints
are used (only possible with two tie rods)
• small load on anchor points

Disadvantages:
• change in pipe direction is necessary
• more space required compared with axial expansion joints

34
29.3_UK_Kap_05.qxp:UK_02_Kap_05.qxp 30.10.2009 14:45 Uhr Seite 35

5.2.3.3 Expansion compensation with pressure balanced expansion joints

There are many types of special constructions such as pressure balanced axial
expansion joints, angle balanced expansion joints, composed axial-lateral
expansion joints. There are standards covering such systems, but the expan-
sion joints themselves are not standardized. It is recommended to consult the
manufacturer in these cases, because special constructions are sometimes
technically efficient, but nevertheless the most expensive solution.

Advantages:
• small anchor point loads
• needs minimal space
• efficient technical solution

Disadvantages:
• custom-built, therefore higher costs

5.3 Anchor points, pipe alignment guides, suspended holding devices

Regardless of the type of expansion joint being applied, anchors should


always be provided at each end of a pipe. When axial expansion joints are
used, each bend, right angle turn or considerable pipe direction change must
be anchored. Pipes whose elongation is compensated by several expansion
joints should be subdivided by as many anchors as the number of expansion
joints requires. The location of anchors is determinded on the one side by the
direction of the piping, on the other side by local conditions. However, their
capacity of providing good anchorage is essential.
The corrugated bellow of the expansion joint tends to stretch when subjected
to internal pressure, and to contract under vacuum. This pushing or pulling
force, the reaction force of the bellows, is transmitted to the piping and should
be neutralized by the anchor of the piping. The strength of the anchor point,
and therefore basically its design, is determined by the reaction force. In this
case, not the reaction force (see also 5.2.2) of the operating pressure, but of
the test pressure is relevant, because the anchorage must absorb the reaction
force of the test phase, when the piping is put under pressure. However, the
test pressure should not exceed 1,5 times of the operating pressure. The
spring rate of the bellow must be added to the reaction force, however it
usually amounts to only a friction of the latter. If a sufficient number of anchor
points cannot be provided, stress-relieved expansion joints, such as hinged,
swing or pressure balanced axial expansion joints should be used.
It is easier to provide anchor points to a straight pipe section when only the
spring rate of the expansion joint and the friction of the guides are to be

35
29.3_UK_Kap_05.qxp:UK_02_Kap_05.qxp 30.10.2009 14:45 Uhr Seite 36

absorbed. On the contrary, the reaction force, generated at points of change


in direction, at points of cross section changing or influenced by valves or fit-
tings, needs more attention. When there is a change in the cross section of
the piping, the difference in reaction force between the larger and the smaller
pipe cross section should be added to, or subtracted from the other forces.
The design of an anchor can be quite simple. Below we present some possi-
ble and often used anchor designs. The most suitable type to be selected is
determined by the local conditions.

Examples of anchor points:

Examples of pipe guides:

36
29.3_UK_Kap_05.qxp:UK_02_Kap_05.qxp 30.10.2009 14:45 Uhr Seite 37

Examples of pipe guides and


anchor points:

37
29.3_UK_Kap_05.qxp:UK_02_Kap_05.qxp 30.10.2009 14:45 Uhr Seite 38

Examples of pipe guides and anchor points:

5.4 Practical procedure

For a given piping layout, such as the one illustrated above, the anchor points
should be selected first in places where pipe movements are not desired, i.e.
at the branching points. Next step is to select the pipe sections of which the
elbows are capable of taking up some pipe elongation with their own flexibility
(see 5.2.1). These pipe sections should be limited by anchors. The elongations
of all other parts of the piping will be taken up by expansion joints.

38
29.3_UK_Kap_05.qxp:UK_02_Kap_05.qxp 30.10.2009 14:45 Uhr Seite 39

Two questions are relevant to decide whether using an axial or a hinged


expansion joint: the pipe layout and the capability of taking up axial forces.
For short, straight line sections and expansion movements up to 80 mm, and
therefore a pipe system with many direction changes and branching points,
axial expansion joints represent the optimum solution. For long, straight
pipes with elongation movements over 80 mm, hinged expansion joints are
the best choice. If local conditions allow to provide the anchorage of strong
anchor points and the location of sufficient pipe guides, then axial expansion
joints are chosen. On the other hand, especially for piping with large cross
section and high pressure conditions, the hinged expansion joint is recom-
mended even where small elongation movements occur. Installing artificial
elbows is not the economic way in costs and space resources. Obviously it
is possible to compensate in different ways within one pipe system.
However, every expansion joint’s job should be clearly determined by limiting
through two anchor points the pipe section to compensate. By proceeding in
this way for the pipe layout, the most cost efficient solution will be found.
However, early collaboration with the manufacturer is highly recommended.

5.4.1 Data requirements

Check list
Please ask for our technical advice for using CE-marked expansion joints.
You may prepare the necessary information for the expansion joint design
with the help of this check list.

Please add, if possible, an installation sketch and/or an isometric drawing of


the pipe system.

Please make a copy of the following list if necessary.

39
29.3_UK_Kap_05.qxp:UK_02_Kap_05.qxp 30.10.2009 14:45 Uhr Seite 40

Check list: Industrial Metal Bellows


Company _________________________________________________________
Address: _________________________________________________________
Inquiry n°: ____________________ Person in charge: _________________

Quantity ___________ units DN________________ mm

Expansion joint type:


❏ Axial ❏ Lateral ❏ Universal ❏ Angular
❏ Low pressure ❏ Vibration absorber ❏ Other

Bellow material:
Exterior ply: ❏ 1.4541 ❏ 1.4404 ❏ 1.4571 ❏ ____________
Intermediate ply: ❏ 1.4541 ❏ 1.4404 ❏ 1.4571 ❏ ____________
Interior ply: ❏ 1.4541 ❏ 1.4404 ❏ 1.4571 ❏ ____________

Inner sleeve: ❏ yes ❏ no


Material: ❏ 1.4541 ❏ 1.4404 ❏ 1.4571 ❏ ____________

Fittings: 1st side 2nd side


movable flange: ❏ ❏
welded flange: ❏ ❏
weld ends ❏ ❏
Material 1st side: ❏ 1.4541 ❏ 1.4301 ❏ 1.4571
❏ carbon steel ❏ ___________
Material 2nd side: ❏ 1.4541 ❏ 1.4301 ❏ 1.4571
❏ carbon steel ❏ ___________

Movement: ❏ Axial ± __________mm


❏ Lateral ± __________mm
❏ Angular ± __________°

Cycles: ❏ 1000
❏ 500 (Standard products and Pressure Equipment Directive)
❏ ___________

Operating conditions: ❏ Pressure Equipment Directive 97/23/EC


❏ Pipe ❏ Container

Piping:
Fluid type: ________________________________________________________
❏ Group 1: dangerous gaseous / dangerous liquid
❏ Group 2: innocuous gaseous / innocuous liquid

40
29.3_UK_Kap_05.qxp:UK_02_Kap_05.qxp 30.10.2009 14:45 Uhr Seite 41

Container, required customer‘s indications:


Container, category ________________________________________________
Fluid type: _________________________________________________________
Fluid group: ________________________________________________________
Inspection organization: _____________________________________________

Max. operating pressure PS: __________ bar


Min.operating pressure PS: __________ bar
(if also used in vacuum)

Max. operating temperature TS: _______°C


Min. operating temperature TS: _______°C
(if also used below 0°C)

Tests: ❏ Standard ❏ Pressure Equipment Directive/EG


❏ Special

Inspection certificates:
❏ EN 10204-2.2 ❏ EN 10204-3.1 ❏ EN 10204-3.2
❏ Conformity declaration according to Pressure Equipment Directive 97/23/EC
❏ Conformity certificate issued by inspection organization

Marking:
❏ Standard ❏ EN 10380 ❏ Customer’s indication
❏ according to Pressure Equipment Directive 97/23/EC

Packing:
❏ Standard ❏ Special ❏ Customer’s indication

Various:
❏ Exterior protecting tube ❏ Transportation fixing ❏ _______________

Issued by: __________________________________

Place / Date: __________________________________

Signature: __________________________________

41
29.3_UK_Kap_05.qxp:UK_02_Kap_05.qxp 30.10.2009 14:45 Uhr Seite 42

5.5 Calculating movement and anchor point forces

Axial and lateral expansion joints


In axial and lateral expansion joints the occurring elongation is equivalent to
the real compensation movement.

Angular and gimbal expansion joints


In angular and gimbal expansion joints the occurring elongation has to be
converted into angular movement. This convertion is described in detail in the
section "Angular expansion joints".

5.5.1 Axial expansion joints


Axial expansion joints are intended to take up pipe expansion, particularly in
the longitudinal direction of a straight pipe section. Of course, an axial expan-
sion joint can – depending on length and diameter of the bellow – absorb
small lateral deflections of only a few millimeters or can slightly rotate angular-
ly without parallelism at its end. Such an effect should not be allowed and is
never the main function of the axial expansion joint.
The basic element of the axial expansion joint is the multi-ply bellow made of
austenitic steel. To connect axial expansion joints to the piping, they have
either weld ends or flanges, whereby the flanges are either of welded or
bordered type. Whilst bordered flanges have a raised face and can rotate,
welded flanges are plane and firm.
The standardization for certain types of expansion joints is also conditional for
construction reasons. Is is not possible for the piping engineer to install two or
more axial expansion joints together to form a double expansion joint or a
group of expansion joints in order to achieve a larger movement capacity. This
procedure would cause a buckling of the bellows as the stability of the axially
very flexible bellows is separately calculated for each expansion joint unit. The
stability is depending on diameter and nominal pressure which effects the
thickness and the amount of layers required for the bellows. In their standard
execution, axial expansion joints are delivered with inner sleeve made of aus-
tenitic steel.

42
29.3_UK_Kap_05.qxp:UK_02_Kap_05.qxp 30.10.2009 14:45 Uhr Seite 43

Calculations

Anchor point forces


The purpose of anchors in pipelines is to restrain the longitudinal forces safe-
ly and to direct the thermal expansion to a specific section of the pipe.

Essential loads that these anchors must restrain when untied expansion
joints are installed are:

• pressure thrust Fp
• spring rate of the bellows FB
• sum of friction forces  Fr

Pressure thrust FP
The pressure thrust tends to expand the bellow of the expansion joint. As the
pressure thrust is usually greater than the bellow’s spring force, no balance
can be established between both forces. This would cause an excessive
elongation of the bellow and its subsequent failure if no anchors were instal-
led. The pressure thrust is determined by the product of the bellow’s cross
section and the line pressure.

FP = 10 · A · p

FP = axial pressure force [N]


A = effective cross section [cm2]
p = pressure [bar] (operating overpressure, test pressure)

43
29.3_UK_Kap_05.qxp:UK_02_Kap_05.qxp 30.10.2009 14:45 Uhr Seite 44

Spring rate of the bellow FB


The bellow’s spring rate describes the opposing force of a bellow to its com-
pression or extension. The specific bellow spring rate per ± 1mm extension
is listed in the data sheets (section 6) as spring rate CX [N/mm].

FB = CX · X

FB = spring rate of the bellow [N]


CX = spring rate taken from table [N/mm]
X = occuring pipe expansion [mm]

Friction forces  FR
The pipe friction forces depend on the weight of the piping, flow medium and
insulation included, and the friction force coefficient of the pipe guide.
Some experience values for pipe guide friction force values :

Steel/steel 0.15 – 0.5


Steel/PTFE 0.1 – 0.25
Roller guide 0.03 – 0.1

FR = 9.81 · mL · 

FR = pipe friction force [N]


mL = weight of the piping [kg]
 = pipe guide friction force value [-]

The largest portion of the anchor force results from the pressure thrust when
axial expansion joints are used.

Axial expansion joints represent an elastic interruption of the pipeline which


releases the pressure thrust that has then to be restrained by the pipe
anchors (see fig. 1).

44
29.3_UK_Kap_05.qxp:UK_02_Kap_05.qxp 30.10.2009 14:45 Uhr Seite 45

Fig. 1

Basically, we distinguish between main anchors and intermediate anchors.

Main anchors are always positioned at the beginning and the end of a pipe-
line, at points of direction changes and also at branching points, thus where
full reaction forces occur (fig. 2).

FH = FP + FB + ∑FR

FH = anchor point force [N]

Fig. 2

45
29.3_UK_Kap_05.qxp:UK_02_Kap_05.qxp 30.10.2009 14:45 Uhr Seite 46

Intermediate anchor points are practically released from pressure thrust and
take up only axially the spring rate of the expansion joint and the friction forces
of the pipe guides.

FZW = FB + ∑FR

FZW = intermediate anchor point force [N]

If local conditions do not allow the positioning of anchor points, tied expansion
joints should be installed.

Details for the pipe layout, the design of pipe guides and pretension are shown
in section 11.2.1.

5.6 Angular expansion joints

The basic element of the angular (hinged) expansion joint is the multi-ply bel-
low in austenitic steel. Contrary to axial expansion joints, the bellow of the
angular expansion joint does not work in the direction of the pipe axis, i.e. by
elongation and compression, but in an angular rotation in one plane. The hinge
assembly attached to the expansion joint end will absorb the reaction force as
well as limit the angular rotation. According to the desired deflection, the
expansion joint will be longer or shorter.
Angular expansion joints are suited for the compensation of both long pipe
sections of district heating systems as well as short boiler and turbine room
pipelines in one or more planes. For installations with very limited space, the
possibility of the installation of a lateral or pressure balanced expansion joint
should be taken in consideration. Contrary to axial and lateral expansion joints
being independent compensating units, angular and gimbal expansion joints
are only elements of an expansion system. A minimum of two and a maximum
of three expansion joints form a statically defined system.
Angular expansion joints are usually installed with 50% pretension. This is pre-
ferably accomplished by pre-stressing the entire expansion system after its
completion. The installation temperature of the pipeline has to be considered,
especially in surface pipelines. The pretension value can be determined from
the graph in section 11.3.1.

46
29.3_UK_Kap_05.qxp:UK_02_Kap_05.qxp 30.10.2009 14:45 Uhr Seite 47

Angular expansion joints: distance


The longer the distance L1 between two angular expansion joints is, the larger
the movement that can be compensated by the expansion system, and the
smaller the displacement forces become. The center of rotation of the hinges
lies on the same axis as the center of the bellow (see fig. 3).
Gimbal expansion joints utilize a round or square gimbal joint to restrain the
reaction forces. This results in three dimensional rotations around the axes x
and z (see fig. 4).

Fig. 4

Fig. 3

Anchor points, pipe guide supports


Angular expansion joints make no special demands on pipe supports or gui-
des in contrast to axial expansion joints. Even swing hangers can be sufficient.
Additional supports are unnecessary for short turbine house pipelines. The
weight of the pipe sections between the angular expansion joints must be
supported by supports or hangers which must not hinder the movements of
the angular expansion joints. Pipe guides placed before and after each expan-
sion system are necessary in long pipelines. Pipe guides which have been
fitted too tightly may become jammed. They could then loosen in short bursts
which could result in severe additional forces. Hinged expansion joints in a two
pin I-expansion system follow an arc due to their angular rotation (see fig. 5).

47
29.3_UK_Kap_05.qxp:UK_02_Kap_05.qxp 30.10.2009 14:45 Uhr Seite 48

The pipe guides should comply with the following requirements:


• support the weight of the pipeline and the expansion joints
• guide the expanding pipeline in its longitudinal axis
• provide sufficient clearance [s] to assure that pipe movements not compen-
sated by expansion joints, resulting from the thermal expansion ΔL and the
height of the arc [h] can be compensated for by the continuing pipeline with-
out causing the guide to jam.

s  h + L [mm]

Fig. 5

Installation instructions
As for axial expansion joints, the hinged angular systems too require a quite
correct arrangement of the pipe guides so that a defined movement in the
direction of the pipe axis will be assured.
When a two-articulation-system is chosen, one end of the pipeline must pro-
vide a sufficient possibility to move so that both the thermal elongation of the
intermediate pipe and the rotation of the bend might be absorbed. Long hori-
zontal intermediate pipes within the system must be supported. It is of impor-
tance that the pivot assemblies of the individual angular expansion joints are
exactly in parallel position and vertical to the supporting plane.

48
29.3_UK_Kap_05.qxp:UK_02_Kap_05.qxp 30.10.2009 14:45 Uhr Seite 49

Please contact us for designing and any advisory information. BOA engineers
have developed the PC-program "BOA-Expert" running on Windows, for the
calculation of articulated pipe systems and their displacement forces. This
program is at your disposal at low copyright fees.
The maximum angular rotation as to our catalogue should not be exceeded.
The pretension of the articulated system might help to use optimally the pos-
sible angular deflection. The expansion joints are installed in neutral position.
Pretension is made by displacing the pipeline and subsequently locking of
the anchor points, or even by means of an intermediate pipe section cut out.
For further advice see our separate installation instructions. Also consult sec-
tion 11.3.

5.6.1 Arrangements of expansion joint systems

The following expansion joint arrangements are most common in the plan-
ning of angular expansion systems.

Two pin I-system Three pin I-system


for pipelines of any length suited for the compensation of
by utilizing a given route. transfer pipes, e.g. between two
containers.

Three pin L-system Three pin U-system


for the compensation of longest preferably for the compensation of
and shortest pipes with concurrent long pipelines.
movements from two directions.

49
29.3_UK_Kap_05.qxp:UK_02_Kap_05.qxp 30.10.2009 14:45 Uhr Seite 50

Three pin Z1-system Two pin gimbal I-system


for the compensation of pipelines for the compensation of lateral
by utilizing given routings including circular movements in short pipe
the compensation of the vertical sections.
pipe section.

Similar Z-systems:

Three pin Z2a-system


Three pin gimbal I-system
for the compensation of three
dimensional systems, e.g. boiler and
turbine house pipelines.

Three pin Z2b-system

50
29.3_UK_Kap_05.qxp:UK_02_Kap_05.qxp 30.10.2009 14:45 Uhr Seite 51

5.6.2 Hinged expansion joint systems in general

In the following example, the three pin L-system is used to explain the basic
procedure for the design of expansion systems. First of all, a suitable expan-
sion system has to be chosen, taking in consideration the given routing and
the expected expansion. Both ends of the line must be limited by pipe
anchors.
For our example, we assume an L-shaped pipe routing of which the expan-
sion 1 and 2 of the pipe sections L1 and L2 will be optimally compensated
by a system of three hinged expansion joints in an L-arrangement.

Neutral position (without pretension)

Initially, the expansion values 1 and 2 must be determinded, considering


the maximum temperature difference of the pipeline (see also section 5.1).

51
29.3_UK_Kap_05.qxp:UK_02_Kap_05.qxp 30.10.2009 14:45 Uhr Seite 52

There are two options to calculate the expansion joint system:

1.Determine the layout of the system (X1, X2 and X3) and calculate the effec-
tive angular rotation of each hinged joint by using the given formulae. Next,
from the data sheets, select hinged expansion joints that are suited for the
operating conditions. They must have an admitted angular rotation equal or
greater than the effective rotation.

± e ≤ ± zul

2.Select suitable hinged expansion joints and then calculate the required
distances X1 and X3. It is to considerate that the nominal angular rotations
± given in the data sheets must be converted into admitted angular rota-
tions ±zul according to section 6.2 "Reductions", if operating conditions
exceed nominal conditions.

± zul = ± · K (tB) · KL

In order to get small rotation angles for the expansion joints, the distances
between the pins of the joints X1 and X3 should be as long as reasonably
possible and the distance X2 as short as possible.

52
29.3_UK_Kap_05.qxp:UK_02_Kap_05.qxp 30.10.2009 14:45 Uhr Seite 53

Installation position (50% pretensioned)

The calculation formulae for the determination of the angular rotation of three
pin systems are approximations, but sufficiently accurate for practical use. A
more accurate calculation of the angular rotations becomes necessary for
very plane systems if the center joint moves too close to the stretched out
position (see fig. "installation position" above). Please consult BOA engineers
in such cases.

In order to achieve optimum utilization of the permissible angular rotation


±zul of hinged expansion joints, a 50% pretension of the system is required.
If pretension is not possible, the angular rotation to one side of the centerline
doubles. This normally requires an angular expansion joint with a larger nomi-
nal angular rotation.

Operating position

Anchor and nozzle loads can be determined by using the formulae for the
calculation of the displacement forces F and bending moments M.

53
29.3_UK_Kap_05.qxp:UK_02_Kap_05.qxp 30.10.2009 14:45 Uhr Seite 54

5.6.3 Calculation of systems

5.6.3.1 Two pin I-system

Required hinge distance


Considerated the permissible angular rotation [zul] and 50% pretension, the
minimum required distance X1 between the hinges is:


X1=
2 · sinzul

X1 = center-to-center distance of the bellows [mm]


zul = permissible angular rotation of one bellow [°]
 = movement of the pipeline [mm]

Resulting arc height


At the maximum effective angular rotation (e) the vertical distance between
the hinges is reduced by the dimension h due to the circular motion of the
expansion joints.

h = X1 · (1-cose)

h = arc height [mm]


X1 = center-to-center distance of the bellows [mm]
e = effective angular rotation of one bellow [°]

54
29.3_UK_Kap_05.qxp:UK_02_Kap_05.qxp 30.10.2009 14:45 Uhr Seite 55

The height of the arc and the thermal elongation of the pipe section X1 must
be compensated by the pipe section (2x X1), or a sufficient clearance in the
pipe guide must be available.

Effective angular rotation


If the pin distance X1 is given, the effective angular rotation of the angular
expansion joints () is calculated as follows if the system is 50% pretensioned:


e= ± arcsin ( )
2 · X1

e = effective angular rotation of one bellow [°]


X1 = center-to-center distance of the bellows [mm]
 = movement of the pipeline [mm]

At 100% and at 0% pretension, the rotation angle of the angular expansion


joints doubles, but only in one direction. The effective angle of rotation (e)
must be multiplied by 2 in this case.

Anchor point connection forces

Bending moments of angular expansion joints


In order to calculate the bending moments and forces, the absolute value of
the effective angular rotation (i.e. without signs) must be used in the following
equation:

MB1,2 = Cr · p + Ca · e + Cb · p · e

MB1,2 = bending moment of the expansion joint [Nm]


Cr = hinge friction [Nm/bar]
Ca = angular spring rate [Nm/°]
Cb = angular reaction force [Nm/(bar°)]
p = operating overpressure [bar]
e = effective angular rotation of one bellow [°]

55
29.3_UK_Kap_05.qxp:UK_02_Kap_05.qxp 30.10.2009 14:45 Uhr Seite 56

Forces at the connection points

MB1 + MB2
FX = · 1000
X1

Bending moments at the connection points

I1
MA1 = MB1 + FX ·
1000

I2
MA2 = MB2 + FX ·
1000

MB1,2 = bending moment of the expansion joint [Nm]


FX = displacement force in X-direction [N]
MA1,2 = moment at the connection point [Nm]
l1,2 = distance from bellow’s center to connection point [mm]

If the system is pretensioned at 50%, the moments and forces have different
signs in the pretensioned position and operation position of the system.

56
29.3_UK_Kap_05.qxp:UK_02_Kap_05.qxp 30.10.2009 14:45 Uhr Seite 57

5.6.3.2 Three pin I-system

Required hinge distance


If the permissible angular rotation [zul] of all three expansion joints is the
same and the system is pretensioned at 50%, then the minimum distances
between the hinges (X1, X3) are determined as follows:

1 · X3
X1 =
2 · sinzul · X3 - 2

X3 given

2 · X1
X3 =
2 · sinzul · X1 - 1

X1 given

1,2 = movement of the pipeline [mm]


X1,3 = center-to-center distance of the bellows [mm]
zul = permissible angular rotation of one bellow [°]

If the result of X1 (or X3) is negative or the distance is too long, then the
distance X3 (or X1) must be increased accordingly, or expansion joints with
larger permissible angular rotation must be chosen.

In general, X1 and X3 should be as long as reasonably possible.

57
29.3_UK_Kap_05.qxp:UK_02_Kap_05.qxp 30.10.2009 14:45 Uhr Seite 58

Effective angular rotation


If the pin distances X1 and X3 are given, the effective angular rotation of the
angular expansion joints (1, 2, 3) is calculated as follows if the system is
50% pretensioned:

1
e1 = ± arcsin ( )
2 · X1

e2 = ± (e1 + e3)

2
e3 = ± arcsin ( )
2 · X3

e1,2,3 = effective angular rotation of one bellow [°]


X1,3 = center-to-center distance of the bellows [mm]
1,2 = movement of the pipeline [mm]

At 100% and at 0% pretension, the rotation angle of the angular expansion


joints doubles, but only in one direction. In these cases, the effective angles
of rotation (e1,2,3) must be multiplied by 2.

Anchor point connection forces

Bending moments of angular expansion joints


In order to calculate the bending moments and forces, the absolute value of
the effective angular rotation (i.e. without signs) must be used in the following
equation:

MB1 = Cr · p + Ca · e1 + Cb · p · e1

MB2 = Cr · p + Ca · e2 + Cb · p · e2

58
29.3_UK_Kap_05.qxp:UK_02_Kap_05.qxp 30.10.2009 14:45 Uhr Seite 59

MB3 = Cr · p + Ca · e3 + Cb · p · e3

MB1,2,3 = bending moment of the expansion joint [Nm]


Cr = hinge friction [Nm/bar]
Ca = angular spring rate [Nm/°]
Cb = angular reaction force [Nm/(bar°)]
p = operating overpressure [bar]
e1,2,3 = effective angular rotation of one bellow [°]

Forces at the connection points

MB2 + MB3
FX = · 1000
X3

MB1 + MB2
FZ = · 1000
X1

Bending moments at the connection points

I1
MA1 = MB1 + FX ·
1000

I2
MA2 = MB3 + FX ·
1000

MB1,2,3 = bending moment of the expansion joint [Nm]


FX,Z = displacement force in X,Z-direction [N]
MA1,2 = moment at the connection point [Nm]
l1,2 = distance from bellow’s center to connection point [mm]

If the system is pretensioned at 50%, the moments and forces have different
signs in the pretensioned position and operation position of the system.

59
29.3_UK_Kap_05.qxp:UK_02_Kap_05.qxp 30.10.2009 14:45 Uhr Seite 60

5.6.3.3 Three pin L-system

Required hinge distance


If the permissible angular rotation [zul] of all three expansion joints is the
same and the system is pretensioned at 50%, then the minimum distances
between the hinges (X1, X3) are determined as follows:

1 · (X3 + X2)
X1 =
2 · sinzul · X3 - 2
X2 and X3 given

2 · X1 + 1 · X2
X3 =
2 · sinzul · X1 - 1
X1 and X2 given

1,2 = movement of the pipeline [mm]


X1,2,3 = center-to-center distance of the bellows [mm]
zul = permissible angular rotation of one bellow [°]

If the result of X1 (or X3) is negative or the distance is too long, then the
distance X3 (or X1) must be increased accordingly, or expansion joints with
larger permissible angular rotation must be chosen.

In general, X1 und X3 should be as long as reasonably possible, X2 as short


as possible.

60
29.3_UK_Kap_05.qxp:UK_02_Kap_05.qxp 30.10.2009 14:45 Uhr Seite 61

Effective angular rotation


If the pin distances X1 und X3 are given, the effective angular rotation of the
angular expansion joints (1, 2, 3) is calculated as follows if the system is
50% pretensioned:

1
e1 = ± arcsin ( )
2 · X1

e2 = ± (e1 + e3)

2 · X1 + 1 · X2
e3 = ± arcsin ( )
2 · X1 · X3

e1,2,3 = effective angular rotation of one bellow [°]


X1,2,3 = center-to-center distance of the bellows [mm]
1,2 = movement of the pipeline [mm]

At 100% and at 0% pretension, the rotation angle of the angular expansion


joints doubles, but only in one direction. In these cases, the effective angles
of rotation (e1,2,3) must be multiplied by 2.

Anchor point connection forces

Bending moments of angular expansion joints


In order to calculate the bending moments and forces, the absolute value of
the effective angular rotation (i.e. without signs) must be used in the following
equation:

MB1 = Cr · p + Ca · e1 + Cb · p · e1

MB2 = Cr · p + Ca · e2 + Cb · p · e2

61
29.3_UK_Kap_05.qxp:UK_02_Kap_05.qxp 30.10.2009 14:45 Uhr Seite 62

MB3 = Cr · p + Ca · e3 + Cb · p · e3

MB1,2,3 = bending moment of the expansion joint [Nm]


Cr = hinge friction [Nm/bar]
Ca = angular spring rate [Nm/°]
Cb = angular reaction force [Nm/(bar°)]
p = operating overpressure [bar]
e1,2,3 = effective angular rotation of one bellow [°]

Forces at the connection points

X2 1000
FX = ( MB1 + MB2 + FZ · )·
1000 X1

MB2 + MB3
FZ = ·1000
X3

Bending moments at the connection points

I1
MA1 = MB1 + FZ ·
1000

I2
MA2 = MB3 + FX ·
1000

MB1,2,3 = bending moment of the expansion joint [Nm]


FX,Z = displacement force in X, Z-direction [N]
MA1,2 = moment at the connecion point [Nm]
l1,2 = distance from bellow’s center to connection point [mm]

If the system is pretensioned at 50%, the moments and forces have different
signs in the pretensioned position and operation position of the system.

62
29.3_UK_Kap_05.qxp:UK_02_Kap_05.qxp 30.10.2009 14:45 Uhr Seite 63

5.6.3.4 Three pin U-system

Required hinge distance


At permissible angular rotation [zul] of all three expansion joints and if the system
is pretensioned at 50%, then the minimum distance X1 is determined as follows:


X1 =
2 · sinzul

X1 = center-to-center distance of the bellows [mm]


zul = permissible angular rotation of one bellow [°]
 = movement of the pipeline [mm]

X2 should be as short as possible.

Effective angular rotation


If the pin distance X1 is given, the effective angular rotation of the angular
expansion joints (1, 2) is calculated as follows if the system is 50% preten-
sioned:


e1 = ± arcsin ( )
2 · X1

e1
e2 = ±
2

e1,2 = effective angular rotation of one bellow [°]


X1 = center-to-center distance of the bellows [mm]
 = movement of the pipeline [mm]

63
29.3_UK_Kap_05.qxp:UK_02_Kap_05.qxp 30.10.2009 14:45 Uhr Seite 64

At 100% and at 0% pretension, the rotation angle of the angular expansion


joints doubles, but only in one direction. In these cases, the effective angles
of rotation (e) must be multiplied by 2.

Anchor point connection forces

Bending moments of angular expansion joints


In order to calculate the bending moments and forces, the absolute value of
the effective angular rotation (i.e. without signs) must be used in the following
equation:

MB1 = Cr · p + Ca · e1 + Cb · p · e1

MB2 = Cr · p + Ca · e2 + Cb · p · e2

MB1,2 = bending moment of the expansion joint [Nm]


Cr = hinge friction [Nm/bar]
Ca = angular spring rate [Nm/°]
Cb = angular reaction force [Nm/(bar°)]
p = operating overpressure [bar]
e1,2 = effective angular rotation of one bellow [°]

Forces at the connection points

MB1 + MB2
FX = ·1000
X1

64
29.3_UK_Kap_05.qxp:UK_02_Kap_05.qxp 30.10.2009 14:45 Uhr Seite 65

Bending moments at the connection points

MA = MB2

MB1,2 = bending moment of the expansion joint [Nm]


MA = moment at the connection point [Nm]
FX = displacement force in X-direction [N]
X1 = center-to-center distance of the bellows [mm]

If the system is pretensioned at 50%, the moments and forces have different
signs in the pretensioned position and operation position of the system.

65
29.3_UK_Kap_05.qxp:UK_02_Kap_05.qxp 30.10.2009 14:45 Uhr Seite 66

5.6.3.5 Three pin Z1-system

Required hinge distances and effective angular rotation


The arrangement of the expansion joints is the same as for the three pin L-
system, but with an additional leg. The calculation formulae of the required
hinge distances and the effective angular rotation may be taken from section
5.6.3.3 "Three pin L-system".

Anchor point connection forces

Bending moments of angular expansion joints


In order to calculate the bending moments and forces, the absolute value of
the effective angular rotation (i.e. without signs) must be used in the follow-
ing equation:

MB1 = Cr · p + Ca · e1 + Cb · p · e1

MB2 = Cr · p + Ca · e2 + Cb · p · e2

66
29.3_UK_Kap_05.qxp:UK_02_Kap_05.qxp 30.10.2009 14:45 Uhr Seite 67

MB3 = Cr · p + Ca · e3 + Cb · p · e3

MB1,2,3 = bending moment of the expansion joint [Nm]


Cr = hinge friction [Nm/bar]
Ca = angular spring rate [Nm/°]
Cb = angular reaction force [Nm/(bar°)]
p = operating overpressure [bar]
e1,2,3 = effective angular rotation of one bellow [°]

Forces at the connection points

MB1 + MB2 (MB2 + MB3) · X2


FZ = ( + ) ·1000
X1 X1 · X3

MB2 + MB3
FX = ·1000
X3

Bending moments at the connection points

I1
MA2 = MB1 + FZ ·
1000

I2 I3
MA2 = MB3 + FX · - FZ ·
1000 1000

MB1,2,3 = bending moment of the expansion joint [Nm]


FX,Z = displacement force in X, Z-direction [N]
MA1,2 = moment at the connection point [Nm]
l1,2 = distance from bellow’s center to connection point [mm]

If the system is pretensioned at 50%, the moments and forces have different
signs in the pretensioned position and operation position of the system.

67
29.3_UK_Kap_05.qxp:UK_02_Kap_05.qxp 30.10.2009 14:45 Uhr Seite 68

5.6.3.6 Three pin Z2a-system

Required hinge distances and effective angular rotation


The arrangement of the expansion joints is the same as for the three pin L-
system, but with an additional leg. The calculation formulae of the required
hinge distances and the effective angular rotation may be taken from section
5.6.3.3 "Three pin L-system".

Anchor point connection forces

Bending moments of angular expansion joints


In order to calculate the bending moments and forces, the absolute value of
the effective angular rotation (i.e. without signs) must be used in the following
equation:

MB1 = Cr · p + Ca · e1 + Cb · p · e1

MB2 = Cr · p + Ca · e2 + Cb · p · e2

MB3 = Cr · p + Ca · e3 + Cb · p · e3

68
29.3_UK_Kap_05.qxp:UK_02_Kap_05.qxp 30.10.2009 14:45 Uhr Seite 69

MB1,2,3 = bending moment of the expansion joint [Nm]


Cr = hinge friction [Nm/bar]
Ca = angular spring rate [Nm/°]
Cb = angular reaction force [Nm/(bar°)]
p = operating overpressure [bar]
e1,2,3 = effective angular rotation of one bellow [°]

Forces at the connection points

MB1 + MB2 MB2 + MB3 · X2


FZ = ( + ) · 1000
X1 X1 · X3

MB2 + MB3
FX = ·1000
X3

Bending moments at the connection points

I1 I0
MA1 = MB1 + FZ · - FX ·
1000 1000

I2
MA2 = MB3 + FX ·
1000

MB1,2,3 = bending moment of the expansion joint [Nm]


FX,Z = displacement force in X,Z-direction [N]
MA1,2 = moment at the connection point [Nm]
l1,2 = distance from bellow’s center to connection point [mm]

If the system is pretensioned at 50%, the moments and forces have different
signs in the pretensioned position and operation position of the system.

69
29.3_UK_Kap_05.qxp:UK_02_Kap_05.qxp 30.10.2009 14:45 Uhr Seite 70

5.6.3.7 Three pin Z2b-system

Required hinge distances


At permissible angular rotation zul of all three expansion joints and if the
system is pretensioned at 50%, then the minimum distances between the
hinges X1, X3 are determined as follows:

1 · (8 ·X2 + 1 + 4 · X3)
X1 =
8 · sinzul · X3 - 4 · 2

X2 and X3 given

1 · (8 ·X2 + 1) + 4 · X1 · 2
X3 =
8 · sinzul · X1 - 4 · 1

X1 and X2 given

X1,2,3 = center-to-center distance of the bellows [mm]


1,2 = movement of the pipeline [mm]
zul = permissible angular rotation of one bellow [°]

If the result of X1 (or X3) is negative or the distance is too long, then the
distance X3 (or X1) must be increased accordingly, or expansion joints with
larger permissible angular rotation must be chosen.

In general:
X1 and X3 should be as long as reasonably possible, X2 as short as possible.

70
29.3_UK_Kap_05.qxp:UK_02_Kap_05.qxp 30.10.2009 14:45 Uhr Seite 71

Effective angular rotation


If the pin distances X1 and X3 are given, the effective angular rotation of the
angular expansion joints (1, 2, 3) is calculated as follows if the system is
50% pretensioned:

1
e1 = ± arcsin ( )
2 · X1

e2 = ± (e1 + e3)

1 · (8 · X2 + 1) + 4 · X1 · 2
e3 = ± arcsin ( )
8 · X1 · X3

e1,2,3 = effective angular rotation of one bellow [°]


X1,2,3 = center-to-center distance of the bellows [mm]
1,2 = movement of the pipeline [mm]

At 100% and at 0% pretension, the rotation angle of the angular expansion


joints doubles, but only in one direction. In these cases, the effective angles
of rotation (e1,2,3) must be multiplied by 2.

Anchor point connection forces

Bending moments of angular expansion joints


In order to calculate the bending moments and forces, the absolute value of
the effective angular rotation (i.e. without signs) must be used in the following
equation:

MB1 = Cr · p + Ca · e1 + Cb · p · e1

MB2 = Cr · p + Ca · e2 + Cb · p · e2

MB3 = Cr · p + Ca · e3 + Cb · p · e3

71
29.3_UK_Kap_05.qxp:UK_02_Kap_05.qxp 30.10.2009 14:45 Uhr Seite 72

Forces at the connection points

1000 · (MB2 · MB3)


FZ =
X3

1000 · (MB2 · MB3) + FZ · 2 · X2


FX =
X1

Bending moments at the connection points

I1
MA1 = MB1 + FZ ·
1000

I2
MA2 = MB3 + FZ ·
1000

l1,2 = distance from bellow’s center to connection point [mm]


p = operating overpressure [bar]
Ca = angular spring rate [Nm/°]
Cr = hinge friction [Nm/bar]
Cb = angular reaction force [Nm/(bar°)]
Fx,z = displacement force in X, Z-direction [N]
MA1,2 = moment at the connection point [Nm]
MB1,2,3 = bending moment of the expansion joint [Nm]
X1,2,3 = center-to-center distance of the bellows [mm]
e1,2,3 = effective angular rotation of one bellow [°]

If the system is pretensioned at 50%, the moments and forces have different
signs in the pretensioned position and operation position of the system.

72
29.3_UK_Kap_05.qxp:UK_02_Kap_05.qxp 30.10.2009 14:45 Uhr Seite 73

5.6.3.8 Two pin gimbal I-system

Pre
ten
sio
ng
ap

ap
ng Anchor point
nsio
te Guide support
Pre

Resulting expansion

= 12 + 22

Required hinge distance


At a permissible angular rotation [zul] and 50% pretension, the miminum
distance X1 is determined as follows:


X1 =
2 · sinzul

Resulting arc height


At the maximum effective angular rotation (e) the vertical distance between the hinges
is reduced by the dimension h due to the circular motion of the expansion joints.

h = X1 · (1-cose)

 = resulting movement of the pipeline [mm]


1,2 = movement of the pipeline [mm]
zul = permissible angular rotation of one bellow [°]
e = effective angular rotation of one bellow [°]
h = arc height [mm]
X1 = center-to-center distance of the bellows [mm]

The height of the arc and the thermal elongation of the pipe section X1 must
be compensated by the pipe section (2,5 · X1) ), or a sufficient clearance in
the pipe guide must be available.
73
29.3_UK_Kap_05.qxp:UK_02_Kap_05.qxp 30.10.2009 14:45 Uhr Seite 74

Effective angular rotation


If the pin distance X1 is given, the effective angular rotation of the angular
expansion joints (e) is calculated as follows if the system is 50% pretensioned:

e = ± arcsin ( 1 )
2 · X1

1
ey = ± arcsin ( )
2 · X1

2
ex = ± arcsin ( )
2 · X1

ex, ey = effective angular rotation of one bellow [°]


X1 = center-to-center distance of the bellows [mm]
 = resulting movement of the pipeline [mm]
1,2 = movement of the pipeline [mm]

At 100% and at 0% pretension, the rotation angle of the angular expansion


joints doubles, but only in one direction. In these cases, the effective angles
of rotation (e, ex, ey) must be multiplied by 2.

Anchor point connection forces

Bending moments of angular expansion joints


In order to calculate the bending moments and forces, the absolute value of
the effective angular rotation (i.e. without signs) must be used in the following
equation:

MBY = Cr · p + Ca · ey + Cb · p · ey

MBX = Cr · p + Ca · ex + Cb · p · ex

74
29.3_UK_Kap_05.qxp:UK_02_Kap_05.qxp 30.10.2009 14:45 Uhr Seite 75

Forces at the connection points

2000 · (MBY )
FX =
X1

2000 · (MBX )
FY =
X1

Bending moments at the connection points

I1
MAY1 = MBY + FX ·
1000

I2
MAY2 = MBY + FX ·
1000

I1
MAX1 = MBX + FY ·
1000

I2
MAX2 = MBX + FY ·
1000

l1,2 = distance from bellow’s center to connection point [mm]


Ca = angular spring rate [Nm/°]
Cr = hinge friction [Nm/bar]
Cb = angular reaction force [Nm/(bar°)]
FX,Y = displacement force in X, Y-direction [N]
MAX,Y1,2 = moment at the connection point [Nm]
MBX,Y = bending moment of the expansion joint [Nm]
p = operating overpressure [bar]

If the system is pretensioned at 50%, the moments and forces have different
signs in the pretensioned position and operation position of the system.

75
29.3_UK_Kap_05.qxp:UK_02_Kap_05.qxp 30.10.2009 14:45 Uhr Seite 76

5.6.3.9 Three pin gimbal L-system

W1
W2

W3

W1 = 1 angular expansion joint (angular rotation on one plane)


W2,3 = 1 gimbal expansion joint each (angular rotation on circular plane)

The expansion of the connecting points, e.g. in turbine nozzles, should be


added to the thermal expansion of the pipe section 1, 2, oder 3 if both
move in the same direction and should be subtracted if they move in oppo-
site directions.

Effective angular rotation


If the pin distances X1 and X3 are given, the effective angular rotation of the
angular expansion joints (1, 2, 3) is calculated as follows if the system is
50% pretensioned:

76
29.3_UK_Kap_05.qxp:UK_02_Kap_05.qxp 30.10.2009 14:45 Uhr Seite 77

1
e1 = ± arcsin ( )
2 · X1

e1 = ± (e1 + e3y)

1 · X2 + 2 · X1
e3y = ± arcsin ( )
2 · X1 · X3

3
e2x = e3y = ± arcsin ( )
2 · X3

e2 = ± (e2x2 + e2y2)

e3 = ± (e3x2 + e3y2)

X1,2,3 = center-to-center distance of the bellows [mm]


e1,2,3,x,y = effective angular rotation of one bellow [°]
zul = permissible angular rotation of one bellow [°]
1,2,3 = movement of the pipeline [mm]

At 100% and at 0% pretension, the rotation angle of the angular expansion


joints doubles, but only in one direction. In these cases, the effective angles
of rotation (e1,2,3,x,y) must be multiplied by 2.

In general:
X1 and X3 should be as long as reasonably possible, X2 as short as possible.

77
29.3_UK_Kap_05.qxp:UK_02_Kap_05.qxp 30.10.2009 14:45 Uhr Seite 78

Anchor point connection forces

Bending moments of angular expansion joints


In order to calculate the bending moments and forces, the absolute value of
the effective angular rotation (i.e. without signs) must be used in the following
equation:

MB1Y = Cr · p + Ca · e1 + Cb · p · e1

MB2Y = Cr · p + Ca · e2y + Cb · p · e2y

MB3Y = Cr · p + Ca · e3y + Cb · p · e3y

MB2X = Cr · p + Ca · e2x + Cb · p · e2x

MB3X = Cr · p + Ca · e3x + Cb · p · e3x

Forces at the connection points

1000 · (MB2Y + MB3Y)


FX =
X3

1000 · (MB2X + MB3X)


FY =
X3

X2
M0 = MB2Y + FX ·
1000

78
29.3_UK_Kap_05.qxp:UK_02_Kap_05.qxp 30.10.2009 14:45 Uhr Seite 79

1000 · (MB1Y + M0)


FZ =
X1

Bending moments at the connection points

I1
MAY1 = -MB1Y - FZ ·
1000

I2
MAY2 = MB3Y + FX ·
1000

X2
MAX1 = -MB2X - FY ·
1000

I2 I3
MAX2 = -MB3X - FY · + FZ ·
1000 1000

X1 + I1
MAZ1 = FY ·
1000

I3
MAZ2 = -FX · [Nm]
1000

l1,2,3 = distance from bellow’s center to connection point [mm]


Ca = angular spring rate [Nm/°]
Cr = hinge friction [Nm/bar]
Cb = angular reaction force [Nm/(bar°)]
FX,Y,Z = displacement force in X, Y, or Z-direction [N]
MAX,Y,Z,1,2 = moment at the connection point [Nm]
MB1,2,3,X,Y = bending moment of the expansion joint [Nm]
p = operating overpressure [bar]

If the system is pretensioned at 50%, the moments and forces have different
signs in the pretensioned position and operation position of the system.

79
29.3_UK_Kap_05.qxp:UK_02_Kap_05.qxp 30.10.2009 14:45 Uhr Seite 80

5.7 Lateral expansion joints

Lateral expansion joints work in the same way angular expansion joints do,
utilizing the angular rotation of the steel bellows. The movement capacity
depends on the construction length of the bellows and their center-to-center
distance. The longer the distance between the bellows, the larger is the lateral
movement capacity (fig. 1).

A longer center-to-center distance also results in lower displacement forces of


the expansion joint. Lateral expansion joints are independent expansion
systems in contrast to angular expansion joints. They are practically a two pin
system. Lateral expansion joints are usually installed with 50% pretension. This
is accomplished by pre-stressing the entire pipe system after the expansion
joint is installed. The pretension rate can be determined from the pretension
diagram in section 11.3.1.

Fig. 1

The special features of lateral expansion joints are:


1. very low anchor loads as the tie bars restrain the pressure thrust resulting
from internal pressure.
2. large movement capacities
3. less demanding regarding pipe supports/ guides

Even pipe hangers might be acceptable.

80
29.3_UK_Kap_05.qxp:UK_02_Kap_05.qxp 30.10.2009 14:45 Uhr Seite 81

Depending on their capacity to compensate different movements, we distin-


guish between two basic types of lateral expansion joints:

Fig. 2 Fig. 3

Expansion joints with lateral Expansion joints with lateral


movement capacity in one plane. movement capacity in circular plane.

Types
Universal expansion joints using tie rods and washer nuts to restrain the pres-
sure thrust forces represent the simplest design of lateral expansion joints.

For higher pressure conditions, the use of lateral expansion joints, type gimbal
expansion joint or two angular gimbal expansion joints in a system is recom-
mended, if the compensation of movements in circular plane is required.

Expansion joints that are suited to compensate for lateral movements in circu-
lar plane are also recommended for protecting pipe systems from vibrations
generated by pumps, compressors or other engines (fig. 4)

lateral vibrations
vibrations in any direction

Fig. 4 Fig. 5

81
29.3_UK_Kap_05.qxp:UK_02_Kap_05.qxp 30.10.2009 14:45 Uhr Seite 82

If the unit is firmly mounted to its foundation, the installation of one lateral expan-
sion joint in both the suction and discharge pipe is sufficient (fig. 4). If tied univer-
sal expansion joints are used, the installation of additional lock washers should be
considered in anticipation of compression forces caused by vacuum that might
occur in the suction pipe. If the unit, however, is mounted on flexible supports
such as spring or rubber mountings, then the vibrations occur in all directions. In
this case, an additional angular or lateral expansion joint must be installed (fig. 5).
The same rule is applied in earthquake areas.

Another option is the installation of a three pin L-system comprising one lateral
and one single hinged expansion joint. To allow the elbow between the expansion
joints to rotate without forcing the tie rods to release from their tied position,
it is to be assured that the positioning of the tie rod of the lateral expansion joint
corresponds to the positioning of the pins of the single hinged unit (fig. 6).

Fig. 6

High energy and high frequency vibrations of the pipeline that are caused by
turbulent flow after safety blow-down valves, shut-down valves or pressure
reducers or vibrations (pulsation) in the gas or liquid column itself cannot be
compensated for.

82
29.3_UK_Kap_05.qxp:UK_02_Kap_05.qxp 30.10.2009 14:45 Uhr Seite 83

Pipe supports, guides, anchors


To ensure correct compensation of thermal expansion by the lateral expansion
joint, pipe anchors and pipe supports must be installed to define the amount
and direction of the thermal expansion. According to the peripheral conditions
of the installation, this can be achieved by placing two pipe guides adjacent to
the elbows on each side of the expansion joint with anchors further away from
the location of the expansion joint (fig. 7) or by the installation of one anchor
and one pipe guide in the afore mentioned poisitions (fig. 8).

The pipe supports/ guides must comply with the following requirements:
• support the weight of the pipeline and the weight of the expansion joints
• guide the pipeline in its axis
• provide sufficient clearance s to allow free pipe movement from the uncom-
pensated thermal expansion L of the pipe section L and from the arc height
h (fig. 7) without causing the guide to jam.

s ≥ h + L

Short pipe routings typical for power station piping usually do not require pipe
guides. The weight of the pipe sections should be supported by suitable pipe
hangers in a way that they do not hinder the movement of the expansion joint.

Fig. 7 Fig. 8

83
29.3_UK_Kap_05.qxp:UK_02_Kap_05.qxp 30.10.2009 14:45 Uhr Seite 84

5.7.1 System calculation

5.7.1.1 Lateral expansion joints for movement compensation on


one plane

anchor point

pipe guide

As a result of the deflection of a lateral expansion joint, a bending moment and


a force occur and load the anchors. The moment and force are caused by the
bellows spring rate and by the friction of the hinges. In longer pipe routings
with several guides between expansion joint and anchor, the bending moment
wears off almost completely until the connection point. The pressure thrust
from the internal pressure and the effective cross section of the bellows are
restrained by the hinged hardware.

All formulae refer to a 50% pretension of the pipe movement  to compensate


for, which means that the lateral expansion joint will be deflected by the
amount of ±/2.
In case of 100% or 0% pretension, the amount of 2 x  should be used in the
equation.

Resulting movement

 = 1 +  2

84
29.3_UK_Kap_05.qxp:UK_02_Kap_05.qxp 30.10.2009 14:45 Uhr Seite 85

Permissible movement capacity


Following the recommendations explained in section 6.2 "Reduction", the
permissible lateral movement capacity ±zul is determined taking into
account the nominal lateral movement capacity ±lat as follows:

± zul = ± lat · K (tB) · KL

The effective pipe movement ± /2 must be equal to or less than the permis-
sible lateral movement capacity ± zul:

± /2 ≤ ± zul

Resulting arc height


At the maximum lateral deflection (/2) to one side, the vertical distance be-
tween the bellows L1 is shortened by the amount of the arc height h which is
determined as follows:

h = X1 - (X12 - 0.25 · 2)

h = arc height [mm]


 = resulting movement of the pipeline [mm]
1,2 = movements of the pipe sections 1 and 2 [mm]
lat = possible lateral movement of the expansion joint [mm]
K = reduction factor for movement capacity [-]
X1 = center-to-center distance of the bellows [mm]
KL = fatigue factor [-]

85
29.3_UK_Kap_05.qxp:UK_02_Kap_05.qxp 30.10.2009 14:45 Uhr Seite 86

The arc height h and the uncompensated thermal expansion of the pipe sec-
tion in the expansion joint axis must be compensated by sufficient clearance
or the bending of the pipe sections.

Forces at the connection points


FX = Cr · p + Cy · +g · L · µ · 10
2

FX = displacement force in X-direction [N]


L = length of the pipeline [m]
g = weight per meter of the pipeline including medium and insulation
[kg/m]
µ = friction coefficient [-]
 = resulting movement of the pipeline [mm]
Cy = lateral spring rate [N/mm]
Cr = hinge friction [N/bar]
p = operating overpressure [bar]

Bending moments at the connection points

0.5 · X1 + I1
MY1 = FX ·
1000

0.5 · X1 + I2
MY2 = FX ·
1000

MY1,2 = moments at the connection points [Nm]


FX = displacement force in X-direction [N]
X1 = center-to-center distance of the bellows [mm]
l1,2 = distance from bellows center to connection point [mm]

86
29.3_UK_Kap_05.qxp:UK_02_Kap_05.qxp 30.10.2009 14:45 Uhr Seite 87

5.7.1.2 Lateral expansion joint for movement compensation in any


direction perpendicular to its axis

anchor point

pipe guide

All formulae refer to 50% pretension of the pipe movement 1 and 2 to


compensate for, which means that the lateral expansion joint will be deflect-
ed in both, the pretensioned and operating position, by the amount of ±/2.

Resulting expansion

0.5 · X1 + I1
1000
= 12 + 22

Permissible movement capacity


Following the recommendations explained in section 6.2 "Reduction", the
permissible lateral movement capacity ±zul is determined taking into
account the nominal lateral movement capacity ±lat as follows:

±zul = ±lat · K (tB)· KL

87
29.3_UK_Kap_05.qxp:UK_02_Kap_05.qxp 30.10.2009 14:45 Uhr Seite 88

The effective pipe movement ± /2 must be equal to or less than the permis-
sible lateral movement capacity ± zul:

±/2 ≤ ±zul

In case of 100% or 0% pretension, the effective pipe movement  must be


equal to or less than zul.

 ≤ zul

Resulting arc height


At the maximum lateral deflection (/2) to one side, the vertical distance be-
tween the bellows is shortened by the amount of the arc height h which is
determined as follows:

h = X1 – (X12 – 0,25 · 2)

h = arc height [mm]


 = resulting movement of the pipeline [mm]
1,2 = movements of the pipe sections 1 and 2 [mm]
lat = possible lateral movement of the expansion joint [mm]
K = reduction factor for movement capacity [-]
X1 = center-to-center distance of the bellows [mm]
KL = fatigue factor [-]

In case of 100% or 0% pretension, the amount of 2 x  should be used in


the equation for h.
The arc height h and the uncompensated thermal expansion of the pipe sec-
tion in the expansion joint axis must be compensated by sufficient clearance
or the bending of the pipe sections.

Forces at the connection points


FX = Cr · p + Cx · +g · L · µ · 10
2


FY = Cr · p + Cy · +g · L · µ · 10
2

88
29.3_UK_Kap_05.qxp:UK_02_Kap_05.qxp 30.10.2009 14:45 Uhr Seite 89

FX,Y = displacement force in X- and Y-direction [N]


L = length of the pipeline [m]
g = weight per meter of the pipeline including medium and insulation
[kg/m]
µ = friction coefficient [-]
1,2 = movements of the pipe sections 1 and 2 [mm]
Cy = lateral spring rate [N/mm]
Cr = hinge friction [N/bar]
p = operating overpressure [bar]

0.5 · X1 + I1
MX1 = FY ·
1000

0.5 · X1 + I2
MX2 = FY ·
1000

0.5 · X1 + I1
MY1 = FX ·
1000

0.5 · X1 + I2
MY2 = FX ·
1000

Bending moments at the connection points

MX1,2 = moments at the connection points [Nm]


MY1,2 = moments at the connection points [Nm]
FX,Y = displacement force in X- and Y-direction [N]
X1 = center-to-center distance of the bellows [mm]
l1,2 = distance from bellows center to connection point [mm]

If the system is pretensioned at 50%, the bending moments and forces have
different signs in the pretensioned position and operation position of the
system.

89
29.3_UK_Kap_05.qxp:UK_02_Kap_05.qxp 30.10.2009 14:45 Uhr Seite 90

5.7.1.3 Lateral expansion joints in three pin systems


The section "Angular expansion joints" describes different three pin expansion
systems, comprising each three angular expansion joints.
If the center-to-center distance between the joints is short due to restricted
space conditions, it is often more economical to use one lateral expansion
joint instead of two angular units installed in tandem.

If tied universal expansion joints with tie rods or cardanic hinges are used,
these joints must be installed with the correct positioning of the restraining
hardware to allow the joints to rotate in an angular direction (fig. 9) around
the same axis as the single hinged expansion joint in the system. The line
between the tie rods must be parallel to the line between the hinges.

Fig. 9

Lateral expansion joints used in three pin systems are not allowed to
have more than two tie rods or bars. Three or more tie rods/ bars will not
allow an angular rotation of the individual bellows of a lateral joint.

In order to apply the design calculations of three pin expansion systems to


systems comprising a lateral expansion joint, the spring rates and displace-
ment forces of the lateral expansion joint must be converted into an equiva-
lent bending spring rate and bending moments of two substitute angular
joints.
These two substitute angular expansion joints represent the lateral expansion
joint in the design calculation of the expansion system.

The following conversion applies for tied universal expansion joints with tie
rods only as an approximate, since the distance between the spherical
washers is not equal to the center-to-center distance between the bellows.
Please contact us if exact calculation is required.

90
29.3_UK_Kap_05.qxp:UK_02_Kap_05.qxp 30.10.2009 14:45 Uhr Seite 91

The angular spring rate Ca of the substitute angular expansion joint is deter-
mined by the lateral spring rate CY of the lateral expansion joint as follows:

π
Ca = CY · X12 · · 10-3
360

The angular hinge friction Cr of the substitute angular expansion joint is deter-
mined by the lateral friction Cr(lat) of the lateral expansion joint as follows:

X1
Cr = Cr(lat) ·
2000

The additional angular moment Cb of the substitute angular expansion joint is


determined by the additional lateral force Cb(lat)) of the lateral expansion joint
as follows:

π
Cb = Cb(lat) · X12 · · 10-3
360

The permissible angular rotation ±zul of the substitute angular expansion joint
is determined by the permissible lateral movement capacity zul as follows:

zul
±zul = ± arcsin
X1

Ca = angular spring rate [Nm/°]


Cy = lateral spring rate [N/mm]
Cr = hinge friction [Nm/bar]
Cr(lat) = lateral friction [N/bar]
Cb = angular reaction force [Nm/(bar°)]
Cb(lat) = pulling force due to internal pressure and deflection [N/(bar mm)]
X3 = center-to-center distance of the bellows [mm]

91
29.3_UK_Kap_05.qxp:UK_02_Kap_05.qxp 30.10.2009 14:45 Uhr Seite 92

5.8 Universal expansion joints

The application of universal expansion joints is essential wherever large move-


ments in axial as well as in lateral direction occur. Consisting of two multi-ply
bellows made of stainless steel connected by an intermediate tube, they are
either available with welded-on flanges or with weld ends.

BOA universal expansion joints in a truck exhaust system.

Whilst installing BOA universal expansion joints, there are three points to be
observed which are of outmost importance for the proper functioning of the
expansion joint:

Anchors:
• The pipe section which has to be compensated must be firmly fastened with
anchors at both ends
• To calculate the anchors, the axial forces must be considered (sum of the
spring rate of the expansion joint, reaction force and frictional force of the
piping), as well as the lateral forces (displacement force).
• The reaction force is the product of the effective area of the bellows and the
pipe pressure (test pressure).
• The displacement force is the product of lateral and axial spring rates and
movement.

92
29.3_UK_Kap_05.qxp:UK_02_Kap_05.qxp 30.10.2009 14:45 Uhr Seite 93

Pipe guides
• No pipe weight should rest on the expansion joint.
• Pipe guides have to be installed where a straight pipe routing is wanted (see
installation example).
The pipe guides installed adjacent to the expansion joint must be strong
enough to withstand the forces imposed on them from the expansion joint.

Installation examples:

Pretension
The indicated axial and lateral movements must not be exceeded. In case of
asymmetrical movements, the axial or lateral displacement capacity can no
longer be fully used. Hence the expansion joint has to be pretensioned into the
position which corresponds to the installation temperature.
As the temperature of the pipe at the moment of the installation seldom
corresponds to the lowest operating temperature, it is advisable to indicate some
pretension values into the installation plans for several temperature levels.

Torsion
The expansion joints should never be subject to torsion. This is especially to
be considered when welding the counter flanges onto the pipe end.

93
29.3_UK_Kap_05.qxp:UK_02_Kap_05.qxp 30.10.2009 14:45 Uhr Seite 94

Movement splitting axial / lateral


The movements indicated in the tables are maximum values. In order to
achieve the full load cycles required, only one of the movements can be fully
used.
If axial and lateral movements occur simultaneously, the allowed combination
has to be determined by the following diagram:

The maximum movements, taken from the diagram, form the corners of the
triangle (or the movement limiting line) within any movement combination can
be established for the given full load cycles.

Calculation example
given: Type UFS 6-20, DN200, 1000 full load cycles
requested: lateral movement ± 40mm

Proceeding
a) Mark the values of the maximum axial and lateral movement for 1000 full
load cycles, taken from the dimension table, onto the X- and Y-axis.
maximum axial movement = ± 46 mm
maximum lateral movement = ± 77 mm
b) By connecting these two points, the movement triangle is obtained
(movement limiting line)
c) Mark the requested lateral movement (if the movement distribution
is asymmetrical, take the maximum lateral movement part).
At the intersection with the movement limiting line, the maximum
permissible axial movement of ± 22 mm can be determined.

94
29.3_UK_Kap_05.qxp:UK_02_Kap_05.qxp 30.10.2009 14:45 Uhr Seite 95

So the expansion joint type UFS 6-20, DN 200, allows simultaneous axial move-
ment of ± 22 mm, in addition to the requested lateral movement of ± 40 mm.

Calculation of the pretension


Movement formula:

H = movement = total movement [mm]

Pretension formula:

H H · (te - tmin)
pretension = H - [mm]
2 tmax - tmin

tmin = minimum temperature [°C]


tmax = maximum temperature [°C]
te = installation temperature [°C]

Example
axial movement = ± 22 mm
lateral movement = ± 40 mm
tmin = 0 °C
tmax = 120 °C
te = 20 °C

44 44 · (20 - 0)
axial pretension = 20 - = 14,67 mm =ˆ 14,7 mm
2 120 - 0

80 80 · (20 - 0)
lateral pretension = 40 - = 26,67 mm =ˆ 26,7 mm
2 120 - 0

95
29.3_UK_Kap_06.qxp:UK_02_Kap_06.qxp 30.10.2009 14:45 Uhr Seite 96

6 Standard programme

6.1 General

BOA expansion joints are especially suitable to compensate for thermal


expansions and minor misalignment during installation. BOA expansion joint
applications offer the following advantages:
• Over 50 years experience in manufacturing expansion joints
• Multi-ply construction of the bellows, made of high-grade stainless steel
(1.4571 and 1.4541), which means high resistance against ageing,
temperature, UV-rays and most of aggressive media.
• Very low spring rate due to the multi-ply construction of the bellows.
• Large movements at short built-in lengths.
• Thanks to our generous stock-holding, several nominal diameters and
pressure ranges of the different types are available at short time. These
preferred series are grey-shaded in the tables.

Inner sleeve
Inner sleeves protect the bellows from vibrations caused by the media. The
installation of an inner sleeve is recommended in the following cases:
• abrasive media
• large temperature differences
• flow rates higher than ca. 8 m/s for gaseous media
• flow rates higher than ca. 3 m/s for liquid media

The marking for the execution with inner sleeve for axial expansion joints (type
W, FS, FB), angular (AWT) and gimbal expansion joints (KAWT) is the following:
Expansion joint types marked with * are available either with or without inner
sleeve (extra charge for inner sleeve). Because of their short length, expan-
sion joint types marked "B" do not need an inner sleeve. Types designated
"L" are only available with inner sleeves.

96
29.3_UK_Kap_06.qxp:UK_02_Kap_06.qxp 30.10.2009 14:45 Uhr Seite 97

Example:
Type FS16-3B = basic version without inner sleeve
Type FS16-3L = basic version with inner sleeve
Type FS16-2* = basic version without inner sleeve, but may be equipped
with inner sleeve

Usually lateral and universal expansion joints must compensate for large
amounts of lateral movements and vibrations. Therefore they are basically
not installed with an inner sleeve. If an inner sleeve allowing large lateral
movements is installed, inevitably the flow cross-section is considerably tight-
ened. The resulting local acceleration of the flow medium very often is not
accepted. Nevertheless, on customer’s request, and for extra charge, an inner
sleeve may be installed.

While consulting the dimension tables of the expansion joints executed with
flanges, please pay attention to the fact that the flanges are partly provided
with holes, partly with threads to take up the screws. The reason for is that the
outside diameter of the bellows comes to close to the hole diameter, so that
the bolt head does not fit in.

Additional variants on request


Obviously expansion joints may be designed and manufactured in various
other materials, pressure, movement and life time ranges.

97
29.3_UK_Kap_06.qxp:UK_02_Kap_06.qxp 30.10.2009 14:45 Uhr Seite 98

6.2 Reduction

6.2.1 Expansion capacity

NOTE
The maximum permissible expansion capacity is indicated on the expansion
joint. It refers to 1000 load cycles (expansion joints conforming to EC stan-
dards: 500 load cycles with safety factor 2). At higher load cycles, the expan-
sion capacity must be reduced by the fatigue factor KL according to table 1.
To determinate the exact fatigue factor KL, the following formula can be used:

KL = (1000 / Ne)0.29

Load cycles Fatigue factor


[Ne] [KL]

1'000 1.00
2'000 0.82
3'000 0.73
5'000 0.63
10'000 0.51
30'000 0.37
50'000 0.32
100'000 0.26
200'000 0.22
1'000'000 0.14
25'000'000 0.05
Tab. 1

98
29.3_UK_Kap_06.qxp:UK_02_Kap_06.qxp 30.10.2009 14:45 Uhr Seite 99

6.2.2 Temperature related movement and pressure reduction

NOTE
The admissible operating pressure is determined by the nominal pressure
considering the reduction factor KP according to tab. 2. At higher temperatu-
res, the expansion capacity K⌬ has to be reduced according to the reduction
factors.

Reduction factors 1) for pressure


[KP] and expansion capacity [K⌬]
Temperature °C KP K⌬

-10...20 1.00 1.00


50 0.92 0.97
100 0.87 0.94
150 0.83 0.92
200 0.79 0.90
250 0.74 0.88
300 0.67 0.86
350 0.60 0.85
400 0.53 0.84
Tab. 2

1) linear interpolation for intermediate


values

99
29.3_UK_Kap_06.qxp:UK_02_Kap_06.qxp 30.10.2009 14:45 Uhr Seite 100

6.3 BOA Axial expansion joints

6.3.1 BOA Axial expansion joints with flanges

Type FS
• Expansion joints of type FS are equipped with flanges firmly welded onto
the bellows.
• As a standard, flanges are made of carbon steel and are primer coated.
• As a standard, expansion joints of type FS are manufactured in nominal dia-
meters from DN 15 until DN 1000 mm and in pressure ranges of PN 6, 10,
16, 25 and 40.
• The execution type I or II is indicated in the last column of the standard
tables (see fig.).

Execution I
All types with * and B are manufactured accordingly.

Execution II
Only available with inner sleeve.

100
29.3_UK_Kap_06.qxp:UK_02_Kap_06.qxp 30.10.2009 14:45 Uhr Seite 101

Type FB
• Expansion joints of type FB are equipped with movable flanges. The inside
medium is only in contact with the austenitic bellows material.
• As a standard, flanges are made of carbon steel and galvanized, larger diame-
ters are primer coated.
• As a standard, expansion joints of type FB are manufactured in nominal dia-
meters from DN 20 until 1000 mm and in pressure ranges of PN 6, 10 and 16.
• The basic version of the expansion joint type FB is manufactured without
inner sleeve. Yet it can be equipped with it (for an extra charge).

Basic version
Supplementary designation B

Supplementary designation L

101
29.3_UK_Kap_06.qxp:UK_02_Kap_06.qxp 30.10.2009 14:45 Uhr Seite 102

6.3.2 Axial expansion joints with weld ends

Type W

• Expansion joints of type W are equipped with weld ends, firmly welded onto
the bellows.
• As a standard, the weld ends are made of carbon steel and are primer
coated.
• As a standard, expansion joints of type W are manufactured in nominal dia-
meters from DN 15 until 1000 mm and in pressure ranges of PN 6, 10, 16,
25 and 40.
• The execution type I or II is indicated in the last column of the standard
tables (see fig.).

Execution I
All types with * and B are manufactured accordingly.

Execution II
Only available with inner sleeve.

102
29.3_UK_Kap_06.qxp:UK_02_Kap_06.qxp 30.10.2009 14:45 Uhr Seite 103

6.4 BOA Angular expansion joints

Angular expansion joints with weld ends

Type AWT
• As a standard, expansion joints of type AWT are manufactured in DN 40
until DN 1000 mm and in pressure ranges of PN 16, 25 and 40. For PN 6
and 10, standard executions of DN 350 until DN 1000 are available.
• The type designation is extended by the figure 1, 2, 3 and 4, depending on
the construction dimension. AWT6-1 means: short expansion joint for pres-
sure ranges PN 6; AWT25-4 means: the longest expansion joint for pressure
ranges PN 25.
• As a standard, weld ends and tie rods are made of carbon steel and are
primer coated.
• As special executions, angular expansion joints type AFS may be manufac-
tured with fixed flanges, and those of type AFB with movable flanges.
• The execution type I or II is indicated in the last column of the standard
tables (see fig.).

Execution I
Only available without inner sleeve.

103
29.3_UK_Kap_06.qxp:UK_02_Kap_06.qxp 30.10.2009 14:45 Uhr Seite 104

Execution II
Optionally available with or without inner sleeve.

104
29.3_UK_Kap_06.qxp:UK_02_Kap_06.qxp 30.10.2009 14:46 Uhr Seite 105

6.5 BOA Lateral expansion joints

6.5.1 Lateral expansion joints with flanges

Type LFS
• Expansion joints of type LFS are equipped with flanges firmly welded onto
the bellows.
• As a standard, expansion joints of type LFS are manufactured in nominal
diameters from DN 40 until DN 1000 mm and in pressure ranges of PN 6,
10, 16, 25 and 40.
• High-grade, low-friction articulated system with tie rods made of carbon
steel and with ball joints.
• As a standard, flanges are made of carbon steel and are primer coated.
• The variant with specially large lateral movement (execution II) is equipped
with an intermediate tube made of carbon steel.
• The execution type I or II is indicated in the last column of the standard
tables (see fig.).

Execution I
Lateral expansion joint with integrated intermediate tube.

105
29.3_UK_Kap_06.qxp:UK_02_Kap_06.qxp 30.10.2009 14:46 Uhr Seite 106

Execution II
Lateral expansion joint with attached intermediate tube

Type LFB
• Expansion joints of type LFB are equipped with movable flanges. The inside
medium is only in contact with the austenitic bellows material.
• As a standard, expansion joints of type LFB are manufactured in nominal
diameters from DN 40 until DN 300 mm and in pressure ranges of DIN PN 6,
10, 16 and 25.
• As a standard, flanges are made of carbon steel and are primer coated.
• High-grade, low-friction articulated system with tie rods made of carbon
steel and with ball joints.
• The variant with specially large lateral movement (execution II) is equipped
with an intermediate tube made of carbon steel.
• The execution type I or II is indicated in the last column of the standard
tables (see fig.).

106
29.3_UK_Kap_06.qxp:UK_02_Kap_06.qxp 30.10.2009 14:46 Uhr Seite 107

Execution I
Lateral expansion joint with integrated intermediate tube.

Execution II
Lateral expansion joint with attached intermediate tube

107
29.3_UK_Kap_06.qxp:UK_02_Kap_06.qxp 30.10.2009 14:46 Uhr Seite 108

6.5.2 Lateral expansion joint with weld ends

Type LW
• Expansion joints of type LW are equipped with flanges firmly welded onto
the bellows.
• As a (BOA) standard, expansion joints of type LWT with cardan joint are
manufactured in nominal diameters from DN 350 until DN 1000 mm and in
pressure ranges of DIN PN 6, 10, 16, 25 and 40.
• High-grade, low-friction articulated system with tie rods made of carbon
steel and with ball joints.
• As a standard, weld ends and flanges are made of carbon steel and are
primer coated.
• The variant with specially large lateral movement (execution II) is equipped
with an intermediate tube made of carbon steel.
• The execution type I or II is indicated in the last column of the standard
tables (see fig.).

Execution I
Lateral expansion joint with integrated intermediate tube.

108
29.3_UK_Kap_06.qxp:UK_02_Kap_06.qxp 30.10.2009 14:46 Uhr Seite 109

Execution II
Lateral expansion joint with attached intermediate tube.

109
29.3_UK_Kap_06.qxp:UK_02_Kap_06.qxp 30.10.2009 14:46 Uhr Seite 110

6.6 BOA Gimbal expansion joints

Gimbal expansion joints with weld ends

Type KAWT
• As a standard, expansion joints of type KAWT are manufactured in nominal
diameters from DN 40 until 1000 mm and in pressure ranges of PN 6, 10,
16, 25 and 40.
• As a standard, weld ends and tie rods are made of carbon steel and are
primer coated.
• As special executions, gimbal expansion joints may be manufactured with
fixed or movable flanges.

Execution I
Only available without inner sleeve.

Execution II
Optionally available with or without inner sleeve.

110
29.3_UK_Kap_06.qxp:UK_02_Kap_06.qxp 30.10.2009 14:46 Uhr Seite 111

6.7 BOA Universal expansion joints

6.7.1 Universal expansion joints with flanges

Type UFS
• Expansion joints of type UFS are equipped with flanges firmly welded onto
the bellows.
• As a standard, expansion joints of type UFS are manufactured in nominal
diameters from DN 40 until 1000 mm and in pressure ranges of PN 6, 10, 16
and 25.
• As a standard, flanges are made of carbon steel and are primer coated.
• The variant with specially large lateral movement (execution II) is equipped
with an intermediate tube made of carbon steel.
• The execution type I or II is indicated in the last column of the standard
tables (see fig.).

Execution I
Universal expansion joint with integrated intermediate tube.

Execution II
Universal expansion joint with attached intermediate tube.

111
29.3_UK_Kap_06.qxp:UK_02_Kap_06.qxp 30.10.2009 14:46 Uhr Seite 112

Type UFB
• Expansion joints of type UFB are equipped with movable flanges. The inside
medium is only in contact with the austenitic bellows material.
• As a standard, expansion joints of type UFB are manufactured in nominal
diameters from DN 40 until DN 300 mm and in pressure ranges of DIN PN 6,
10, 16 and 25.
• As a standard, flanges are made of carbon steel and are primer coated.
• The variant with specially large lateral movement (execution II) is equipped
with an intermediate tube made of carbon steel.
• The execution type I or II is indicated in the last column of the standard
tables (see fig.).

Execution I
Universal expansion joint with integrated intermediate tube.

Execution II
Universal expansion joint with attached intermediate tube.

112
29.3_UK_Kap_06.qxp:UK_02_Kap_06.qxp 30.10.2009 14:46 Uhr Seite 113

6.7.2 Universal expansion joints with weld ends

Type UW
• Expansion joints of type UW are equipped with weld ends, firmly welded
onto the bellows.
• As a standard, expansion joints of type UW are manufactured in nominal
diameters from DN 40 until DN 1000 mm and in pressure ranges of DIN
PN 6, 10, 16 and 25.
• As a standard, weld ends are made of carbon steel and are primer coated.
• The variant with specially large lateral movement (execution II) is equipped
with an intermediate tube made of carbon steel.
• The execution type I or II is indicated in the last column of the standard
tables (see fig.).

Execution I
Universal expansion joint with integrated intermediate tube.

Execution II
Universal expansion joint with attached intermediate tube.

113
29.3_UK_Kap_06.qxp:UK_02_Kap_06.qxp 30.10.2009 14:46 Uhr Seite 114

6.8 BOA Low pressure expansion joints

BOA low pressure expansion joints are specially built for applications where
at low pressures (up to 3.0 bar at 20°C) large movements are to be absorbed.
In the following application fields, low pressure expansion joints have proved
to be successful:
• any kind of flue gas piping
• exhaust gas pipes behind internal combustion engines, especially emergen-
cy power generators and heat/ load couplings.
• sewage and water treatment systems.

General
• The multi-ply design results in a very low spring rate and therefore very
small displacement forces.
• Designed for operating pressures up to 3.0 bar at 20°C. Considering the
reduction factors (see reduction table), operating pressures of 2.03 bar at
300°C, or 1.81 bar at 500°C are allowable.
• Higher temperatures are allowed due to the high quality of the material
used. Temperature range: from – 180°C up to 500°C. If the entire expansion
joint is made of austenitic steel, then the permissible temperature raises to
700°C (for dry and pressure-free media).
• Vacuum installations are allowed up to 300 mbar (700mbar abs.).
• The indicated movements are meant for 1000 full load cycles at 20°C.
(CE-marking 500 full load cycles with safety factor 2)

Reduction factors for pressure and movement at higher temperatures


The reduction factors for movements are related to a constant cycle number
of 1000.

114
29.3_UK_Kap_06.qxp:UK_02_Kap_06.qxp 30.10.2009 14:46 Uhr Seite 115

Temperature Pressure Reduction factor of movement


[°C] [bar] [-]

20 3.00 1.000
50 2.74 0.960
75 2.64 0.945
100 2.56 0.930
125 2.49 0.915
150 2.42 0.900
175 2.37 0.895
200 2.31 0.890
225 2.22 0.873
250 2.14 0.857
275 2.09 0.849
300 2.03 0.840
325 1.97 0.834
350 1.91 0.827
375 1.90 0.821
400 1.89 0.815
425 1.87 0.811
450 1.85 0.807
475 1.83 0.803
500 1.81 0.800
550 1.38 0.720
600 1.00 0.630
650 0.58 0.580
700 0.30 0.540

Calculation example:
given: Type EXW, DN 300, axial movement ±59 mm, lateral ±10 mm
operating temperature 350°C
requested: possible movement at 350°C

Proceeding:
Reduction factor of movement at 350°C according to table = 0.827

Axial movement = ±59 mm · 0.827 = ±48.7 mm

Lateral movement = ±10 mm · 0.827 = ±8.3 mm


The operation pressure is 1.91 bar

115
29.3_UK_Kap_06.qxp:UK_02_Kap_06.qxp 30.10.2009 14:46 Uhr Seite 116

6.8.1 Low pressure expansion joints with flanges

Types EXF and EXUF


• Expansion joints of types EXF and EXUF are equipped with movable
flanges, floating flange construction both sides drilled according to
DIN PN 6.
• The inside medium is only in contact with the austenitic bellows material.
• Thanks to the movable flanges, types EXF and EXUF are units easy to fit
and therefore ideal as replacement units in existing systems.
• As a standard, the flanges are made of carbon steel.

Execution EXF

Execution EXUF

116
29.3_UK_Kap_06.qxp:UK_02_Kap_06.qxp 30.10.2009 14:46 Uhr Seite 117

6.8.2 Low pressure expansion joints with weld ends

Types EXW and EXUW


• The two weld ends (up to DN 400) are entirely made of austenitic steel
(1.4571). At higher DN (from 450), the weld ends are made of carbon steel.
• Tight resistance welding for the connection bellows - weld ends.
• The diameters of the weld ends are metric as a standard (see table), yet they
are easily to expand into ISO dimensions. Please let us know the requested
connection dimension when ordering.

Execution EXW

Execution EXUW

117
29.3_UK_Kap_06.qxp:UK_02_Kap_06.qxp 30.10.2009 14:46 Uhr Seite 118

6.9 BOA Small expansion joints

6.9.1 Small expansion joint Type Za:

Execution with weld ends, delivered in pretensioned condition. The main ele-
ment of this small expansion joint is the multi-ply bellows made of austenitic
steel. The two weld ends are made of carbon steel. The inner sleeve is rein-
forced and therefore also acting as a guiding tube. The outside sleeve pro-
tects the bellows from peripherical influences. All connections are welded.

TL

DN: 1⁄2" until 2". For larger pipe dimensions, expansion joints of type W are
used.

Pressure:
Dimension 1⁄2" until 11⁄4" PN 16
Dimension 11⁄2" until 2" PN 10
For higher pressures, expansion joints of type W are used.

Endurance: 5000 full load cycles at 25 mm movement


(1000 full load cycles at 45 mm movement)

Temperature resistance: up to 450°C

118
29.3_UK_Kap_06.qxp:UK_02_Kap_06.qxp 30.10.2009 14:46 Uhr Seite 119

6.9.2 Small expansion joint Type Ga:

ain ele- Drinking water resistant execution, torsion-proof design, delivered in preten-
tenitic sioned condition. All connections are welded. The main element of this small
s rein- expansion joint is the bellows made of austenitic steel. Both weld end attach-
pro- ments are male threaded. The inner sleeve is reinforced and therefore also
ded. acting as a guiding tube. The hexagonal outside sleeve is strong enough to be
hold with a wrench during the installation.

TL

DN: 1⁄2" until 2". For larger pipe dimensions, expansion joints of type FB are
used.

Pressure: PN 16. For higher pressures, expansion joints of type FB are used.

Endurance: 5000 full load cycles


Temperature resistance: up to 450°C

119
29.3_UK_Kap_06.qxp:UK_02_Kap_06.qxp 30.10.2009 14:46 Uhr Seite 120

6.9.3 Small expansion joint Type I:

Drinking water resistant execution, torsion-proof design, delivered in preten-


sioned condition. All connections are welded. The main element of this small
expansion joint is the bellows made of bronze. Both attachments are equip-
ped with inner brazed end. The inner sleeve is reinforced and therefore also
acting as a guiding tube. The outside sleeve protects the bellows from peri-
pherical influences. The small expansion joint is suited for taking up axial
movements.

DN: 15 up to 42. For larger pipe dimensions, expansion joints of type FB are
used.

Pressure: PN 16. For higher pressures, expansion joints of type FB are used.

Endurance:
DN 15–28: 1000 full load cycles
DN 35–42: 5000 full load cycles

Temperature resistance: up to 180°C

120
29.3_UK_Kap_06.qxp:UK_02_Kap_06.qxp 30.10.2009 14:46 Uhr Seite 121

6.10 Axial expansion joints for Mannesmann Pressfitting System

Materials – Type 7179 00X-MS


Bellows: stainless steel 1.4571
Weld ends: carbon steel
Inner sleeve and protecting tube: carbon steel
Connection unit: carbon steel

Materials – Type 7179 00X-ME


Bellows: stainless steel 1.4571
Weld ends: stainless steel 1.4571
Inner sleeve and protecting tube: 1.4571 or 1.4404
Connection unit: 1.4404

FB are Permissible operating conditions:


System "heating": maximum operating pressure 16 bar
maximum temperature 110°C
e used.
System "sanitary": maximum operating pressure 16 bar
maximum temperature 85°C (according to DIN 1988) or 110°C

121
29.3_UK_Kap_06.qxp:UK_02_Kap_06.qxp 30.10.2009 14:46 Uhr Seite 122

6.11 Axial steel expansion joints

Equipped with threaded sockets with or without proctecting tube, suitable to


compensate for axial movement without pretension, lateral movement or to
absorb vibrations.

Type 7160 00S-TI /RI Type 7160 00S-TA /RA

Materials – Type 7160 00S-TI Materials – Type 7160 00S-TA


Bellows: stainless steel 1.4571 Bellows: stainless steel 1.4571
Spacer sheets: stainless steel 1.4301 Spacer sheets: stainless steel 1.4301
Screwed ends: malleable cast iron, Screwed ends: malleable cast iron,
galvanized galvanized
Gasket: Klingersil C-4400 Gasket: Klingersil C-4400
Maximum operating temperature: Maximum operating temperature:
300°C 300°C

Materials – Type 7160 00S-RI Materials – Type 7160 00S-RA


Bellows: stainless steel 1.4571 Bellows: stainless steel 1.4571
Spacer sheets: stainless steel 1.4301 Spacer sheets: stainless steel 1.4301
Screwed ends: gunmetal 2.1906 Screwed ends: gunmetal 2.1906
Gasket: Klingersil C-4400 Gasket: Klingersil C-4400
Maximum operating temperature: Maximum operating temperature:
225°C 225°C

122
29.3_UK_Kap_06.qxp:UK_02_Kap_06.qxp 30.10.2009 14:46 Uhr Seite 123

Type 7162 00S-TI /RI Type 7162 00S-TA /RA

Materials – Type 7162 00S-TI Materials – Type 7162 00S-TA


Bellows: stainless steel 1.4571 Bellows: stainless steel 1.4571
Spacer sheets: stainless steel 1.4301 Spacer sheets: stainless steel 1.4301
Screwed ends: malleable cast iron, Screwed ends: malleable cast iron,
galvanized galvanized
Gasket: Klingersil C-4400 Gasket: Klingersil C-4400
Protecting sleeve: carbon steel, Protecting sleeve: carbon steel,
galvanized, soft soldered galvanized, soft soldered
Maximum operating temperature: Maximum operating temperature:
180°C 180°C

Materials – Type 7162 00S-RI Materials – Type 7162 00S-RA


Bellows: stainless steel 1.4571 Bellows: stainless steel 1.4571
Spacer sheets: stainless steel 1.4301 Spacer sheets: stainless steel 1.4301
Screwed ends: gunmetal 2.1906 Screwed ends: gunmetal 2.1906
Gasket: Klingersil C-4400 Gasket: Klingersil C-4400
Protecting sleeve: brass, soft Protecting sleeve: brass, soft
soldered soldered
Maximum operating temperature: Maximum operating temperature:
180°C 180°C

123
29.3_UK_Kap_06.qxp:UK_02_Kap_06.qxp 30.10.2009 14:46 Uhr Seite 124

Type 7160 00S-LF and 7162 00S-LF (gunmetal)


With brazing fittings, with or without protecting tube, suitable to compensate
for axial movement without pretension, lateral movement or to absorb vibra-
tions.

Materials – Type 7160 00S-LF Materials – Type 7162 00S-LF


Bellows: stainless steel 1.4571 Bellows: stainless steel 1.4571
Spacer sheets: stainless steel Spacer sheets: stainless steel 1.4301
1.4301 Brazing fittings: gunmetal 2.1906
Brazing fitting: gunmetal 2.1906 Gasket: Klingersil C-4400
Gasket: Klingersil C-4400 Protecting sleeve: brass, soft
Maximum operating temperature: soldered
225°C Maximum operating temperature:
180°C

124
29.3_UK_Kap_06.qxp:UK_02_Kap_06.qxp 30.10.2009 14:46 Uhr Seite 125

6.12 Tables standard programme

page page

BOA Type FS PN6 126 BOA Type KAWT PN6 220


PN10 130 PN10 222
PN16 134 PN16 224
PN25 138 PN25 226
PN40 142 PN40 228

BOA Type FB PN6 145 BOA Type UFS PN6 230


PN10 148 PN10 232
PN16 151 PN16 234
PN25 236
BOA Type W PN6 154
PN10 158 BOA Type UFB PN6 238
PN16 162 PN10 240
PN25 166 PN16 242
PN40 170 PN25 244

BOA Type AWT PN6 174 BOA Type UW PN6 246


PN10 176 PN10 248
PN16 178 PN16 250
PN25 180 PN25 252
PN40 182
BOA Type EXF PN2.5 254
BOA Type LFS PN6 184 EXUF PN2.5 256
PN10 187 EXW PN2.5 258
PN16 190 EXUW PN2.5 260
PN25 193
PN40 196 BOA Small exp. joints Type Za 262
Type Ga 263
BOA Type LFB PN6 198 Type I 264
PN10 200
PN16 202 BOA Type
PN25 204 Axial expansion joints
7179 / 00X-MS / ME 266
BOA Type LW PN6 206 Axial steel expansion joints
PN10 209 7160 / 7162 00S-TI / RI 268
PN16 212 Axial steel expansion joints
PN25 215 7160 / 7162 00S-TA / RA 270
PN40 218 Axial steel expansion joint
7160 / 7162 00S-LF 272

125
29.3_UK_Kap_06T01-FS.qxp:Kap_6_01_FS_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:51 Uhr Seite 126

126
BOA Type FS PN6 Execution l (page 100) Execution ll (page 100)

DN Type Total length Bellows Flange

Axial move-
ment at 1000
full load cycles
unrestraint/
without inner
sleeve
unrestraint/
with inner
sleeve
Outside ∅
Outside ∅
Thickness
Bolt circle ∅
Number
of holes
Hole ∅
Spring rate
⫾30%
Effective area
of bellows
Weight *without
inner sleeve
Execution

TL TL da D b k n d Cx A m
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm N/mm cm2 kg
15 FS6-26* ± 13 = 26 150 175 35.0 80 12 55 4 11 43.0 6.4 0.9 I
FS6-36* ± 18 = 36 162 202 34.0 80 12 55 4 11 52.0 6.0 0.9 I
20 FS6-26* ± 13 = 26 150 165 35.0 90 14 65 4 11 43.0 6.4 1.2 I
FS6-36* ± 18 = 36 162 187 34.0 90 14 65 4 11 52.0 6.0 1.3 I
25 FS6-28* ± 14 = 28 160 175 42.0 100 14 75 4 11 89.0 9.4 1.6 I
FS6-38* ± 19 = 38 158 183 41.0 100 14 75 4 11 54.0 9.1 1.6 I
32 FS6-30* ± 15 = 30 172 192 51.0 120 14 90 4 14 84.0 15.0 2.2 I
FS6-40* ± 20 = 40 196 226 51.0 120 14 90 4 14 121.0 14.2 2.4 I
40 FS6-30* ± 15 = 30 178 198 58.0 130 14 100 4 14 90.0 19.5 2.4 I
FS6-44* ± 22 = 44 208 238 57.0 130 14 100 4 14 125.0 18.5 2.7 I
FS6-3L ± 30 = 60 278 - 68.0 130 14 100 4 14 56.5 27.0 3.4 II
50 FS6-1B ± 16 = 32 137 - 81.2 140 14 110 4 14 101.0 39.0 3.0 I
FS6-40* ± 20 = 40 190 220 74.0 140 14 110 4 14 99.0 31.8 2.9 I
FS6-3L ± 32 = 64 278 - 81.2 140 14 110 4 14 50.5 39.0 3.8 II
65 FS6-1B ± 19 = 38 137 - 104.8 160 14 130 4 14 90.0 66.0 3.7 I
FS6-54* ± 27 = 54 240 290 94.0 160 14 130 4 14 78.0 52.7 3.9 I
FS6-3L ± 38 = 76 278 - 104.8 160 14 130 4 14 45.0 66.0 4.8 II
80 FS6-1B ± 20 = 40 137 - 118.5 190 16 150 4 18 101.0 84.0 6.1 I
29.3_UK_Kap_06T01-FS.qxp:Kap_6_01_FS_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:51 Uhr Seite 127

FS6-56* ± 28 = 56 240 290 105.0 190 16 150 4 18 85.0 67.9 5.9 I


FS6-3L ± 40 = 80 278 - 118.5 190 16 150 4 18 50.5 84.0 7.5 II
100 FS6-1B ± 22 = 44 136 - 142.1 210 16 170 4 18 102.0 127.0 6.9 I
FS6-76 ± 38 = 76 278 348 136.0 210 16 170 4 18 90.0 115.0 7.4 I
FS6-3L ± 44 = 88 274 - 142.1 210 16 170 4 18 51.0 127.0 8.7 II
125 FS6-1B ± 22 = 44 138 - 170.8 240 18 200 8 18 129.0 184.0 9.6 I
FS6-72* ± 38 = 72 285 335 158.0 240 18 200 8 18 103.0 159.0 10.0 I
FS6-3L ± 44 = 88 276 - 170.8 240 18 200 8 18 64.5 184.0 12.6 II
FS6-92* ± 46 = 92 307 407 158.0 240 18 200 8 18 125.0 157.0 11.0 I
150 FS6-1B ± 17 = 34 138 - 202.0 265 20 225 8 18 228.0 262.0 11.6 I
FS6-2* ± 35 = 70 198 198 202.0 265 20 225 8 18 114.0 262.0 13.7 I
FS6-92* ± 46 = 92 307 407 186.0 265 18 225 8 18 143.0 225.0 13.0 I
FS6-4L ± 76 = 152 374 - 201.0 265 20 225 8 18 61.0 262.0 19.4 II
175 FS6-1B ± 21 = 42 160 - 230.0 295 22 255 8 18 199.0 342.0 15.6 I
FS6-2* ± 37 = 74 205 205 230.0 295 22 255 8 18 114.0 342.0 18.2 I
FS6-3* ± 49 = 98 254 254 231.0 295 22 255 8 18 138.0 342.0 21.2 I
FS6-4L ± 79 = 158 384 - 230.0 295 22 255 8 18 50.0 342.0 24.6 II
200 FS6-1B ± 23 = 46 148 - 256.0 320 22 280 8 18 293.0 434.0 16.0 I
FS10-60* ± 30 = 60 315 370 257.0 340 24 295 8 22 400.0 410.0 28.0 I
FS6-4L ± 78 = 156 382 - 255.0 320 22 280 8 18 24.0 434.0 23.0 II
250 FS6-1B ± 19 = 38 145 - 311.0 375 24 335 12 18 264.0 660.0 20.5 I
FS10-66* ± 33 = 66 325 380 312.0 395 26 350 12 22 450.0 625.0 36.0 I
FS6-4* ± 92 = 184 377 - 315.0 375 24 335 12 18 78.0 660.0 35.5 I
300 FS6-1B ± 21 = 42 151 - 364.0 440 24 395 12 22 323.0 911.0 27.5 I
FS10-70* ± 35 = 70 325 380 363.0 445 26 400 12 22 500.0 870.0 42.0 I
FS6-4* ± 96 = 192 388 - 365.0 440 24 395 12 22 70.0 911.0 43.1 I
350 FS6-1B ± 20 = 40 143 - 399.0 490 26 445 12 22 204.0 1101.0 39.0 I
FS10-72* ± 36 = 72 325 380 395.0 505 26 460 16 22 550.0 1045.0 55.0 I
FS6-4* ± 95 = 190 378 - 401.0 490 26 445 12 22 78.0 1103.0 58.0 I
400 FS6-1B ± 22 = 44 149 - 451.0 540 28 495 16 22 255.0 1417.0 47.0 I
FS10-76* ± 38 = 76 335 390 445.0 565 26 515 16 26 600.0 1355.0 66.0 I
FS6-4* ± 100 = 200 393 - 451.0 540 28 495 16 22 71.0 1413.0 67.0 I
450 FS6-1B ± 23 = 46 151 - 505.0 595 28 550 16 22 262.0 1798.0 53.0 I

127
FS6-2* ± 39 = 78 204 - 505.0 595 28 550 16 22 157.0 1798.0 59.0 I
29.3_UK_Kap_06T01-FS.qxp:Kap_6_01_FS_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:51 Uhr Seite 128

128
BOA Type FS PN6 Execution l (page 100) Execution ll (page 100)

DN Type Total length Bellows Flange

Axial move-
ment at 1000
full load cycles
unrestraint/
without inner
sleeve
unrestraint/
with inner
sleeve
Outside ∅
Outside ∅
Thickness
Bolt circle ∅
Number
of holes
Hole ∅
Spring rate
⫾30%
Effective area
of bellows
Weight *without
inner sleeve
Execution

TL TL da D b k n d Cx A m
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm N/mm cm2 kg
FS6-3* ± 61 = 122 271 - 505.0 595 28 550 16 22 98.0 1798.0 64.0 I
FS6-4* ± 95 = 190 378 - 505.0 595 28 550 16 22 73.0 1794.0 76.0 I
500 FS6-1B ± 26 = 52 159 - 557.0 645 30 600 20 22 316.0 2195.0 62.0 I
FS10-80* ± 40 = 80 335 395 550.0 670 28 620 20 26 700.0 2100.0 89.0 I
FS6-4* ± 103 = 206 401 - 557.0 645 30 600 20 22 79.0 2195.0 88.0 I
600 FS6-1B ± 29 = 58 171 - 663.0 755 30 705 20 26 371.0 3145.0 80.0 I
FS10-80* ± 40 = 80 345 400 652.0 780 28 725 20 30 900.0 3010.0 104.0 I
FS6-4* ± 96 = 192 383 - 663.0 755 30 705 20 26 93.0 3145.0 112.0 I
700 FS10-74* ± 37 = 74 345 400 754.0 895 30 840 24 30 1100.0 4080.0 143.0 I
FS6-2* ± 44 = 88 220 - 764.0 860 24 810 24 26 192.0 4224.0 89.0 I
FS6-3* ± 62 = 124 280 - 764.0 860 24 810 24 26 137.0 4224.0 97.0 I
800 FS6-56* ± 28 = 56 259 439 912.0 975 24 920 24 30 963.0 5826.0 102.0 I
FS6-114* ± 57 = 114 434 674 905.0 975 24 920 24 30 509.0 5775.0 114.0 I
FS6-164* ± 82 = 164 479 779 890.0 975 24 920 24 30 403.0 5666.0 120.0 I
29.3_UK_Kap_06T01-FS.qxp:Kap_6_01_FS_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:51 Uhr Seite 129

900 FS6-58* ± 29 = 58 259 439 1015.0 1075 26 1020 24 30 1066.0 7303.0 123.0 I
FS6-116* ± 58 = 116 434 674 1008.0 1075 26 1020 24 30 561.0 7246.0 136.0 I
FS6-164* ± 82 = 164 479 779 994.0 1075 26 1020 24 30 441.0 7124.0 142.0 I
1000 FS6-56* ± 28 = 56 239 419 1120.0 1175 26 1120 28 30 1097.0 8948.0 136.0 I
FS6-122* ± 61 = 122 379 629 1115.0 1175 26 1120 28 30 547.0 8898.0 151.0 I
FS6-166* ± 83 = 166 419 719 1100.0 1175 26 1120 28 30 397.0 8761.0 159.0 I

preferred series
B = without inner sleeve L = with inner sleeve *= optionally with/without inner sleeve

129
29.3_UK_Kap_06T01-FS.qxp:Kap_6_01_FS_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:51 Uhr Seite 130

130
BOA Type FS PN10 Execution l (page 100) Execution ll (page 100)

DN Type Totallänge
Total length Balg
Bellows Flange

Axial move-
ment at 1000
full load cycles
unrestraint/
without inner
sleeve
unrestraint/
with inner
sleeve
Outside ∅
Outside ∅
Thickness
Bolt circle ∅
Number
of holes
Hole ∅
Spring rate
⫾30%
Effective area
of bellows
Weight *without
inner sleeve
Execution

TL TL da D b k n d Cx A m
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm N/mm cm2 kg
15 FS10-26* ± 13 = 26 150 175 35.0 95 14 65 4 14 43.0 6.4 1.4 I
FS10-36* ± 18 = 36 162 202 34.0 95 14 65 4 14 52.0 6.0 1.4 I
20 FS10-26* ± 13 = 26 150 165 35.0 105 16 75 4 14 43.0 6.4 1.9 I
FS10-36* ± 18 = 36 162 187 34.0 105 16 75 4 14 52.0 6.0 1.9 I
25 FS10-28* ± 14 = 28 160 175 42.0 115 16 85 4 14 89.0 9.4 2.3 I
FS10-38* ± 19 = 38 158 183 41.0 115 16 85 4 14 54.0 9.1 2.3 I
32 FS10-30* ± 15 = 30 172 192 51.0 140 16 100 4 18 84.0 15.0 3.3 I
FS10-40* ± 20 = 40 196 226 51.0 140 16 100 4 18 121.0 14.2 3.5 I
40 FS10-30* ± 15 = 30 178 198 58.0 150 16 110 4 18 90.0 19.5 3.6 I
FS10-44* ± 22 = 44 208 238 57.0 150 16 110 4 18 125.0 18.5 3.9 I
FS16-3L ± 30 = 60 278 - 68.2 150 16 110 4 18 56.5 27.0 5.2 II
50 FS10-40* ± 20 = 40 190 220 74.0 165 18 125 4 18 99.0 31.8 5.1 I
FS10-50* ± 25 = 50 206 246 74.0 165 18 125 4 18 105.0 31.1 5.3 I
FS16-3L ± 32 = 64 278 - 81.2 165 18 125 4 18 50.5 39.0 6.7 II
65 FS10-30* ± 15 = 30 176 186 94.0 185 18 145 4 18 90.0 53.1 6.1 I
FS10-56* ± 28 = 56 254 304 93.0 185 18 145 4 18 161.0 51.1 7.0 I
FS16-3L ± 38 = 76 278 - 104.8 185 18 145 4 18 45.0 66.0 7.5 II
80 FS10-30* ± 15 = 30 176 186 105.0 200 20 160 8 18 98.0 68.2 7.5 I
29.3_UK_Kap_06T01-FS.qxp:Kap_6_01_FS_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:51 Uhr Seite 131

FS10-56* ± 28 = 56 254 304 105.0 200 20 160 8 18 175.0 66.0 8.6 I


FS16-3L ± 40 = 80 278 - 118.5 200 20 160 8 18 50.5 84.0 9.3 II
100 FS10-56* ± 28 = 56 280 320 136.0 220 20 180 8 18 216.0 114.0 10.0 I
FS10-76* ± 38 = 76 302 372 136.0 220 20 180 8 18 187.0 112.0 11.0 I
FS16-3L ± 44 = 88 276 - 142.1 220 22 180 8 18 51.0 127.0 11.5 II
125 FS10-40* ± 20 = 40 203 223 158.0 250 22 210 8 18 135.0 160.0 12.0 I
FS10-76* ± 38 = 76 307 377 157.0 250 22 210 8 18 212.0 155.0 14.0 I
FS16-3L ± 46 = 92 280 - 170.8 250 24 210 8 18 64.5 184.0 16.5 II
150 FS10-40* ± 20 = 40 203 223 186.0 285 22 240 8 22 155.0 228.0 15.0 I
FS10-76* ± 38 = 76 307 377 186.0 285 22 240 8 22 243.0 224.0 18.0 I
FS16-3* ± 50 = 100 270 270 205.0 285 24 240 8 22 155.0 262.0 22.6 I
175 FS16-1B ± 21 = 42 160 - 230.0 315 26 270 8 22 199.0 342.0 21.3 I
FS16-2* ± 37 = 74 205 - 230.0 315 26 270 8 22 114.0 342.0 23.9 I
FS16-3* ± 49 = 98 254 - 231.0 315 26 270 8 22 138.0 342.0 26.8 I
FS16-4L ± 79 = 158 384 - 230.0 315 26 270 8 22 50.0 342.0 30.2 II
200 FS10-1B ± 22 = 44 157 - 256.0 340 26 295 8 22 293.0 434.0 23.5 I
FS10-60* ± 30 = 60 315 370 257.0 340 24 295 8 22 400.0 410.0 28.0 I
FS10-84* ± 42 = 84 350 430 257.0 340 24 295 8 22 300.0 410.0 34.0 I
FS10-4L ± 76 = 152 374 - 256.0 340 26 295 8 22 41.0 434.0 29.9 II
250 FS10-1B ± 19 = 38 149 - 312.0 395 28 350 12 22 234.0 660.0 30.5 I
FS10-66* ± 33 = 66 325 380 312.0 395 26 350 12 22 450.0 625.0 36.0 I
FS10-82* ± 46 = 82 365 450 312.0 395 26 350 12 22 350.0 625.0 43.0 I
FS10-4L ± 79 = 158 396 - 311.0 395 28 350 12 22 48.0 660.0 41.3 II
300 FS10-1B ± 20 = 40 151 - 364.0 445 28 400 12 22 324.0 911.0 35.0 I
FS10-70* ± 35 = 70 325 380 363.0 445 26 400 12 22 500.0 870.0 42.0 I
FS10-100* ± 50 = 100 365 455 363.0 445 26 400 12 22 400.0 870.0 50.0 I
FS10-4* ± 96 = 192 390 - 367.0 445 28 400 12 22 119.0 911.0 57.0 I
350 FS10-1B ± 21 = 42 154 - 401.0 505 30 460 16 22 365.0 1103.0 52.0 I
FS10-72* ± 36 = 72 325 380 395.0 505 26 460 16 22 550.0 1045.0 55.0 I
FS10-100* ± 50 = 100 365 455 395.0 505 26 460 16 22 450.0 1045.0 64.0 I
FS10-4* ± 98 = 196 396 - 401.0 505 30 460 16 22 122.0 1093.0 74.0 I
400 FS10-1B ± 22 = 44 156 - 453.0 565 32 515 16 26 362.0 1424.0 63.0 I
FS10-76* ± 38 = 76 335 390 445.0 565 26 515 16 26 600.0 1355.0 66.0 I
FS10-106* ± 53 = 106 380 465 445.0 565 26 515 16 26 500.0 1355.0 76.0 I

131
29.3_UK_Kap_06T01-FS.qxp:Kap_6_01_FS_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:51 Uhr Seite 132

132
BOA Type FS PN10 Execution l (page 100) Execution ll (page 100)

DN Type Total length Bellows Flange

Axial move-
ment at 1000
full load cycles
unrestraint/
without inner
sleeve
unrestraint/
with inner
sleeve
Outside ∅
Outside ∅
Thickness
Bolt circle ∅
Number
of holes
Hole ∅
Spring rate
⫾30%
Effective area
of bellows
Weight *without
inner sleeve
Execution

TL TL da D b k n d Cx A m
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm N/mm cm2 kg

FS10-4* ± 103 = 206 403 403 453.0 565 32 515 16 26 121.0 1412.0 94.0 I
450 FS10-1B ± 24 = 48 159 - 507.0 615 32 565 20 26 372.0 1806.0 68.0 I
FS10-2* ± 40 = 80 206 206 507.0 615 32 565 20 26 223.0 1806.0 76.0 I
FS10-3* ± 63 = 126 279 279 507.0 615 32 565 20 26 140.0 1806.0 83.0 I
FS10-4* ± 101 = 202 405 - 507.0 615 32 565 20 26 121.0 1797.0 99.0 I
500 FS10-1B ± 26 = 52 165 - 559.0 670 34 620 20 26 427.0 2204.0 83.0 I
FS10-80* ± 40 = 80 335 395 550.0 670 28 620 20 26 700.0 2100.0 89.0 I
FS10-110* ± 55 = 110 380 475 550.0 670 28 620 20 26 600.0 2100.0 102.0 I
FS10-4* ± 107 = 214 421 - 559.0 670 34 620 20 26 121.0 2199.0 117.0 I
600 FS10-1B ± 19 = 38 162 - 663.0 780 36 725 20 30 723.0 3133.0 108.0 I
FS10-80* ± 40 = 80 345 400 652.0 780 28 725 20 30 900.0 3010.0 104.0 I
FS10-116* ± 58 = 116 395 485 652.0 780 28 725 20 30 700.0 3010.0 119.0 I
FS10-4* ± 107 = 214 424 - 663.0 780 36 725 20 30 131.0 3133.0 150.0 I
700 FS10-1B ± 21 = 42 154 - 766.0 895 30 840 24 30 818.0 4222.0 114.0 I
FS10-74* ± 37 = 74 345 400 754.0 895 30 840 24 30 1100.0 4080.0 143.0 I
FS10-114* ± 57 = 114 395 485 754.0 895 30 840 24 30 900.0 4080.0 160.0 I
FS10-4* ± 107 = 214 422 - 766.0 895 30 840 24 30 149.0 4222.0 167.0 I
800 FS10-44* ± 22 = 44 299 469 897.0 1015 32 950 24 33 1460.0 5724.0 177.0 I
29.3_UK_Kap_06T01-FS.qxp:Kap_6_01_FS_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:51 Uhr Seite 133

FS10-102* ± 51 = 102 474 714 897.0 1015 32 950 24 33 626.0 5724.0 189.0 I
FS10-162* ± 81 = 162 534 834 890.0 1015 32 950 24 33 629.0 5639.0 210.0 I
900 FS10-42* ± 21 = 42 305 479 999.0 1115 34 1050 29 33 1706.0 7176.0 207.0 I
FS10-100* ± 50 = 100 480 724 999.0 1115 34 1050 29 33 731.0 7176.0 220.0 I
FS10-162* ± 81 = 162 540 844 993.0 1115 34 1050 29 33 686.0 7093.0 244.0 I
1000 FS10-46* ± 23 = 46 320 494 1092.0 1230 34 1160 28 36 1930.0 8707.0 243.0 I
FS10-100* ± 50 = 100 460 694 1097.0 1230 34 1160 28 36 826.0 8745.0 256.0 I
FS10-166* ± 83 = 166 475 779 1099.0 1230 34 1160 28 36 608.0 8727.0 282.0 I

preferred series
B = without inner sleeve L = with inner sleeve *= optionally with/without inner sleeve

133
29.3_UK_Kap_06T01-FS.qxp:Kap_6_01_FS_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:51 Uhr Seite 134

134
BOA Type FS PN16 Execution l (page 100) Execution ll (page 100)

DN Type Total length Bellows Flange

Axial move-
ment at 1000
full load cycles
unrestraint/
without inner
sleeve
unrestraint/
with inner
sleeve
Outside ∅
Outside ∅
Thickness
Bolt circle ∅
Number
of holes
Hole ∅
Spring rate
⫾30%
Effective area
of bellows
Weight *without
inner sleeve
Execution

TL TL da D b k n d Cx A m
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm N/mm cm2 kg
15 FS16-20* ± 10 = 20 136 161 35.0 95 14 65 4 14 57.0 6.4 1.4 I
FS16-30* ± 15 = 30 150 175 34.0 95 14 65 4 14 63.0 6.0 1.4 I
20 FS16-20* ± 10 = 20 136 151 35.0 105 16 75 4 14 57.0 6.4 1.9 I
FS16-30* ± 15 = 30 150 165 34.0 105 16 75 4 14 63.0 6.0 1.9 I
25 FS16-20* ± 10 = 20 144 159 42.0 115 16 85 4 14 118.0 9.4 2.3 I
FS16-28* ± 14 = 28 172 187 41.0 115 16 85 4 14 151.0 8.8 2.4 I
32 FS16-22* ± 11 = 22 152 162 51.0 140 16 100 4 18 112.0 15.0 3.3 I
FS16-34* ± 17 = 34 180 200 51.0 140 16 100 4 18 142.0 14.2 3.5 I
40 FS16-22* ± 11 = 22 156 166 58.0 150 16 110 4 18 120.0 19.5 3.6 I
FS16-36* ± 18 = 36 192 212 57.0 150 16 110 4 18 145.0 18.5 3.8 I
FS16-3L ± 30 = 60 278 - 68.2 150 16 110 4 18 56.5 27.0 5.2 II
50 FS16-30* ± 15 = 30 166 186 74.0 165 18 125 4 18 132.0 31.8 5.0 I
FS16-48* ± 24 = 48 216 256 73.0 165 18 125 4 18 173.0 30.1 5.6 I
FS16-3L ± 32 = 64 278 - 81.2 165 18 125 4 18 50.5 39.0 6.7 II
65 FS16-24* ± 12 = 24 174 184 94.0 185 18 145 4 18 172.0 52.7 6.1 I
FS16-44* ± 22 = 44 236 266 94.0 185 18 145 4 18 133.0 52.4 6.6 I
FS16-3L ± 38 = 76 278 - 104.8 185 18 145 4 18 45.0 66.0 7.5 II
80 FS16-24* ± 12 = 24 174 184 105.0 200 20 160 8 18 188.0 67.9 7.6 I
29.3_UK_Kap_06T01-FS.qxp:Kap_6_01_FS_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:51 Uhr Seite 135

FS16-54* ± 27 = 54 278 328 104.0 200 20 160 8 18 278.0 64.1 9.2 I


FS16-3L ± 40 = 80 278 - 118.5 200 20 160 8 18 50.5 84.0 9.3 II
100 FS16-24* ± 12 = 24 194 214 136.0 220 20 180 8 18 479.0 114.0 9.0 I
FS16-72* ± 36 = 72 324 394 135.0 220 20 180 8 18 300.0 109.0 12.0 I
FS16-3L ± 44 = 88 276 - 142.1 220 22 180 8 18 51.0 127.0 11.5 II
125 FS16-24* ± 12 = 24 199 219 158.0 250 22 210 8 18 546.0 158.0 12.0 I
FS16-72* ± 36 = 72 329 399 157.0 250 22 210 8 18 336.0 152.0 16.0 I
FS16-3L ± 46 = 92 280 - 170.8 250 24 210 8 18 64.5 184.0 16.5 II
150 FS16-24* ± 12 = 24 199 219 186.0 285 22 240 8 22 632.0 226.0 15.0 I
FS16-72* ± 36 = 72 329 399 185.0 285 22 240 8 22 381.0 219.0 19.0 I
FS16-3* ± 50 = 100 270 270 205.0 285 24 240 8 22 155.0 262.0 22.6 I
175 FS16-1B ± 21 = 42 160 - 230.0 315 26 270 8 22 199.0 342.0 21.3 I
FS16-2* ± 37 = 74 205 - 230.0 315 26 270 8 22 114.0 342.0 23.9 I
FS16-3* ± 49 = 98 254 - 231.0 315 26 270 8 22 138.0 342.0 26.8 I
FS16-4L ± 79 = 158 384 - 230.0 315 26 270 8 22 50.0 342.0 30.2 II
200 FS16-60* ± 30 = 60 315 370 257.0 340 24 295 12 22 400.0 410.0 28.0 I
FS16-2* ± 37 = 74 210 - 258.0 340 26 295 12 22 169.0 434.0 26.3 I
FS16-84* ± 42 = 84 350 430 257.0 340 24 295 12 22 300.0 410.0 34.0 I
FS16-4L ± 70 = 140 358 - 258.0 340 26 295 12 22 84.0 434.0 32.5 II
250 FS16-66* ± 33 = 66 325 385 312.0 405 26 355 12 26 450.0 625.0 38.0 I
FS16-92* ± 46 = 92 365 450 312.0 405 26 355 12 26 350.0 625.0 45.0 I
FS16-3* ± 57 = 114 281 - 313.5 405 32 355 12 26 122.0 660.0 44.4 I
FS16-4* ± 76 = 152 379 - 317.0 405 32 355 12 26 159.0 660.0 55.8 I
300 FS16-70* ± 35 = 70 335 395 363.0 460 28 410 12 26 500.0 870.0 52.0 I
FS16-2* ± 39 = 78 230 - 366.5 460 32 410 12 26 248.0 911.0 50.5 I
FS16-100* ± 50 = 100 375 475 363.0 460 28 410 12 26 400.0 870.0 60.0 I
FS16-4* ± 84 = 168 404 - 371.0 460 32 410 12 26 185.0 911.0 73.2 I
350 FS16-1B ± 21 = 42 164 - 401.0 520 36 470 16 26 528.0 1093.0 66.0 I
FS16-72* ± 36 = 72 345 405 395.0 520 30 470 16 26 550.0 1045.0 71.0 I
FS16-100* ± 50 = 100 385 480 395.0 520 30 470 16 26 450.0 1045.0 80.0 I
FS16-4* ± 90 = 180 411 - 405.0 520 36 470 16 26 189.0 1100.0 100.0 I
400 FS16-1B ± 23 = 46 173 - 455.0 580 38 525 16 30 583.0 1421.0 83.0 I
FS16-76* ± 38 = 76 355 410 445.0 580 32 525 16 30 600.0 1355.0 88.0 I
FS16-106* ± 53 = 106 400 495 445.0 580 32 525 16 30 500.0 1355.0 98.0 I

135
29.3_UK_Kap_06T01-FS.qxp:Kap_6_01_FS_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:51 Uhr Seite 136

136
BOA Type FS PN16 Execution l (page 100) Execution ll (page 100)

DN Type Total length Bellows Flange

Axial move-
ment at 1000
full load cycles
unrestraint/
without inner
sleeve
unrestraint/
with inner
sleeve
Outside ∅
Outside ∅
Thickness
Bolt circle ∅
Number
of holes
Hole ∅
Spring rate
⫾30%
Effective area
of bellows
Weight *without
inner sleeve
Execution

TL TL da D b k n d Cx A m
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm N/mm cm2 kg
FS16-4* ± 92 = 184 395 - 457.2 580 38 525 16 30 189.0 1424.0 118.0 I
450 FS16-1B ± 25 = 50 173 - 509.0 640 42 585 20 30 599.0 1803.0 104.0 I
FS16-2* ± 41 = 82 215 - 509.0 640 42 585 20 30 359.0 1803.0 113.0 I
FS16-3* ± 66 = 132 290 - 509.0 640 42 585 20 30 224.0 1803.0 122.0 I
FS16-4* ± 100 = 200 408 - 512.0 640 42 585 20 30 194.0 1806.0 145.0 I
500 FS16-1B ± 27 = 54 182 - 561.0 715 44 650 20 33 656.0 2202.0 137.0 I
FS16-64* ± 32 = 64 365 420 550.0 715 34 650 20 33 1300.0 2100.0 135.0 I
FS16-110* ± 55 = 110 410 505 550.0 715 34 650 20 33 600.0 2100.0 148.0 I
FS16-4* ± 107 = 214 427 - 563.0 715 44 650 20 33 209.0 2204.0 187.0 I
600 FS16-1B ± 30 = 60 190 - 665.0 840 48 770 20 36 712.0 3131.0 199.0 I
FS16-66* ± 33 = 66 365 425 652.0 840 36 770 20 36 1500.0 3010.0 169.0 I
FS16-116* ± 58 = 116 415 515 652.0 840 36 770 20 36 700.0 3010.0 181.0 I
FS16-4* ± 113 = 226 447 - 667.0 840 48 770 20 36 211.0 3145.0 253.0 I
700 FS16-60* ± 30 = 60 375 435 754.0 910 36 840 24 36 1900.0 4080.0 167.0 I
FS16-114* ± 57 = 114 425 525 754.0 910 36 840 24 36 900.0 4080.0 190.0 I
FS16-3* ± 66 = 132 313 - 771.0 910 36 840 24 36 391.0 4243.0 182.0 I
FS16-4* ± 110 = 220 444 - 771.0 910 36 840 24 36 235.0 4243.0 212.0 I
800 FS16-36B ± 18 = 36 330 - 911.0 1025 38 950 24 39 3839.0 5799.0 218.0 I
FS16-72* ± 36 = 72 510 714 904.0 1025 38 950 24 39 2004.0 5749.0 237.0 I
29.3_UK_Kap_06T01-FS.qxp:Kap_6_01_FS_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:51 Uhr Seite 137

FS16-114* ± 57 = 114 520 764 903.0 1025 38 950 24 39 1047.0 5732.0 246.0 I
FS16-160* ± 80 = 160 570 864 889.0 1025 38 950 24 39 800.0 5611.0 358.0 I
900 FS16-36B ± 18 = 36 340 - 1014.0 1125 40 1050 28 39 4262.0 7274.0 262.0 I
FS16-74* ± 37 = 74 520 724 1007.0 1125 40 1050 28 39 2229.0 7217.0 283.0 I
FS16-116* ± 58 = 116 530 774 1007.0 1125 40 1050 28 39 1150.0 7198.0 293.0 I
FS16-160* ± 80 = 160 580 874 992.0 1125 40 1050 28 39 955.0 7062.0 306.0 I
1000 FS16-32B ± 16 = 32 340 - 1114.0 1255 42 1170 28 42 5178.0 8868.0 343.0 I
FS16-76* ± 38 = 76 485 689 1114.0 1255 42 1170 28 42 2245.0 8865.0 368.0 I
FS16-110* ± 55 = 110 490 734 1108.0 1255 42 1170 28 42 1300.0 8799.0 376.0 I
FS16-166* ± 83 = 166 540 844 1098.0 1255 42 1170 28 42 828.0 8693.0 394.0 I

preferred series
B = without inner sleeve L = with inner sleeve *= optionally with/without inner sleeve

137
29.3_UK_Kap_06T01-FS.qxp:Kap_6_01_FS_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:51 Uhr Seite 138

138
BOA Type FS PN25 Execution l (page 100) Execution ll (page 100)

DN Type Total length Bellows Flange

Axial move-
ment at 1000
full load cycles
unrestraint/
without inner
sleeve
unrestraint/
with inner
sleeve
Outside ∅
Outside ∅
Thickness
Bolt circle ∅
Number
of holes
Hole ∅
Spring rate
⫾30%
Effective area
of bellows
Weight *without
inner sleeve
Execution

TL TL da D b k n d Cx A m
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm N/mm cm2 kg
15 FS25-20* ± 10 = 20 132 157 34.0 95 16 65 4 14 94.0 6.0 1.6 I
20 FS25-20* ± 10 = 20 132 147 34.0 105 18 75 4 14 94.0 6.0 2.1 I
25 FS25-14* ± 7 = 14 134 134 42.0 115 18 85 4 14 148.0 9.4 2.5 I
FS25-24* ± 12 = 24 162 177 41.0 115 18 85 4 14 171.0 8.8 2.7 I
32 FS25-16* ± 8 = 16 138 148 51.0 140 18 100 4 18 153.0 15.0 3.7 I
FS25-28* ± 14 = 28 166 186 51.0 140 18 100 4 18 172.0 14.2 3.8 I
40 FS25-1B ± 15 = 30 141 - 70.0 150 18 110 4 18 175.0 27.0 4.6 I
FS25-28* ± 14 = 28 170 190 57.0 150 18 110 4 18 187.0 18.5 4.2 I
FS25-3L ± 30 = 60 282 - 70.0 150 18 110 4 18 88.0 27.0 5.6 II
50 FS25-1B ± 16 = 32 141 - 83.0 165 20 125 4 18 205.0 39.0 6.0 I
FS25-38* ± 19 = 38 190 220 73.0 165 20 125 4 18 219.0 30.1 5.9 I
FS25-3L ± 32 = 64 282 - 83.0 165 20 125 4 18 102.0 39.0 7.3 II
65 FS25-34* ± 17 = 34 238 268 94.0 185 22 145 8 18 310.0 51.7 7.8 I
FS25-46* ± 23 = 46 260 290 93.0 185 22 145 8 18 287.0 49.4 8.4 I
FS25-3L ± 34 = 68 290 - 105.0 185 24 145 8 18 110.0 66.0 9.7 II
80 FS25-34* ± 17 = 34 238 268 105.0 200 24 160 8 18 342.0 66.7 10.0 I
FS25-46* ± 23 = 46 260 290 104.0 200 24 160 8 18 308.0 64.1 10.0 I
FS25-3L ± 38 = 76 294 - 117.5 200 26 160 8 18 74.0 84.0 12.5 II
29.3_UK_Kap_06T01-FS.qxp:Kap_6_01_FS_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:51 Uhr Seite 139

100 FS25-1B ± 20 = 40 153 - 144.0 235 26 190 8 22 215.0 127.0 13.5 I


FS25-56* ± 28 = 56 282 322 135.0 235 24 190 8 22 375.0 109.0 14.0 I
FS25-3L ± 40 = 80 294 - 144.0 235 26 190 8 22 109.0 127.0 16.0 II
125 FS25-1B ± 20 = 40 156 - 172.0 270 28 220 8 26 264.0 184.0 18.5 I
FS25-62* ± 31 = 62 305 345 157.0 270 26 220 8 26 373.0 152.0 20.0 I
FS25-3L ± 40 = 80 296 - 172.0 270 28 220 8 26 133.0 184.0 22.0 II
150 FS25-24* ± 12 = 24 199 219 186.0 300 28 250 8 26 632.0 226.0 21.0 I
FS25-46* ± 23 = 46 287 327 186.0 300 28 250 8 26 554.0 225.0 23.0 I
FS25-3* ± 43 = 86 279 - 206.0 300 30 250 8 26 211.0 262.0 30.0 I
FS25-4L ± 66 = 132 384 - 203.0 300 30 250 8 26 94.0 262.0 31.7 II
175 FS25-1B ± 19 = 38 183 - 232.0 330 32 280 12 26 393.0 342.0 29.0 I
FS25-2* ± 33 = 66 230 - 232.0 330 32 280 12 26 224.0 342.0 31.0 I
FS25-3* ± 46 = 92 294 - 234.0 330 32 280 12 26 215.0 342.0 37.0 I
FS25-4L ± 62 = 124 382 - 232.0 330 32 280 12 26 112.0 342.0 38.0 II
200 FS25-1B ± 16 = 32 169 - 258.0 360 32 310 12 26 573.0 434.0 33.2 I
FS25-50* ± 25 = 50 345 405 257.0 360 30 310 12 26 700.0 410.0 41.0 I
FS25-3* ± 47 = 94 277 - 259.0 360 32 310 12 26 191.0 434.0 40.2 I
FS25-4L ± 68 = 136 400 - 259.0 360 32 310 12 26 123.0 434.0 46.5 II
250 FS25-1B ± 18 = 36 178 - 316.0 425 36 370 12 30 664.0 660.0 48.0 I
FS25-54* ± 27 = 54 355 415 312.0 425 32 370 12 30 800.0 625.0 57.0 I
FS25-3* ± 44 = 88 287 - 317.0 425 36 370 12 30 258.0 660.0 56.0 I
FS25-4L ± 61 = 122 400 - 317.0 425 36 370 12 30 172.0 660.0 66.0 II
300 FS25-1B ± 19 = 38 179 - 367.5 485 40 430 16 30 673.0 911.0 65.0 I
FS25-58* ± 29 = 58 365 425 363.0 485 34 430 16 30 900.0 870.0 72.0 I
FS25-3* ± 51 = 102 307 - 369.0 485 40 430 16 30 254.0 911.0 74.5 I
FS25-4* ± 63 = 126 353 - 369.0 485 40 430 16 30 221.0 911.0 79.0 I
350 FS25-1B ± 20 = 40 179 - 405.0 555 38 490 16 33 762.0 1103.0 86.0 I
FS25-58* ± 29 = 58 375 - 395.0 555 38 490 16 33 1000.0 1045.0 105.0 I
FS25-3* ± 55 = 110 292 - 405.0 555 38 490 16 33 286.0 1103.0 101.0 I
FS25-4* ± 70 = 140 371 - 403.0 555 38 490 16 33 315.0 1094.0 110.0 I
400 FS25-1B ± 20 = 40 183 - 457.0 620 40 550 16 36 814.0 1420.0 111.0 I
FS25-60* ± 30 = 60 395 - 445.0 620 40 550 16 36 1100.0 1355.0 135.0 I
FS25-3* ± 55 = 110 301 - 457.0 620 40 550 16 36 305.0 1420.0 130.0 I
FS25-4* ± 72 = 144 386 - 457.0 620 40 550 16 36 347.0 1421.0 143.0 I

139
29.3_UK_Kap_06T01-FS.qxp:Kap_6_01_FS_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:51 Uhr Seite 140

140
BOA Type FS PN25 Execution l (page 100) Execution ll (page 100)

DN Type Total length Bellows Flange

Axial move-
ment at 1000
full load cycles
unrestraint/
without inner
sleeve
unrestraint/
with inner
sleeve
Outside ∅
Outside ∅
Thickness
Bolt circle ∅
Number
of holes
Hole ∅
Spring rate
⫾30%
Effective area
of bellows
Weight *without
inner sleeve
Execution

TL TL da D b k n d Cx A m
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm N/mm cm2 kg
450 FS25-1B ± 21 = 42 187 - 512.0 670 40 600 20 36 895.0 1797.0 120.0 I
FS25-2* ± 35 = 70 233 - 512.0 670 40 600 20 36 537.0 1797.0 131.0 I
FS25-3* ± 49 = 98 284 - 512.0 670 40 600 20 36 384.0 1797.0 140.0 I
FS25-4* ± 77 = 154 396 - 512.0 670 40 600 20 36 356.0 1803.0 157.0 I
500 FS25-1B ± 19 = 38 184 - 561.0 730 44 660 20 36 1150.0 2202.0 146.0 I
FS25-70* ± 35 = 70 440 - 550.0 730 44 660 20 36 1500.0 2100.0 215.0 I
FS25-3* ± 46 = 92 275 - 561.0 730 44 660 20 36 493.0 2202.0 164.0 I
FS25-4* ± 74 = 148 377 - 561.0 730 44 660 20 36 350.0 2195.0 184.0 I
600 FS25-1B ± 17 = 34 182 - 665.0 845 46 770 20 39 1724.0 3137.0 191.0 I
FS25-74* ± 37 = 74 440 - 652.0 845 46 770 20 39 1700.0 3010.0 240.0 I
FS25-3* ± 52 = 104 294 - 667.0 845 46 770 20 39 608.0 3141.0 222.0 I
FS25-4* ± 82 = 164 399 - 667.0 845 46 770 20 39 387.0 3141.0 245.0 I
700 FS25-1B ± 16 = 32 172 - 771.0 960 46 875 24 42 2362.0 4229.0 229.0 I
FS25-74* ± 37 = 74 440 - 754.0 960 46 875 24 42 2200.0 4080.0 300.0 I
FS25-3* ± 49 = 98 281 - 771.0 960 46 875 24 42 787.0 4229.0 263.0 I
FS25-4* ± 81 = 162 392 - 771.0 960 46 875 24 42 472.0 4229.0 293.0 I
800 FS25-1B ± 27 = 54 396 - 907.0 1085 50 990 24 48 3220.0 5727.0 402.0 I
FS25-2B ± 57 = 114 591 - 902.0 1085 50 990 24 48 1639.0 5689.0 437.0 I
FS25-3B ± 78 = 156 651 - 887.0 1085 50 990 24 48 1468.0 5556.0 455.0 I
29.3_UK_Kap_06T01-FS.qxp:Kap_6_01_FS_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:51 Uhr Seite 141

900 FS25-1B ± 27 = 54 414 - 1010.0 1185 54 1090 28 48 3633.0 7186.0 505.0 I


FS25-2B ± 57 = 114 609 - 1005.0 1185 54 1090 28 48 1793.0 7150.0 545.0 I
FS25-3B ± 78 = 156 669 - 990.0 1185 54 1090 28 48 1571.0 7002.0 565.0 I
1000 FS25-1B ± 24 = 48 412 - 1107.0 1320 58 1210 28 56 4618.0 8749.0 648.0 I
FS25-2B ± 55 = 110 572 - 1107.0 1320 58 1210 28 56 2009.0 8745.0 692.0 I
FS25-3B ± 78 = 156 512 - 1095.0 1320 58 1210 28 56 1177.0 8635.0 699.0 I

preferred series
B = without inner sleeve L = with inner sleeve *= optionally with/without inner sleeve

141
29.3_UK_Kap_06T01-FS.qxp:Kap_6_01_FS_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:51 Uhr Seite 142

142
BOA Type FS PN40 Execution l (page 100) Execution ll (page 100)

DN Type Total length Bellows Flange

Axial move-
ment at 1000
full load cycles
unrestraint/
without inner
sleeve
unrestraint/
with inner
sleeve
Outside ∅
Outside ∅
Thickness
Bolt circle ∅
Number
of holes
Hole ∅
Spring rate
⫾30%
Effective area
of bellows
Weight *without
inner sleeve
Execution

TL TL da D b k n d Cx A m
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm N/mm cm2 kg
15 FS40-14* ± 7 = 14 122 132 34.0 95 16 65 4 14 135.0 6.0 1.5 I
20 FS40-14* ± 7 = 14 122 122 34.0 105 18 75 4 14 135.0 6.0 2.1 I
25 FS40-18* ± 9 = 18 148 163 41.0 115 18 85 4 14 214.0 8.8 2.6 I
32 FS40-20* ± 10 = 20 146 156 51.0 140 18 100 4 18 241.0 14.2 3.7 I
40 FS40-1B ± 11 = 22 141 - 70.0 150 18 110 4 18 367.0 27.0 4.7 l
FS40-22* ± 11 = 22 154 164 57.0 150 18 110 4 18 238.0 18.5 4.2 I
FS40-3L ± 22 = 44 282 - 70.0 150 18 110 4 18 183.5 27.0 5.9 II
50 FS40-1B ± 13 = 26 141 - 84.0 165 20 125 4 18 345.0 39.0 6.4 l
FS40-28* ± 14 = 28 166 186 73.0 165 20 125 4 18 299.0 30.1 5.8 I
FS40-3L ± 26 = 52 282 - 84.0 165 20 125 4 18 173.0 39.0 8.0 ll
65 FS40-1B ± 15 = 30 149 - 107.0 185 24 145 8 18 330.0 66.0 8.6 l
FS40-32* ± 16 = 32 220 230 93.0 185 22 145 8 18 398.0 49.4 8.0 I
FS40-3L ± 30 = 60 290 - 107.0 185 24 145 8 18 165.0 66.0 10.5 ll
80 FS40-32* ± 16 = 32 220 230 104.0 200 24 160 8 18 427.0 64.1 10.0 I
FS40-2* ± 22 = 44 200 - 122.0 200 26 160 8 18 284.0 84.0 11.9 l
FS40-3L ± 34 = 68 294 - 120.0 200 26 160 8 18 165.0 84.0 12.6 ll
100 FS40-1B ± 17 = 34 153 - 145.4 235 26 190 8 22 316.0 127.0 14.0 l
FS40-40* ± 20 = 40 238 258 135.0 235 24 190 8 22 500.0 109.0 14.0 I
29.3_UK_Kap_06T01-FS.qxp:Kap_6_01_FS_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:51 Uhr Seite 143

FS40-3L ± 34 = 68 294 - 145.4 235 26 190 8 22 158.0 127.0 17.6 ll


125 FS40-42* ± 21 = 42 253 273 157.0 270 26 220 8 26 517.0 152.0 18.0 I
FS40-2* ± 29 = 58 231 - 176.0 270 28 220 8 26 270.0 184.0 22.5 l
FS40-3L ± 40 = 80 304 - 173.2 270 28 220 8 26 166.0 184.0 24.0 ll
150 FS40-1B ± 16 = 32 164 - 205.5 300 30 250 8 26 583.0 262.0 25.0 I
FS40-42* ± 21 = 42 253 273 185.0 300 28 250 8 26 587.0 219.0 23.0 I
FS40-3L ± 35 = 70 302 - 207.0 300 30 250 8 26 233.0 262.0 31.6 ll
FS40-4L ± 59 = 118 406 - 207.0 300 30 250 8 26 146.0 262.0 36.6 ll
175 FS40-1B ± 17 = 34 167 - 234.0 350 34 295 12 30 584.0 342.0 36.0 l
FS40-2* ± 29 = 58 216 - 234.0 350 34 295 12 30 334.0 342.0 40.1 l
FS40-4L ± 55 = 110 378 - 234.0 350 34 295 12 30 167.0 342.0 49.1 ll
200 FS40-1B ± 12 = 24 181 - 260.0 375 36 320 12 30 1080.0 434.0 41.1 l
FS40-2* ± 25 = 50 231 231 260.0 375 36 320 12 30 540.0 434.0 45.0 l
FS40-3* ± 37= 74 284 284 260.0 375 36 320 12 30 433.0 434.0 46.5 l
FS40-4L ± 56 = 112 404 - 260.0 375 36 320 12 30 232.0 434.0 55.0 ll
250 FS40-1B ± 13 = 26 157 - 317.0 450 44 385 12 33 1346.0 660.0 69.0 l
FS40-2* ± 26 = 52 212 - 317.0 450 44 385 12 33 673.0 660.0 72.8 l
FS40-3* ± 39 = 78 272 - 317.0 450 44 385 12 33 449.0 660.0 77.7 l
FS40-4* ± 57 = 114 404 - 317.0 450 44 385 12 33 288.0 660.0 90.5 ll
300 FS40-1B ± 12 = 24 164 - 369.0 515 48 450 16 33 1782.0 911.0 91.1 l
FS40-2* ± 24 = 48 218 - 369.0 515 48 450 16 33 891.0 911.0 97.6 l
FS40-3* ± 32 = 64 257 - 369.0 515 48 450 16 33 668.0 911.0 102.0 l
FS40-4* ± 44 = 88 315 - 369.0 515 48 450 16 33 486.0 911.0 108.0 l
350 FS40-1B ± 13 = 26 179 - 403.0 580 46 510 16 36 1949.0 1094.0 116.0 l
FS40-2* ± 26 = 52 237 - 403.0 580 46 510 16 36 975.0 1094.0 124.0 l
FS40-3* ± 35 = 70 278 - 403.0 580 46 510 16 36 731.0 1094.0 129.0 l
FS40-4* ± 49 = 98 341 - 403.0 580 46 510 16 36 532.0 1094.0 137.0 l
400 FS40-1B ± 13 = 26 186 - 457.0 660 50 585 16 36 2197.0 1420.0 164.0 l
FS40-2* ± 22 = 44 225 - 457.0 660 50 585 16 36 1318.0 1420.0 172.0 l
FS40-3* ± 35 = 70 291 - 457.0 660 50 585 16 36 824.0 1420.0 183.0 l
FS40-4* ± 49 = 98 357 - 457.0 660 50 585 16 36 599.0 1420.0 193.0 l
450 FS40-1B ± 14 = 28 188 - 512.0 685 50 610 20 39 2256.0 1801.0 154.0 l
FS40-2* ± 24 = 48 229 - 512.0 685 50 610 20 39 1354.0 1801.0 163.0 l
FS40-3* ± 33 = 66 274 - 512.0 685 50 610 20 39 967.0 1801.0 172.0 l

143
29.3_UK_Kap_06T01-FS.qxp:Kap_6_01_FS_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:51 Uhr Seite 144

144
BOA Type FS PN40 Execution l (page 100) Execution ll (page 100)

DN Type Total length Bellows Flange

Axial move-
ment at 1000
full load cycles
unrestraint/
without inner
sleeve
unrestraint/
with inner
sleeve
Outside ∅
Outside ∅
Thickness
Bolt circle ∅
Number
of holes
Hole ∅
Spring rate
⫾30%
Effective area
of bellows
Weight *without
inner sleeve
Execution

TL TL da D b k n d Cx A m
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm N/mm cm2 kg
FS40-4* ± 53 = 106 365 - 512.0 685 50 610 20 39 615.0 1801.0 188.0 l
500 FS40-1B ± 13 = 26 193 - 563.0 755 52 670 20 42 2517.0 2195.0 193.0 l
FS40-2* ± 23 = 46 236 - 563.0 755 52 670 20 42 1510.0 2195.0 205.0 l
FS40-3* ± 32 = 64 283 - 563.0 755 52 670 20 42 1079.0 2195.0 215.0 l
FS40-4* ± 50 = 100 377 - 563.0 755 52 670 20 42 687.0 2195.0 236.0 l

preferred series
B = without inner sleeve L = with inner sleeve *= optionally with/without inner sleeve
29.3_UK_Kap_06T02-FB.qxp:Kap_6_02_FB_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:52 Uhr Seite 145

BOA Type FB PN6 Execution B (page 101) Execution L (page 101)

DN Type Total length Bellows Flange

Axial move-
ment at 1000
full load cycles
unrestraint
maximal
minimal
Outside ∅
Outside ∅
Thickness
Bolt circle ∅
Number of
holes
Hole ∅
or thread
Spring rate
⫾30%
Effective area
of bellows
Weight *without
inner sleeve

TL TL TL da D b k n d Cx A m
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm N/mm cm2 kg
20 FB6-26B ± 13 = 26 90 103 77 35.0 90 14 65 4 11 43 6.4 1.2
25 FB6-28B ± 14 = 28 100 114 86 42.0 100 14 75 4 11 89 9.4 1.5
32 FB6-30B ± 15 = 30 112 127 97 51.0 120 14 90 4 14 84 15.0 2.1
40 FB6-1B ± 15 = 30 118 133 103 58.0 130 14 100 4 14 90 19.5 2.4
FB6-2* ± 21 = 42 144 165 123 68.0 130 14 100 4 14 63 27.0 2.7
FB6-3* ± 31 = 62 207 238 176 69.0 130 14 100 4 14 74 27.0 2.8
50 FB6-40B ± 20 = 40 130 150 110 74.0 140 14 110 4 14 99 31.8 2.8
FB6-2* ± 23 = 46 144 167 121 81.0 140 14 110 4 14 57 39.0 3.2
FB6-3* ± 33 = 66 196 229 163 82.0 140 14 110 4 14 85 40.0 3.3
65 FB6-1B ± 15 = 30 96 111 81 94.0 160 14 130 4 14 90 53.1 3.3
FB6-2* ± 25 = 50 142 167 117 103.5 160 14 130 4 14 57 65.0 3.9
FB6-70B ± 35 = 70 176 211 141 94.0 160 14 130 4 14 84 51.7 4.0
80 FB6-1B ± 15 = 30 100 115 85 105.0 190 16 150 4 18 98 68.2 5.3
FB6-2* ± 25 = 50 140 165 115 118.0 190 16 150 4 18 51 83.0 5.7
FB6-70B ± 35 = 70 180 215 145 105.0 190 16 150 4 18 91 66.7 6.2
100 FB6-40B ± 20 = 40 122 142 102 136.0 210 16 170 4 18 119 115.0 6.2
FB6-2* ± 30 = 60 136 166 106 139.0 210 16 170 4 18 48 120.0 6.6
FB6-3* ± 40 = 80 187 227 147 139.0 210 16 170 4 18 63 119.0 6.7

145
29.3_UK_Kap_06T02-FB.qxp:Kap_6_02_FB_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:52 Uhr Seite 146

146
BOA Type FB PN6 Execution B (page 101) Execution L (page 101)

DN Type Total length Bellows Flange

Axial move-
ment at 1000
full load cycles
unrestraint
maximal
minimal
Outside ∅
Outside ∅
Thickness
Bolt circle ∅
Number of
holes
Hole ∅
or thread
Spring rate
⫾30%
Effective area
of bellows
Weight *without
inner sleeve

TL TL TL da D b k n d Cx A m
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm N/mm cm2 kg
FB6-92B ± 46 = 92 226 272 180 136.0 210 16 170 4 18 111 113.0 7.9
125 FB6-40B ± 20 = 40 126 146 106 158.0 240 18 200 8 18 135 160.0 8.6
FB6-2* ± 25 = 50 140 165 115 168.5 240 18 200 8 18 58 181.0 8.8
FB6-76B ± 38 = 76 208 246 170 158.0 240 18 200 8 18 103 159.0 9.6
FB6-4* ± 54 = 108 276 330 222 170.0 240 18 200 8 18 122 181.0 12.8
150 FB6-40B ± 20 = 40 126 146 106 186.0 265 18 225 8 18 155 228.0 9.7
FB6-2* ± 25 = 50 140 165 115 195.0 265 20 225 8 18 98 245.0 11.5
FB6-76B ± 38 = 76 208 246 170 186.0 265 18 225 8 18 119 228.0 11.0
FB6-4* ± 60 = 120 271 331 211 194.0 265 20 225 8 18 85 244.0 15.3
175 FB6-2* ± 24 = 48 130 154 106 228.0 295 22 255 8 M16 100 342.0 14.5
FB6-3* ± 44 = 88 184 228 140 228.0 295 22 255 8 M16 55 342.0 15.2
FB6-4* ± 60 = 120 271 331 211 229.0 295 22 255 8 M16 107 344.0 19.5
200 FB6-2* ± 24 = 48 138 162 114 250.0 320 22 280 8 18 116 417.0 16.1
FB6-70B ± 35 = 70 230 265 195 260.0 320 20 280 8 M16 140 420.0 18.0
FB6-4* ± 59 = 118 255 314 196 250.0 320 22 280 8 18 86 416.0 21.2
250 FB6-2* ± 22 = 44 132 154 110 304.0 375 24 335 12 18 122 627.0 21.1
FB6-72B ± 36 = 72 240 276 204 314.0 375 22 335 12 M16 160 640.0 22.0
FB6-4* ± 76 = 152 293 369 217 305.0 375 24 335 12 18 67 626.0 27.4
300 FB6-2* ± 28 = 56 137 165 109 356.0 440 24 395 12 22 132 871.0 28.9
29.3_UK_Kap_06T02-FB.qxp:Kap_6_02_FB_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:52 Uhr Seite 147

FB6-72B ± 36 = 72 250 286 214 364.0 440 22 395 12 M20 190 885.0 33.0
FB6-4* ± 73 = 146 301 374 228 356.0 440 24 395 12 22 77 871.0 35.0
350 FB6-2* ± 22 = 44 130 152 108 397.0 490 26 445 12 22 270 1229.0 37.0
FB6-72B ± 36 = 72 260 296 224 396.0 490 22 445 12 M20 200 1060.0 49.0
FB6-4* ± 60 = 120 247 307 187 397.0 490 26 445 12 22 98 1229.0 41.0
400 FB6-2* ± 17 = 34 130 147 113 449.0 540 28 495 16 22 357 1539.0 43.0
FB6-3* ± 34 = 68 174 208 140 449.0 540 28 495 16 22 179 1539.0 46.0
FB6-4* ± 62 = 124 255 317 193 449.0 540 28 495 16 22 98 1539.0 49.0
450 FB6-2* ± 17 = 34 130 147 113 503.0 595 28 550 16 22 368 1941.0 50.0
FB6-3* ± 35 = 70 180 215 145 503.0 595 28 550 16 22 184 1941.0 53.0
FB6-4* ± 58 = 116 250 308 192 503.0 595 28 550 16 22 111 1941.0 56.0
500 FB6-2* ± 18 = 36 130 148 112 555.0 645 30 600 20 22 369 2236.0 58.0
FB6-3* ± 30 = 60 165 195 135 555.0 645 30 600 20 22 221 2236.0 60.0
FB6-4* ± 61 = 122 250 311 189 555.0 645 30 600 20 22 111 2236.0 65.0
600 FB6-2* ± 19 = 38 120 139 101 658.0 755 24 705 20 26 389 3263.0 62.0
FB6-3* ± 32 = 64 170 202 138 658.0 755 24 705 20 26 234 3263.0 66.0
FB6-4* ± 64 = 128 240 304 176 658.0 755 24 705 20 26 117 3263.0 76.0
700 FB6-2* ± 22 = 44 130 152 108 763.0 860 24 810 24 26 500 4224.0 89.0
FB6-3* ± 37 = 74 170 207 133 763.0 860 24 810 24 26 300 4224.0 97.0
FB6-4* ± 67 = 134 250 317 183 763.0 860 24 810 24 26 167 4224.0 113.0
800 FB6-3* ± 32 = 64 170 202 138 868.0 975 24 920 24 30 372 5519.0 120.0
FB6-4* ± 64 = 128 250 314 186 868.0 975 24 920 24 30 186 5519.0 140.0
1000 FB6-3* ± 27 = 54 212 239 185 1072.0 1175 26 1120 28 30 857 8539.0 160.0
FB6-4* ± 54 = 108 285 339 231 1072.0 1175 26 1120 28 30 428 8539.0 186.0

preferred series
B = without inner sleeve *= optionally with/without inner sleeve

147
29.3_UK_Kap_06T02-FB.qxp:Kap_6_02_FB_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:52 Uhr Seite 148

148
BOA Type FB PN10 Execution B (page 101) Execution L (page 101)

DN Type Total length Bellows Flange

Axial move-
ment at 1000
full load cycles
unrestraint
maximal
minimal
Outside ∅
Outside ∅
Thickness
Bolt circle ∅
Number of
holes
Hole ∅
or thread
Spring rate
⫾30%
Effective area
of bellows
Weight *without
inner sleeve

TL TL TL da D b k n d Cx A m
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm N/mm cm2 kg
20 FB10-26B ± 13 = 26 94 107 81 35.0 105 16 75 4 14 43.0 6.4 1.9
25 FB10-28B ± 14 = 28 104 118 90 42.0 115 16 85 4 14 89.0 9.4 2.3
32 FB10-30B ± 15 = 30 116 131 101 51.0 140 16 100 4 18 84.0 15.0 3.3
40 FB10-30B ± 15 = 30 122 137 107 58.0 150 16 110 4 18 90.0 19.5 3.7
FB16-2* ± 17 = 34 144 161 127 69.0 150 16 110 4 18 133.0 27.0 3.9
50 FB16-1* ± 10 = 20 100 110 90 81.0 165 18 125 4 18 124.0 39.0 5.2
FB16-2* ± 17 = 34 144 161 127 82.0 165 18 125 4 18 139.0 40.0 5.4
FB10-40* ± 20 = 40 138 158 118 74.0 165 18 125 4 18 99.0 31.8 5.1
FB10-50B ± 25 = 50 154 179 129 74.0 165 18 125 4 18 105.0 31.1 5.4
65 FB10-30* ± 15 = 30 104 119 89 94.0 185 18 145 4 18 90.0 53.1 6.0
FB16-2* ± 18 = 36 142 160 124 105.0 185 18 145 4 18 130.0 66.0 6.5
FB10-56B ± 28 = 56 182 210 154 93.0 185 18 145 4 18 161.0 51.1 7.0
80 FB10-30B ± 15 = 30 108 123 93 105.0 200 20 160 8 18 98.0 68.2 7.4
FB16-2* ± 22 = 44 140 162 118 118.5 200 20 160 8 18 120.0 85.0 7.8
FB10-56B ± 28 = 56 186 214 158 105.0 200 20 160 8 18 175.0 66.0 8.6
100 FB10-40B ± 20 = 40 138 158 118 74.0 165 18 125 4 18 99.0 31.8 5.1
FB16-2* ± 22 = 44 136 158 114 141.0 220 22 180 8 18 114.0 121.0 10.5
FB10-56B ± 28 = 56 212 240 184 136.0 220 20 180 8 18 216.0 114.0 9.9
29.3_UK_Kap_06T02-FB.qxp:Kap_6_02_FB_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:52 Uhr Seite 149

FB10-76B ± 38 = 76 236 274 198 136.0 220 20 180 8 18 187.0 112.0 11.0
125 FB10-40B ± 20 = 40 134 154 114 158.0 250 22 210 8 18 135.0 160.0 12.0
FB16-2* ± 24 = 48 140 164 116 172.0 250 24 210 8 18 155.0 183.0 14.5
FB10-76B ± 38 = 76 240 278 202 157.0 250 22 210 8 18 212.0 155.0 15.0
FB16-4* ± 46 = 92 276 322 230 176.0 250 24 210 8 18 141.0 183.0 22.5
150 FB10-40B ± 20 = 40 134 154 114 186.0 285 22 240 8 22 155.0 228.0 14.0
FB16-2* ± 23 = 46 140 163 117 197.5 285 24 240 8 22 148.0 247.0 17.2
FB10-76B ± 38 = 76 240 278 202 186.0 285 22 240 8 22 243.0 224.0 18.0
FB16-4* ± 53 = 106 307 360 254 201.0 285 24 240 8 22 187.0 246.0 25.0
175 FB16-2* ± 20 = 40 130 150 110 230.0 315 26 270 8 22 218.0 337.0 22.3
FB16-3* ± 37 = 74 195 232 158 229.0 315 26 270 8 22 136.0 337.0 23.6
FB16-4* ± 53 = 106 316 369 263 230.0 315 26 270 8 22 285.0 335.0 32.3
200 FB10-56B ± 28 = 56 235 263 207 260.0 340 24 295 8 M20 270.0 420.0 26.0
FB10-3* ± 40 = 80 184 224 144 255.0 340 26 295 8 22 103.0 424.0 28.0
FB10-4* ± 55 = 110 290 345 235 255.0 340 26 295 8 22 150.0 423.0 33.0
250 FB10-58B ± 29 = 58 240 269 211 314.0 395 26 350 12 M20 320.0 640.0 32.0
FB10-3* ± 36 = 72 195 231 159 308.0 395 28 350 12 22 120.0 631.0 34.0
FB10-4* ± 50 = 100 274 324 224 306.0 395 28 350 12 22 138.0 628.0 39.0
300 FB10-56B ± 28 = 56 250 278 222 364.0 445 26 400 12 M20 370.0 885.0 42.0
FB10-3* ± 32 = 64 181 213 149 358.0 445 28 400 12 22 145.0 874.0 37.0
FB10-4* ± 50 = 100 270 320 220 357.0 445 28 400 12 22 160.0 871.0 45.0
350 FB10-2* ± 16 = 32 130 146 114 398.0 505 30 460 16 22 482.0 1224.0 48.0
FB10-56B ± 28 = 56 250 278 222 396.0 505 26 460 16 M20 400.0 1060.0 55.0
FB10-4* ± 59 = 118 265 324 206 398.0 505 30 460 16 22 132.0 1224.0 54.0
400 FB10-2* ± 17 = 34 130 147 113 450.0 565 32 515 16 26 479.0 1533.0 60.0
FB10-3* ± 34 = 68 180 214 146 450.0 565 32 515 16 26 240.0 1533.0 63.0
FB10-4* ± 62 = 124 265 327 203 450.0 565 32 515 16 26 131.0 1533.0 68.0
450 FB10-2* ± 18 = 36 130 148 112 505.0 615 32 565 20 26 621.0 1928.0 66.0
FB10-3* ± 30 = 60 166 196 136 505.0 615 32 565 20 26 373.0 1928.0 69.0
FB10-4* ± 61 = 122 262 323 201 505.0 615 32 565 20 26 186.0 1928.0 76.0
500 FB10-2* ± 18 = 36 135 153 117 556.0 670 34 620 20 26 621.0 2223.0 80.0
FB10-3* ± 32 = 64 175 207 143 556.0 670 34 620 20 26 373.0 2223.0 83.0
FB10-4* ± 64 = 128 280 344 216 556.0 670 34 620 20 26 187.0 2223.0 91.0

149
29.3_UK_Kap_06T02-FB.qxp:Kap_6_02_FB_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:52 Uhr Seite 150

150
BOA Type FB PN10 Execution B (page 101) Execution L (page 101)

DN Type Total length Bellows Flange

Axial move-
ment at 1000
full load cycles
unrestraint
maximal
minimal
Outside ∅
Outside ∅
Thickness
Bolt circle ∅
Number of
holes
Hole ∅
or thread
Spring rate
⫾30%
Effective area
of bellows
Weight *without
inner sleeve

TL TL TL da D b k n d Cx A m
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm N/mm cm2 kg
600 FB10-2* ± 19 = 38 140 159 121 659.0 780 28 725 20 30 657.0 3133.0 115.0
FB10-3* ± 34 = 68 186 220 152 659.0 780 28 725 20 30 394.0 3133.0 121.0
FB10-4* ± 67 = 134 278 345 211 659.0 780 28 725 20 30 197.0 3133.0 135.0
700 FB10-3* ± 31 = 62 174 205 143 764.0 895 30 840 24 30 569.0 4222.0 144.0
FB10-4* ± 69 = 138 293 362 224 764.0 895 30 840 24 30 253.0 4222.0 167.0
800 FB10-3* ± 25 = 50 220 245 195 867.0 1015 32 950 24 33 1016.0 5496.0 184.0
FB10-4* ± 50 = 100 290 340 240 867.0 1015 32 950 24 33 508.0 5496.0 210.0

preferred series
B = without inner sleeve *= optionally with/without inner sleeve
29.3_UK_Kap_06T02-FB.qxp:Kap_6_02_FB_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:52 Uhr Seite 151

BOA Type FB PN16 Execution B (page 101) Execution L (page 101)

DN Type Total length Bellows Flange

Axial move-
ment at 1000
full load cycles
unrestraint
maximal
minimal
Outside ∅
Outside ∅
Thickness
Bolt circle ∅
Number of
holes
Hole ∅
or thread
Spring rate
⫾30%
Effective area
of bellows
Weight *without
inner sleeve

TL TL TL da D b k n d Cx A m
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm N/mm cm2 kg
20 FB16-20B ± 10 = 20 80 90 70 35.0 105 16 75 4 14 57 6.4 1.8
25 FB16-20B ± 10 = 20 88 98 78 42.0 115 16 85 4 14 118 9.4 2.2
32 FB16-22B ± 11 = 22 96 107 85 51.0 140 16 100 4 14 112 15.0 3.2
40 FB16-22B ± 11 = 22 100 111 89 58.0 150 16 110 4 18 120 19.5 3.6
FB16-2* ± 17 = 34 144 161 127 69.0 150 16 110 4 18 133 27.0 3.9
50 FB16-30B ± 15 = 30 114 129 99 74.0 165 18 125 4 18 132 31.8 5.0
FB16-2* ± 17 = 34 144 161 127 82.0 165 18 125 4 18 139 40.0 5.4
FB16-48B ± 24 = 48 166 190 142 73.0 165 18 125 4 18 173 30.1 5.6
65 FB16-24B ± 12 = 24 102 114 90 94.0 185 18 145 4 18 172 52.7 6.1
FB16-2* ± 18 = 36 142 160 124 105.0 185 18 145 4 18 130 66.0 6.5
FB16-44B ± 22 = 44 164 186 142 94.0 185 18 145 4 18 133 52.4 6.5
80 FB16-24B ± 12 = 24 106 118 94 105.0 200 20 160 8 18 188 67.9 7.4
FB16-2* ± 22 = 44 140 162 118 118.5 200 20 160 8 18 120 85.0 7.8
FB16-46B ± 23 = 46 170 193 147 105.0 200 20 160 8 18 146 67.5 8.0
100 FB16-24B ± 12 = 24 126 138 114 136.0 220 20 180 8 18 479 114.0 8.9
FB16-2* ± 22 = 44 136 158 114 141.0 220 22 180 8 18 114 121.0 10.5
FB16-46B ± 23 = 46 214 237 191 136.0 220 20 180 8 18 415 113.0 10.0
FB16-72B ± 36 = 72 258 294 222 135.0 220 20 180 8 18 300 109.0 12.0

151
29.3_UK_Kap_06T02-FB.qxp:Kap_6_02_FB_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:52 Uhr Seite 152

152
BOA Type FB PN16 Execution B (page 101) Execution L (page 101)

DN Type Total length Bellows Flange

Axial move-
ment at 1000
full load cycles
unrestraint
maximal
minimal
Outside ∅
Outside ∅
Thickness
Bolt circle ∅
Number of
holes
Hole ∅
or thread
Spring rate
⫾30%
Effective area
of bellows
Weight *without
inner sleeve

TL TL TL da D b k n d Cx A m
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm N/mm cm2 kg
125 FB16-24B ± 12 = 24 130 142 118 158.0 250 22 210 8 18 546 158.0 12.0
FB16-2* ± 24 = 48 140 164 116 172.0 250 24 210 8 18 155 183.0 14.5
FB16-56B ± 28 = 56 216 244 188 158.0 250 22 210 8 18 246 158.0 14.0
FB16-4* ± 46 = 92 276 322 230 176.0 250 24 210 8 18 141 183.0 22.5
150 FB16-24B ± 12 = 24 130 142 118 186.0 285 22 240 8 22 632 226.0 15.0
FB16-2* ± 23 = 46 140 163 117 197.5 285 24 240 8 22 148 247.0 17.2
FB16-58B ± 29 = 58 216 245 187 186.0 285 22 240 8 22 285 226.0 16.0
FB16-4* ± 53 = 106 307 360 254 201.0 285 24 240 8 22 187 246.0 25.0
175 FB16-2* ± 20 = 40 130 150 110 230.0 315 26 270 8 22 218 337.0 22.3
FB16-3* ± 37 = 74 195 232 158 229.0 315 26 270 8 22 136 337.0 23.6
FB16-4* ± 53 = 106 316 369 263 230.0 315 26 270 8 22 285 335.0 32.3
200 FB16-2* ± 19 = 38 133 152 114 253.0 340 26 295 12 22 330 419.0 23.5
FB16-44B ± 22 = 44 240 262 218 260.0 340 24 295 12 M20 530 420.0 27.0
FB16-4* ± 53 = 106 301 354 248 254.0 340 26 295 12 22 247 417.0 33.0
250 FB16-2* ± 16 = 32 132 148 116 306.5 405 32 355 12 26 498 627.0 39.2
FB16-46B ± 23 = 46 250 273 227 314.0 405 26 355 12 M24 600 640.0 40.0
FB16-4* ± 55 = 110 288 343 233 306.5 405 32 355 12 26 217 625.0 47.4
300 FB16-2* ± 15 = 30 135 150 120 361.0 460 32 410 12 26 570 880.0 46.0
FB16-46B ± 23 = 46 255 278 232 364.0 460 28 410 12 M24 720 885.0 54.0
29.3_UK_Kap_06T02-FB.qxp:Kap_6_02_FB_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:52 Uhr Seite 153

FB16-4* ± 60 = 120 299 359 239 359.0 460 32 410 12 26 203 874.0 55.8
350 FB16-2* ± 17 = 34 150 167 133 399.0 520 36 470 16 26 733 1227.0 64.0
FB16-46B ± 23 = 46 260 283 237 396.0 520 28 470 16 M24 760 1060.0 70.0
FB16-4* ± 61 = 122 295 356 234 399.0 520 36 470 16 26 200 1227.0 73.0
400 FB16-2* ± 18 = 36 160 178 142 452.0 580 38 525 16 30 856 1530.0 80.0
FB16-3* ± 30 = 60 190 220 160 452.0 580 38 525 16 30 514 1530.0 83.0
FB16-4* ± 60 = 120 290 350 230 452.0 580 38 525 16 30 257 1530.0 92.0
450 FB16-2* ± 19 = 38 160 179 141 506.0 640 42 585 20 30 880 1803.0 101.0
FB16-3* ± 31 = 62 195 226 164 506.0 640 42 585 20 30 528 1803.0 105.0
FB16-4* ± 62 = 124 300 362 238 506.0 640 42 585 20 30 264 1803.0 115.0
500 FB16-2* ± 15 = 30 160 175 145 556.0 715 44 650 20 33 1291 2231.0 132.0
FB16-3* ± 25 = 50 195 220 170 556.0 715 44 650 20 33 775 2231.0 136.0
FB16-4* ± 50 = 100 290 340 240 556.0 715 44 650 20 33 388 2231.0 146.0
600 FB16-3* ± 26 = 52 185 211 159 660.0 840 36 770 20 36 770 3131.0 181.0
FB16-4* ± 48 = 96 265 313 217 660.0 840 36 770 20 36 428 3131.0 208.0
700 FB16-3* ± 24 = 48 190 214 166 765.0 910 36 840 24 36 1113 4243.0 182.0
FB16-4* ± 49 = 98 280 329 231 765.0 910 36 840 24 36 557 4243.0 212.0
800 FB16-3* ± 25 = 50 220 245 195 868.0 1025 38 950 24 39 1226 5511.0 233.0
FB16-4* ± 50 = 100 300 350 250 868.0 1025 38 950 24 39 613 5511.0 269.0

preferred series
B = without inner sleeve *= optionally with/without inner sleeve

153
29.3_UK_Kap_06T03-W.qxp:Kap_6_03_W_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:52 Uhr Seite 154

154
BOA Type W PN6 Execution l (page 102) Execution ll (page 102)

DN Type Total length Bellows Weld ends

Axial move-
ment at 1000
full load cycles
unrestraint/
without inner
sleeve
unrestraint/
with inner
sleeve
Outside ∅
Outside ∅
Thickness
Spring rate
⫾30%
Effective area
of bellows
Weight *without
inner sleeve
Execution

TL TL da de s Cx A m
mm mm mm mm mm mm N/mm cm2 kg
15 W10-26* ± 13 = 26 140 165 35.0 21.3 2.3 43.0 6.4 0.2 I
W10-36* ± 18 = 36 152 192 34.0 21.3 2.3 52.0 6.0 0.2 I
20 W10-26* ± 13 = 26 140 155 35.0 26.9 2.3 43.0 6.4 0.2 I
W10-36* ± 18 = 36 152 177 34.0 26.9 2.3 52.0 6.0 0.2 I
25 W10-28* ± 14 = 28 150 165 42.0 33.7 2.6 89.0 9.4 0.3 I
W10-38* ± 19 = 38 148 173 41.0 33.7 2.6 54.0 9.1 0.3 I
32 W10-30* ± 15 = 30 162 182 51.0 42.4 2.6 84.0 15.0 0.4 I
W10-40* ± 20 = 40 186 216 51.0 42.4 2.6 121.0 14.2 0.5 I
40 W10-30* ± 15 = 30 168 188 58.0 48.3 2.6 90.0 19.5 0.4 I
W10-44* ± 22 = 44 198 228 57.0 48.3 2.6 125.0 18.5 0.7 I
W16-3L ± 30 = 60 426 - 68.2 48.3 2.9 56.5 27 1.7 II
50 W16-1* ± 16 = 32 285 285 81.2 60.3 3.2 101.0 39 1.3 I
W10-40* ± 20 = 40 180 210 74.0 60.3 2.9 99.0 31.8 0.7 I
W10-50* ± 25 = 50 196 236 74.0 60.3 2.9 105.0 31.1 0.9 I
65 W16-1* ± 19 = 38 285 285 104.8 76.1 3.2 90.0 66 1.7 I
W6-54* ± 27 = 54 230 280 94.0 76.1 2.9 78.0 52.7 1.1 I
W6-70* ± 35 = 70 246 296 94.0 76.1 2.9 84.0 51.7 1.4 I
80 W16-1* ± 20 = 40 285 285 118.5 88.9 3.6 101.0 84 2.3 I
29.3_UK_Kap_06T03-W.qxp:Kap_6_03_W_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:52 Uhr Seite 155

W6-56* ± 28 = 56 230 280 105.0 88.9 3.2 85.0 67.9 1.3 I


W6-70* ± 35 = 70 246 296 105.0 88.9 3.2 91.0 66.7 1.7 I
100 W16-1* ± 22 = 44 344 344 142.1 114.3 4.0 102.0 127 3.8 I
W6-76* ± 38 = 76 268 338 136.0 114.3 3.6 90.0 115 2.3 I
W16-3L ± 44 = 88 482 - 142.1 114.3 4.0 51.0 127 5.7 II
W6-92* ± 46 = 92 292 392 136.0 114.3 3.6 111.0 113 3.2 I
125 W16-1* ± 22 = 44 344 344 170.8 139.7 4.0 129.0 184 5.0 I
W6-76* ± 38 = 76 270 340 158.0 139.7 4.0 103.0 159 2.9 I
W16-3L ± 44 = 88 482 - 170.8 139.7 4.0 64.5 184 8.6 II
W6-92* ± 46 = 92 292 392 158.0 139.7 4.0 125.0 157 4.0 I
150 W16-2* ± 35 = 70 390 - 201.0 168.3 4.5 114.0 262 7.7 I
W6-76* ± 38 = 76 270 340 186.0 168.3 4.5 119.0 228 3.7 I
W6-96* ± 48 = 96 292 392 186.0 168.3 4.5 143.0 225 5.0 I
175 W16-1B ± 21 = 42 230 - 230.0 193.7 5.6 199.0 342 6.6 I
W16-2* ± 37 = 74 278 - 230.0 193.7 5.6 114.0 342 8.1 I
W16-3* ± 49 = 98 324 - 231.0 193.7 5.6 138.0 342 10.7 I
W16-4L ± 80 = 160 532 - 230.0 193.7 5.6 50.0 342 18.0 II
200 W16-60* ± 30 = 60 290 350 257.0 219.1 6.3 400.0 410 8.1 I
W16-2* ± 37 = 74 294 - 256.0 219.1 4.5 169.0 434 9.5 I
W16-3* ± 54 = 108 346 - 257.0 219.1 4.5 136.0 434 14.0 I
W 6-4L ± 92 = 184 548 - 254.0 219.1 4.5 24.0 434 14.3 II
250 W16-66* ± 33 = 66 295 360 312.0 273.0 6.3 450.0 625 11.0 I
W16-2* ± 33 = 66 288 - 313.0 273.0 5.0 163.0 660 13.6 I
W16-3* ± 57 = 114 345 - 313.0 273.0 5.0 122.0 660 16.0 I
W6-4* ± 92 = 184 449 - 312.0 273.0 5.0 78.0 660 20.6 I
300 W16-70* ± 35 = 70 295 365 363.0 323.9 8.0 500.0 870 14.0 I
W16-2* ± 39 = 78 294 - 366.5 323.9 5.6 248.0 911 17.5 I
W16-3* ± 52 = 104 333 - 366.5 323.9 5.6 186.0 911 20.7 I
W6-4* ± 96 = 192 434 - 364.0 323.9 5.6 70.0 911 20.8 I
350 W6-1B ± 20 = 40 231 - 399.0 355.6 5.6 204.0 1101 11.0 I
W16-72* ± 36 = 72 300 375 395.0 355.6 8.0 550.0 1045 15.0 I
W16-100* ± 50 = 100 355 460 395.0 355.6 8.0 450.0 1045 25.0 I
W6-4* ± 106 = 212 496 - 401.0 355.6 5.6 78.0 1103 33.0 I
400 W6-1B ± 22 = 44 237 - 451.0 406.4 6.3 255.0 1417 15.0 I

155
29.3_UK_Kap_06T03-W.qxp:Kap_6_03_W_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:52 Uhr Seite 156

156
BOA Type W PN6 Execution l (page 102) Execution ll (page 102)
Total length Bellows Weld ends
DN Type

Axial move-
ment at 1000
full load cycles
unrestraint/
without inner
sleeve
unrestraint/
with inner
sleeve
Outside ∅
Outside ∅
Thickness
Spring rate
⫾30%
Effective area
of bellows
Weight *without
inner sleeve
Execution

TL TL da de s Cx A m
mm mm mm mm mm mm N/mm cm2 kg
W16-76* ± 38 = 76 300 385 445.0 406.4 8.8 600.0 1355 18.0 I
W16-106* ± 53 = 106 360 470 445.0 406.4 8.8 500.0 1355 29.0 I
W6-4* ± 101 = 202 479 - 451.0 406.4 6.3 71.0 1413 38.0 I
450 W6-1B ± 23 = 46 239 - 505.0 457.0 6.3 262.0 1798 28.7 I
W10-78* ± 39 = 78 300 375 498.0 457.2 10.0 700.0 1710 22.0 I
W16-108* ± 54 = 108 360 480 498.0 457.2 10.0 550.0 1710 34.0 I
W6-4* ± 106 = 212 508 - 505.0 457.0 6.3 73.0 1794 59.0 I
500 W6-1B ± 26 = 52 245 - 557.0 508.0 6.3 316.0 2195 22.0 I
W10-80* ± 40 = 80 300 385 550.0 508.0 11.0 700.0 2100 25.0 I
W16-110* ± 55 = 110 360 480 550.0 508.0 11.0 600.0 2100 40.0 I
W6-4* ± 104 = 208 497 - 557.0 508.0 6.3 79.0 2195 49.0 I
600 W6-1B ± 29 = 58 251 - 663.0 611.4 8.0 371.0 3145 32.0 I
W10-80* ± 40 = 80 300 385 652.0 609.6 8.0 900.0 3010 27.0 I
W16-116* ± 58 = 116 365 490 652.0 609.6 8.0 700.0 3010 43.0 I
W6-4* ± 118 = 236 511 - 663.0 611.4 8.0 93.0 3145 70.0 I
700 W6-74B ± 37 = 74 315 - 754.0 711.0 12.0 1100.0 4080 40.0 I
W6-2* ± 51 = 102 294 - 764.0 713.0 8.0 192.0 4224 47.0 I
W6-3* ± 72 = 144 362 - 764.0 713.0 8.0 137.0 4224 57.0 I
W6-4* ± 114 = 228 497 - 764.0 713.0 8.0 87.0 4224 76.0 I
29.3_UK_Kap_06T03-W.qxp:Kap_6_03_W_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:52 Uhr Seite 157

800 W6-56* ± 28 = 56 245 295 912.0 812.8 8.0 963.0 5826 34.0 I
W6-114* ± 57 = 114 420 530 905.0 812.8 8.0 509.0 5775 46.0 I
W6-164* ± 82 = 164 465 635 890.0 812.8 8.0 403.0 5666 52.0 I
900 W6-58* ± 29 = 58 245 295 1015.0 914.4 10.0 1066.0 7303 38.0 I
W6-116* ± 58 = 116 420 530 1008.0 914.4 10.0 561.0 7246 51.0 I
W6-164* ± 82 = 164 465 635 994.0 914.4 10.0 441.0 7124 58.0 I
1000 W6-56* ± 28 = 56 245 275 1120.0 1016.0 10.0 1097.0 8948 47.0 I
W6-122* ± 61 = 122 385 485 1115.0 1016.0 10.0 547.0 8898 62.0 I
W6-166* ± 83 = 166 425 575 1100.0 1016.0 10.0 397.0 8761 70.0 I

preferred series
B = without inner sleeve L = with inner sleeve *= optionally with/without inner sleeve

157
29.3_UK_Kap_06T03-W.qxp:Kap_6_03_W_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:52 Uhr Seite 158

158
BOA Type W PN10 Execution l (page 102) Execution ll (page 102)

DN Type Total length Bellows Weld ends

Axial move-
ment at 1000
full load cycles
unrestraint/
without inner
sleeve
unrestraint/
with inner
sleeve
Outside ∅
Outside ∅
Thickness
Spring rate
⫾30%
Effective area
of bellows
Weight *without
inner sleeve
Execution

TL TL da de s Cx A m
mm mm mm mm mm mm N/mm cm2 kg
15 W10-26* ± 13 = 26 140 165 35.0 21.3 2.3 43.0 6.4 0.2 I
W10-36* ± 18 = 36 152 192 34.0 21.3 2.3 52.0 6.0 0.2 I
20 W10-26* ± 13 = 26 140 155 35.0 26.9 2.3 43.0 6.4 0.2 I
W10-36* ± 18 = 36 152 177 34.0 26.9 2.3 52.0 6.0 0.2 I
25 W10-28* ± 14 = 28 150 165 42.0 33.7 2.6 89.0 9.4 0.3 I
W10-38* ± 19 = 38 148 173 41.0 33.7 2.6 54.0 9.1 0.3 I
32 W10-30* ± 15 = 30 162 182 51.0 42.4 2.6 84.0 15.0 0.4 I
W10-40* ± 20 = 40 186 216 51.0 42.4 2.6 121.0 14.2 0.5 I
40 W10-30* ± 15 = 30 168 188 58.0 48.3 2.6 90.0 19.5 0.4 I
W10-44* ± 22 = 44 198 228 57.0 48.3 2.6 125.0 18.5 0.7 I
W16-3L ± 30 = 60 426 - 68.2 48.3 2.9 56.5 27.0 1.7 II
50 W16-1* ± 16 = 32 285 285 81.2 60.3 3.2 101.0 39.0 1.3 I
W10-40* ± 20 = 40 180 210 74.0 60.3 2.9 99.0 31.8 0.7 I
W10-50* ± 25 = 50 196 236 74.0 60.3 2.9 105.0 31.1 0.9 I
65 W10-30* ± 15 = 30 166 176 94.0 76.1 2.9 90.0 53.1 0.7 I
W10-56* ± 28 = 56 244 294 93.0 76.1 2.9 161.0 51.1 1.7 I
W16-3L ± 38 = 76 426 - 104.8 76.1 3.2 45.0 66.0 2.9 II
80 W10-30* ± 15 = 30 166 176 105.0 88.9 3.2 98.0 68.2 0.9 I
29.3_UK_Kap_06T03-W.qxp:Kap_6_03_W_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:52 Uhr Seite 159

W10-56* ± 28 = 56 244 294 105.0 88.9 3.2 175.0 66.0 2.0 I


W16-3L ± 40 = 80 426 - 118.5 88.9 3.6 50.5 84.0 3.8 II
100 W10-40* ± 20 = 40 188 208 136.0 114.3 3.6 119.0 115.0 1.5 I
W10-56* ± 28 = 56 270 310 136.0 114.3 3.6 216.0 114.0 2.7 I
W10-76* ± 38 = 76 292 362 136.0 114.3 3.6 187.0 112.0 3.6 I
125 W10-40* ± 20 = 40 188 208 158.0 139.7 4.0 135.0 160.0 2.0 I
W10-76* ± 38 = 76 292 362 157.0 139.7 4.0 212.0 155.0 4.5 I
W16-3L ± 44 = 88 482 - 170.8 139.7 4.0 64.5 184.0 8.6 II
150 W10-40* ± 20 = 40 188 208 186.0 168.3 4.5 155.0 228.0 2.6 I
W10-76* ± 38 = 76 292 362 186.0 168.3 4.5 243.0 224.0 5.6 I
W16-3* ± 50 = 100 462 - 204.0 168.3 4.5 155.0 262.0 11.5 I
175 W16-1B ± 21 = 42 230 - 230.0 193.7 5.6 199.0 342.0 6.6 I
W16-2* ± 37 = 74 278 - 230.0 193.7 5.6 114.0 342.0 8.1 I
W16-3* ± 49 = 98 324 - 231.0 193.7 5.6 138.0 342.0 10.7 I
W16-4L ± 80 = 160 532 - 230.0 193.7 5.6 50.0 342.0 18.0 II
200 W16-60* ± 30 = 60 290 350 257.0 219.1 6.3 400.0 410.0 8.1 I
W16-2* ± 37 = 74 294 - 256.0 219.1 4.5 169.0 434.0 9.5 I
W16-3* ± 54 = 108 346 - 257.0 219.1 4.5 136.0 434.0 14.0 I
250 W16-66* ± 33 = 66 295 360 312.0 273.0 6.3 450.0 625.0 11.0 I
W16-2* ± 40 = 80 288 - 313.0 273.0 5.0 163.0 660.0 13.6 I
W16-3* ± 57 = 114 345 - 313.0 273.0 5.0 122.0 660.0 16.0 I
300 W16-70* ± 35 = 70 295 365 363.0 323.9 8.0 500.0 870.0 14.0 I
W16-2* ± 39 = 78 294 - 366.5 323.9 5.6 248.0 911.0 17.5 I
W16-3* ± 52 = 104 333 - 266.5 323.9 5.6 186.0 911.0 20.7 I
W10-4* ± 96 = 192 462 - 366.0 323.9 5.6 119.0 911.0 29.6 I
350 W10-1B ± 21 = 42 238 - 401.0 355.6 5.6 365.0 1103.0 13.0 I
W16-72* ± 36 = 72 300 375 395.0 355.6 8.0 550.0 1045.0 15.0 I
W16-100* ± 50 = 100 355 460 395.0 355.6 8.0 450.0 1045.0 25.0 I
W10-4* ± 98 = 196 458 - 401.0 355.6 5.6 122.0 1093.0 37.0 I
400 W10-1B ± 22 = 44 240 - 453.0 406.4 6.3 362.0 1424.0 16.0 I
W16-76* ± 38 = 76 300 385 445.0 406.4 8.8 600.0 1355.0 18.0 I
W16-106 ± 53 = 106 360 470 445.0 406.4 8.8 500.0 1355.0 29.0 I
W10-4* ± 104 = 208 469 - 453.0 406.4 6.3 121.0 1424.0 47.0 I

159
450 W10-1B ± 24 = 48 243 - 507.0 457.0 6.3 372.0 1806.0 31.0 I
29.3_UK_Kap_06T03-W.qxp:Kap_6_03_W_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:52 Uhr Seite 160

160
BOA Type W PN10 Execution l (page 102) Execution ll (page 102)

DN Type Total length Bellows Weld ends

Axial move-
ment at 1000
full load cycles
unrestraint/
without inner
sleeve
unrestraint/
with inner
sleeve
Outside ∅
Outside ∅
Thickness
Spring rate
⫾30%
Effective area
of bellows
Weight *without
inner sleeve
Execution

TL TL da de s Cx A m
mm mm mm mm mm mm N/mm cm2 kg
W10-78* ± 39 = 78 300 375 498.0 457.2 10.0 700.0 1710.0 22.0 I
W16-108* ± 54 = 108 360 480 498.0 457.2 10.0 550.0 1710.0 34.0 I
W10-4* ± 101 = 202 471 - 507.0 457.0 6.3 121.0 1797.0 61.0 I
500 W10-1B ± 26 = 52 247 - 559.0 508.0 6.3 427.0 2204.0 24.0 I
W10-80* ± 40 = 80 300 385 550.0 508.0 11.0 700.0 2100.0 25.0 I
W16-110* ± 55 = 110 360 480 550.0 508.0 11.0 600.0 2100.0 40.0 I
W10-4* ± 107 = 214 481 - 559.0 508.0 6.3 121.0 2199.0 55.0 I
600 W10-1B ± 19 = 38 228 - 663.0 611.4 8.0 723.0 3133.0 32.0 I
W10-80* ± 40 = 80 300 385 652.0 609.6 8.0 900.0 3010.0 27.0 I
W16-116* ± 58 = 116 365 490 652.0 609.6 8.0 700.0 3010.0 43.0 I
W10-4* ± 107 = 214 482 - 663.0 611.4 8.0 131.0 3133.0 72.0 I
700 W10-74* ± 37 = 74 315 385 754.0 711.0 12.0 1100.0 4080.0 40.0 I
W10-114* ± 57 = 114 365 490 754.0 711.0 12.0 900.0 4080.0 58.0 I
W10-3* ± 75 = 150 384 - 766.0 711.2 8.0 234.0 4222.0 71.0 I
W10-4* ± 118 = 236 512 - 766.0 711.2 8.0 149.0 4222.0 95.0 I
800 W10-44* ± 22 = 44 245 285 897.0 812.8 8.0 1460.0 5724.0 33.0 I
W10-102* ± 51 = 102 420 530 897.0 812.8 8.0 626.0 5724.0 44.0 I
W10-162* ± 81 = 162 480 650 890.0 812.8 8.0 629.0 5639.0 65.0 I
900 W10-42* ± 21 = 42 245 285 999.0 914.4 10.0 1706.0 7176.0 37.0 I
29.3_UK_Kap_06T03-W.qxp:Kap_6_03_W_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:52 Uhr Seite 161

W10-100* ± 50 = 100 420 530 999.0 914.4 10.0 731.0 7176.0 49.0 I
W10-162* ± 81 = 162 480 650 993.0 914.4 10.0 686.0 7093.0 74.0 I
1000 W10-46* ± 23 = 46 280 300 1092.0 1016.0 10.0 1930.0 8707.0 48.0 I
W10-100* ± 50 = 100 420 500 1097.0 1016.0 10.0 826.0 8745.0 61.0 I
W10-166* ± 83 = 166 435 585 1099.0 1016.0 10.0 608.0 8727.0 87.0 I

preferred series
B = without inner sleeve L = with inner sleeve *= optionally with/without inner sleeve

161
29.3_UK_Kap_06T03-W.qxp:Kap_6_03_W_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:52 Uhr Seite 162

162
BOA Type W PN16 Execution l (page 102) Execution ll (page 102)

DN Type Total length Bellows Weld ends

Axial move-
ment at 1000
full load cycles
unrestraint/
without inner
sleeve
unrestraint/
with inner
sleeve
Outside ∅
Outside ∅
Thickness
Spring rate
⫾30%
Effective area
of bellows
Weight *without
inner sleeve
Execution

TL TL da de s Cx A m
mm mm mm mm mm mm N/mm cm2 kg
15 W16-20* ± 10 = 20 126 151 35.0 21.3 2.3 57.0 6.4 0.2 I
W16-30* ± 15 = 30 140 165 34.0 21.3 2.3 63.0 6.0 0.2 I
20 W16-20* ± 10 = 20 126 141 35.0 26.9 2.3 57.0 6.4 0.2 I
W16-30* ± 15 = 30 140 155 34.0 26.9 2.3 63.0 6.0 0.2 I
25 W16-20* ± 10 = 20 134 149 42.0 33.7 2.6 118.0 9.4 0.2 I
W16-28* ± 14 = 28 162 177 41.0 33.7 2.6 151.0 8.8 0.4 I
32 W16-22* ± 11 = 22 142 152 51.0 42.4 2.6 112.0 15.0 0.3 I
W16-34* ± 17 = 34 170 190 51.0 42.4 2.6 142.0 14.2 0.5 I
40 W16-1* ± 15 = 30 285 285 68.2 48.3 2.9 113.0 27.0 1.0 I
W16-36* ± 18 = 36 182 202 57.0 48.3 2.6 145.0 18.5 0.6 I
W16-3L ± 30 = 60 426 - 68.2 48.3 2.9 56.5 27.0 1.7 II
50 W16-1* ± 16 = 32 285 285 81.2 60.3 3.2 101.0 39.0 1.3 I
W16-48* ± 24 = 48 206 246 73.0 60.3 2.9 173.0 30.1 1.2 I
W16-3L ± 32 = 64 426 - 81.2 60.3 3.2 50.5 39.0 2.1 II
65 W16-1* ± 19 = 38 285 285 104.8 76.1 3.2 90.0 66.0 1.7 I
W16-44* ± 22 = 44 226 256 94.0 76.1 2.9 133.0 52.4 1.2 I
W16-3L ± 38 = 76 426 - 104.8 76.1 3.2 45.0 66.0 2.9 II
80 W16-1* ± 20 = 40 285 285 118.5 88.9 3.6 101.0 84.0 2.3 I
29.3_UK_Kap_06T03-W.qxp:Kap_6_03_W_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:52 Uhr Seite 163

W16-46* ± 23 = 46 228 258 105.0 88.9 3.2 146.0 67.5 1.5 I


W16-3L ± 40 = 80 426 - 118.5 88.9 3.6 50.5 84.0 3.8 II
100 W16-1* ± 22 = 44 344 344 142.1 114.3 4.0 102.0 127.0 3.8 I
W25-46* ± 23 = 46 272 312 136.0 114.3 3.6 415.0 113.0 3.2 I
W16-3L ± 44 = 88 482 - 142.1 114.3 4.0 51.0 127.0 5.7 II
125 W16-1* ± 22 = 44 344 344 170.8 139.7 4.0 129.0 184.0 5.0 I
W16-56* ± 28 = 56 270 310 157.0 139.7 4.0 336.0 152.0 3.4 I
W16-3L ± 44 = 88 482 - 170.8 139.7 4.0 64.5 184.0 8.6 II
150 W16-58* ± 29 = 58 270 310 185.0 168.3 4.5 381.0 219.0 7.4 I
W16-2* ± 35 = 70 390 - 201.0 168.3 4.5 114.0 262.0 7.7 I
W16-3* ± 50 = 100 462 - 204.0 168.3 4.5 155.0 262.0 11.5 I
175 W16-1B ± 21 = 42 230 - 230.0 193.7 5.6 199.0 342.0 6.6 I
W16-2* ± 37 = 74 278 - 230.0 193.7 5.6 114.0 342.0 8.1 I
W16-3* ± 49 = 98 324 - 231.0 193.7 5.6 138.0 342.0 10.7 I
W16-4L ± 80 = 160 532 - 230.0 193.7 5.6 50.0 342.0 18.0 II
200 W16-60* ± 30 = 60 290 350 257.0 219.1 6.3 400.0 410.0 8.1 I
W16-2* ± 37 = 74 294 - 256.0 219.1 4.5 169.0 434.0 9.5 I
W16-3* ± 54 = 108 346 - 257.0 219.1 4.5 136.0 434.0 14.0 I
250 W16-66* ± 33 = 66 295 360 312.0 273.0 6.3 450.0 625.0 11.0 I
W16-2* ± 40 = 80 288 - 313.0 273.0 5.0 163.0 660.0 13.6 I
W16-3* ± 57 = 114 345 - 313.0 273.0 5.0 122.0 660.0 16.0 I
300 W16-70* ± 33 = 66 295 365 363.0 323.9 8.0 500.0 870.0 14.0 I
W16-2* ± 39 = 78 294 - 366.5 323.9 5.6 248.0 911.0 17.5 I
W16-3* ± 52 = 104 333 - 366.5 323.9 5.6 186.0 911.0 20.7 I
350 W16-1B ± 21 = 42 244 - 401.0 355.6 5.6 528.0 1093.0 15.0 I
W16-72* ± 36 = 72 300 375 395.0 355.6 8.0 550.0 1045.0 15.0 I
W16-100* ± 50 = 100 355 460 395.0 355.6 8.0 450.0 1045.0 25.0 I
W16-4* ± 90 = 180 491 - 405.2 355.6 5.6 189.0 1100.0 50.3 I
400 W16-1B ± 23 = 46 251 - 455.0 406.4 6.3 583.0 1421.0 20.0 I
W16-76* ± 34 = 68 300 385 447.0 406.4 8.8 600.0 1355.0 18.0 I
W16-106* ± 53 = 106 360 470 445.0 406.4 8.8 500.0 1355.0 29.0 I
W16-4* ± 92 = 184 473 - 457.0 406.4 6.3 189.0 1424.0 56.0 I
450 W16-1B ± 25 = 50 251 - 509.0 457.0 6.3 599.0 1803.0 35.0 I

163
W16-62* ± 31 = 62 300 375 498.0 457.2 10.0 1200.0 1710.0 24.0 I
29.3_UK_Kap_06T03-W.qxp:Kap_6_03_W_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:52 Uhr Seite 164

164
BOA Type W PN16 Execution l (page 102) Execution ll (page 102)

DN Type Total length Bellows Weld ends

Axial move-
ment at 1000
full load cycles
unrestraint/
without inner
sleeve
unrestraint/
with inner
sleeve
Outside ∅
Outside ∅
Thickness
Spring rate
⫾30%
Effective area
of bellows
Weight *without
inner sleeve
Execution

TL TL da de s Cx A m
mm mm mm mm mm mm N/mm cm2 kg
W16-108* ± 54 = 108 360 480 498.0 457.2 10.0 550.0 1710.0 34.0 I
W16-4* ± 100 = 200 486 - 512.0 457.0 6.3 194.0 1806.0 75.0 I
500 W16-1B ± 27 = 54 258 - 561.0 508.0 6.3 656.0 2202.0 28.0 I
W16-64* ± 32 = 64 300 385 550.0 508.0 11.0 1300.0 2100.0 28.0 I
W16-110* ± 55 = 110 360 480 550.0 508.0 11.0 600.0 2100.0 40.0 I
W16-4* ± 107 = 214 501 - 563.0 508.0 6.3 209.0 2204.0 78.0 I
600 W16-66* ± 30 = 60 300 385 652.0 609.6 8.0 1500.0 3010.0 30.0 I
W16-116* ± 58 = 116 365 490 652.0 609.6 8.0 700.0 3010.0 43.0 I
W16-3* ± 70 = 140 372 - 665.0 609.6 8.0 305.0 3131.0 66.0 I
W16-4* ± 113 = 226 491 - 667.0 609.6 8.0 211.0 3145.0 91.0 I
700 W16-60* ± 30 = 60 315 385 754.0 711.0 12.0 1900.0 4080.0 44.0 I
W16-114* ± 57 = 114 365 490 754.0 711.0 12.0 900.0 4080.0 58.0 I
W16-3* ± 66 = 132 355 - 771.0 713.6 10.0 391.0 4243.0 82.0 I
W16-4* ± 110 = 220 496 - 771.0 713.6 10.0 235.0 4243.0 114.0 I
800 W16-36B ± 18 = 36 250 - 911.0 812.8 8.0 3839.0 5799.0 40.0 I
W16-72* ± 36 = 72 430 500 904.0 812.8 8.0 2004.0 5749.0 59.0 I
W16-114* ± 57 = 114 440 550 903.0 812.8 8.0 1047.0 5732.0 67.0 I
W16-160* ± 80 = 160 490 650 889.0 812.8 8.0 880.0 5611.0 79.0 I
900 W16-36B ± 18 = 36 250 - 1014.0 914.4 10.0 4262.0 7274.0 45.0 I
29.3_UK_Kap_06T03-W.qxp:Kap_6_03_W_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:52 Uhr Seite 165

W16-74* ± 37 = 74 430 500 1007.0 914.4 10.0 2229.0 7217.0 66.0 I


W16-116* ± 58 = 116 440 550 1007.0 914.4 10.0 1150.0 7198.0 76.0 I
W16-160* ± 80 = 160 490 650 992.0 914.4 10.0 955.0 7062.0 89.0 I
1000 W16-32B ± 16 = 32 250 - 1114.0 1016.0 10.0 5178.0 8868.0 54.0 I
W16-76* ± 38 = 76 395 445 1114.0 1016.0 10.0 2245.0 8865.0 78.0 I
W16-110 ± 55 = 110 400 490 1108.0 1016.0 15.0 1300.0 8799.0 87.0 I
W16-166* ± 83 = 166 450 600 1098.0 1016.0 15.0 828.0 8693.0 104.0 I

preferred series
B = without inner sleeve L = with inner sleeve *= optionally with/without inner sleeve

165
29.3_UK_Kap_06T03-W.qxp:Kap_6_03_W_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:52 Uhr Seite 166

166
BOA Type W PN25 Execution l (page 102) Execution ll (page 102)

DN Type Total length Bellows Weld ends

Axial move-
ment at 1000
full load cycles
unrestraint/
without inner
sleeve
unrestraint/
with inner
sleeve
Outside ∅
Outside ∅
Thickness
Spring rate
⫾30%
Effective area
of bellows
Weight *without
inner sleeve
Execution

TL TL da de s Cx A m
mm mm mm mm mm mm N/mm cm2 kg
15 W25-20* ± 10 = 20 122 147 34.0 21.3 2.3 94.0 6.0 0.2 I
20 W25-20* ± 10 = 20 122 137 34.0 26.9 2.3 94.0 6.0 0.2 I
25 W25-14* ± 7 = 14 124 124 42.0 33.7 2.6 148.0 9.4 0.2 I
W25-24* ± 12 = 24 152 167 41.0 33.7 2.6 171.0 8.8 0.3 I
32 W25-16* ± 8 = 16 128 138 51.0 42.4 2.6 153.0 15.0 0.3 I
W25-28* ± 14 = 28 156 176 51.0 42.4 2.6 172.0 14.2 0.4 I
40 W25-18* ± 9 = 18 134 144 58.0 48.3 2.6 150.0 19.5 0.3 I
W25-28* ± 14 = 28 160 180 57.0 48.3 2.6 187.0 18.5 0.5 I
W25-3L ± 28 = 56 426 - 69.8 48.3 2.9 88.0 27.0 2.5 II
50 W25-24* ± 12 = 24 156 176 74.0 60.3 2.9 228.0 31.6 0.7 I
W25-38* ± 19 = 38 180 210 73.0 60.3 2.9 219.0 30.1 1.0 I
W25-3L ± 30 = 60 426 - 82.8 60.3 3.2 102.0 39.0 2.9 II
65 W25-1B ± 16 = 32 285 - 105.0 76.1 3.2 219.0 66.0 2.3 I
W25-46* ± 23 = 46 250 280 93.0 76.1 2.9 287.0 49.4 2.1 I
W25-3L ± 32 = 64 426 - 105.0 76.1 3.2 110.0 66.0 4.1 II
80 W25-34* ± 17 = 34 228 258 105.0 88.9 3.2 342.0 66.7 1.7 I
W25-46* ± 23 = 46 250 280 104.0 88.9 3.2 308.0 64.1 2.4 I
W25-3L ± 36 = 72 426 - 117.4 88.9 3.6 74.0 84.0 4.8 II
29.3_UK_Kap_06T03-W.qxp:Kap_6_03_W_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:52 Uhr Seite 167

100 W25-24* ± 12 = 24 184 204 136.0 114.3 3.6 479.0 114.0 1.8 I
W25-46* ± 23 = 46 272 312 136.0 114.3 3.6 415.0 113.0 3.2 I
W25-3L ± 40 = 80 488 - 144.0 114.3 4.0 108.0 127.0 6.8 II
125 W25-24* ± 12 = 24 184 204 158.0 139.7 4.0 546.0 158.0 2.3 I
W25-46* ± 23 = 46 272 312 158.0 139.7 4.0 476.0 157.0 4.0 I
W25-3L ± 40 = 80 486 - 172.0 139.7 4.0 132.0 184.0 10.6 II
150 W25-24* ± 12 = 24 184 204 186.0 168.3 4.5 632.0 226.0 3.0 I
W25-1B ± 17 = 35 353 - 203.0 168.4 4.5 375.0 262.0 7.9 I
W25-46* ± 23 = 46 272 312 186.0 168.3 4.5 554.0 225.0 5.0 I
175 W25-1B ± 19 = 38 235 - 232.2 193.7 5.6 393.0 342.0 7.8 I
W25-2* ± 33 = 66 282 - 232.2 193.7 5.6 224.0 342.0 11.0 I
W25-3* ± 46 = 92 346 - 234.4 193.7 5.6 215.0 342.0 16.0 I
W25-4L ± 62 = 124 514 - 232.2 193.7 5.6 112.0 342.0 19.3 II
200 W25-1B ± 16 = 32 235 - 259.0 219.1 6.3 573.0 434.0 10.8 I
W25-50* ± 25 = 50 290 350 257.0 219.1 6.3 700.0 410.0 9.1 I
W25-3* ± 47 = 94 343 - 259.0 219.1 6.3 191.0 434.0 15.6 I
W25-4L ± 68 = 136 624 - 259.0 219.1 6.3 123.0 434.0 30.0 II
250 W25-1B ± 18 = 36 242 - 315.5 273.0 6.3 664.0 660.0 14.7 I
W25-54* ± 27 = 54 295 360 312.0 273.0 6.3 800.0 625.0 12.0 I
W25-3* ± 44 = 88 339 - 316.5 273.0 6.3 258.0 660.0 22.1 I
W25-4L ± 61 = 122 640 - 316.5 273.0 6.3 172.0 660.0 41.8 II
300 W25-1B ± 19 = 38 245 - 368.5 323.9 7.1 673.0 911.0 18.4 I
W25-58* ± 29 = 58 295 365 363.0 323.9 8.0 900.0 870.0 16.0 I
W25-3* ± 51 = 102 351 - 369.0 323.9 7.1 254.0 911.0 27.0 I
W25-4* ± 63 = 126 397 - 369.0 323.9 7.1 221.0 911.0 37.0 I
350 W25-1B ± 20 = 40 251 - 405.0 355.6 8.0 762.0 1103.0 22.0 I
W25-58* ± 29 = 58 300 375 395.0 355.6 8.0 1000.0 1045.0 18.0 I
W25-3* ± 55 = 110 364 - 405.0 355.6 8.0 286.0 1103.0 37.0 I
W25-4* ± 70 = 140 443 - 403.0 355.6 8.0 315.0 1094.0 46.0 I
400 W25-1B ± 20 = 40 253 - 457.0 406.4 6.3 814.0 1420.0 28.0 I
W25-60* ± 30 = 60 300 385 445.0 406.4 8.8 1100.0 1355.0 20.0 I
W25-3* ± 55 = 110 371 - 457.0 406.4 8.8 305.0 1420.0 49.0 I
W25-4* ± 72 = 144 456 - 457.0 406.4 8.8 347.0 1421.0 61.0 I
450 W25-1B ± 21 = 42 257 - 512.0 457.0 10.0 895.0 1797.0 40.0 I

167
29.3_UK_Kap_06T03-W.qxp:Kap_6_03_W_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:52 Uhr Seite 168

168
BOA Type W PN25 Execution l (page 102) Execution ll (page 102)

DN Type Total length Bellows Weld ends

Axial move-
ment at 1000
full load cycles
unrestraint/
without inner
sleeve
unrestraint/
with inner
sleeve
Outside ∅
Outside ∅
Thickness
Spring rate
⫾30%
Effective area
of bellows
Weight *without
inner sleeve
Execution

TL TL da de s Cx A m
mm mm mm mm mm mm N/mm cm2 kg
W25-70* ± 35 = 70 330 405 498.0 457.2 10.0 1400.0 1710.0 34.0 I
W25-3* ± 49 = 98 354 - 512.0 457.0 10.0 384.0 1797.0 60.0 I
W25-4* ± 77 = 154 466 - 512.0 457.0 10.0 356.0 1803.0 77.0 I
500 W25-1B ± 19 = 38 250 - 561.0 508.0 11.0 1150.0 2202.0 37.0 I
W25-70* ± 35 = 70 330 415 550.0 508.0 11.0 1500.0 2100.0 40.0 I
W25-3* ± 46 = 92 341 - 561.0 508.0 11.0 493.0 2202.0 54.0 I
W25-4* ± 74 = 148 443 - 561.0 506.0 11.0 350.0 2195.0 80.0 I
600 W25-1B ± 17 = 34 246 - 665.0 611.6 12.0 1724.0 3137.0 50.0 I
W25-74* ± 37 = 74 330 415 652.0 609.6 8.0 1700.0 3010.0 43.0 I
W25-3* ± 52 = 104 358 - 667.0 611.6 12.0 608.0 3141.0 80.0 I
W25-4* ± 82 = 164 463 - 667.0 611.6 12.0 387.0 3141.0 103.0 I
700 W25-1B ± 16 = 32 234 - 771.0 710.2 12.0 2362.0 4229.0 62.0 I
W25-74* ± 37 = 74 340 415 754.0 711.0 12.0 2200.0 4080.0 59.0 I
W25-3* ± 49 = 98 343 - 771.0 710.2 12.0 787.0 4229.0 95.0 I
W25-4* ± 81 = 162 454 - 771.0 710.2 12.0 472.0 4229.0 126.0 I
800 W25-54* ± 27 = 54 260 310 907.0 812.8 15.0 3220.0 5727.0 65.0 I
W25-114* ± 57 = 114 455 565 902.0 812.8 15.0 1639.0 5689.0 100.0 I
W25-156* ± 78 = 156 515 675 887.0 812.8 15.0 1468.0 5556.0 118.0 I
900 W25-54* ± 27 = 54 260 310 1010.0 914.4 15.0 3633.0 7186.0 73.0 I
29.3_UK_Kap_06T03-W.qxp:Kap_6_03_W_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:52 Uhr Seite 169

W25-114* ± 57 = 114 455 565 1005.0 914.4 15.0 1793.0 7150.0 113.0 I
W25-156* ± 78 = 156 515 675 990.0 914.4 15.0 1571.0 7002.0 133.0 I
1000 W25-48* ± 24 = 48 260 280 1107.0 1016.0 15.0 4618.0 8749.0 86.0 I
W25-110* ± 55 = 110 420 510 1107.0 1016.0 15.0 2009.0 8746.0 130.0 I
W25-156* ± 78 = 156 460 600 1095.0 1016.0 15.0 1177.0 8635.0 136.0 I

preferred series
B = without inner sleeve L = with inner sleeve *= optionally with/without inner sleeve

169
29.3_UK_Kap_06T03-W.qxp:Kap_6_03_W_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:52 Uhr Seite 170

170
BOA Type W PN40 Execution l (page 102) Execution ll (page 102)

DN Type Total length Bellows Weld ends

Axial move-
ment at 1000
full load cycles
unrestraint/
without inner
sleeve
unrestraint/
with inner
sleeve
Outside ∅
Outside ∅
Thickness
Spring rate
⫾30%
Effective area
of bellows
Weight *without
inner sleeve
Execution

TL TL da de s Cx A m
mm mm mm mm mm mm N/mm cm2 kg
15 W40-14* ± 7 = 14 112 122 34.0 21.3 2.3 135.0 6.0 0.2 I
20 W40-14* ± 7 = 14 112 112 34.0 26.9 2.3 135.0 6.0 0.2 I
25 W40-18* ± 9 = 18 138 153 41.0 33.7 2.6 214.0 8.8 0.3 I
32 W40-20* ± 10 = 20 136 146 51.0 42.4 2.6 241.0 14.2 0.4 I
40 W40-22* ± 11 = 22 144 154 57.0 48.3 2.6 238.0 18.5 0.5 I
W40-3L ± 22 = 44 426 - 70.0 48.3 2.9 183.5 27.0 2.5 II
50 W40-1B ± 13 = 26 285 - 84.0 60.3 3.2 345.0 39.0 1.7 I
W40-28* ± 14 = 28 156 176 73.0 60.3 2.9 299.0 30.1 0.8 I
W40-3L ± 26 = 52 426 - 83.8 60.3 3.2 172.5 39.0 2.9 II
65 W40-14* ± 7 = 14 166 175 94.0 76.1 2.9 688.0 51.7 0.9 I
W40-32* ± 16 = 32 210 220 93.0 76.1 2.9 398.0 49.4 1.6 I
W40-3L ± 30 = 60 426 - 107.0 76.1 3.2 165.0 66.0 4.5 II
80 W40-14* ± 7 = 14 166 176 105.0 88.9 3.2 760.0 66.7 1.2 I
W40-32* ± 16 = 32 210 220 104.0 88.9 3.2 427.0 64.1 2.0 I
W40-3L ± 34 = 68 426 - 119.6 88.9 3.6 165.0 84.0 5.2 II
100 W40-20* ± 10 = 20 186 206 136.0 114.3 3.6 922.0 113.0 2.0 I
W40-40* ± 20 = 40 228 248 135.0 114.3 3.6 500.0 109.0 3.4 I
W40-3L ± 32 = 64 488 - 145.4 114.3 4.0 158.0 127.0 8.0 II
29.3_UK_Kap_06T03-W.qxp:Kap_6_03_W_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:52 Uhr Seite 171

125 W40-20* ± 10 = 20 186 206 158.0 139.7 4.0 1057.0 157.0 2.5 I
W40-42* ± 21 = 42 238 258 157.0 139.7 4.0 517.0 152.0 4.4 I
W40-3L ± 40 = 80 494 - 173.2 139.7 4.0 166.0 184.0 11.2 II
150 W40-20* ± 10 = 20 186 206 186.0 168.3 4.5 1230.0 225.0 3.3 I
W40-42* ± 21 = 42 238 258 185.0 168.3 4.5 587.0 219.0 5.5 I
W40-3L ± 35 = 70 476 - 207.0 168.3 4.5 233.0 262.0 14.8 II
W40-4L ± 59 = 118 580 - 207.0 168.3 4.5 146.0 262.0 21.5 II
175 W40-1B ± 17 = 34 241 - 234.4 193.7 5.6 584.0 342.0 9.7 I
W40-2* ± 29 = 58 290 - 234.4 193.7 5.6 334.0 342.0 13.0 I
W40-3* ± 46 = 92 346 - 235.0 193.7 5.6 215.0 342.0 15.0 I
W40-4L ± 55 = 110 532 - 234.4 193.7 5.6 167.0 342.0 24.8 II
200 W40-1B ± 12 = 24 233 - 259.8 219.1 6.3 1080.0 434.0 11.8 I
W40-2* ± 25 = 50 283 - 259.8 219.1 6.3 540.0 434.0 14.8 I
W40-3* ± 37 = 74 336 - 260.0 219.1 6.3 433.0 434.0 20.1 I
W40-4L ± 56 = 112 614 - 259.8 219.1 6.3 232.0 434.0 32.6 II
250 W40-1B ± 13 = 26 241 - 316.8 273.0 6.3 1346.0 660.0 15.8 I
W40-2* ± 26 = 52 296 - 2316.8 273.0 6.3 673.0 660.0 19.6 I
W40-3* ± 39 = 78 356 - 316.8 273.0 6.3 449.0 660.0 23.6 I
W40-4L ± 57 = 114 676 - 316.8 273.0 6.3 288.0 660.0 48.5 II
300 W40-1B ± 12 = 24 238 - 369.0 323.9 7.1 1782.0 911.0 18.1 I
W40-2* ± 24 = 48 292 - 369.0 323.9 7.1 891.0 911.0 22.4 I
W40-3* ± 32 = 64 331 - 369.0 323.9 7.1 668.0 911.0 26.6 I
W40-4* ± 44 = 88 389 - 369.0 323.9 7.1 486.0 911.0 35.1 I
350 W40-1B ± 13 = 26 243 - 403.0 355.6 8.0 1949.0 1094.0 23.0 I
W40-2* ± 26 = 52 301 - 403.0 355.6 8.0 975.0 1094.0 33.0 I
W40-3* ± 35 = 70 342 - 403.0 355.6 8.0 731.0 1094.0 38.0 I
W40-4* ± 49 = 98 405 - 403.0 355.6 8.0 532.0 1094.0 45.0 I
400 W40-1B ± 13 = 26 246 - 457.0 406.4 8.8 2197.0 1420.0 32.0 I
W40-2* ± 22 = 44 285 - 457.0 406.4 8.8 1318.0 1420.0 42.0 I
W40-3* ± 35 = 70 351 - 457.0 406.4 8.8 824.0 1420.0 52.0 I
W40-4* ± 49 = 98 417 - 457.0 406.4 8.8 599.0 1420.0 63.0 I
450 W40-1B ± 14 = 28 248 - 512.0 457.0 10.0 2256.0 1801.0 40.0 I
W40-2* ± 24 = 48 289 - 512.0 457.0 10.0 1354.0 1801.0 50.0 I
W40-3* ± 33 = 66 334 - 512.0 457.0 10.0 967.0 1801.0 58.0 I

171
W40-4* ± 53 = 106 425 - 512.0 457.0 10.0 615.0 1801.0 74.0 I
29.3_UK_Kap_06T03-W.qxp:Kap_6_03_W_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:52 Uhr Seite 172

172
BOA Type W PN40 Execution l (page 102) Execution ll (page 102)

DN Type Total length Bellows Weld ends

Axial move-
ment at 1000
full load cycles
unrestraint/
without inner
sleeve
unrestraint/
with inner
sleeve
Outside ∅
Outside ∅
Thickness
Spring rate
⫾30%
Effective area
of bellows
Weight *without
inner sleeve
Execution

TL TL da de s Cx A m
mm mm mm mm mm mm N/mm cm2 kg
500 W40-1B ± 13 = 26 251 - 563.0 508.0 11.0 2517.0 2195.0 52.0 I
W40-2* ± 23 = 46 294 - 563.0 508.0 11.0 1510.0 2195.0 64.0 I
W40-3* ± 32 = 64 341 - 563.0 508.0 11.0 1079.0 2195.0 75.0 I
W40-4* ± 50 = 100 435 - 563.0 508.0 11.0 687.0 2195.0 95.0 I
800 W40-1B ± 27 = 54 275 - 906.0 812.8 15.0 5644.0 5652.0 85.0 I
W40-2B ± 55 = 110 490 - 899.0 812.8 15.0 2963.0 5604.0 143.0 I
900 W40-1B ± 27 = 54 275 - 1009.0 914.4 18.0 6122.0 7108.0 104.0 I
W40-2B ± 56 = 112 490 - 1003.0 914.4 18.0 3219.0 7054.0 170.0 I
1000 W40-1B ± 26 = 52 275 - 1111.0 1016.0 18.0 6709.0 8697.0 122.0 I
W40-2B ± 58 = 116 455 - 1109.0 1016.0 18.0 3019.0 8683.0 198.0 I

preferred series
B = without inner sleeve L = with inner sleeve *= optionally with/without inner sleeve
29.3_UK_Kap_06T03-W.qxp:Kap_6_03_W_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:52 Uhr Seite 173

173
29.3_UK_Kap_06T04-AWT.qxp:Kap_6_04_AWT_Tab_UK.qxp 02.11.2009 13:46 Uhr Seite 174

174
BOA Type AWT PN6 Execution l (page 103) Execution ll (page 104)

DN Type Bellows Flange Weld ends Bending moment

Angular move-
ment at 1000
full load cycles
Total length
Outside ∅
Height
Width
Outside ∅
Thickness
Spring rate
⫾30%
Friction
moment
Angular
reaction
force
Weight *without
inner sleeve
Execution

TL da H B de s Ca Cr Cb m
° mm mm mm mm mm mm Nm/° Nm/bar Nm/bar° kg
40 AWT 16-1B ±20=40 246 58 155 58 48.3 2.6 0.7 0.2 0.05 5.2 I
50 AWT 16-1B ±20=40 256 74 168 74 60.3 2.9 1.2 0.2 0.09 5.6 I
65 AWT 16-1B ±20=40 306 94 186 94 76.1 2.9 1.7 0.4 0.20 6.2 I
80 AWT 16-1B ±20=40 298 105 200 105 88.9 3.2 2 0.5 0.26 6.7 I
100 AWT 6-1* ±18.5=37 332 136 250 164 114.3 3.6 8.7 1.6 0.6 15 II
125 AWT 6-1* ±18.5=37 360 158 274 190 139.7 4 5.6 2.2 0.8 17 II
150 AWT 6-1* ±17=34 360 187 308 240 168.3 4.5 9 3.7 1.1 26.9 II
200 AWT 16-1B ±13=26 510 259 382 350 219.1 6.3 64 9 2.6 64 II
250 AWT 16-1B ±11.5=23 510 313 440 405 273 6.3 107 13 4 73 II
300 AWT 16-2B ±10=20 555 364 500 390 323.9 8 174 18 5.5 74 II
350 AWT 6-2* ±12=24 360 395 540 412 355.6 5.6 193 18 5.6 67 II
AWT 6-3* ±18=36 430 395 540 412 355.6 5.6 105 18 6.4 70 II
400 AWT 6-2* ±12=24 360 447 590 462 406.4 6.3 275 24 7.3 79 II
AWT 6-3* ±16=32 430 447 590 462 406.4 6.3 149 24 8.3 82 II
450 AWT 6-2* ±9=18 360 499 640 518 457.2 6.3 381 32 9.8 94 II
AWT 6-3* ±15=30 450 499 640 518 457.2 6.3 204 30 10.7 98 II
29.3_UK_Kap_06T04-AWT.qxp:Kap_6_04_AWT_Tab_UK.qxp 02.11.2009 13:46 Uhr Seite 175

500 AWT 6-2* ±9=18 430 549 690 574 508 6.3 505 39 11.9 108 II
AWT 6-3* ±14=28 450 549 690 574 508 6.3 272 39 13.9 112 II
600 AWT 6-2* ±8=16 430 651 792 550 610 6.3 837 56 17 100 II
AWT 6-3* ±12=24 450 651 792 550 610 6.3 447 56 20.2 105 II
700 AWT 6-2* ±8=16 410 754 932 645 711 7.1 1296 96 23 158 II
AWT 6-3* ±11=22 490 754 932 645 711 7.1 691 96 27.9 165 II
800 AWT 6-2* ±6=12 410 912 1072 740 813 8 1756 131 21.1 208 II
AWT 6-3* ±10=20 490 905 1072 740 813 8 914 130 50.2 224 II
900 AWT 6-2* ±6=12 440 1015 1208 840 914 8 2410 183 26.5 270 II
AWT 6-3* ±9=18 500 1008 1208 840 914 8 1250 181 63 298 II
1000 AWT 6-2* ±5=10 480 1120 1312 935 1016 10 3023 224 27.2 365 II
AWT 6-3* ±8=16 530 1115 1312 935 1016 10 1491 222 63.2 382 II

preferred series
*= optionally with/without inner sleeve

175
29.3_UK_Kap_06T04-AWT.qxp:Kap_6_04_AWT_Tab_UK.qxp 02.11.2009 13:46 Uhr Seite 176

176
BOA Type AWT PN10 Execution l (page 103) Execution ll (page 104)

DN Type Bellows Flange Weld ends Bending moment

Angular move-
ment at 1000
full load cycles
Total length
Outside ∅
Height
Width
Outside ∅
Thickness
Spring rate
⫾30%
Friction
moment
Angular
reaction
force
Weight *without
inner sleeve
Execution

TL da H B de s Ca Cr Cb m
° mm mm mm mm mm mm Nm/° Nm/bar Nm/bar° kg
40 AWT 16-1B ±20=40 246 58 155 58 48.3 2.6 0.7 0.2 0.05 5.2 I
50 AWT 16-1B ±20=40 256 74 168 74 60.3 2.9 1.2 0.2 0.09 5.6 I
65 AWT 16-1B ±20=40 306 94 186 94 76.1 2.9 2.5 0.4 0.19 6.5 I
80 AWT 16-1B ±20=40 298 105 200 105 88.9 3.2 3.5 0.5 0.25 6.8 I
100 AWT 16-1* ±18.5=37 332 136 250 164 114.3 3.6 17 1.6 0.6 15 II
125 AWT 16-1* ±19.5=39 360 158 274 190 139.7 4 13 2.2 0.8 17.5 II
150 AWT 16-1* ±17=34 360 186 308 240 168.3 4.5 21 3.6 1.1 27.5 II
200 AWT 16-1B ±13=26 510 259 382 350 219.1 6.3 113 9 2.6 64 II
250 AWT 16-1B ±11.5=23 510 313 440 405 273 6.3 107 13 4 73 II
300 AWT 16-2B ±10=20 555 364 500 430 323.9 8 174 18 5.5 115 II
350 AWT 10-2* ±8=16 360 395 540 412 355.6 5.6 193 18 5.6 71 II
AWT 10-3* ±16=32 430 395 540 412 355.6 5.6 105 18 6.4 74 II
400 AWT 10-2* ±9=18 360 447 590 462 406.4 6.3 275 24 7.3 93 II
AWT 10-3* ±16=32 450 447 590 462 406.4 6.3 149 24 8.3 97 II
450 AWT 10-2* ±9=18 430 499 640 518 457.2 6.3 381 32 9.8 108 II
AWT 10-3* ±15=30 450 499 640 518 457.2 6.3 204 30 10.7 113 II
29.3_UK_Kap_06T04-AWT.qxp:Kap_6_04_AWT_Tab_UK.qxp 02.11.2009 13:46 Uhr Seite 177

500 AWT 10-2* ±9=18 430 549 690 574 508 6.3 505 39 11.9 123 II
AWT 10-3* ±12=24 450 549 690 574 508 6.3 272 39 13.9 128 II
600 AWT 10-2* ±7=14 410 651 830 630 610 6.3 837 71 17 172 II
AWT 10-3* ±12=24 490 651 830 630 610 6.3 447 71 20.2 178 II
700 AWT 10-2 ±6=12 440 754 956 735 711 7.1 1296 107 23 253 II
AWT 10-3* ±10=20 500 754 956 735 711 7.1 691 107 27.9 261 II
800 AWT 10-2* ±6=12 480 897 1104 840 813 8 2579 143 20.7 331 II
AWT 10-3* ±10=20 530 897 1104 840 813 8 1105 143 49.8 358 II
900 AWT 10-2* ±4.5=9 530 999 1230 955 914 8 3735 215 26 438 II
AWT 10-3* ±9=18 560 999 1230 955 914 8 1605 215 62.4 467 II
1000 AWT 10-2* ±5=10 520 1092 1348 1060 1016 10 5055 261 35.4 581 II
AWT 10-3* ±8=16 580 1097 1348 1060 1016 10 2182 262 71 611 II

preferred series
*= optionally with/without inner sleeve

177
29.3_UK_Kap_06T04-AWT.qxp:Kap_6_04_AWT_Tab_UK.qxp 02.11.2009 13:46 Uhr Seite 178

178
BOA Type AWT PN16 Execution l (page 103) Execution ll (page 104)

DN Type Bellows Flange Weld ends Bending moment

Angular move-
ment at 1000
full load cycles
Total length
Outside ∅
Height
Width
Outside ∅
Thickness
Spring rate
⫾30%
Friction
moment
Angular
reaction
force
Weight *without
inner sleeve
Execution

TL da H B de s Ca Cr Cb m
° mm mm mm mm mm mm Nm/° Nm/bar Nm/bar° kg
40 AWT 16-1B ±20=40 246 58 155 58 48.3 2.6 0.9 0.2 0.04 5.2 I
50 AWT 16-1B ±20=40 256 74 168 74 60.3 2.9 1.6 0.2 0.07 5.7 I
65 AWT 16-1B ±20=40 306 94 186 94 76.1 2.9 2.5 0.4 0.19 6.5 I
80 AWT 16-1B ±20=40 298 105 200 105 88.9 3.2 3.5 0.5 0.25 6.8 I
100 AWT 16-1* ±18.5=37 332 136 250 164 114.3 3.6 17 1.6 0.6 15.4 II
125 AWT 16-1* ±19.5=39 360 158 274 190 139.7 4 13 2.2 0.8 17.5 II
150 AWT 16-1* ±17=34 380 186 308 240 168.3 4.5 21 3.6 1.1 27.5 II
200 AWT 16-1* ±13=26 510 259 382 350 219.1 6.3 64 9 2.6 64 II
250 AWT 16-1* ±11.5=23 510 313 440 405 273 6.3 107 13 4 73 II
300 AWT 16-2* ±10=20 555 364 500 430 323.9 8 174 18 5.5 115 II
350 AWT 16-1* ±6=12 360 395 540 416 355.6 5.6 193 18 5.6 90 II
AWT 16-1B ±8.5=17 560 395 540 - 355.6 8 136 47 6.1 84 -
AWT 16-2* ±13=26 430 395 540 416 355.6 5.6 160 18 6.8 99 II
400 AWT 16-1* ±6=12 380 447 620 470 406.4 6.3 275 31 7.3 128 II
AWT 16-1B ±7.5=15 560 447 595 - 406.4 8.8 192 61 8 103 -
AWT 16-3B ±13.8=27.6 530 447 620 470 406.4 6.3 226 30 9 140 II
29.3_UK_Kap_06T04-AWT.qxp:Kap_6_04_AWT_Tab_UK.qxp 02.11.2009 13:46 Uhr Seite 179

450 AWT 16-1* ±6=12 380 499 675 528 457.2 6.3 670 41 9.8 159 II
AWT 16-2* ±10=20 410 499 675 528 457.2 6.3 309 38 11.4 171 II
500 AWT 16-1* ±6=12 380 549 725 584 508 6.3 889 50 11.9 182 II
AWT 16-1B ±6.4=12.8 505 550 725 584 508 6.3 588 71 12.4 182 II
AWT 16-2* ±10=20 490 549 725 584 508 6.3 411 50 14.8 193 II
600 AWT 16-1* ±5.5=11 430 651 870 680 610 6.3 1490 79 17 271 II
AWT 16-2* ±10=20 480 651 870 680 610 6.3 676 79 21.6 286 II
700 AWT 16-2* ±6=12 530 754 996 790 711 7.1 2264 128 23 390 II
AWT 16-3* ±10=20 560 754 996 790 711 7.1 1045 128 29.2 408 II
800 AWT 16-2* ±6=12 520 904 1144 905 813 8 3585 172 51.7 595 II
AWT 16-3* ±9=18 580 903 1144 905 813 8 1864 172 53.2 604 II
900 AWT 16-2* ±5=10 570 1007 1264 1020 914 10 4954 289 64.9 837 II
AWT 16-3* ±7.5=15 610 1007 1264 1020 914 10 2545 288 66.8 848 II
1000 AWT 16-2* ±5=10 570 1114 1400 1140 1016 10 6103 355 65.6 1032 II
AWT 16-3* ±7=14 630 1108 1400 1140 1016 10 3487 352 66.3 1041 II

preferred series
B = without inner sleeve *= optionally with/without inner sleeve

179
29.3_UK_Kap_06T04-AWT.qxp:Kap_6_04_AWT_Tab_UK.qxp 02.11.2009 13:46 Uhr Seite 180

180
BOA Type AWT PN25 Execution l (page 103) Execution ll (page 104)

DN Type Bellows Flange Weld ends Bending moment

Angular move-
ment at 1000
full load cycles
Total length
Outside ∅
Height
Width
Outside ∅
Thickness
Spring rate
⫾30%
Friction
moment
Angular
reaction
force
Weight *without
inner sleeve
Execution

TL da H B de s Ca Cr Cb m
° mm mm mm mm mm mm Nm/° Nm/bar Nm/bar° kg
40 AWT 25-1B ±20=40 260 57 155 57 48.3 2.6 1.3 0.2 0.04 5.2 I
50 AWT 25-1B ±20=40 260 74 168 74 60.3 2.9 2.7 0.2 0.09 5.8 I
65 AWT 25-1B ±20=40 308 94 186 94 76.1 2.9 5.9 0.4 0.19 6.7 I
80 AWT 25-1B ±20=40 320 104 200 104 88.9 3.2 7 0.5 0.28 15.4 I
100 AWT 25-1* ±18.5=37 332 136 250 164 114.3 3.6 17 1.6 0.6 25.4 II
125 AWT 25-1* ±16.5=33 362 158 280 220 139.7 4 26 2.2 0.8 28 II
150 AWT 25-1* ±14=28 362 186 308 240 168.3 4.5 42 3.6 1.1 66 II
200 AWT 25-2B ±11=22 510 259 382 350 219.1 6.3 113 9 2.6 103 II
250 AWT 25-2B ±9.5=19 555 313 448 390 273 6.3 188 19 4 108 II
300 AWT 25-2B ±8=16 555 364 525 390 323.9 8 304 20 5.5 108 II
350 AWT 25-1* ±6=12 380 395 565 426 355.6 5.6 788 23 5.6 126 II
AWT 25-2* ±10=20 410 395 565 426 355.6 5.6 390 23 6.2 133 II
400 AWT 25-1* ±5=10 380 447 620 476 406.4 6.3 1111 31 7.3 160 II
AWT 25-2* ±10=20 490 447 620 476 406.4 6.3 555 30 8 166 II
450 AWT 25-1* ±5=10 400 499 700 538 457.2 6.3 1537 43 9.2 223 II
AWT 25-3* ±10=20 500 499 700 538 457.2 6.3 762 43 10.4 226 II
29.3_UK_Kap_06T04-AWT.qxp:Kap_6_04_AWT_Tab_UK.qxp 02.11.2009 13:46 Uhr Seite 181

500 AWT 25-1* ±4.5=9 430 549 765 598 508 6.3 2055 56 11.9 264 II
AWT 25-3* ±9=18 530 549 765 598 508 6.3 1015 56 13.5 273 II
600 AWT 25-1* ±4.5=9 490 651 890 695 610 6.3 3400 95 17 392 II
AWT 25-3* ±9=18 560 651 890 695 610 6.3 1680 95 19.3 400 II
700 AWT 25-2* ±5=10 570 754 1030 798 711 7.1 5205 171 23 608 II
AWT 25-3* ±8=16 610 754 1030 798 711 7.1 2608 171 26.1 620 II
800 AWT 25-2* ±4=8 570 907 1196 920 813 8 5752 229 23.3 872 II
AWT 25-3* ±7=14 630 902 1196 920 813 8 2892 228 55.3 921 II
900 AWT 25-3* ±7=14 690 1005 1316 1035 914 14.2 3935 358 69.5 1274 II
1000 AWT 25-3* ±6.5=13 790 1107 1450 1150 1016 16 5351 437 71 1596 II

preferred series
B = without inner sleeve *= optionally with/without inner sleeve

181
29.3_UK_Kap_06T04-AWT.qxp:Kap_6_04_AWT_Tab_UK.qxp 02.11.2009 13:46 Uhr Seite 182

182
BOA Type AWT PN40 Execution l (page 103) Execution ll (page 104)

DN Type Bellows Flange Weld ends Bending moment

Angular move-
ment at 1000
full load cycles
Total length
Outside ∅
Height
Width
Outside ∅
Thickness
Spring rate
⫾30%
Friction
moment
Angular
reaction
force
Weight *without
inner sleeve
Execution

TL da H B de s Ca Cr Cb m
° mm mm mm mm mm mm Nm/° Nm/bar Nm/bar° kg
40 AWT 40-1B ±20=40 244 57 155 57 48.3 2.6 1.6 0.2 0.03 5.2 I
50 AWT 40-1B ±20=40 256 74 168 74 60.3 2.9 3.3 0.2 0.07 5.9 I
65 AWT 40-1B ±19=38 310 93 186 93 76.1 2.9 7.1 0.4 0.16 7.1 I
80 AWT 40-1B ±17=34 330 104 194 140 88.9 3.2 9.7 0.5 0.21 12.5 II
100 AWT 40-1* ±16.5=33 368 135 250 170 114.3 3.6 19 1.8 0.4 21.2 II
125 AWT 40-1* ±15=30 368 157 280 220 139.7 4 27 2.4 0.6 26.6 II
150 AWT 40-1* ±13=26 498 185 308 250 168.3 4.5 43 4.4 0.9 49 II
200 AWT 40-2* ±8.5=17 555 258 398 350 219.1 6.3 257 12 2.6 98 II
250 AWT 40-2* ±9=18 520 312 480 335 273 6.3 378 14 4.3 112 II
300 AWT 40-2* ±7.5=15 540 362 525 400 323.9 8 613 19 6 131 II
350 AWT 40-1* ±3.6=7.2 435 395 595 436 355.6 8.8 1634 26 2.8 165 II
AWT 40-2* ±8.3=16.6 530 395 595 436 355.6 8.8 680 26 6.3 184 II
400 AWT 40-2* ±3.3=6.6 455 447 660 486 406.4 10 2342 33 3.7 214 II
AWT 40-3* ±7.6=15.2 570 447 660 486 406.4 10 976 33 8.2 239 II
450 AWT 40-1* ±3=6 485 499 735 538 457.2 11 3230 51 4.7 294 II
AWT 40-3* ±6.9=13.8 600 499 735 538 457.2 11 1346 51 10.3 322 II
29.3_UK_Kap_06T04-AWT.qxp:Kap_6_04_AWT_Tab_UK.qxp 02.11.2009 13:46 Uhr Seite 183

500 AWT 40-2* ±2.7=5.4 505 549 800 608 508 12.5 4321 67 6.1 368 II
AWT 40-3* ±6.3=12.6 605 549 800 608 508 12.5 1800 67 13.9 396 II
600 AWT 40-2* ±2.4=4.8 645 651 952 705 610 15 7150 127 8.7 645 II
AWT 40-3* ±5.5=11 705 651 952 705 610 15 2980 127 22.1 667 II
700 AWT 40-3* ±4.8=9.6 765 754 1072 820 711 18 4620 214 26.7 981 II
800 AWT 40-3* ±6.1=12.2 925 899 1248 935 813 20 6725 281 59.4 1469 II

B = without inner sleeve *= optionally with/without inner sleeve

183
29.3_UK_Kap_06T05-LFS.qxp:Kap_6_05_LFS_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:52 Uhr Seite 184

184
BOA Type LFS PN6 Execution l (page 105) Execution ll (page 106)

DN Type Bellows Tie rods Flange Displacement force

Lateral move-
ment at 1000
full load cycles
Total length
Center-to-cen-
ter distance of
the bellows
Outside ∅
Length
Number x
thread
Outside ∅
Thickness
Bolt circle ∅
Number of
holes
Hole ∅
Spring rate
±30%
Frictional
force
Weight
Execution

TL Bm da L nxM D b k n d Cy Cr m
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm N/mm N/bar kg
40 LFS6-55 ± 28 = 56 185 109 57.5 240 2 x M12 240 14 100 4 14 8.1 4.5 4.0 II
LFS6-90 ± 49 = 98 278 141 69,8 330 2 x M12 241 15 100 4 14 7.6 6.0 5.8 I
LFS6-200 ± 100 = 200 505 439 57.5 565 2 x M12 240 14 100 4 14 0.6 1.7 5.6 II
LFS6-250 ± 125 = 250 498 415 68.0 542 2 x M12 241 15 100 4 14 0.4 2.5 5.5 II
50 LFS6-65 ± 32 = 64 195 114 73.8 250 2 x M 12 250 14 110 4 14 13.2 7.1 4.5 II
LFS6-90 ± 44 = 88 278 141 82,8 330 2 x M12 251 15 110 4 14 12.5 7.0 6.7 I
LFS6-110 ± 55 = 110 265 184 73.8 320 2 x M12 250 14 110 4 14 5.3 5.3 4.7 II
LFS6-245 ± 123 = 246 528 445 73.8 580 2 x M12 250 14 110 4 14 0.9 2.7 6.7 II
65 LFS6-55 ± 28 = 56 200 115 93.8 250 2 x M12 270 14 130 4 14 20.5 11.5 5.3 II
LFS6-70 ± 37 = 74 278 141 105.0 330 2 x M12 262 15 130 4 14 22.2 13.0 7.5 I
LFS6-150 ± 75 = 150 410 322 93.8 465 2 x M12 270 14 130 4 14 2.8 5.7 7.1 II
LFS6-220 ± 110 = 220 532 457 104.0 582 2 x M12 262 15 130 4 14 0.8 6.2 7.0 II
80 LFS6-50 ± 25 = 50 206 116 105.0 250 2 x M12 300 16 150 4 18 28.2 14.5 7.7 II
LFS6-70 ± 37 = 74 278 141 117,4 330 2 x M12 292 16 150 4 18 18.6 17.0 10.6 I
LFS6-150 ± 75 = 150 445 352 105.0 545 2 x M12 300 16 150 4 18 3.3 6.8 10.2 II
LFS6-200 ± 100 = 200 502 420 116.0 552 2 x M12 292 16 150 4 18 1.0 7.8 9.5 II
100 LFS6-60 ± 33 = 66 280 141 143,2 330 2 x M12 312 16 170 4 18 41.2 24.0 12.3 I
LFS6-120 ± 60 = 120 330 220 135.8 410 2 x M16 320 16 170 4 18 20.5 15.3 10.8 II
LFS6-150 ± 75 = 150 561 456 136.2 625 2 x M16 320 16 170 4 18 4.0 9.2 14.2 II
29.3_UK_Kap_06T05-LFS.qxp:Kap_6_05_LFS_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:52 Uhr Seite 185

LFS6-200 ± 100 = 200 510 371 143,2 558 2 x M12 312 16 170 4 18 6.4 13.0 15.6 II
125 LFS6-60 ± 30 = 60 276 138 170,8 330 2 x M12 342 18 200 8 18 37.3 36.0 15.3 I
LFS6-105 ± 53 = 106 340 227 157.5 450 2 x M16 360 18 200 8 18 30.4 20.7 14.3 II
LFS6-150 ± 75 = 150 511 398 157.9 580 2 x M16 360 18 200 8 18 7.3 13.9 18.1 II
LFS6-160 ± 80 = 160 496 400 168.5 542 2 x M12 342 18 200 8 18 3.4 17.5 14.5 II
150 LFS6-50 ± 25 = 50 260 150 186.2 350 2 x M16 385 18 225 8 18 80.1 38.8 14.4 II
LFS6-70 ± 35 = 70 366 221 200,8 418 2 x M12 361 18 225 8 18 37.3 38.0 17.0 I
LFS6-90 ± 45 = 90 340 227 185.7 410 2 x M16 385 18 225 8 18 50.2 29.4 15.8 II
LFS6-175 ± 87 = 174 631 517 186.2 700 2 x M16 385 18 225 8 18 7.2 16.2 23.6 II
200 LFS6-50 ± 25 = 50 336 181 256.0 378 2 x M16 422 20 280 8 18 130.0 69.0 25.8 I
LFS6-60 ± 30 = 60 426 281 259.5 485 2 x M16 430 22 280 8 M16 60.4 45.6 25.0 II
LFS6-100 ± 50 = 100 516 361 259.3 580 2 x M16 430 22 280 8 M16 34.9 37.3 29.0 II
LFS6-150 ± 75 = 150 900 733 259.2 995 2 x M16 430 22 280 8 M16 25.4 21.3 48.0 II
250 LFS6-40 ± 22 = 44 356 211 311.0 456 2 x M20 495 22 335 12 18 133.0 97.0 32.3 I
LFS6-100 ± 51 = 102 761 610 313.4 850 2x M16 485 335 12 M16 43.7 46.8 55.3 II
LFS6-150 ± 75 = 150 1012 844 313.3 1100 2 x M16 485 23 335 12 M16 33.5 28.6 66.0 II
300 LFS6-40 ± 20 = 40 364 216 363,6 468 2 x M20 560 22 395 12 22 217.0 132.0 43.5 I
LFS6-60 ± 29 = 58 482 351 364.3 600 2 x M20 580 30 395 12 M20 111.5 88.2 53.0 II
LFS6-100 ± 50 = 100 827 675 363.8 960 2 x M20 580 30 395 12 M20 57.8 49.8 91.0 II
LFS6-150 ± 75 = 150 1131 979 363.8 1250 2 x M20 580 30 395 12 M20 41.6 36.1 112.0 II
350 LFS6-70 ± 35 = 70 486 301 398.0 542 3 x M16 592 22 445 12 22 107.8 145.0 68.0 I
LFS6-100 ± 50 = 100 740 305 395.0 780 2 x 24 610 32 445 12 22 215.0 91.0 90.0 II
LFS6-140 ± 70 = 140 840 405 395.0 890 2 x 24 610 32 445 12 22 133.0 80.0 96.0 II
LFS6-280 ± 140 = 280 1240 805 395.0 1290 2 x 24 610 32 445 12 22 35.0 55.0 127.0 II
400 LFS6-55 ± 28 = 56 464 275 450.0 570 3 x M20 660 22 495 16 22 164.1 393.0 81.0 I
LFS6-100 ± 50 = 100 760 295 447.0 820 2 x 30 660 37 495 16 22 320.0 147.0 110.0 II
LFS6-130 ± 65 = 130 860 395 447.0 930 2 x 30 660 37 495 16 22 186.0 130.0 118.0 II
LFS6-270 ± 135 = 270 1260 795 447.0 1330 2 x 30 660 37 495 16 22 51.0 89.0 152.0 II
450 LFS6-50 ± 25 = 50 458 267 504.0 554 3 x M20 715 22 550 16 22 224.6 505.0 86.0 I
LFS6-100 ± 50 = 100 640 445 507.0 736 3 x M20 715 22 550 16 22 94.6 362.0 106.0 II
500 LFS6-45 ± 22,5 = 45 450 250 556.0 560 3 x M24 770 24 600 20 22 310.6 725.0 95.0 I
LFS6-85 ± 42 = 84 800 365 550.0 860 2 x 30 790 47 600 20 22 389.0 213.0 177.0 II
LFS6-110 ± 55 = 110 900 465 550.0 960 2 x 30 790 47 600 20 22 250.0 190.0 192.0 II
LFS6-220 ± 110 = 220 1300 865 550.0 1360 2 x 30 790 47 600 20 22 76.0 132.0 250.0 II

185
29.3_UK_Kap_06T05-LFS.qxp:Kap_6_05_LFS_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:52 Uhr Seite 186

186
BOA Type LFS PN6 Execution l (page 105) Execution ll (page 106)

DN Type Bellows Tie rods Flange Displacement force

Lateral move-
ment at 1000
full load cycles
Total length
Center-to-cen-
ter distance of
the bellows
Outside ∅
Length
Number x
thread
Outside ∅
Thickness
Bolt circle ∅
Number of
holes
Hole ∅
Spring rate
±30%
Frictional
force
Weight
Execution

TL Bm da L nxM D b k n d Cy Cr m
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm N/mm N/bar kg
600 LFS6-35 ± 18 = 36 502 312 660.0 630 3 x M30 901 30 705 20 26 718.2 1074.0 145.0 I
LFS6-70 ± 37 = 72 840 385 651.0 920 2 x 36 920 57 705 20 26 576.0 360.0 237.0 II
LFS6-100 ± 50 = 100 940 485 651.0 1020 2 x 36 920 57 705 20 26 376.0 322.0 250.0 II
LFS6-200 ± 100 = 200 1340 885 651.0 1420 2 x 36 920 57 705 20 26 118.0 226.0 304.0 II

preferred series
29.3_UK_Kap_06T05-LFS.qxp:Kap_6_05_LFS_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:53 Uhr Seite 187

BOA Type LFS PN10 Execution l (page 105) Execution ll (page 106)

DN Type Bellows Tie rods Flange Displacement force

Lateral move-
ment at 1000
full load cycles
Total length
Center-to-cen-
ter distance of
the bellows
Outside ∅
Length
Number x
thread
Outside ∅
Thickness
Bolt circle ∅
Number of
holes
Hole ∅
Spring rate
±30%
Frictional
force
Weight
Execution

TL Bm da L nxM D b k n d Cy Cr m
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm N/mm N/bar kg
40 LFS16-60 ± 30 = 60 225 161 57.5 290 2 x M12 260 16 110 4 18 6.3 3.8 5.6 II
LFS16-70 ± 36 = 72 278 141 70.0 330 2 x M12 252 16 110 4 18 16.1 6.0 7.7 I
LFS16-100 ± 50 = 100 360 294 57.5 410 2 x M12 260 16 110 4 18 1.9 2.4 7.3 II
LFS16-200 ± 100 = 200 625 559 57.5 675 2 x M12 260 16 110 4 18 0.5 1.4 7.8 II
50 LFS16-45 ± 23 = 46 190 107 73.7 240 2 x M12 275 18 125 4 18 28.5 7.3 7.3 II
LFS16-70 ± 35 = 70 278 141 83.8 330 2 x M12 267 18 125 4 18 22.0 7.0 10.0 I
LFS16-150 ± 75 = 150 500 427 73.8 565 2 x M12 275 18 125 4 18 1.6 2.8 9.3 II
LFS16-100 ± 100 = 200 590 506 82.0 635 2 x M12 267 18 125 4 18 1.2 3.1 9.1 II
65 LFS16-60 ± 32 = 64 278 141 107.0 330 2 x M12 287 18 145 4 18 35.0 14.0 11.2 I
LFS16-85 ± 42 = 84 270 174 93.3 320 2 x M12 295 18 145 4 18 20.9 8.4 9.2 II
LFS16-150 ± 75 = 150 555 468 93.7 625 2 x M12 295 18 145 4 18 25.9 4.2 11.4 II
LFS16-170 ± 85 = 170 544 458 104.0 592 2 x M12 287 18 145 4 18 2.5 5.8 10.2 II
80 LFS16-60 ± 32 = 64 278 141 119.6 330 2 x M12 302 20 160 8 18 44.0 17.0 14.5 I
LFS16-100 ± 50 = 100 440 352 104.9 515 2 x M12 310 20 160 8 18 7.2 6.8 12.9 II
LFS16-150 ± 75 = 150 605 515 104.9 655 2 x M12 310 20 160 8 18 3.4 5.0 14.3 II
LFS16-170 ± 85 = 170 524 426 117.0 565 2 x M12 302 20 160 8 18 4.0 7.7 12.8 II
100 LFS16-50 ± 27 = 54 282 141 145.4 330 2 x M12 322 20 180 8 18 65.0 24.0 16.5 I
LFS16-100 ± 50 = 100 360 211 134.9 410 2 x M16 330 20 180 8 18 47.2 13.5 15.5 II
LFS16-150 ± 75 = 150 488 388 141.0 542 2 x M16 322 20 180 8 18 7.0 11.8 15.3 I

187
LFS16-165 ± 82 = 164 640 530 136.0 730 2 x M16 330 20 180 8 18 7.0 8.0 18.6 II
29.3_UK_Kap_06T05-LFS.qxp:Kap_6_05_LFS_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:53 Uhr Seite 188

188
BOA Type LFS PN10 Execution l (page 105) Execution ll (page 106)

DN Type Bellows Tie rods Flange Displacement force

Lateral move-
ment at 1000
full load cycles
Total length
Center-to-cen-
ter distance of
the bellows
Outside ∅
Length
Number x
thread
Outside ∅
Thickness
Bolt circle ∅
Number of
holes
Hole ∅
Spring rate
±30%
Frictional
force
Weight
Execution

TL Bm da L nxM D b k n d Cy Cr m
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm N/mm N/bar kg
125 LFS10-50 ± 27 = 54 284 140 172.0 330 2 x M12 352 22 210 8 18 64.6 29.2 20.4 I
LFS16-90 ± 44 = 88 350 228 157.2 450 2 x M16 370 22 210 8 18 49.7 20.0 18.7 II
LFS16-150 ± 75 = 150 554 424 170.0 598 2 x M16 352 22 210 8 18 13.0 15.6 20.0 II
LFS16-160 ± 81 = 162 715 600 157.7 785 2 x M16 370 22 210 8 18 8.7 9.9 25.9 II
150 LFS16-45 ± 23 = 46 340 223 185.7 410 2 x M16 405 22 240 8 22 198.7 29.8 22.3 II
LFS10-70 ± 34 = 68 366 221 200.8 397 2 x M12 387 22 240 8 22 41.0 33.9 23.2 I
LFS16-100 ± 50 = 100 625 510 185.9 700 2 x M16 405 22 240 8 22 23.4 16.3 30.2 II
LFS16-150 ± 75 = 150 695 578 185.9 765 2 x M16 405 22 240 8 22 13.6 14.7 31.9 II
200 LFS10-50 ± 24 = 48 338 181 256.0 438 2 x M16 442 24 295 8 22 130.0 125.0 35.5 I
LFS10-115 ± 58 = 116 536 366 258.7 620 2 x M16 450 24 340 8 22 51.1 35.4 39.0 II
LFS10-150 ± 75 = 150 920 743 259.2 995 2 x M16 450 24 340 8 22 24.8 20.8 53.0 II
250 LFS10-40 ± 21 = 42 360 211 311.0 456 2 x M20 515 26 350 12 22 133.0 204.0 45.7 I
LFS10-95 ± 48 = 96 550 367 312.8 660 2 x M20 535 30 395 12 22 85.1 54.2 57.0 II
LFS10-150 ± 75 = 150 1040 853 313.3 1220 2 x M20 535 30 395 12 22 32.8 28.3 81.0 II
300 LFS10-40 ± 19 = 38 368 216 363.6 480 2 x M24 580 26 400 12 22 217.0 314.0 58,5 I
LFS10-60 ± 29 = 58 541 355 363.5 700 2 x M24 600 28 450 12 22 218.8 77.9 78.0 II
LFS10-100 ± 50 = 100 879 675 363.8 1040 2 x M24 600 28 450 12 22 86.0 47.1 107.0 II
LFS10-150 ± 75 = 150 1197 993 363.8 1360 2 x M24 600 28 450 12 22 40.5 34.2 130.0 II
350 LFS10-10 ± 6 = 12 435 - 395.0 500 2 x 28 630 37 505 16 22 2956.0 177.0 88.0 II
29.3_UK_Kap_06T05-LFS.qxp:Kap_6_05_LFS_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:53 Uhr Seite 189

LFS10-65 ± 33 = 66 492 295 398.0 606 3 x M20 625 26 460 16 22 141.1 286.0 98.0 I
LFS10-85 ± 42 = 84 840 40 395.0 890 2 x 28 630 37 505 16 22 231.0 91.0 112.0 II
LFS10-185 ± 92 = 184 1240 805 395.0 1290 2 x 28 630 37 505 16 22 61.0 61.0 141.0 II
400 LFS10-10 ± 6 = 12 465 - 447.0 530 2 x 36 720 47 565 16 26 4162.0 297.0 133.0 II
LFS10-55 ± 28 = 56 478 272 450.8 588 3 x M24 690 26 515 16 26 252.9 442.0 109.0 I
LFS10-80 ± 39 = 78 860 395 447.0 940 2 x 36 720 47 565 16 26 341.0 159.0 169.0 II
LFS10-175 ± 88 = 176 1260 795 447.0 1340 2 x 36 720 47 565 16 26 88.0 108.0 209.0 II
450 LFS10-50 ± 25 = 50 476 265 505.2 606 3 x M30 761 47 565 20 26 346.0 653.0 145.0 I
LFS10-100 ± 50 = 100 658 443 506.6 794 3 x M30 761 30 565 20 26 147.4 473.0 170.0 II
500 LFS10-10 ±4=8 505 - 550.0 590 2 x 40 850 57 670 20 26 13183.0 457.0 206.0 II
LFS10-45 ± 22,5 = 45 498 305 557.6 608 4 x M24 805 30 620 20 26 484.2 655.0 170.0 I
LFS10-70 ± 34 = 68 900 465 550.0 980 2 x 40 850 57 670 20 26 438.0 254.0 252.0 II
LFS10-155 ± 77 = 154 1300 865 550.0 1390 2 x 40 850 57 670 20 26 133.0 176.0 314.0 II
600 LFS10-5 ±3=6 545 - 651.0 660 2 x 45 980 77 780 20 30 21415.0 683.0 316.0 II
LFS10-35 ± 18 = 36 514 310 662.0 650 4 x M30 924 35 725 20 30 1105.6 1049.0 255.0 I
LFS10-60 ± 29 = 58 940 485 651.0 1040 2 x 45 980 77 780 20 30 658.0 392.0 364.0 II
LFS10-130 ± 65 = 130 1340 885 651.0 1430 2 x 45 980 77 780 20 30 207.0 275.0 398.0 II

preferred series

189
29.3_UK_Kap_06T05-LFS.qxp:Kap_6_05_LFS_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:53 Uhr Seite 190

190
BOA Type LFS PN16 Execution l (page 105) Execution ll (page 106)

DN Type Bellows Tie rods Flange Displacement force

Lateral move-
ment at 1000
full load cycles
Total length
Center-to-cen-
ter distance of
the bellows
Outside ∅
Length
Number x
thread
Outside ∅
Thickness
Bolt circle ∅
Number of
holes
Hole ∅
Spring rate
±30%
Frictional
force
Weight
Execution

TL Bm da L nxM D b k n d Cy Cr m
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm N/mm N/bar kg
40 LFS16-60 ± 30 = 60 225 161 57.5 290 2 x M12 260 16 110 4 18 6.3 3.8 5.6 II
LFS16-70 ± 36 = 72 278 141 70.0 330 2 x M12 252 16 110 4 18 16.1 6.0 7.7 I
LFS16-100 ± 50 = 100 360 294 57.5 410 2 x M12 260 16 110 4 18 1.9 2.4 7.3 II
LFS16-220 ± 110 = 220 576 559 69.0 675 2 x M12 252 16 110 4 18 0.9 2.3 7.5 II
50 LFS16-45 ± 23 = 46 190 107 73.7 240 2 x M12 275 18 125 4 18 28.5 7.3 7.3 II
LFS16-70 ± 35 = 70 278 141 83.8 330 2 x M12 267 18 125 4 18 22.0 7.0 10.0 I
LFS16-150 ± 75 = 150 500 427 73.8 565 2 x M12 275 18 124 4 18 1.6 2.8 9.3 II
LFS16-200 ± 100 = 200 590 506 82.0 635 2 x M12 267 18 125 4 18 1.2 3.1 9.1 II
65 LFS16-60 ± 32 = 64 278 141 107.0 330 2 x M12 287 18 145 4 18 35.0 14.0 11.2 I
LFS16-85 ± 42 = 84 270 174 93.3 320 2 x M12 295 18 145 4 18 20.9 8.4 9.2 II
LFS16-150 ± 75 = 150 555 468 93.7 625 2 x M12 295 18 145 4 18 25.9 4.2 11.4 II
LFS16-170 ± 85 = 170 544 458 104.0 592 2 x M12 287 18 145 4 18 2.5 5.8 10.2 II
80 LFS16-60 ± 32 = 64 278 141 119.6 330 2 x M12 302 20 160 8 18 44.0 17.0 14.5 I
LFS16-100 ± 50 = 100 440 352 104.9 515 2 x M12 310 20 160 8 18 7.2 6.8 12.9 II
LFS16-150 ± 75 = 150 605 515 104.9 655 2 x M12 310 20 160 8 18 3.4 5.0 14.3 II
LFS16-170 ± 85 = 170 524 426 117.0 565 2 x M12 302 20 160 8 18 4.0 7.7 12.8 II
100 LFS16-50 ± 27 = 54 282 141 145.5 330 2 x M16 322 20 180 8 18 65.0 24.0 16.5 I
LFS16-70 ± 35 = 70 320 211 136.0 410 2 x M16 330 20 180 8 18 43.3 15.8 13.2 II
LFS16-150 ± 75 = 150 488 388 141.0 542 2 x M16 322 20 180 8 18 7.0 11.8 15.3 I
29.3_UK_Kap_06T05-LFS.qxp:Kap_6_05_LFS_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:53 Uhr Seite 191

LFS16-165 ± 82 = 164 640 530 136.0 730 2 x M16 330 20 180 8 18 7.0 8.0 18.6 II
125 LFS16-50 ± 26 = 52 292 144 173.2 330 2 x M16 352 22 210 8 18 95.0 36.0 22.0 I
LFS16-90 ± 44 = 88 350 228 157.2 450 2 x M16 370 22 210 8 18 49.7 20.0 18.7 II
LFS16-150 ± 75 = 150 554 424 170.0 598 2 x M16 352 22 210 8 18 13.0 15.6 20.0 II
LFS16-160 ± 81 = 162 715 600 157.7 785 2 x M16 370 22 210 8 18 8.7 9.9 25.9 II
150 LFS16-45 ± 23 = 46 340 223 185.7 410 2 x M16 405 22 240 8 22 198.7 29.8 22.3 II
LFS 16-60 ± 31 = 62 362 209 203.0 438 2 x M16 387 22 240 8 22 71.0 39.0 25.5 I
LFS16-100 ± 50 = 100 625 510 185.9 700 2 x M16 405 22 240 8 22 23.4 16.3 30.2 II
LFS16-150 ± 75 = 150 695 578 185.9 765 2 x M16 405 22 240 8 13.6 14.7 31.9 II
200 LFS16-40 ± 23 = 46 368 217 257.8 468 2 x M20 470 24 295 12 22 183.0 66.0 40,5 I
LFS16-65 ± 32 = 64 440 275 258.7 600 2 x M20 480 32 295 12 22 120.9 45.2 46.0 II
LFS16-100 ± 50 = 100 706 514 259.2 850 2 x M20 480 32 295 12 22 50.6 27.9 56.0 II
LFS16-150 ± 75 = 150 945 753 259.2 1100 2 x M20 480 32 295 12 22 24.1 20.6 65.0 II
250 LFS16-40 ± 21 = 42 396 224 315.2 536 2 x M30 555 28 355 12 26 302.0 215.0 67.0 I
LFS16-100 ± 50 = 100 795 593 313.3 920 2 x M24 550 38 355 12 26 66.6 37.6 84.0 II
LFS16-150 ± 75 = 150 1072 868 313.3 1200 2 x M24 550 38 355 12 26 31.7 27.6 97.0 II
300 LFS16-35 ± 18 = 36 392 217 367.2 536 2 x M30 605 32 410 12 26 413.0 278.0 69.5 I
LFS16-60 ± 30 = 60 559 358 362.6 700 2 x M30 645 44 410 12 26 326.5 74.9 115.0 II
LFS16-100 ± 50 = 100 904 688 363.8 1100 2 x M30 645 44 410 12 26 82.9 46.0 136.0 II
LFS16-150 ± 75 = 150 1209 993 363.6 1350 2 x M30 645 44 410 12 26 40.5 34.0 160.0 II
350 LFS16-10 ± 5 = 10 435 - 395.0 520 2 x 36 675 48 470 16 26 5199.0 243.0 124.0 II
LFS16-40 ± 21 = 42 740 305 394.0 820 2 x 36 675 48 470 16 26 884.0 144.0 150.0 II
LFS16-65 ± 33 = 66 512 330 401.6 632 4 x M24 642 30 470 16 26 184.1 318.0 123.0 I
LFS16-135 ± 68 = 136 1240 805 394.0 1320 2 x 36 675 48 470 16 26 143.0 85.0 193.0 II
400 LFS16-10 ±4=8 465 - 447.0 550 2 x 42 750 57 525 16 30 7331.0 337.0 172.0 II
LFS16-40 ± 20 = 40 760 325 446.0 846 2 x 42 750 57 525 16 30 1105.0 204.0 204.0 II
LFS16-60 ± 30 = 60 508 316 454.4 618 4 x M24 715 32 525 16 30 296.5 415.0 164.0 I
LFS16-120 ± 60 = 120 1260 835 446.0 940 2 x 42 750 57 525 16 30 192.0 123.0 257.0 II
450 LFS16-55 ± 27,5 = 55 516 320 508.2 650 4 x M30 784 32 585 20 30 460.5 602.0 199.0 I
LFS16-100 ± 50 = 100 710 518 508.2 840 4 x M30 784 32 585 20 30 144.8 438.0 239.0 II
500 LFS16-10 ± 5 = 10 530 - 548.0 630 2 x 52 940 68 650 20 33 12110.0 548.0 317.0 II
LFS16-40 ± 20 = 40 490 255 561.0 620 4 x M30 870 35 650 20 33 1145.7 774.0 252.0 I
LFS16-70 ± 36 = 72 960 490 548.0 1070 2 x 52 940 68 650 20 33 448.0 302.0 383.0 II
LFS16-160 ± 80 = 160 1360 890 548.0 1360 2 x 52 940 68 650 20 33 143.0 214.0 451.0 II

191
29.3_UK_Kap_06T05-LFS.qxp:Kap_6_05_LFS_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:53 Uhr Seite 192

192
BOA Type LFS PN16 Execution l (page 105) Execution ll (page 106)

DN Type Bellows Tie rods Flange Displacement force

Lateral move-
ment at 1000
full load cycles
Total length
Center-to-cen-
ter distance of
the bellows
Outside ∅
Length
Number x
thread
Outside ∅
Thickness
Bolt circle ∅
Number of
holes
Hole ∅
Spring rate
±30%
Frictional
force
Weight
Execution

TL Bm da L nxM D b k n d Cy Cr m
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm N/mm N/bar kg
600 LFS16-10 ±4=8 570 - 650.0 700 2 x 60 1080 87 770 20 36 19736.0 817.0 498.0 II
LFS16-30 ± 16,5 = 33 500 245 665.0 648 4 x M36 1020 45 770 20 36 2079.2 1230.0 384.0 I
LFS16-65 ± 34 = 64 1000 500 650.0 1130 2 x 60 1080 87 770 20 36 704.0 465.0 560.0 II
LFS16-150 ± 76 = 152 1400 900 650.0 1530 2 x 60 1080 87 770 20 36 229.0 333.0 625.0 II

preferred series
29.3_UK_Kap_06T05-LFS.qxp:Kap_6_05_LFS_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:53 Uhr Seite 193

BOA Type LFS PN25 Execution l (page 105) Execution ll (page 106)

DN Type Bellows Tie rods Flange Displacement force

Lateral move-
ment at 1000
full load cycles
Total length
Center-to-cen-
ter distance of
the bellows
Outside ∅
Length
Number x
thread
Outside ∅
Thickness
Bolt circle ∅
Number of
holes
Hole ∅
Spring rate
±30%
Frictional
force
Weight
Execution

TL Bm da L nxM D b k n d Cy Cr m
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm N/mm N/bar kg
40 LFS25-50 ± 25 = 50 207 135 57.0 275 2 x M12 260 18 110 4 18 13.3 3.9 6.6 II
LFS25-100 ± 50 = 100 368 239 69.0 418 2 x M12 252 18 110 4 18 8.0 3.4 8.5 I
LFS25-170 ± 85 = 170 480 409 57.0 545 2 x M12 260 18 110 4 18 1.5 1.7 8.0 II
LFS25-180 ± 90 = 180 562 483 69.0 605 2 x M12 252 18 110 4 18 2.0 2.2 8.0 II
50 LFS25-50 ± 24 = 48 190 105 73.2 340 2 x M12 275 20 125 4 18 35.6 7.1 8.4 II
LFS25-90 ± 45 = 90 260 175 73.2 310 2 x M12 275 20 125 4 18 14.4 5.2 8.7 II
LFS25-90 ± 46 = 92 366 236 83.0 418 2 x M12 261 20 125 4 18 11.0 5.0 10.7 I
LFS25-180 ± 90 = 180 548 458 82.5 592 2 x M12 261 20 125 4 18 2.0 3.4 10.0 II
65 LFS25-50 ± 25 = 50 270 171 93.5 320 2 x M12 295 22 145 8 18 43.1 8.6 10.6 II
LFS25-90 ± 46 = 92 382 244 106.0 434 2 x M12 281 22 145 8 18 18.0 8.1 14.0 I
LFS25-150 ± 75 = 150 585 479 93.5 655 2 x M12 295 22 145 8 18 4.9 4.0 13.4 II
LFS25-170 ± 85 = 170 564 464 105.0 605 2 x M12 281 22 145 8 18 4.0 5.5 12.5 II
80 LFS25-45 ± 23 = 46 280 174 104.7 320 2 x M12 310 24 160 8 18 58.7 10.7 12.9 II
LFS25-80 ± 40 = 80 362 232 118.5 397 2 x M12 296 24 160 8 18 20.0 11.1 16.0 I
LFS25-150 ± 75 = 150 640 529 104.7 700 2 x M12 310 24 160 8 18 5.8 4.7 16.8 II
LFS25-170 ± 85 = 170 552 441 118.5 592 2 x M12 296 24 160 8 18 6.0 7.3 15.3 II
100 LFS25-55 ± 28 = 56 330 212 135.8 410 2 x M16 345 24 190 8 22 81.7 15.6 17.5 II
LFS25-70 ± 35 = 70 360 221 145.0 438 2 x M16 337 24 190 8 22 40.0 34.0 22.0 I
LFS25-95 ± 48 = 96 370 232 134.9 450 2 x M16 345 24 190 8 22 46.8 13.5 19.4 I

193
LFS25-150 ± 75 = 150 670 541 135.8 730 2 x M16 345 24 190 8 22 11.4 7.7 23.1 II
29.3_UK_Kap_06T05-LFS.qxp:Kap_6_05_LFS_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:53 Uhr Seite 194

194
BOA Type LFS PN25 Execution l (page 105) Execution ll (page 106)

DN Type Bellows Tie rods Flange Displacement force

Lateral move-
ment at 1000
full load cycles
Total length
Center-to-cen-
ter distance of
the bellows
Outside ∅
Length
Number x
thread
Outside ∅
Thickness
Bolt circle ∅
Number of
holes
Hole ∅
Spring rate
±30%
Frictional
force
Weight
Execution

TL Bm da L nxM D b k n d Cy Cr m
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm N/mm N/bar kg
125 LFS25-50 ± 25 = 50 305 164 156.8 380 2 x M16 390 26 220 8 26 191.8 23.2 24.9 II
LFS25-70 ± 35 = 70 382 230 174.0 481 2 x M20 390 26 220 8 26 59.0 46.5 28.0 I
LFS25-85 ± 42 = 84 375 236 156.6 450 2 x M16 390 26 220 8 26 70.9 18.6 25.7 II
LFS25-150 ± 75 = 150 743 610 157.5 825 2 x M16 390 26 220 8 26 14.3 9.6 31.9 II
150 LFS25-55 ± 28 = 56 392 218 205.0 491 2 x M20 430 30 250 8 26 110.0 87.0 45.5 I
LFS25-100 ± 50¨= 100 660 522 185.7 730 2 x M16 430 28 250 8 26 32.6 15.6 38.7 II
LFS25-150 ± 75 = 150 618 618 197.0 716 2 x M16 430 30 250 8 26 23.0 55.2 42.0 II
LFS25-160 ± 80 = 160 886 750 185.7 960 2 x M16 430 28 250 8 26 16.0 11.6 43.8 II
200 LFS25-40 ± 22 = 44 372 217 258.0 520 2 x M30 510 30 310 12 26 183.0 150.0 46.0 I
LFS25-50 ± 25 = 50 450 272 258.0 580 2 x M24 515 38 310 12 26 336.1 43.9 65.0 II
LFS25-100 ± 50 = 100 592 437 258.0 736 2 x M30 510 30 310 12 26 44.0 94.0 58.0 II
LFS25-150 ± 75 = 150 915 737 258.0 1040 2 x M24 515 38 310 12 26 50.8 20.9 85.0 II
250 LFS25-40 ± 20 = 40 394 224 315.0 550 2 x M36 595 36 370 12 30 302.0 247.0 64,5 I
LFS25-50 ± 25 = 50 539 313 312.0 700 2 x M30 610 44 370 12 30 452.2 55.7 103.0 II
LFS25-100 ± 50 = 100 810 584 312.0 950 2 x M30 610 44 370 12 30 138.4 36.2 117.0 II
LFS25-150 ± 75 = 150 1079 853 312.0 1260 2 x M30 610 44 370 12 30 66.3 26.9 132.0 II
300 LFS25-35 ± 18 = 36 394 217 368.0 536 4 x M30 630 34 430 16 30 452.0 297.0 81.0 I
LFS25-50 ± 25 = 50 568 358 362.5 750 2 x M36 690 54 430 16 30 585.2 74.2 154.0 II
LFS25-100 ± 50 = 100 888 678 362.5 1050 2 x M36 690 54 430 16 30 172.4 46.2 184.0 II
LFS25-150 ± 75 = 150 1203 993 362.5 1400 2 x M36 690 54 430 16 30 81.9 33.7 202.0 II
29.3_UK_Kap_06T05-LFS.qxp:Kap_6_05_LFS_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:53 Uhr Seite 195

350 LFS25-10 ±4=8 435 - 394.0 540 2 x 45 750 58 490 16 33 12122.0 302.0 189.0 II
LFS25-50 ± 25 = 50 494 322 402.4 630 4 x M30 700 38 490 16 33 286.0 385.0 165.0 II
LFS25-60 ± 30 = 60 840 405 394.0 930 2 x 45 750 58 490 16 33 553.0 155.0 220.0 II
LFS25-135 ± 68 = 136 1240 805 394.0 1400 2 x 45 750 58 490 16 33 147.0 97.0 255.0 II
400 LFS25-5 ±3=6 465 - 446.0 570 2 x 52 840 68 550 16 26 17366.0 407.0 258.0 II
LFS25-40 ± 19 = 38 760 285 446.0 870 2 x 52 840 68 550 16 36 1383.0 249.0 291.0 II
LFS25-50 ± 25 = 50 534 362 453.4 670 4 x M30 775 40 550 16 36 321.5 460.0 217.0 II
LFS25-120 ± 60 = 120 1260 795 446.0 1370 2 x 52 840 68 550 16 36 212.0 151.0 354.0 II
450 LFS25-50 ± 25 = 50 512 378 507.4 660 4 x M36 835 40 600 20 36 395.0 692.0 255.0 II
LFS25-100 ± 50 = 100 836 704 507.4 994 4 x M36 835 40 600 20 36 116.0 424.0 305.0 II
500 LFS25-10 ± 5 = 10 530 - 548.0 660 2 x 60 970 88 660 20 36 12110.0 614.0 442.0 II
LFS25-35 ± 17 = 34 800 315 549.0 930 2 x 60 970 88 660 20 36 2119.0 407.0 458.0 II
LFS25-50 ± 25 = 50 566 384 560.2 738 4 x M42 928 44 660 20 36 519.0 875.0 312.0 II
LFS25-105 ± 52 = 104 1300 815 549.0 1430 2 x 60 970 88 660 20 36 357.0 253.0 549.0 II
600 LFS25-5 ±2=4 545 - 651.0 690 2 x 90 1130 107 770 20 39 51563.0 1123.0 630.0 II
LFS25-30 ± 15 = 30 840 425 651.0 1014 2 x 90 1130 107 770 20 39 3278.0 722.0 689.0 II
LFS25-50 ± 25 = 50 616 407 666.0 816 4 x M48 1070 55 770 20 39 697.0 1350.0 506.0 II
LFS25-90 ± 44 = 88 1340 825 651.0 1514 2 x 90 1130 107 770 20 39 570.0 453.0 788.0 II

preferred series

195
29.3_UK_Kap_06T05-LFS.qxp:Kap_6_05_LFS_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:53 Uhr Seite 196

196
BOA Type LFS PN40 Execution l (page 105) Execution ll (page 106)

DN Type Bellows Tie rods Flange Displacement force

Lateral move-
ment at 1000
full load cycles
Total length
Center-to-cen-
ter distance of
the bellows
Outside ∅
Length
Number x
thread
Outside ∅
Thickness
Bolt circle ∅
Number of
holes
Hole ∅
Spring rate
±30%
Frictional
force
Weight
Execution

TL Bm da L nxM D b k n d Cy Cr m
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm N/mm N/bar kg
40 LFS40-50 ± 25 = 50 275 215 57.0 345 2 x M12 260 18 110 4 18 8.1 2.9 7.0 II
LFS40-100 ± 50 = 100 410 350 57.0 465 2 x M12 260 18 110 4 18 3.1 2.0 7.6 II
LFS40-150 ± 75 = 150 575 515 57.0 655 2 x M12 260 18 110 4 18 1.4 1.4 8.4 II
50 LFS40-50 ± 28 = 56 290 219 73.2 345 2 x M12 275 20 125 4 18 15.8 4.7 9.0 II
LFS40-100 ± 50 = 100 440 369 73.2 515 2 x M12 275 20 125 4 18 5.7 3.1 10.0 II
LFS40-150 ± 75 = 150 610 539 73.2 675 2 x M12 275 20 125 4 18 2.7 2.2 11.0 II
65 LFS40-50 ± 26 = 52 311 218 92.7 365 2 x M12 295 22 145 8 18 32.5 7.1 11.6 II
LFS40-100 ± 50 = 100 485 393 92.7 545 2 x M12 295 22 145 8 18 10.3 4.6 12.9 II
LFS40-150 ± 75 = 150 670 578 92.7 725 2 x M12 295 22 145 8 18 4.8 3.3 14.2 II
80 LFS40-50 ± 25 = 50 335 238 103.9 410 2 x M12 310 24 160 8 18 38.4 8.6 14.9 II
LFS40-100 ± 50 = 100 545 448 103.9 620 2 x M12 310 24 160 8 18 11.4 5.3 17.0 II
LFS40-150 ± 75 = 150 745 648 103.9 825 2 x M12 310 24 160 8 18 5.4 3.9 19.1 II
100 LFS40-50 ± 25 = 50 360 242 134.9 425 2 x M16 345 30 190 8 22 68.2 14.3 23.7 II
LFS40-100 ± 50 = 100 560 442 134.9 620 2 x M16 345 30 190 8 22 21.3 8.9 26.3 II
LFS40-150 ± 75 = 150 750 632 134.9 825 2 x M16 345 30 190 8 22 10.4 6.6 29.0 II
125 LFS40-50 ± 25 = 50 400 272 156.6 550 2 x M20 390 35 220 8 26 85.3 18.3 34.0 II
LFS40-100 ± 50 = 100 630 502 156.6 730 2 x M20 390 35 220 8 26 25.4 11.4 37.2 II
LFS40-150 ± 75 = 150 860 732 156.6 960 2 x M20 390 35 220 8 26 12.2 8.2 43.7 II
29.3_UK_Kap_06T05-LFS.qxp:Kap_6_05_LFS_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:53 Uhr Seite 197

150 LFS40-50 ± 25 = 50 462 319 184.8 580 2 x M24 430 40 250 8 26 103.1 23.0 47.9 II
LFS40-100 ± 50 = 100 665 514 184.8 810 2 x M24 430 40 250 8 26 34.2 15.6 57.7 II
LFS40-150 ± 75 = 150 890 740 184.8 1040 2 x M24 430 40 250 8 26 16.4 11.5 59.6 II
200 LFS40-50 ± 25 = 50 511 320 257.4 650 2 x M30 560 43 320 12 30 425.9 38.3 84.0 II
LFS40-100 ± 50 = 100 790 600 257.4 930 2 x M30 560 43 320 12 30 129.4 24.2 97.0 II
LFS40-150 ± 75 = 150 1066 876 257.4 1200 2 x M30 560 43 320 12 30 62.0 17.7 110.0 II
250 LFS40-50 ± 25 = 50 583 368 311.5 750 2 x M36 660 54 385 12 33 578.5 51.7 149.0 II
LFS40-100 ± 50 = 100 913 698 311.5 1100 2 x M36 660 54 385 12 33 169.9 31.9 174.0 II
LFS40-150 ± 75 = 150 1233 1018 311.5 1400 2 x M36 660 54 385 12 33 81.3 23.3 196.0 II
300 LFS40-50 ± 25 = 50 671 428 362.0 900 2 x M42 760 68 450 16 33 724.6 61.1 225.0 II
LFS40-100 ± 50 = 100 1051 808 362.0 1300 2 x M42 760 68 450 16 33 212.8 38.3 258.0 II
LFS40-150 ± 75 = 150 1426 1183 362.0 1650 2 x M42 760 68 450 16 33 100.8 27.9 291.0 II
350 LFS40-50 ± 25 = 50 604 423 403.2 752 4 x M36 748 46 510 16 36 395.0 357.0 228.0 II
LFS40-100 ± 50 = 100 964 783 403.2 1112 4 x M36 748 46 510 16 36 116.0 224.0 267.0 II
400 LFS40-50 ± 25 = 50 668 478 457.2 840 4 x M42 856 50 585 16 39 452.0 478.0 332.0 II
LFS40-100 ± 50 = 100 1078 888 457.2 1250 4 x M42 856 50 585 16 39 131.0 300.0 393.0 II
450 LFS40-50 ± 25 = 50 692 500 511.6 864 4 x M42 882 50 610 20 39 533.0 585.0 343.0 II
LFS40-100 ± 50 = 100 1112 920 511.6 1284 4 x M42 882 50 610 20 39 158.0 365.0 419.0 II
500 LFS40-50 ± 25 = 50 762 564 563.2 962 4 x M48 975 58 670 20 42 569.0 765.0 448.0 II
LFS40-100 ± 50 = 100 1262 1064 563.2 1462 4 x M48 975 58 670 20 42 161.0 462.0 563.0 II

197
29.3_UK_Kap_06T06-LFB.qxp:Kap_6_06_LFB_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:53 Uhr Seite 198

198
BOA Type LFB PN6 Execution l (page 107) Execution ll (page 107)

DN Type Bellows Tie rods Flange Displacement force

Lateral move-
ment at 1000
full load cycles
Total length
Center-to-center
distance of the
bellows
Active length
Outside ∅
Raised face ∅
Length
Number x
thread
Outside ∅
Thickness
Bolt circle ∅
Number of
holes
Hole ∅
Spring rate
⫾30%
Frictional
force
Weight
Execution

TL Bm AI da g L nxM D b k n d Cy Cr m
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm N/mm N/bar kg
40 LFB6-100 ± 48 = 96 258 175 45 68.0 68 305 2 x M12 241 15 100 4 14 2.4 4.9 5.0 I
LFB6-250 ± 125 = 250 498 415 45 68.0 68 542 2 x M12 241 15 100 4 14 0.4 2.5 5.5 I
50 LFB6-100 ± 48 = 96 270 191 41 80.0 81 314 2 x M12 251 15 110 4 14 2.7 7.0 6.0 I
LFB6-240 ± 120 = 240 520 441 41 80.0 81 565 2 x M12 251 15 110 4 14 0.5 3.5 6.5 I
65 LFB6-100 ± 48 = 96 292 217 37 104.0 105 340 2 x M12 262 15 130 4 14 3.4 12.6 6.5 I
LFB6-220 ± 110 = 220 532 457 37 104.0 105 582 2 x M12 262 15 130 4 14 0.8 6.2 7.0 I
80 LFB6-100 ± 46 = 92 295 213 40 116.0 120 340 2 x M12 292 16 150 4 18 3.8 15.6 9.0 I
LFB6-200 ± 100 = 200 502 420 40 116.0 120 552 2 x M12 292 16 150 4 18 1.0 7.8 9.5 I
100 LFB6-50 ± 24 = 48 216 122 52 138.0 142 260 2 x M12 312 16 170 4 18 21.0 22.0 10.0 I
LFB6-100 ± 48 = 96 316 222 52 138.0 142 360 2 x M12 312 16 170 4 18 7.0 15.0 10.5 I
LFB6-170 ± 85 = 170 466 372 52 138.0 142 512 2 x M12 312 16 170 4 18 2.5 12.4 11.0 I
125 LFB6-50 ± 25 = 50 246 150 50 168.5 174 286 2 x M12 342 18 200 8 18 23.0 35.0 13.5 I
LFB6-100 ± 48 = 96 355 260 50 168.5 174 397 2 x M12 342 18 200 8 18 8.0 27.0 14.0 I
LFB6-160 ± 80 = 160 496 400 50 168.5 174 542 2 x M12 342 18 200 8 18 3.4 17.5 14.5 I
150 LFB6-50 ± 28 = 56 286 145 65 195.0 196 330 2 x M12 361 18 225 8 18 39.0 44.8 15.0 I
LFB6-100 ± 48 = 96 381 240 65 195.0 196 428 2 x M12 361 18 225 8 18 15.0 32.3 15.5 I
LFB6-150 ± 75 = 150 496 355 65 195.0 196 542 2 x M12 361 18 225 8 18 7.0 25.5 16.0 I
200 LFB6-45 ± 23 = 46 310 163 68 252.0 254 355 2 x M16 422 20 280 8 18 67.0 71.0 22.5 I
29.3_UK_Kap_06T06-LFB.qxp:Kap_6_06_LFB_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:53 Uhr Seite 199

LFB6-90 ± 45 = 90 450 303 68 252.0 254 490 2 x M16 422 20 280 8 18 21.0 49.0 23.5 I
LFB6-150 ± 75 = 150 634 488 68 252.0 254 676 2 x M16 422 20 280 8 18 8.0 35.0 32.0 II
250 LFB6-50 ± 25 = 50 354 190 80 306.5 308 450 2 x M20 495 22 335 12 18 105.0 174.0 33.0 I
LFB6-85 ± 42 = 84 464 300 80 306.5 308 560 2 x M20 495 22 335 12 18 45.0 133.0 34.5 I
LFB6-150 ± 75 = 150 664 500 80 306.5 308 760 2 x M20 495 22 335 12 18 17.0 93.0 47.0 II
300 LFB6-45 ± 22 = 44 371 192 87 358.5 361 468 2 x M20 560 22 395 12 22 151.0 238.0 42.0 I
LFB6-65 ± 33 = 66 446 267 87 358.5 361 540 2 x M20 560 22 395 12 22 78.0 198.0 43.5 I
LFB6-150 ± 75 = 150 736 557 87 358.5 361 830 2 x M20 560 22 395 12 22 19.0 120.0 62.0 II

199
29.3_UK_Kap_06T06-LFB.qxp:Kap_6_06_LFB_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:53 Uhr Seite 200

200
BOA Type LFB PN10 Execution l (page 107) Execution ll (page 107)

DN Type Bellows Tie rods Flange Displacement force

Lateral move-
ment at 1000
full load cycles
Total length
Center-to-center
distance of the
bellows
Active length
Outside ∅
Raised face ∅
Length
Number x
thread
Outside ∅
Thickness
Bolt circle ∅
Number of
holes
Hole ∅
Spring rate
⫾30%
Frictional
force
Weight
Execution

TL Bm AI da g L nxM D b k n d Cy Cr m
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm N/mm N/bar kg
40 LFB16-100 ± 50 = 100 316 232 42 69.0 68 360 2 x M12 252 16 110 4 18 5.0 4.2 6.9 I
LFB16-220 ± 110 = 220 576 492 42 69.0 68 616 2 x M12 252 16 110 4 18 0.9 2.3 7.5 I
50 LFB16-100 ± 50 = 100 344 261 36 82.0 81 397 2 x M12 267 18 125 4 18 4.5 6.0 8.6 I
LFB16-200 ± 100 = 200 590 506 36 82.0 81 635 2 x M12 267 18 125 4 18 1.2 3.1 9.1 I
65 LFB16-50 ± 25 = 50 234 148 38 104.0 105 280 2 x M12 287 18 145 4 18 21.0 16.1 9.5 I
LFB16-100 ± 50 = 100 360 276 38 104.0 105 412 2 x M12 287 18 145 4 18 7.0 9.7 10.0 I
LFB16-170 ± 85 = 170 544 458 38 104.0 105 592 2 x M12 287 18 145 4 18 2.5 5.8 10.2 I
80 LFB16-50 ± 24 = 48 234 136 46 117.0 120 280 2 x M12 302 20 160 8 18 33.0 20.8 12.0 I
LFB16-100 ± 50 = 100 364 266 46 117.5 120 412 2 x M12 302 20 160 8 18 9.0 11.0 12.5 I
LFB16-170 ± 85 = 170 524 426 46 117.5 120 565 2 x M12 302 20 160 8 18 4.0 7.7 12.8 I
100 LFB16-50 ± 28 = 56 260 156 46 141.0 144 315 2 x M16 322 20 180 8 18 39.0 27.6 14.9 I
LFB16-100 ± 50 = 100 368 268 48 141.0 144 420 2 x M16 322 20 180 8 18 14.0 17.9 15.1 I
LFB16-150 ± 75 = 150 488 388 48 141.0 142 542 2 x M16 322 20 180 8 18 7.0 11.8 15.3 I
125 LFB16-50 ± 25 = 50 294 164 74 170.0 174 355 2 x M16 352 22 210 8 18 80.0 28.0 18.5 I
LFB16-100 ± 50 = 100 434 304 74 170.0 174 484 2 x M16 352 22 210 8 18 25.0 22.5 18.9 I
LFB16-150 ± 75 = 150 554 424 74 170.0 174 598 2 x M16 352 22 210 8 18 13.0 15.6 20.0 II
150 LFB16-50 ± 25 = 50 306 173 73 195.0 196 355 2 x M16 387 22 240 8 22 98.0 46.2 23.0 I
LFB16-100 ± 50 = 100 456 323 73 195.0 196 498 2 x M16 387 22 240 8 22 30.0 34.0 23.5 I
LFB16-150 ± 75 = 150 606 473 73 195.0 196 652 2 x M16 387 22 240 8 22 15.0 18.0 28.0 II
29.3_UK_Kap_06T06-LFB.qxp:Kap_6_06_LFB_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:53 Uhr Seite 201

200 LFB10-45 ± 23 = 46 310 177 72 251.5 254 355 2 x M16 442 24 295 8 22 98.0 72.0 30.0 I
LFB10-80 ± 40 = 80 414 282 72 251.5 254 458 2 x M16 442 24 295 8 22 41.0 54.0 31.0 I
LFB10-150 ± 75 = 150 654 522 72 251.5 254 696 2 x M16 442 24 295 8 22 13.0 34.0 41.0 II
250 LFB10-45 ± 23 = 46 354 182 84 306.0 308 450 2 x M20 515 26 350 12 22 163.0 207.0 42.0 I
LFB10-80 ± 40 = 80 466 294 84 306.0 308 554 2 x M20 515 26 350 12 22 67.0 158.0 43.0 I
LFB10-150 ± 75 = 150 708 534 84 306.0 308 806 2 x M20 515 26 350 12 22 21.0 108.0 54.0 II
300 LFB10-45 ± 22 = 44 378 211 71 360.0 361 490 2 x M24 580 26 400 12 22 196.0 309.0 51.0 I
LFB10-70 ± 35 = 70 490 321 71 360.0 361 606 2 x M24 580 26 400 12 22 88.0 239.0 55.0 I
LFB10-150 ± 75 = 150 780 591 91 358.0 361 895 2 x M24 580 26 400 12 22 25.0 155.0 67.0 II

201
29.3_UK_Kap_06T06-LFB.qxp:Kap_6_06_LFB_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:53 Uhr Seite 202

202
BOA Type LFB PN16 Execution l (page 107) Execution ll (page 107)

DN Type Bellows Tie rods Flange Displacement force

Lateral move-
ment at 1000
full load cycles
Total length
Center-to-center
distance of the
bellows
Active length
Outside ∅
Raised face ∅
Length
Number x
thread
Outside ∅
Thickness
Bolt circle ∅
Number of
holes
Hole ∅
Spring rate
⫾30%
Frictional
force
Weight
Execution

TL Bm AI da g L nxM D b k n d Cy Cr m
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm N/mm N/bar kg
40 LFB16-100 ± 50 = 100 316 232 42 69.0 68 360 2 x M12 252 16 110 4 18 5.0 4.2 6.9 I
LFB16-220 ± 110 = 220 576 492 42 69.0 68 616 2 x M12 252 16 110 4 18 0.9 2.3 7.5 I
50 LFB16-100 ± 50 = 100 344 261 36 82.0 81 397 2 x M12 267 18 125 4 18 4.5 6.0 8.6 I
LFB16-200 ± 100 = 200 590 506 36 82.0 81 635 2 x M12 267 18 125 4 18 1.2 3.1 9.1 I
65 LFB16-50 ± 25 = 50 234 148 38 104.0 105 280 2 x M12 287 18 145 4 18 21.0 16.1 9.5 I
LFB16-100 ± 50 = 100 360 276 38 104.0 105 412 2 x M12 287 18 145 4 18 7.0 9.7 10.0 I
LFB16-170 ± 85 = 170 544 458 38 104.0 105 592 2 x M12 287 18 145 4 18 2.5 5.8 10.2 I
80 LFB16-50 ± 24 = 48 234 136 46 117.0 120 280 2 x M12 302 20 160 8 18 33.0 20.8 12.0 I
LFB16-100 ± 50 = 100 364 266 46 117.5 120 412 2 x M12 302 20 160 8 18 9.0 11.0 12.5 I
LFB16-170 ± 85 = 170 524 426 46 117.5 120 565 2 x M12 302 20 160 8 18 4.0 7.7 12.8 I
100 LFB16-50 ± 28 = 56 260 156 46 141.0 144 315 2 x M16 322 20 180 8 18 39.0 27.6 14.9 I
LFB16-100 ± 50 = 100 368 268 48 141.0 144 420 2 x M16 322 20 180 8 18 14.0 17.9 15.1 I
LFB16-150 ± 75 = 150 488 388 48 141.0 142 542 2 x M16 322 20 180 8 18 7.0 11.8 15.3 I
125 LFB16-50 ± 25 = 50 294 164 74 170.0 174 355 2 x M16 352 22 210 8 18 80.0 28.0 18.5 I
LFB16-100 ± 50 = 100 434 304 74 170.0 174 484 2 x M16 352 22 210 8 18 25.0 22.5 18.9 I
LFB16-150 ± 75 = 150 554 424 74 170.0 174 598 2 x M16 352 22 210 8 18 13.0 15.6 20.0 II
150 LFB16-50 ± 25 = 50 306 173 73 195.0 196 355 2 x M16 387 22 240 8 22 98.0 46.2 23.0 I
LFB16-100 ± 50 = 100 456 323 73 195.0 196 498 2 x M16 387 22 240 8 22 30.0 34.0 23.5 I
LFB16-150 ± 75 = 150 606 473 73 195.0 196 652 2 x M16 387 22 240 8 22 15.0 18.0 28.0 II
29.3_UK_Kap_06T06-LFB.qxp:Kap_6_06_LFB_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:53 Uhr Seite 203

200 LFB16-50 ± 25 = 50 326 180 80 253.0 254 426 2 x M20 470 24 295 12 22 160.0 122.0 35.0 I
LFB16-80 ± 40 = 80 460 333 63 253.0 254 560 2 x M20 470 24 295 12 22 64.0 86.0 36.0 I
LFB16-150 ± 75 = 150 644 500 80 253.0 254 746 2 x M20 470 24 295 12 22 23.0 62.0 47.0 II
250 LFB16-45 ± 22 = 44 332 191 71 309.5 308 474 2 x M30 555 28 355 12 26 261.0 257.0 57.0 I
LFB16-65 ± 33 = 66 412 271 71 309.5 308 550 2 x M30 555 28 355 12 26 135.0 207.0 59.0 I
LFB16-150 ± 75 = 150 684 522 92 308.0 308 813 2 x M30 555 28 355 12 26 34.0 125.0 73.0 II
300 LFB16-50 ± 25 = 50 408 250 80 361.0 361 500 2 x M30 605 32 410 12 26 290.0 286.0 69.0 I
LFB16-100 ± 50 = 100 572 392 102 361.0 361 705 2 x M30 605 32 410 12 26 96.0 204.0 83.0 II
LFB16-150 ± 75 = 150 752 572 102 361.0 361 904 2 x M30 605 32 410 12 26 46.0 155.0 85.0 II

203
29.3_UK_Kap_06T06-LFB.qxp:Kap_6_06_LFB_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:53 Uhr Seite 204

204
BOA Type LFB PN25 Execution l (page 107) Execution ll (page 107)

DN Type Bellows Tie rods Flange Displacement force

Lateral move-
ment at 1000
full load cycles
Total length
Center-to-center
distance of the
bellows
Active length
Outside ∅
Raised face ∅
Length
Number x
thread
Outside ∅
Thickness
Bolt circle ∅
Number of
holes
Hole ∅
Spring rate
⫾30%
Frictional
force
Weight
Execution

TL Bm AI da g L nxM D b k n d Cy Cr m
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm N/mm N/bar kg
40 LFB25-50 ± 25 = 50 232 153 33 69.0 68 280 2 x M12 252 18 110 4 18 13 5.4 7.0 I
LFB25-100 ± 50 = 100 362 283 33 69.0 68 412 2 x M12 252 18 110 4 18 4 3.4 7.6 I
LFB25-180 ± 90 = 180 562 483 33 69.0 68 605 2 x M12 252 18 110 4 18 2 2.2 8.0 I
50 LFB25-50 ± 24 = 48 233 143 38 82.5 81 280 2 x M12 261 20 125 4 18 19 5.5 8.8 I
LFB25-100 ± 48 = 96 348 258 38 82.5 81 397 2 x M12 261 20 125 4 18 7 4.8 9.2 I
LFB25-180 ± 90 = 180 548 458 38 82.5 81 592 2 x M12 261 20 125 4 18 2 3.4 10.0 I
65 LFB25-50 ± 24 = 48 240 140 44 105.0 105 280 2 x M12 281 22 145 8 18 39 7.7 11.1 I
LFB25-100 ± 48 = 96 375 274 44 105.0 105 428 2 x M12 281 22 145 8 18 12 6.8 11.8 I
LFB25-170 ± 85 = 170 564 464 44 105.0 105 605 2 x M12 281 22 145 8 18 4 5.5 12.5 I
80 LFB25-50 ± 24 = 48 252 141 51 118.5 120 305 2 x M12 296 24 160 8 18 48 10.0 13.9 I
LFB25-100 ± 50 = 100 382 271 51 118.5 120 428 2 x M12 296 24 160 8 18 14 8.3 15.0 I
LFB25-170 ± 85 = 170 552 441 51 118.5 120 592 2 x M12 296 24 160 8 18 6 7.3 15.3 I
100 LFB25-50 ± 24 = 48 281 173 48 141.0 142 330 2 x M16 337 24 190 8 22 56 15.0 17.8 I
LFB25-100 ± 48 = 96 426 318 48 141.0 142 484 2 x M16 337 24 190 8 22 19 11.6 18.2 I
LFB25-140 ± 70 =140 546 438 48 141.0 142 598 2 x M16 337 24 190 8 22 11 22.0 18.5 I
125 LFB25-50 ± 24 = 48 300 178 58 171.0 174 400 2 x M20 390 26 220 8 26 108 71.2 26.3 I
LFB25-100 ± 50 = 100 476 351 61 171.0 174 574 2 x M20 390 26 220 8 26 29 41.4 28.3 I
LFB25-150 ± 75 = 150 626 503 59 171.0 174 726 2 x M20 390 26 220 8 26 15 28.0 30.5 II
150 LFB25-50 ± 24 = 48 325 171 80 197.0 196 426 2 x M20 430 30 250 8 26 154 90.7 34.0 I
29.3_UK_Kap_06T06-LFB.qxp:Kap_6_06_LFB_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:53 Uhr Seite 205

LFB25-100 ± 48 = 96 458 304 80 197.0 196 560 2 x M20 430 30 250 8 26 53 74.5 34.5 I
LFB25-150 ± 75 = 150 618 464 80 197.0 196 716 2 x M20 430 30 250 8 26 23 55.2 42.0 II
200 LFB25-50 ± 25 = 50 355 213 68 255.0 254 500 2 x M30 510 30 310 12 26 204 157.0 47.0 I
LFB25-80 ± 40 = 80 470 328 68 255.0 254 606 2 x M30 510 30 310 12 26 93 119.0 49.0 I
LFB25-150 ± 75 = 150 754 595 85 254.0 254 904 2 x M30 510 30 310 12 26 32 74.0 63.0 II
250 LFB25-50 ± 23 = 46 402 212 102 310.0 308 550 2 x M36 595 36 370 12 30 430 242.0 77.0 I
LFB25-100 ± 50 = 100 622 438 98 309.0 308 786 2 x M36 595 36 370 12 30 93 157.0 87.0 II
LFB25-150 ± 75 = 150 812 628 98 309.0 308 970 2 x M36 595 36 370 12 30 46 120.0 96.0 II
300 LFB25-50 ± 24 = 48 463 254 109 362.0 361 635 2 x M42 690 42 430 16 30 413 262.0 77.8 II
LFB25-100 ± 48 = 96 668 459 109 362.0 361 850 2 x M42 690 42 430 16 30 140 180.0 94.0 II
LFB25-150 ± 75 = 150 868 659 109 362.0 361 1040 2 x M42 690 42 430 16 30 70 138.0 109.3 II

205
29.3_UK_Kap_06T07-LW.qxp:Kap_6_07_LW_LWT_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:53 Uhr Seite 206

206
BOA Type LW PN6 Execution l (page 108) Execution ll (page 109)

DN Type Bellows Tie rods Flange Weld ends Displacement force

Lateral move-
ment at 1000
full load cycles
Total length
Center-to-center
distance of the
bellows
Outside ∅
Length
Number x
thread
Outside ∅
Heigth
Width
Outside ∅
Thickness
Spring rate
⫾30%
Frictional
force
Weight
Execution

TL Bm da L nxM D H B de s Cy Cr m
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm N/mm N/bar kg
40 LW6-55 ± 27 = 54 285 107.5 57.5 275 2 x M12 160 75 48.3 2.6 9.6 3.9 2.6 II
LW6-90 ± 49 = 98 426 141 69.8 397 2 x M12 155 -- -- 48.3 2.9 7.6 3.6 4.7 I
LW6-200 ± 100 = 200 590 415 57.5 580 2 x M12 160 75 48.3 2.6 0.7 1.7 4.1 II
LW6-250 ± 125 = 250 674 415 68.0 652 2 x M12 155 -- -- 48.3 2.9 0.4 2.3 5.0 II
50 LW6-65 ± 32 = 64 305 117.5 73.8 300 2 x M12 180 90 60.3 2.9 12.9 5.7 3.7 II
LW6-90 ± 44 = 88 426 141 82.8 397 2 x M12 170 -- -- 60.3 3.2 12.5 5.2 5.7 I
LW6-110 ± 55 = 110 375 187.5 73.8 370 2 x M12 180 90 60.3 2.9 5.3 4.5 3.8 II
LW6-240 ± 120 = 240 630 445 73.8 625 2 x M12 180 90 60.3 2.9 0.9 2.5 5.7 II
65 LW6-60 ± 29 = 58 315 121 93.8 310 2 x M12 200 115 76.1 2.9 19.3 9.0 4.9 II
LW6-70 ± 37 = 74 426 141 105.0 397 2 x M12 190 -- -- 76.1 3.2 22.5 8.7 7.7 I
LW6-150 ± 75 = 150 520 326 93.8 515 2 x M 12 200 115 76.1 2.9 2.8 5.1 6.6 II
LW6-220 ± 110 = 220 708 457 104.0 682 2 x M12 190 -- -- 76.1 3.2 0.8 5.2 7.7 II
80 LW6-50 ± 25 = 50 315 121.5 105.0 310 2 x M12 220 140 88.9 3.2 27.1 11.6 6.1 II
LW6-70 ± 37 = 74 426 141 117.4 397 2 x M12 205 -- -- 88.9 3.6 18.6 11.0 10.0 I
LW6-150 ± 75 = 150 550 356 105.0 545 2 x M12 220 140 88.9 3.2 3.3 6.1 8.4 II
LW6-200 ± 100 = 200 674 420 116.0 652 2 x M12 205 -- -- 88.9 3.6 1.0 6.8 10.0 II
100 LW6-60 ± 33 = 66 488 141 143.2 397 2 x M12 260 -- -- 114.3 4.0 41.2 16.7 15.0 I
LW6-115 ± 58 = 116 465 222.5 135.8 460 2 x M16 240 160 114.3 3.6 20.3 12.7 10.9 II
LW6-150 ± 75 = 150 625 387.5 136.2 625 2 x M16 240 160 114.3 3.6 5.6 9.3 13.3 II
29.3_UK_Kap_06T07-LW.qxp:Kap_6_07_LW_LWT_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:53 Uhr Seite 207

LW6-200 ± 100 = 200 718 371 143.2 652 2 x M12 260 -- -- 114.3 4.0 6.4 10.0 18.4 II
125 LW6-60 ± 30 = 60 482 138 170.8 397 2 x M12 285 -- -- 139.7 4.0 37.3 24.2 19.0 I
LW6-105 ± 53 = 106 470 229 157.5 465 2 x M16 290 210 139.7 4.0 30.2 17.5 15.9 II
LW6-150 ± 75 = 150 645 402.5 157.9 640 2 x M16 290 210 139.7 4.0 7.3 12.4 19.5 II
LW6-160 ± 80 = 160 726 400 168.5 652 2 x M12 285 -- -- 139.7 4.0 3.4 15.0 19.5 II
150 LW6-50 ± 25 = 50 390 152 186.2 385 2 x M16 325 240 168.3 4.5 81.8 33.0 17.6 II
LW10-70 ± 34 = 68 566 221 200.8 482 2 x M12 324 -- -- 168.3 4.5 41.0 28.0 20.0 I
LW6-150 ± 75 = 150 704 355 195.0 616 2 x M12 324 -- -- 168.3 4.5 7.0 21.0 21.0 II
LW6-175 ± 87 = 174 765 521.5 186.2 765 2 x M16 325 240 168.3 4.5 7.2 15.0 26.4 II
200 LW10-50 ± 24 = 48 536 181 256.0 514 2 x M20 405 -- -- 219.1 4.5 130.0 104.0 40.0 I
LW6-60 ± 30 = 60 623 296.5 260.0 580 2 x M16 380 250 219.1 6.3 60.4 38.4 25.5 II
LW6-100 ± 50 = 100 711 375.5 260.0 665 2 x M16 380 250 219.1 6.3 34.9 32.4 26.5 II
LW6-150 ± 75 = 150 1100 750 260.0 1050 2 x M16 380 250 219.1 6.3 25.4 19.5 48.8 II
250 LW10-40 ± 21 = 42 602 211 311.0 570 2 x M24 478 -- -- 273.0 5.0 133.0 161.0 57.5 I
LW6-100 ± 51 = 102 980 610 314.0 960 2x M20 420 315 273.0 6.3 43.7 85.9 42.8 II
LW6-150 ± 75 = 150 1231 861 314.0 1220 2 x M20 420 315 273.0 6.3 33.5 53.9 53.6 II
300 LW10-40 ± 20 = 40 642 216 363.6 620 2 x M30 540 -- -- 323.9 5.6 217.0 247.0 79.5 I
LW6-60 ± 29 = 58 713 366.5 365.0 700 2 x M24 500 385 323.9 8.0 111.5 169.0 39.1 II
LW6-100 ± 50 = 100 1062 692 364.0 1050 2 x M24 500 385 323.9 8.0 87.8 102.6 78.3 II
LW6-150 ± 75 = 150 1366 996 364.0 1360 2 x M24 500 385 323.9 8.0 41.6 76.7 102.8 II
350 LW6-70 ± 35 = 70 634 301 397.2 600 4 x M16 510 -- -- 355.6 5.6 107.8 128.0 74.0 I
LW6-100 ± 50 = 100 890 295 395.0 770 2 x 24 605 355.6 8.0 222.0 118.0 82.0 II
LW6-140 ± 70 = 140 990 395 395.0 870 2 x 24 605 355.6 8.0 133.0 104.0 89.0 II
LW6-280 ± 140 = 280 1390 795 395.0 1260 2 x 24 605 355.6 8.0 35.0 70.0 119.0 II
400 LW6-55 ± 28 = 56 618 275 449.2 578 4 x M16 560 -- -- 406.4 6.3 164.1 175.0 86.0 I
LW6-100 ± 50 = 100 880 285 447.0 750 2 x 24 660 406.4 8.8 331.0 159.0 91.0 II
LW6-130 ± 65 = 130 980 385 447.0 870 2 x 24 660 406.4 8.8 196.0 139.0 100.0 II
LW6-270 ± 135 = 270 1380 785 447.0 1260 2 x 24 660 406.4 8.8 51.0 93.0 138.0 II
450 LW6-50 ± 25 = 50 608 267 503.6 574 4 x M16 610 -- -- 457.0 6.3 224.6 220.0 83.0 I
LW6-90 ± 46 = 92 880 285 498.0 760 2 x 28 710 457.2 10.0 452.0 198.0 112.0 II
LW6-120 ± 60 = 120 980 385 498.0 870 2 x 28 710 457.2 10.0 267.0 173.0 125.0 II
LW6-240 ± 120 = 240 1380 785 498.0 1260 2 x 28 710 457.2 10.0 69.0 116.0 173.0 II
500 LW6-45 ± 22,5 = 45 662 250 555.2 630 3 x M24 680 -- -- 508.0 6.3 310.6 627.0 106.0 I
LW6-85 ± 42 = 84 950 285 550.0 820 2 x 30 800 508.0 11.0 599.0 350.0 148.0 II

207
29.3_UK_Kap_06T07-LW.qxp:Kap_6_07_LW_LWT_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:53 Uhr Seite 208

208
BOA Type LW PN6 Execution l (page 108) Execution ll (page 109)

DN Type Bellows Tie rods Flange Weld ends Displacement force

Lateral move-
ment at 1000
full load cycles
Total length
Center-to-center
distance of the
bellows
Outside ∅
Length
Number x
thread
Outside ∅
Heigth
Width
Outside ∅
Thickness
Spring rate
⫾30%
Frictional
force
Weight
Execution

TL Bm da L nxM D H B de s Cy Cr m
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm N/mm N/bar kg
LW6-110 ± 55 = 110 1050 385 550.0 900 2 x 30 800 508.0 11.0 354.0 308.0 163.0 II
LW6-220 ± 110 = 220 1450 785 550.0 1300 2 x 30 800 508.0 11.0 92.0 209.0 224.0 II
600 LW6-35 ± 18 = 36 724 312 660.0 696 3 x M30 800 -- -- 611.8 8.0 718.2 952.0 148.0 I
LW6-75 ± 37 = 74 950 285 651.0 820 2 x 36 900 609.6 8.0 975.0 499.0 194.0 II
LW6-100 ± 50 = 100 1050 385 651.0 920 2 x 36 900 609.6 8.0 576.0 440.0 210.0 II
LW6-200 ± 100 = 200 1450 785 651.0 1300 2 x 36 900 609.6 8.0 149.0 298.0 261.0 II

preferred series
29.3_UK_Kap_06T07-LW.qxp:Kap_6_07_LW_LWT_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:53 Uhr Seite 209

BOA Type LW PN10 Execution l (page 108) Execution ll (page 109)

DN Type Bellows Tie rods Flange Weld ends Displacement force

Lateral move-
ment at 1000
full load cycles
Total length
Center-to-center
distance of the
bellows
Outside ∅
Length
Number x
thread
Outside ∅
Heigth
Width
Outside ∅
Thickness
Spring rate
⫾30%
Frictional
force
Weight
Execution

TL Bm da L nxM D H B de s Cy Cr m
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm N/mm N/bar kg
40 LW16-50 ± 24 = 48 300 135 57.5 290 2 x M12 160 75 48.3 2.6 9.0 3.7 2.6 II
LW16-70 ± 36 = 72 426 141 70.0 397 2 x M12 155 -- -- 48.3 2.9 16.1 3.6 5.0 I
LW16-140 ± 71 = 142 570 405 57.5 565 2 x M12 160 75 48.3 2.6 1.0 1.7 4.0 II
LW16-220 ± 110 = 220 748 492 69.0 728 2 x M12 155 -- -- 48.3 2.9 0.9 2.0 5.5 I
50 LW16-50 ± 25 = 50 300 132.5 73.8 295 2 x M12 180 90 60.3 2.9 16.7 5.8 3.5 II
LW 16-70 ± 35 = 70 426 141 83.8 397 2 x M12 170 -- -- 60.3 3.2 22.0 5.2 6.5 I
LW16-150 ± 75 = 150 600 430 73.8 595 2 x M12 180 90 60.3 2.9 1.6 2.6 5.5 II
LW16-200 ± 100 = 200 756 506 82.0 728 2 x M12 170 -- -- 60.3 3.2 1.2 2.8 6.5 I
65 LW16-50 ± 25 = 50 360 172.5 93.7 355 2 x M12 200 115 76.1 2.9 19.0 7.7 5.1 II
LW16-60 ± 32 = 64 426 141 107.0 397 2 x M12 190 -- -- 76.1 3.2 35.0 8.7 8.0 I
LW16-85 ± 42 = 84 375 471.5 93.3 655 2 x M12 200 115 76.1 2.9 20.3 7.1 5.6 II
LW16-170 ± 85 = 170 710 458 104.0 682 2 x M12 190 -- -- 76.1 3.2 2.5 5.2 8.5 I
80 LW16-60 ± 32 = 64 426 141 119.6 397 2 x M12 205 -- -- 88.9 3.6 44.0 11.0 11.5 I
LW16-75 ± 37 = 74 375 183 104.5 370 2x M12 220 140 88.9 3.2 28.4 9.2 6.8 II
LW16-150 ± 75 = 150 705 522 104.9 700 2x M12 220 140 88.9 3.2 3.4 4.7 9.8 II
LW16-170 ± 85 = 170 686 426 117.5 660 2 x M12 205 -- -- 88.9 3.6 4.0 6.8 11.0 I
100 LW16-50 ± 27 = 54 488 141 145.5 396 2 x M16 260 -- -- 114.3 4.0 65.0 16.7 16.0 I
LW16-95 ± 48 = 96 480 234 134.9 475 2x M16 240 160 114.3 3.6 49.3 11.8 12.5 II
LW16-150 ± 75 = 150 712 388 141.0 635 2 x M12 260 -- -- 114.3 4.0 7.0 10.5 17.3 II

209
29.3_UK_Kap_06T07-LW.qxp:Kap_6_07_LW_LWT_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:53 Uhr Seite 210

210
BOA Type LW PN10 Execution l (page 108) Execution ll (page 109)

DN Type Bellows Tie rods Flange Weld ends Displacement force

Lateral move-
ment at 1000
full load cycles
Total length
Center-to-center
distance of the
bellows
Outside ∅
Length
Number x
thread
Outside ∅
Heigth
Width
Outside ∅
Thickness
Spring rate
⫾30%
Frictional
force
Weight
Execution

TL Bm da L nxM D H B de s Cy Cr m
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm N/mm N/bar kg
LW16-160 ± 82 = 164 770 534 136.0 765 2x M16 240 160 114.3 3.6 7.0 7.3 15.5 II
125 LW10-50 ± 27 = 54 486 140 172.0 397 2 x M12 285 -- -- 139.7 4.0 64.6 24.2 20.0 I
LW16-90 ± 44 = 88 490 243 156.6 485 2x M16 290 210 139.7 4.0 71.7 16.2 18.0 II
LW16-150 ± 75 = 150 704 354 173.0 652 2 x M16 285 -- -- 139.7 4.0 17.0 14.8 27.5 II
LW16-160 ± 80 = 160 840 604 157.7 835 2 x M16 290 210 139.7 4.0 8.7 9.2 23.0 II
150 LW16-45 ± 22 = 44 470 229 185.7 465 2 x M16 325 240 168.3 4.5 193.6 26.0 19.1 II
LW10-70 ± 34 = 68 566 221 200.8 482 2 x M12 324 -- -- 168.3 4.5 41.0 28.0 20.0 I
LW16-70 ± 38 = 72 470 233 185.5 465 2x M16 325 240 168.3 4.5 83.9 25.8 19.7 II
LW16-150 ± 75 = 150 830 586 185.9 825 2 x M16 325 240 168.3 4.5 13.6 13.6 28.3 II
200 LW10-50 ± 24 = 48 536 181 256.0 514 2 x M20 405 -- -- 219.1 4.5 130.0 104.0 40.0 I
LW10-115 ± 58 = 116 721 380.5 259.0 665 2 x M16 380 250 219.1 6.3 51.1 31.4 28.3 II
LW10-150 ± 75 = 150 1110 760 260.0 1050 2 x M16 380 250 219.1 6.3 24.8 19.3 49.3 II
250 LW10-40 ± 21 = 42 602 211 311.0 570 2 x M24 478 -- -- 273.0 5.0 133.0 161.0 57.5 I
LW10-95 ± 48 = 96 743 381.5 313.0 730 2 x M20 420 315 273.0 6.3 85.1 98.2 29.8 II
LW10-150 ± 75 = 150 1240 870 314.0 1220 2 x M20 420 315 273.0 6.3 32.8 53.4 53.9 II
300 LW10-40 ± 19 = 38 642 216 363.6 620 2 x M30 540 -- -- 323.9 5.6 217.0 247.0 79.5 I
LW10-60 ± 29 = 58 720 370 364.0 700 2 x M24 500 385 323.9 8.0 218.8 164.8 44.6 II
LW10-100 ± 50 = 100 1062 692 364.0 1050 2 x M24 500 385 323.9 8.0 86.0 121.6 78.3 II
LW10-150 ± 75 = 150 1380 1010 358.0 1360 2x M24 500 385 323.9 8.0 40.5 75.8 103.7 II
29.3_UK_Kap_06T07-LW.qxp:Kap_6_07_LW_LWT_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:53 Uhr Seite 211

350 LW10-10 ± 6 = 12 595 - 395.0 470 2 x 28 605 355.6 8.0 2956.0 202.0 69.0 II
LW10-65 ± 33 = 66 676 295 398 904 3 x M20 515 -- -- 355.6 5.6 141.1 253.0 88.0 I
LW10-85 ± 42 = 84 990 395 395.0 880 2 x 28 605 355.6 8.0 234.0 103.0 102.0 II
LW10-185 ± 92 = 184 1390 795 395.0 1270 2 x 28 605 355.6 8.0 62.0 69.0 133.0 II
400 LW10-10 ± 6 = 12 665 - 447.0 535 2 x 36 690 406.4 8.8 4162.0 379.0 108.0 II
LW10-55 ± 28 = 56 683 272 450.8 653 3 x M24 575 -- -- 406.4 6.3 252.9 389.0 110.0 I
LW10-80 ± 39 = 78 1050 385 447.0 920 2 x 36 690 406.4 8.8 345.0 199.0 146.0 II
LW10-170 ± 85 = 170 1450 785 447.0 1320 2 x 36 690 406.4 8.8 89.0 135.0 187.0 II
450 LW10-10 ±4=8 665 - 498.0 535 2 x 36 750 457.2 10.0 9971.0 477.0 138.0 II
LW10-50 ± 25 = 50 680 265 505.2 640 4 x M20 630 -- -- 457.0 6.3 345.6 284.0 126.0 I
LW10-70 ± 35 = 70 1050 385 498.0 920 2 x 36 750 457.2 10.0 469.0 249.0 176.0 II
LW10-160 ± 80 = 160 1450 785 498.0 1320 2 x 36 750 457.2 10.0 122.0 169.0 227.0 II
500 LW10-10 ±4=8 665 - 550.0 535 2 x 40 800 508.0 11.0 13184.0 587.0 149.0 II
LW10-45 ± 22,5 = 45 702 305 557.6 672 4 x M24 680 -- -- 508.0 6,3 484.2 580.0 136.0 I
LW10-65 ± 33 = 66 1050 385 550.0 920 2 x 40 800 508.0 11.0 620.0 307.0 200.0 II
LW10-150 ± 76 = 152 1450 785 550.0 1330 2 x 40 800 508.0 11.0 161.0 208.0 262.0 II
600 LW10-5 ±3=6 825 - 651.0 555 2 x 45 930 609.6 8.0 21416.0 838.0 220.0 II
LW10-35 ± 18 = 36 752 310 662.0 722 4 x M30 800 -- -- 611.8 8.0 1105.6 910.0 208.0 I
LW10-55 ± 27 = 54 1210 385 651.0 952 2 x 45 930 609.6 8.0 1008.0 439.0 276.0 II
LW10-130 ± 64 = 128 1610 785 651.0 1350 2 x 45 930 609.6 8.0 261.0 297.0 333.0 II

preferred series

211
29.3_UK_Kap_06T07-LW.qxp:Kap_6_07_LW_LWT_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:53 Uhr Seite 212

212
BOA Type LW PN16 Execution l (page 108) Execution ll (page 109)

DN Type Bellows Tie rods Flange Weld ends Displacement force

Lateral move-
ment at 1000
full load cycles
Total length
Center-to-center
distance of the
bellows
Outside ∅
Length
Number x
thread
Outside ∅
Heigth
Width
Outside ∅
Thickness
Spring rate
⫾30%
Frictional
force
Weight
Execution

TL Bm da L nxM D H B de s Cy Cr m
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm N/mm N/bar kg
40 LW16-50 ± 24 = 48 300 135 57.5 290 2 x M12 160 75 48.3 2.6 9.0 3.7 2.6 II
LW16-70 ± 36 = 72 426 141 70.0 397 2 x M12 155 -- -- 48.3 2.9 16.1 3.6 5.0 I
LW16-140 ± 71 = 142 570 405 57.5 565 2 x M12 160 75 48.3 2.6 1.0 1.7 4.0 II
LW16-220 ± 110 = 220 748 492 69.0 728 2 x M12 155 -- -- 48.3 2.9 0.9 2.0 5.5 II
50 LW16-50 ± 25 = 50 300 132.5 73.8 295 2 x M12 180 90 60.3 2.9 16.7 5.8 3.5 II
LW16-70 ± 35 = 70 426 141 83.8 397 2 x M12 170 -- -- 60.3 3.2 22.0 5.2 6.5 I
LW16-150 ± 75 = 150 600 430 73.8 595 2 x M12 180 90 60.3 2.9 1.6 2.6 5.5 II
LW16-200 ± 100 = 200 756 506 82.0 728 2 x M12 170 -- -- 60.3 3.2 1.2 2.8 6.5 II
65 LW16-50 ± 25 = 50 360 172.5 93.7 355 2 x M12 200 115 76.1 2.9 19.0 7.7 5.1 II
LW16-60 ± 32 = 64 426 141 107.0 397 2 x M12 190 -- -- 76.1 3.2 35.0 8.7 8.0 I
LW16-150 ± 75 = 150 655 471.5 93.7 655 2 x M12 200 115 76.1 2.9 2.9 3.9 7.6 II
LW16-170 ± 85 = 170 710 458 104.0 682 2 x M12 190 -- -- 76.1 3.2 2.5 5.2 8.5 II
80 LW16-55 ± 29 = 58 360 173 104.7 355 2 x M12 220 140 88.9 3.2 26.7 9.9 6.3 I
LW16-60 ± 32 = 64 426 141 119.6 397 2 x M12 205 -- -- 88.9 3.6 44.0 11.0 11.5 I
LW16-150 ± 75 = 150 705 521.5 104.9 700 2 x M12 220 140 88.9 3.2 3.4 4.7 9.8 II
LW16-170 ± 85 = 170 686 426 117.5 660 2 x M12 205 -- -- 88.9 3.6 4.0 6.8 11.0 II
100 LW16-50 ± 27 = 54 488 141 145.5 396 2 x M16 260 -- -- 114.3 4.0 65.0 16.7 16.0 I
LW16-70 ± 35 = 70 445 212.5 136.0 440 2 x M16 240 160 114.3 3.6 44.2 13.5 10.4 II
LW16-150 ± 75 = 150 712 388 141.0 635 2 x M12 260 -- -- 114.3 4.0 7.0 10.5 17.3 II
29.3_UK_Kap_06T07-LW.qxp:Kap_6_07_LW_LWT_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:53 Uhr Seite 213

LW16-160 ± 82 = 164 770 534 136.0 765 2 x M16 240 160 114.3 3.6 7.0 7.3 15.5 II
125 LW16-50 ± 26 = 52 494 144 173.0 438 2 x M16 285 -- -- 139.7 4.0 95.0 22,1 22.0 I
LW16-65 ± 32 = 64 470 229 157.7 465 2 x M16 290 210 139.7 4.0 59.9 17.6 15.4 II
LW16-150 ± 75 = 150 704 354 173.0 652 2 x M16 285 -- -- 139.7 4.0 17.0 14.8 27.5 II
LW16-160 ± 80 = 160 840 604 157.7 835 2 x M16 290 210 139.7 4.0 8.7 9.2 23.0 II
150 LW16-45 ± 22 = 44 470 229 185.7 465 2 x M16 325 240 168.3 4.5 193.6 26.0 19.1 II
LW 16-60 ± 31 = 62 562 209 203.0 498 2 x M16 324 -- -- 168.3 4.5 71.0 28.0 22.5 I
LW16-110 ± 59 = 118 712 359 203.0 638 2 x M16 324 -- -- 168.3 4.5 25.0 22.0 27.5 II
LW16-150 ± 75 = 150 830 586 185.9 825 2 x M16 325 240 168.3 4.5 13.6 13.6 28.3 II
200 LW16-45 ± 23 = 46 558 217 258.0 536 2 x M20 405 -- -- 219.1 4.5 189.0 98.0 42.0 I
LW16-65 ± 32 = 64 629 289.5 259.0 620 2 x M24 390 275 219.1 6.3 120.9 91.3 28.5 II
LW16-100 ± 50 = 100 901 531 260.0 900 2 x M24 390 275 219.1 6.3 50.6 58.8 43.6 II
LW16-150 ± 75 = 150 1140 770 260.0 1130 2 x M24 390 275 219.1 6.3 24.1 44.5 53.5 II
250 LW16-40 ± 21 = 42 628 224 315.0 606 2 x M24 478 -- -- 273.0 5.0 302.0 156.0 64.5 I
LW16-100 ± 50 = 100 980 610 314.0 975 2 x M24 450 320 273.0 6.3 66.6 80.5 57.1 II
LW16-150 ± 75 = 150 1255 885 314.0 1250 2 x M24 450 320 273.0 6.3 31.7 60.4 70.9 II
300 LW16-35 ± 18 = 36 654 217 368.0 620 2 x M30 540 -- -- 323.9 5.6 452.0 247.0 87.5 I
LW16-60 ± 30 = 60 748 374 363.0 720 2 x M30 500 385 323.9 8.0 326.5 184.8 57.3 II
LW16-100 ± 50 = 100 1095 705 364.0 1080 2 x M30 500 385 323.9 8.0 82.9 116.9 90.5 II
LW16-150 ± 75 = 150 1400 1010 364.0 1380 2 x M30 500 385 323.9 8.0 40.5 87.7 113.7 II
350 LW16-10 ± 5 = 10 665 - 395.0 535 2 x 36 635 355.6 8.0 5199.0 291.0 108.0 II
LW16-40 ± 21 = 42 960 295 394.0 830 2 x 36 635 355.6 8.0 911.0 172.0 137.0 II
LW16-65 ± 33 = 66 728 330 401.6 690 4 x M24 525 -- -- 355.6 5.6 184.1 280.0 99.0 I
LW16-135 ± 68 = 136 1460 795 394.0 1330 2 x 36 635 355.6 8.0 144.0 103.0 179.0 II
400 LW16-10 ±4=8 665 - 447.0 535 2 x 42 690 406.4 8.8 7331.0 378.0 129.0 II
LW16-40 ± 19 = 38 950 285 446.0 820 2 x 42 690 406.4 8.8 1383.0 230.0 166.0 II
LW16-60 ± 30 = 60 726 316 454.4 682 4 x M24 580 -- -- 406.4 6.3 296.5 368.0 128.0 I
LW16-120 ± 60 = 120 1450 785 446.0 1320 2 x 42 690 406.4 8.8 212.0 133.0 220.0 II

450 LW16-10 ± 5 = 10 850 - 497.0 620 2 x 45 770 457.2 10.0 9175.0 407.0 172.0 II
LW16-55 ± 27,5 = 55 746 320 508.2 720 4 x M30 645 -- -- 457.0 6,3 460.5 535.0 158.0 I
LW16-70 ± 35 = 70 1270 420 497.0 1010 2 x 45 770 457.2 10.0 450.0 228.0 248.0 II
LW16-160 ± 79 = 158 1670 820 497.0 1410 2 x 45 770 457.2 10.0 127.0 158.0 307.0 II
500 LW16-10 ± 5 = 10 850 - 548.0 640 2 x 52 825 508.0 11.0 12109.0 559.0 210.0 II

213
LW16-40 ± 20 = 40 720 255 561.0 690 4 x M30 700 -- -- 508.0 6,3 1145.7 677.0 200.0 I
29.3_UK_Kap_06T07-LW.qxp:Kap_6_07_LW_LWT_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:53 Uhr Seite 214

214
BOA Type LW PN16 Execution l (page 108) Execution ll (page 109)

DN Type Bellows Tie rods Flange Weld ends Displacement force

Lateral move-
ment at 1000
full load cycles
Total length
Center-to-center
distance of the
bellows
Outside ∅
Length
Number x
thread
Outside ∅
Heigth
Width
Outside ∅
Thickness
Spring rate
⫾30%
Frictional
force
Weight
Execution

TL Bm da L nxM D H B de s Cy Cr m
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm N/mm N/bar kg
LW16-70 ± 35 = 70 1270 420 548.0 1030 2 x 52 825 508.0 11.0 594.0 316.0 283.0 II
LW16-160 ± 80 = 160 1670 820 548.0 1430 2 x 52 825 508.0 11.0 168.0 220.0 351.0 II
600 LW16-30 ± 16,5 = 33 764 245 665.0 728 4 x M36 820 -- -- 612.4 10.0 2079.2 1060.0 260.0 I
LW16-50 ± 25 = 50 1170 320 650.0 960 2 x 60 950 609.6 8.0 1558.0 561.0 358.0 II
LW16-65 ± 33 = 66 1270 420 650.0 1060 2 x 60 950 609.6 8.0 969.0 501.0 374.0 II
LW16-150 ± 75 = 150 1670 820 650.0 1460 2 x 60 950 609.6 8.0 280.0 350.0 442.0 II

preferred series
29.3_UK_Kap_06T07-LW.qxp:Kap_6_07_LW_LWT_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:53 Uhr Seite 215

BOA Type LW PN25 Execution l (page 108) Execution ll (page 109)

DN Type Bellows Tie rods Flange Weld ends Displacement force

Lateral move-
ment at 1000
full load cycles
Total length
Center-to-center
distance of the
bellows
Outside ∅
Length
Number x
thread
Outside ∅
Heigth
Width
Outside ∅
Thickness
Spring rate
⫾30%
Frictional
force
Weight
Execution

TL Bm da L nxM D H B de s Cy Cr m
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm N/mm N/bar kg
40 LW25-50 ± 25 = 50 285 117.5 57.0 275 2 x M12 160 75 48.3 2.6 18.7 3.7 2.7 II
LW25-100 ± 50 = 100 512 239 69.0 482 2 x M12 155 -- -- 48.3 2.9 8.0 3.0 5.0 I
LW25-170 ± 85 = 170 580 410 57.0 570 2 x M12 160 75 48.3 2.6 1.5 1.6 4.1 II
LW25-180 ± 90 = 180 730 483 69.0 705 2 x M12 155 -- -- 48.3 2.9 2.0 1.9 5.8 I
50 LW25-50 ± 25 = 50 330 157.5 73.7 300 2 x M12 180 90 60.3 2.9 20.3 5.2 3.7 II
LW25-90 ± 46 = 92 506 236 83.0 482 2 x M12 170 -- -- 60.3 3.2 11.0 4.5 6.5 I
LW25-100 ± 50 = 100 470 297.5 73.7 465 2 x M12 180 90 60.3 2.9 5.7 3.4 4.0 II
LW25-190 ± 95 = 190 800 630 73.7 795 2 x M12 180 90 60.3 2.9 1.3 1.9 6.7 II
65 LW25-50 ± 25 = 50 370 177.5 93.5 365 2 x M12 200 115 76.1 2.9 41.1 7.3 5.3 II
LW25-90 ± 46 = 92 522 244 106.0 498 2 x M12 190 -- -- 76.1 3.2 18.0 7.0 7.0 I
LW25-150 ± 75 = 150 680 484 93.5 675 2 x M12 200 115 76.1 2.9 4.9 3.7 7.9 II
LW25-170 ± 85 = 170 722 464 105.0 705 2 x M12 190 -- -- 76.1 3.2 4.0 4.9 8.8 I
80 LW25-45 ± 23 = 46 370 178 104.7 365 2 x M12 220 140 88.9 3.2 58.4 9.5 6.6 II
LW25-80 ± 40 = 80 498 232 118,5 470 2 x M12 205 -- -- 88.9 3.6 20.0 9.5 10.5 I
LW25-150 ± 75 = 150 730 534 104.7 725 2 x M12 220 140 88.9 3.2 5.8 4.4 10.2 II
LW25-170 ± 85 = 170 706 441 118.5 682 2 x M12 205 -- -- 88.9 3.6 6.0 6.5 12.3 I
100 LW25-55 ± 28 = 56 445 212.5 135.8 440 2 x M16 240 160 114.3 3.6 84.5 13.4 10.8 I
LW25-70 ± 35 = 70 558 221 145.0 498 2 x M16 260 -- -- 114.3 4.0 40.0 13.5 16.5 I
LW25-95 ± 47 = 94 480 230 134.9 475 2 x M16 240 160 114.3 3.6 49.3 11.9 12.6 II

215
29.3_UK_Kap_06T07-LW.qxp:Kap_6_07_LW_LWT_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:53 Uhr Seite 216

LW25-150 ± 75 = 150 790 544 135.8 785 2 x M16 240 160 114.3 3.6 11.4 7.0 16.0 II

216
125 LW25-50 ± 25 = 50 430 172 156.8 425 2 x M16 290 210 139.7 4.0 181.9 19.0 17.3 II
LW25-70 ± 35 = 70 576 230 174.0 498 2 x M16 285 -- -- 139.7 4.0 59.0 19.5 23.0 I
LW25-85 ± 42 = 84 490 239 156.6 485 2 x M16 290 210 139.7 4.0 71.7 16.2 18.0 II
LW25-150 ± 75 = 150 860 614 157.5 860 2 x M16 290 210 139.7 4.0 14.3 8.9 23.8 II
150 LW25-55 ± 28 = 56 580 218 205.0 560 2 x M20 324 -- -- 168.3 4.5 110.0 55.5 34.5 I
LW25-70 ± 35 = 70 490 239 185.0 485 2 x M16 325 240 168.3 4.5 118.3 24.4 21.6 II
LW25-150 ± 75 = 150 860 498 205.0 840 2 x M20 324 324 168.3 4.5 21.0 52.0 43.0 II
LW25-160 ± 80 = 160 1000 754 185.7 995 2 x M16 325 240 168.3 4.5 16.0 11.0 32.3 II
200 LW25-40 ± 22 = 44 614 217 258.0 560 4 x M20 405 -- -- 219.1 6.3 183.0 91.5 50.5 I
LW25-50 ± 25 = 50 690 290 258.0 655 2 x M24 390 275 219.1 6.3 336.1 82.7 38.8 II
LW25-100 ± 50 = 100 925 525 258.0 900 2 x M24 390 275 219.1 6.3 104.6 56.8 48.7 II
LW25-150 ± 75 = 150 1155 755 258.0 1150 2 x M24 390 275 219.1 6.3 50.8 43.5 58.5 II
250 LW25-40 ± 20 = 40 658 224 315.0 606 4 x M24 478 -- -- 273.0 6.3 302.0 152.0 75.0 I
LW25-50 ± 25 = 50 720 330 312.0 720 2 x M30 450 320 273.0 6.3 452.3 134.5 54.1 II
LW25-100 ± 50 = 100 991 601 312.0 990 2 x M30 450 320 273.0 6.3 138.4 90.7 68.9 II
LW25-150 ± 75 = 150 1260 870 312.0 1260 2 x M30 450 320 273.0 6.3 66.3 68.6 83.4 II
300 LW25-35 ± 17 = 34 674 217 368.0 620 4 x M30 540 -- -- 323.9 7.1 452.0 248.0 101.0 I
LW25-50 ± 25 = 50 805 375 363.0 800 2 x M36 500 375 323.9 8.0 585.2 195.7 82.9 II
LW25-100 ± 50 = 100 1125 695 363.0 1120 2 x M36 500 375 323.9 8.0 172.4 128.5 108.8 II
LW25-150 ± 75 = 150 1440 1010 363.0 1435 2 x M36 500 375 323.9 8.0 81.9 96.0 134.4 II
350 LW25-10 ±4=8 665 - 394.0 535 2 x 36 635 355.6 8.0 12122.0 289.0 125.0 II
LW25-50 ± 25 = 50 714 322 402.4 688 4 x M30 540 -- -- 355.6 8.0 297.2 340.0 109.0 II
LW25-60 ± 30 = 60 1050 385 394.0 930 2 x 36 635 355.6 8.0 570.0 152.0 164.0 II
LW25-135 ± 68 = 136 1450 785 394.0 1320 2 x 36 635 355.6 8.0 148.0 103.0 202.0 II
400 LW25-5 ±3=6 825 - 446.0 585 2 x 52 720 406.4 8.8 17366.0 408.0 160.0 II
LW25-40 ± 19 = 38 1110 285 446.0 870 2 x 52 720 406.4 8.8 1383.0 247.0 216.0 II
LW25-50 ± 25 = 50 778 362 453.4 705 4 x M30 590 -- -- 406.4 8.8 321.5 342.0 149.0 II
LW25-120 ± 60 = 120 1610 785 446.0 1370 2 x 52 720 406.4 8.8 212.0 149.0 277.0 II
450 LW25-10 ± 5 = 10 850 - 497.0 620 2 x 60 790 457.2 10.2 9175.0 554.0 208.0 II
LW25-35 ± 17 = 34 1110 285 498.0 880 2 x 60 790 457.2 10.2 1894.0 354.0 245.0 II
LW25-50 ± 25 = 50 816 378 507.4 786 4 x M36 660 -- -- 457.0 10.0 394.8 555.0 183.0 II
LW25-110 ± 56 = 112 1610 785 498.0 1380 2 x 60 790 457.2 10.0 290.0 213.0 324.0 II
29.3_UK_Kap_06T07-LW.qxp:Kap_6_07_LW_LWT_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:53 Uhr Seite 217

BOA Type LW PN25 Execution l (page 108) Execution ll (page 109)

DN Type Bellows Tie rods Flange Weld ends Displacement force

Lateral move-
ment at 1000
full load cycles
Total length
Center-to-center
distance of the
bellows
Outside ∅
Length
Number x
thread
Outside ∅
Heigth
Width
Outside ∅
Thickness
Spring rate
⫾30%
Frictional
force
Weight
Execution

TL Bm da L nxM D H B de s Cy Cr m
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm N/mm N/bar kg
500 LW25-10 ± 5 = 10 990 - 548.0 650 2 x 60 840 508.0 11.0 12109.0 638.0 240.0 II
LW25-35 ± 17 = 34 1250 285 549.0 910 2 x 60 840 508.0 11.0 2514.0 417.0 314.0 II
LWT25-50* ± 25 = 50 855 310 -- -- -- 549 765.0 598.0 508.0 8.0 2450.4 358.5 375.9 II
LW25-105 ± 52 = 104 1750 785 549.0 1410 2 x 60 840 508.0 11.0 385.0 254.0 406.0 II
600 LW25-5 ±2=4 950 - 651.0 670 2 x 80 1000 609.6 8.0 51563.0 1123.0 395.0 II
LW25-30 ± 15 = 30 1420 325 651.0 1050 2 x 80 1000 609.6 8.0 3277.0 684.0 530.0 II
LW25-40 ± 20 = 40 1520 425 651.0 1150 2 x 80 1000 609.6 8.0 2023.0 615.0 554.0 II
LW25-90 ± 44 = 88 1920 825 651.0 1550 2 x 80 1000 609.6 8.0 570.0 438.0 651.0 II

preferred series

217
29.3_UK_Kap_06T07-LW.qxp:Kap_6_07_LW_LWT_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:53 Uhr Seite 218

218
BOA Type LW PN40 Execution l (page 108) Execution ll (page 109)

DN Type Bellows Tie rods Flange Weld ends Displacement force

Lateral move-
ment at 1000
full load cycles
Total length
Center-to-center
distance of the
bellows
Outside ∅
Length
Number x
thread
Outside ∅
Heigth
Width
Outside ∅
Thickness
Spring rate
⫾30%
Frictional
force
Weight
Execution

TL Bm da L nxM D H B de s Cy Cr m
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm N/mm N/bar kg
40 LW40-50 ± 25 = 50 385 217.5 57.0 370 2 x M12 160 75 48.3 2.6 8.1 2.6 3.6 II
LW40-100 ± 50 = 100 565 397.5 57.0 550 2 x M12 160 75 48.3 2.6 2.4 1.7 4.1 II
LW40-150 ± 75 = 150 755 587.5 57.0 740 2 x M12 160 75 48.3 2.6 1.1 1.2 4.7 II
50 LW40-50 ± 25 = 50 395 222.5 73.2 390 2 x M12 180 90 60.3 2.9 15.8 4.1 4.5 II
LW40-100 ± 50 = 100 595 422.5 73.2 580 2 x M12 180 90 60.3 2.9 4.4 2.6 5.6 II
LW40-150 ± 75 = 150 795 622.5 73.2 780 2 x M12 180 90 60.3 2.9 2.0 1.9 6.7 II
65 LW40-50 ± 25 = 50 435 222.5 92.7 410 2 x M12 200 115 76.1 2.9 32.5 6.3 6.3 II
LW40-100 ± 50 = 100 615 402.5 92.7 595 2 x M12 200 115 76.1 2.9 10.1 4.2 7.5 II
LW40-150 ± 75 = 150 795 582.5 92.7 780 2 x M12 200 115 76.1 2.9 4.8 3.1 8.7 II
80 LW40-50 ± 25 = 50 455 242.5 103.9 440 2 x M16 220 140 88.9 3.2 38.4 7.6 8.6 II
LW40-100 ± 50 = 100 665 452.5 103.9 650 2 x M16 220 140 88.9 3.2 11.2 4.9 9.8 II
LW40-150 ± 75 = 150 865 652.5 103.9 850 2 x M16 220 140 88.9 3.2 5.4 3.7 11.4 II
100 LW40-50 ± 25 = 50 490 246 134.9 465 2 x M16 240 160 114.3 3.6 68.2 12.1 12.6 II
LW40-100 ± 50 = 100 690 446 134.9 665 2 x M16 240 160 114.3 3.6 21.1 8.1 15.0 II
LW40-150 ± 75 = 150 880 636 134.9 860 2 x M16 240 160 114.3 3.6 10.4 6.2 17.4 II
125 LW40-50 ± 25 = 50 580 276 156.6 550 2 x M20 290 210 139.7 4.0 85.3 17.2 20.1 II
LW40-100 ± 50 = 100 810 506 156.6 780 2 x M20 290 210 139.7 4.0 25.7 10.9 24.1 II
LW40-150 ± 75 = 150 1040 736 156.6 1010 2 x M20 290 210 139.7 4.0 12.2 8.0 28.1 II
29.3_UK_Kap_06T07-LW.qxp:Kap_6_07_LW_LWT_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:53 Uhr Seite 219

150 LW40-50 ± 25 = 50 600 284 184.8 580 2 x M24 325 240 168.3 4.5 110.2 23.8 26.3 II
LW40-100 ± 50 = 100 830 514 184.8 810 2 x M24 325 240 168.3 4.5 34.2 15.4 31.8 II
LW40-150 ± 75 = 150 1060 744 184.8 1040 2 x M24 325 240 168.3 4.5 16.4 11.3 37.3 II
200 LW40-50 ± 25 = 50 751 338 258.0 750 2 x M30 400 295 219.1 6.3 425.9 85.7 52.7 II
LW40-100 ± 50 = 100 1031 618 258.0 1025 2 x M30 400 295 219.1 6.3 129.4 57.6 65.1 II
LW40-150 ± 75 = 150 1307 894 258.0 1300 2 x M30 400 295 219.1 6.3 62.0 43.5 77.9 II
250 LW40-50 ± 25 = 50 820 385 312.0 820 2 x M36 470 330 273.0 6.3 578.6 133.9 78.6 II
LW40-100 ± 50 = 100 1150 715 312.0 1150 2 x M36 470 330 273.0 6.3 169.9 88.2 102.0 II
LW40-100 ± 75 = 150 1470 1035 312.0 1470 2 x M36 470 330 273.0 6.3 81.3 66.3 124.6 II
300 LW40-50 ± 25 = 50 930 445 362.0 925 2 x M42 540 405 323.9 8.0 724.6 193.6 117.2 II
LW40-100 ± 50 = 100 1310 825 362.0 1300 2 x M42 540 405 323.9 8.0 212.8 126.1 160.3 II
LW40-100 ± 75 = 150 1685 1200 362.0 1680 2 x M42 540 405 323.9 8.0 100.8 93.3 198.0 II
350 LW40-50 ± 25 = 50 860 423 403.2 830 4 x M36 550 -- -- 355.6 8.0 395.0 316.0 145.0 II
LW40-100 ± 50 = 100 1220 783 403.2 1190 4 x M36 550 -- -- 355.6 8.0 116.0 207.0 179.0 II
400 LW40-50 ± 25 = 50 952 478 457.2 924 4 x M42 620 -- -- 406.4 8.8 452.0 424.0 215.0 II
LW40-100 ± 50 = 100 1362 888 457.2 1334 4 x M42 620 -- -- 406.4 8.8 131.0 266.0 270.0 II
450 LW40-50 ± 25 = 50 980 500 511.6 950 4 x M42 675 -- -- 457.0 10.0 533.0 520.0 272.0 II
LW40-100 ± 50 = 100 1400 920 511.6 1370 4 x M42 675 -- -- 457.0 10.0 158.0 338.0 338.0 II
500 LW40-50 ± 25 = 50 1086 564 563.2 1056 4 x M48 750 -- -- 508.0 11.0 569.0 680.0 359.0 II
LW40-100 ± 50 = 100 1586 1064 563.2 1556 4 x M48 750 -- -- 508.0 11.0 161.0 430.0 465.0 II

219
29.3_UK_Kap_06T08-KAWT.qxp:Kap_6_08_KAWT_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:53 Uhr Seite 220

220
BOA Type KAWT PN6 Execution l (page 110) Execution ll (page 110)

DN Type Bellows Flange Weld ends Bending moment

Angular move-
ment at 1000
full load cycles
Total length
Outside ∅
Heigth
Width
Outside ∅
Thickness
Spring rate
⫾30%
Friction
moment
Angular
reaction
force
Weight
*without inner
sleeve
Execution

TL da H B de s Ca Cr Cb m
° mm mm mm mm mm mm Nm/° Nm/bar Nm/bar° kg
40 KAWT 6-2* ±20=40 268 58 155 155 48.3 2.6 0.7 0.2 0.05 7.7 I
50 KAWT 6-2* ±20=40 260 74 168 168 60.3 2.9 1.2 0.2 0.09 8.2 I
65 KAWT 6-2* ±20=40 290 94 186 186 76.1 2.9 1.7 0.4 0.20 9.6 I
80 KAWT 6-2* ±20=40 300 105 200 200 88.9 3.2 2 0.5 0.26 10.5 I
100 KAWT 6-2* ±20=40 330 136 250 250 114.3 3.6 8.7 1.6 0.6 19.8 II
125 KAWT 6-2* ±20=40 360 158 274 274 139.7 4 5.6 2.2 0.8 23.1 II
150 KAWT 6-2* ±20=40 360 187 308 308 168.3 4.5 9 3.7 1.1 37 II
200 KAWT 6-2* ±13=26 495 259 382 382 219.1 6.3 64 9 2.6 94 II
250 KAWT 6-2* ±11.5=23 495 313 440 440 273 6.3 107 13 4.0 109 II
300 KAWT 6-2* ±10=20.0 495 364 500 500 323.9 8 174 18 5.5 98 II
350 KAWT 6-2* ±9.7=19.4 465 395 540 540 355.6 5.6 193 18 5.6 82 II
KAWT 6-3* ±15.1=30.2 490 395 540 540 355.6 5.6 105 18 6.4 84 II
400 KAWT 6-2* ±8.8=17.36 465 447 590 590 406.4 6.3 275 24 7.3 98 II
KAWT 6-3* ±15.1=30.2 490 447 590 590 406.4 6.3 149 24 8.3 102 II
450 KAWT 6-2* ±8=16 465 499 640 640 457.2 6.3 381 32 9.8 120 II
KAWT 6-3* ±12.6=25.2 495 499 640 640 457.2 6.3 204 30 10.7 123 II
29.3_UK_Kap_06T08-KAWT.qxp:Kap_6_08_KAWT_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:53 Uhr Seite 221

500 KAWT 6-2* ±7.3=14.6 465 549 690 690 508 6.3 505 39 11.9 140 II
KAWT 6-3* ±11.6=23.2 495 549 690 690 508 6.3 272 39 13.9 144 II
600 KAWT 6-2* ±6.6=13.2 465 651 792 792 610 6.3 837 56 17 147 II
KAWT 6-3* ±10=20 500 651 792 792 610 6.3 447 56 20.2 153 II
700 KAWT 6-2* ±5.8=11.6 485 754 932 932 711 7.1 1296 96 23 235 II
KAWT 6-3* ±8.8=17.6 525 754 932 932 711 7.1 691 96 27.9 242 II
800 KAWT 6-2* ±3.6=7.2 465 912 1072 1072 813 8 1756 131 21.1 323 II
KAWT 6-3* ±7.2=14.4 610 905 1072 1072 813 8 914 130 50.2 339 II
900 KAWT 6-2* ±3.3=6.6 435 1015 1208 1208 914 8 2410 183 26.5 450 II
KAWT 6-3* ±6.6=13.2 610 1008 1208 1208 914 8 1250 181 63 465 II
1000 KAWT 6-2* ±3.3=6.6 465 1120 1312 1312 1016 10 3023 224 27.2 618 II
KAWT 6-3* ±6.2=12.4 575 1115 1312 1312 1016 10 1491 222 63.2 612 II

*= optionally with/without inner sleeve

221
29.3_UK_Kap_06T08-KAWT.qxp:Kap_6_08_KAWT_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:53 Uhr Seite 222

222
BOA Type KAWT PN10 Execution l (page 110) Execution ll (page 110)

DN Type Bellows Flange Weld ends Bending moment

Angular move-
ment at 1000
full load cycles
Total length
Outside ∅
Heigth
Width
Outside ∅
Thickness
Spring rate
⫾30%
Friction
moment
Angular
reaction
force
Weight
*without inner
sleeve
Execution

TL da H B de s Ca Cr Cb m
° mm mm mm mm mm mm Nm/° Nm/bar Nm/bar° kg
40 KAWT 10-2* ±20=40 268 58 155 155 48.3 2.6 0.7 0.2 0.05 7.7 I
50 KAWT 10-2* ±20=40 260 74 168 168 60.3 2.9 1.2 0.2 0.09 8.2 I
65 KAWT 10-2* ±20=40 306 94 186 186 76.1 2.9 2.5 0.4 0.19 9.9 I
80 KAWT 10-2* ±20=40 298 105 200 200 88.9 3.2 3.5 0.5 0.25 10.6 I
100 KAWT 10-2* ±20=40 330 136 250 250 114.3 3.6 17 1.6 0.6 19.8 II
125 KAWT 10-2* ±19.5=39 360 158 274 274 139.7 4 13 2.2 0.8 23.6 II
150 KAWT 10-2* ±17=34 380 186 308 308 168.3 4.5 21 3.6 1.1 37.6 II
200 KAWT 10-2* ±13=26 495 259 382 382 219.1 6.3 113 9 2.6 94 II
250 KAWT 10-2* ±11.5=23 495 313 440 440 273 6.3 107 13 4 109 II
300 KAWT 10-2* ±10=20 555 364 500 500 323.9 8 174 18 5.5 171 II
350 KAWT 10-2* ±9.7=19.4 465 395 540 540 355.6 5.6 193 18 5.6 90 II
KAWT 10-3* ±15.1=30.2 490 395 540 540 355.6 5.6 105 18 6.4 93 II
400 KAWT 10-2* ±8.8=17.6 465 447 590 590 406.4 6.3 275 24 7.3 119 II
KAWT 10-3* ±13.7=27.4 490 447 590 590 406.4 6.3 149 24 8.3 123 II
450 KAWT 10-2* ±8=16 465 499 640 640 457.2 6.3 381 32 9.8 142 II
KAWT 10-3* ±12.6=25.2 495 499 640 640 457.2 6.3 204 30 10.7 146 II
29.3_UK_Kap_06T08-KAWT.qxp:Kap_6_08_KAWT_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:53 Uhr Seite 223

500 KAWT 10-2* ±7.3=14.6 465 549 690 690 508 6.3 505 39 11.9 167 II
KAWT 10-3* ±11.6=23.2 495 549 690 690 508 6.3 272 39 13.9 172 II
600 KAWT 10-2* ±6.6=13.2 505 651 830 830 610 6.3 837 71 17 247 II
KAWT 10-3* ±10=20 540 651 830 830 610 6.3 447 71 20.2 254 II
700 KAWT 10-2* ±5.8=11.6 535 754 956 956 711 7.1 1296 107 23 373 II
KAWT 10-3* ±8.8=17.6 575 754 956 956 711 7.1 691 107 27.9 381 II
800 KAWT 10-2* ±2.8=5.6 465 897 1104 1104 813 8 2579 143 20.7 538 II
KAWT 10-3* ±6.3=12.6 640 897 1104 1104 813 8 1105 143 49.8 596 II
900 KAWT 10-2* ±2.5=5 485 999 1230 1230 914 8 3735 215 26 730 II
KAWT 10-3* ±5.6=11.2 660 999 1230 1230 914 8 1605 215 62.4 735 II
1000 KAWT 10-2* ±2.5=5 500 1092 1348 1348 1016 10 5055 261 35.4 978 II
KAWT 10-3* ±5.1=10.2 640 1097 1348 1348 1016 10 2182 262 71 972 II

*= optionally with/without inner sleeve

223
29.3_UK_Kap_06T08-KAWT.qxp:Kap_6_08_KAWT_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:53 Uhr Seite 224

224
BOA Type KAWT PN16 Execution l (page 110) Execution ll (page 110)

DN Type Bellows Flange Weld ends Bending moment

Angular move-
ment at 1000
full load cycles
Total length
Outside ∅
Heigth
Width
Outside ∅
Thickness
Spring rate
⫾30%
Friction
moment
Angular
reaction
force
Weight
*without inner
sleeve
Execution

TL da H B de s Ca Cr Cb m
° mm mm mm mm mm mm Nm/° Nm/bar Nm/bar° kg
40 KAWT 16-1B ±20=40 246 58 155 155 48.3 2.6 0.9 0.2 0.04 7.7 I
50 KAWT 16-1B ±20=40 256 74 168 168 60.3 2.9 1.6 0.2 0.07 8.3 I
65 KAWT 16-1B ±20=40 306 94 186 186 76.1 2.9 2.5 0.4 0.19 9.9 I
80 KAWT 16-1B ±20=40 298 105 200 200 88.9 3.2 3.5 0.5 0.25 10.6 I
100 KAWT 16-1* ±18.5=37 332 136 250 250 114.3 3.6 17 1.6 0.6 20.2 II
125 KAWT 16-1* ±19.5=39 360 158 274 274 139.7 4 13 2.2 0.8 23.6 II
150 KAWT 16-1* ±17=34 380 186 308 308 168.3 4.5 21 3.6 1.1 37.6 II
200 KAWT 16-1* ±13=26 495 259 382 382 219.1 6.3 64 9 2.6 94 II
250 KAWT 16-1* ±11.5=23 495 313 440 440 273 6.3 107 13 4 109 II
300 KAWT 16-2* ±10=20 555 364 500 500 323.9 8 174 18 5.5 171 II
350 KAWT 16-1* ±9.7=19.4 485 395 540 540 355.6 5.6 193 18 5.6 115 II
KAWT 16-2* ±15.3=30.6 525 395 540 540 355.6 5.6 160 18 6.8 125 II
400 KAWT 16-1* ±8.8=17.6 485 447 620 620 406.4 6.3 275 31 7.3 168 II
KAWT 16-3* ±13.8=27.6 530 447 620 620 406.4 6.3 226 30 9 180 II
450 KAWT 16-1* ±7=14 485 499 675 675 457.2 6.3 670 41 9.8 211 II
KAWT 16-2* ±12.6=25.2 530 499 675 675 457.2 6.3 309 38 11.4 222 II
29.3_UK_Kap_06T08-KAWT.qxp:Kap_6_08_KAWT_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:53 Uhr Seite 225

500 KAWT 16-1* ±6.4=12.8 505 549 725 725 508 6.3 889 50 11.9 250 II
KAWT 16-2* ±10.5=21 550 549 725 725 508 6.3 411 50 14.8 261 II
600 KAWT 16-1* ±5.5=11 525 651 870 870 610 6.3 1490 79 17 393 II
KAWT 16-2* ±10.1=20.2 575 651 870 870 610 6.3 676 79 21.6 404 II
700 KAWT 16-2* ±4.9=9.8 575 754 996 996 711 7.1 2264 128 23 581 II
KAWT 16-3* ±8.9=17.8 625 754 996 996 711 7.1 1045 128 29.2 599 II
800 KAWT 16-2* ±4.6=9.2 690 904 1144 1144 813 8 3585 172 51.7 889 II
KAWT 16-3* ±7.1=14.2 700 903 1144 1144 813 8 1864 172 53.2 897 II
900 KAWT 16-2* ±4.3=8.6 730 1007 1264 1264 914 10 4954 289 64.9 1234 II
KAWT 16-3* ±6.5=13 740 1007 1264 1264 914 10 2545 288 66.8 1245 II
1000 KAWT 16-2* ±4=8 705 1114 1400 1400 1016 10 6103 355 65.6 1583 II
KAWT 16-3* ±5.7=11.4 710 1108 1400 1400 1016 10 3487 352 66.3 1592 II

B = without inner sleeve *= optionally with/without inner sleeve

225
29.3_UK_Kap_06T08-KAWT.qxp:Kap_6_08_KAWT_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:53 Uhr Seite 226

226
BOA Type KAWT PN25 Execution l (page 110) Execution ll (page 110)

DN Type Bellows Flange Weld ends Bending moment

Angular move-
ment at 1000
full load cycles
Total length
Outside ∅
Heigth
Width
Outside ∅
Thickness
Spring rate
⫾30%
Friction
moment
Angular
reaction
force
Weight
*without inner
sleeve
Execution

TL da H B de s Ca Cr Cb m
° mm mm mm mm mm mm Nm/° Nm/bar Nm/bar° kg
40 KAWT 25-1B ±20=40 260 57 155 155 48.3 2.6 1.3 0.2 0.04 7.7 I
50 KAWT 25-1B ±20=40 260 74 168 168 60.3 2.9 2.7 0.2 0.09 8.4 I
65 KAWT 25-1B ±20=40 308 94 186 186 76.1 2.9 5.9 0.4 0.19 10.1 I
80 KAWT 25-1B ±20=40 320 104 200 200 88.9 3.2 7 0.5 0.28 11.6 I
100 KAWT 25-1* ±18.5=37 332 136 250 250 114.3 3.6 17 1.6 0.6 20.2 II
125 KAWT 25-1* ±16.5=33 362 158 280 280 139.7 4 26 2.2 0.8 36 II
150 KAWT 25-1* ±14=28 362 186 308 308 168.3 4.5 42 3.6 1.1 38.3 II
200 KAWT 25-2* ±11=22 495 259 382 382 219.1 6.3 113 9 2.6 95 II
250 KAWT 25-2* ±9.5=19 555 313 448 448 273 6.3 188 19 4 154 II
300 KAWT 25-2* ±8=16 515 364 525 525 323.9 8 304 20 5.5 136 II
350 KAWT 25-1* ±6.3=12.6 485 395 565 565 355.6 5.6 788 23 5.6 166 II
KAWT 25-2* ±10=20 525 395 565 565 355.6 5.6 390 23 6.2 153 II
400 KAWT 25-1* ±5.5=11 515 447 620 620 406.4 6.3 1111 31 7.3 214 II
KAWT 25-2* ±9.1=18.2 535 447 620 620 406.4 6.3 555 30 8 220 II
450 KAWT 25-1* ±5=10 535 499 700 700 457.2 6.3 1537 43 9.2 260 II
KAWT 25-3* ±8.3=16.3 530 499 700 700 457.2 6.3 762 43 10.4 305 II
29.3_UK_Kap_06T08-KAWT.qxp:Kap_6_08_KAWT_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:53 Uhr Seite 227

500 KAWT 25-1* ±4.7=9.4 545 549 765 765 508 6.3 2055 56 11.9 373 II
KAWT 25-3* ±7.7=15.4 570 549 765 765 508 6.3 1015 56 13.5 382 II
600 KAWT 25-1* ±3.9=7.8 595 651 890 890 610 6.3 3400 95 17 573 II
KAWT 25-3* ±6.6=13.2 620 651 890 890 610 6.3 1680 95 19.3 581 II
700 KAWT 25-2* ±3.6=7.2 645 754 1030 1030 711 7.1 5205 171 23 885 II
KAWT 25-3* ±5.8=11.6 670 754 1030 1030 711 7.1 2608 171 26.1 897 II
800 KAWT 25-2* ±3.5=7 640 907 1196 1196 813 8 5752 229 23.3 1349 II
KAWT 25-3* ±7.1=14.2 785 902 1196 1196 813 8 2892 228 55.3 1366 II
900 KAWT 25-2* ±3.1=6.2 760 1010 1316 1316 914 14.2 8048 359 29.2 1888 II
KAWT 25-3* ±6.4=12.8 855 1005 1316 1316 914 14.2 3935 358 69.5 1875 II
1000 KAWT 25-2* ±2.5=5 810 1107 1450 1450 1016 16 12311 437 30.4 2454 II
KAWT 25-3* ±5.6=11.2 840 1107 1450 1450 1016 16 5351 437 71 2434 II

B = without inner sleeve *= optionally with/without inner sleeve

227
29.3_UK_Kap_06T08-KAWT.qxp:Kap_6_08_KAWT_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:54 Uhr Seite 228

228
BOA Type KAWT PN40 Execution l (page 110) Execution ll (page 110)

DN Type Bellows Flange Weld ends Bending moment

Angular move-
ment at 1000
full load cycles
Total length
Outside ∅
Heigth
Width
Outside ∅
Thickness
Spring rate
⫾30%
Friction
moment
Angular
reaction
force
Weight
*without inner
sleeve
Execution

TL da H B de s Ca Cr Cb m
° mm mm mm mm mm mm Nm/° Nm/bar Nm/bar° kg
40 KAWT 40-1B ±20=40 244 57 155 155 48.3 2.6 1.6 0.2 0.03 7.7 I
50 KAWT 40-1B ±20=40 256 74 168 168 60.3 2.9 3.3 0.2 0.07 8.5 I
65 KAWT 40-1B ±19=38 310 93 186 186 76.1 2.9 7.1 0.4 0.16 10.5 I
80 KAWT 40-1B ±17=34 330 104 194 194 88.9 3.2 9.7 0.5 0.21 14.5 II
100 KAWT 40-1* ±16.5=33 368 135 250 250 114.3 3.6 19 1.8 0.4 28.4 II
125 KAWT 40-1* ±15=30 368 157 280 280 139.7 4 27 2.4 0.6 37.2 II
150 KAWT 40-1* ±13=26 498 185 308 308 168.3 4.5 43 4.4 0.9 65 II
200 KAWT 40-2* ±8.5=17 555 258 398 398 219.1 6.3 257 12 2.6 137 II
250 KAWT 40-2* ±9=18 520 312 480 480 273 6.3 378 14 4.3 136 II
300 KAWT 40-2* ±7.5=15 540 362 525 525 323.9 8 613 19 6 165 II
350 KAWT 40-1* ±3.6=7.2 435 395 595 595 355.6 8.8 1634 26 2.8 226 II
KAWT 40-2* ±8.3=16.6 530 395 595 595 355.6 8.8 680 26 6.3 245 II
400 KAWT 40-2* ±3.3=6.6 455 447 660 660 406.4 10 2342 33 3.7 303 II
KAWT 40-3* ±7.6=15.2 570 447 660 660 406.4 10 976 33 8.2 327 II
450 KAWT 40-1* ±3=6 485 499 735 735 457.2 11 3230 51 4.7 428 II
KAWT 40-3* ±6.9=13.8 600 499 735 735 457.2 11 1346 51 10.3 448 II
29.3_UK_Kap_06T08-KAWT.qxp:Kap_6_08_KAWT_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:54 Uhr Seite 229

500 KAWT 40-2* ±2.7=5.4 505 549 800 800 508 12.5 4321 67 6.1 549 II
KAWT 40-3* ±6.3=12.6 605 549 800 800 508 12.5 1800 67 13.9 569 II
600 KAWT 40-2* ±2.4=4.8 645 651 952 952 610 15 7150 127 8.7 938 II
KAWT 40-3* ±5.5=11 705 651 952 952 610 15 2980 127 22.1 960 II
700 KAWT 40-2* ±2.1=4.2 745 754 1072 1072 711 18 11090 214 11.8 1428 II
KAWT 40-3* ±4.8=9.6 765 754 1072 1072 711 18 4620 214 26.7 1414 II
800 KAWT 40-2* ±3.1=6.2 845 907 1248 1248 813 20 13041 283 25.5 2142 II
KAWT 40-3* ±6.1=12.2 925 899 1248 1248 813 20 6725 281 59.4 2148 II
900 KAWT 40-2* ±2.8=5.6 865 1010 1416 1416 914 22 17782 427 32 3090 II
KAWT 40-3* ±5.5=11 965 1002 1416 1416 914 22 9266 424 74.7 3050 II
1000 KAWT 40-2* ±2.4=4.8 910 1111 1550 1550 1016 25 24200 523 32.8 4106 II
KAWT 40-3* ±5.2=10.4 940 1109 1550 1550 1016 25 10883 522 78.2 4069 II

B = without inner sleeve *= optionally with/without inner sleeve

229
29.3_UK_Kap_06T09-UFS.qxp:Kap_6_09_UFS_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:54 Uhr Seite 230

230
BOA Type UFS PN6 Execution l (page 111) Execution ll (page 111)

DN Type Bellows Flange Spring rate


⫾30%

Axial move-
ment at 1000
full load cycles
Lateral move-
ment at 1000
full load cycles
Total length
Center-to-center
distance of the
bellows
Active length
Outside ∅
Outside ∅
Thickness
Bolt circle ∅
Number of
holes
Hole ∅
Axial
Lateral
Effective area
of bellows
Weight
Execution

TL Bm AI da D b k n d Cx Cy A m
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm N/mm N/mm cm2 kg
40 UFS 6-11 ± 30 = 60 ± 49 = 98 278 141 71 69.8 130 14 100 4 14 87.0 7.6 27 3.3 I
UFS 6-20 ± 30 = 60 ± 114 = 228 428 291 71 69.8 130 14 100 4 14 87.0 2.2 27 4.0 II
50 UFS 6-11 ± 32 = 64 ± 44 = 88 278 141 71 82.8 140 14 110 4 14 102.0 12.5 39 3.9 I
UFS 6-20 ± 32 = 64 ± 106 = 212 438 301 71 82.8 140 14 110 4 14 102.0 3.1 39 4.8 II
65 UFS 6-11 ± 35 = 70 ± 37 = 74 278 141 71 105.0 160 14 130 4 14 110.0 22.0 66 4.8 I
UFS 6-20 ± 35 = 70 ± 100 = 200 468 331 71 105.0 160 14 130 4 14 110.0 4.3 66 6.1 II
80 UFS 6-11 ± 38 = 76 ± 37 = 74 278 141 71 117.4 190 16 150 4 18 73.0 18.6 84 6.9 I
UFS 6-20 ± 38 = 76 ± 100 = 200 468 331 71 117.4 190 16 150 4 18 73.0 3.6 84 8.6 II
100 UFS 6-11 ± 42 = 84 ± 33 = 66 280 141 71 143.2 210 16 170 4 18 108.0 41.0 127 8.7 I
UFS 6-20 ± 42 = 84 ± 100 = 200 510 371 71 143.2 210 16 170 4 18 108.0 6.4 127 11.6 II
125 UFS 6-11 ± 48 = 96 ± 30 = 60 276 138 68 170.8 240 18 200 8 18 65.0 38.0 184 10.4 I
UFS 6-20 ± 48 = 96 ± 78 = 156 446 308 68 170.8 240 18 200 8 18 65.0 8.1 184 13.2 II
150 UFS 6-11 ± 38 = 76 ± 35 = 70 366 221 61 200.8 265 20 225 8 18 114.0 41.0 262 13.0 I
UFS 6-20 ± 38 = 76 ± 76 = 152 576 431 61 200.8 265 20 225 8 18 114.0 11.0 262 19.1 II
200 UFS 6-11 ± 46 = 92 ± 25 = 50 336 181 71 256.0 320 22 280 8 18 147.0 130.0 434 20.1 I
UFS 6-20 ± 46 = 92 ± 77 = 154 606 451 71 256.0 320 22 280 8 18 147.0 20.0 434 28.2 II
250 UFS 6-11 ± 39 = 78 ± 22 = 44 356 211 51 311.0 375 24 335 12 18 132.0 133.0 660 23.8 I
29.3_UK_Kap_06T09-UFS.qxp:Kap_6_09_UFS_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:54 Uhr Seite 231

UFS 6-20 ± 39 = 78 ± 53 = 106 616 471 51 311.0 375 24 335 12 18 132.0 29.0 660 36.6 II
300 UFS 6-11 ± 42 = 84 ± 20 = 40 364 216 56 393.6 440 24 395 12 22 162.0 217.0 911 32.9 I
UFS 6-20 ± 42 = 84 ± 51 = 102 654 506 56 363.6 440 24 395 12 22 162.0 37.0 911 51.2 II
350 UFS 6-11 ± 55 = 110 ± 35 = 70 496 301 101 397.2 490 26 445 12 22 144.5 107.8 1093 48.0 II
UFS 6-20 ± 75 = 150 ± 75 = 150 682 458 132 400.8 490 26 445 12 22 160.8 53.2 1093 63.0 II
400 UFS 6-11 ± 55 = 110 ± 28 = 56 476 275 105 449.2 540 28 495 16 22 143.7 164.1 1421 57.0 II
UFS 6-20 ± 65 = 130 ± 50 = 100 618 414 108 452.0 540 28 495 16 22 159.5 83.3 1421 80.0 II
450 UFS 6-11 ± 60 = 120 ± 25 = 50 740 267 107 503.6 595 28 550 16 22 147.9 224.6 1806 65.0 II
UFS 6-20 ± 70 = 140 ± 50 = 100 652 445 111 506.4 595 28 550 16 22 164.7 94.6 1806 92.0 II
500 UFS 6-11 ± 60 = 120 ± 22.5 = 45 460 250 110 555.2 645 30 600 20 22 148.0 310.6 2204 75.0 II
UFS 6-20 ± 70 = 140 ± 50 = 100 686 472 114 558.0 645 30 600 20 22 165.5 103.5 2204 107.0 II
600 UFS 6-11 ± 45 = 90 ± 18 = 36 506 312 92 660.0 755 30 705 20 26 361.2 718.2 3133 97.0 II
UFS 6-20 ± 75 = 150 ± 50 = 100 728 510 118 662.0 755 30 705 20 26 166.2 126.5 3133 144.0 II
700 UFS 6-10 ± 80 = 160 ± 25 = 50 530 305 127 765.2 860 24 810 24 26 215.6 597.5 4222 133.0 II
UFS 6-20 ± 80 = 160 ± 50 = 100 772 547 127 765.2 860 24 810 24 26 215.6 192.8 4222 167.0 II
800 UFS 6-10 ± 70 = 140 ± 25 = 50 576 379 99 870.0 975 24 920 24 30 210.9 508.1 5519 166.0 II
UFS 6-20 ± 70 = 140 ± 50 = 100 886 689 99 870.0 975 24 920 24 30 210.9 156.0 5519 216.0 II
900 UFS 6-10 ± 70 = 140 ± 25 = 50 604 401 101 973.0 1075 26 1020 24 30 214.0 578.0 6915 197.0 II
UFS 6-20 ± 70 = 140 ± 50 = 100 936 733 101 973.0 1075 26 1020 24 30 214.0 176.0 6915 257.0 II
1000 UFS 6-10 ± 75 = 150 ± 25 = 50 642 436 104 1077.0 1175 26 1120 28 30 215.4 609.3 8539 223.0 II
UFS 6-20 ± 75 = 150 ± 50 = 100 982 776 104 1077.0 1175 26 1120 28 30 215.4 194.6 8539 291.0 II

preferred series

231
29.3_UK_Kap_06T09-UFS.qxp:Kap_6_09_UFS_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:54 Uhr Seite 232

232
BOA Type UFS PN10 Execution l (page 111) Execution ll (page 111)

DN Type Bellows Flange Spring rate


⫾30%

Axial move-
ment at 1000
full load cycles
Lateral move-
ment at 1000
full load cycles
Total length
Center-to-center
distance of the
bellows
Active length
Outside ∅
Outside ∅
Thickness
Bolt circle ∅
Number of
holes
Hole ∅
Axial
Lateral
Effective area
of bellows
Weight
Execution

TL Bm AI da D b k n d Cx Cy A m
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm N/mm N/mm cm2 kg
40 UFS 16-11 ± 22 = 44 ± 36 = 72 278 141 71 70.0 150 16 110 4 18 184.0 16.1 27 4.8 I
UFS 16-20 ± 22 = 44 ± 85 = 170 428 291 71 70.0 150 16 110 4 18 184.0 4.1 27 5.4 II
50 UFS 16-11 ± 26 = 52 ± 35 = 70 278 141 71 83.8 165 18 125 4 18 173.0 22.0 39 6.5 I
UFS 16-20 ± 26 = 52 ± 85 = 170 438 301 71 83.8 165 18 125 4 18 173.0 5.1 39 7.4 II
65 UFS 16-11 ± 30 = 60 ± 32 = 64 278 141 71 107.0 185 18 145 4 18 165.0 35.0 66 7.8 I
UFS 16-20 ± 30 = 60 ± 86 = 172 468 331 71 107.0 185 18 145 4 18 165.0 7.2 66 9.1 II
80 UFS 16-11 ± 34 = 68 ± 32 = 64 278 141 71 119.6 200 20 160 8 18 166.0 44.0 84 10.0 I
UFS 16-20 ± 34 = 68 ± 87 = 174 468 331 71 119.6 200 20 160 8 18 166.0 9.0 84 11.7 II
100 UFS 16-11 ± 35 = 70 ± 27 = 54 282 141 71 145.4 220 22 180 8 18 158.0 65.0 127 12.2 I
UFS 16-20 ± 35 = 70 ± 76 = 152 482 341 71 145.4 220 22 180 8 18 158.0 11.7 127 14.8 II
125 UFS 10-11 ± 43 = 86 ± 27 = 54 284 144 74 172.0 250 24 210 8 18 132.0 71.0 184 15.5 I
UFS 10-20 ± 43 = 86 ± 76 = 152 494 354 74 172.0 250 24 210 8 18 132.0 13.0 184 18.8 II
150 UFS 10-11 ± 38 = 76 ± 35 = 70 366 229 69 200.8 285 24 240 8 22 114.0 41.0 262 17.8 I
UFS 10-20 ± 38 = 76 ± 76 = 152 576 439 69 200.8 285 24 240 8 22 114.0 11.0 262 23.9 II
200 UFS 10-11 ± 46 = 92 ± 25 = 50 338 170 60 256.0 340 26 295 8 22 147.0 130.0 434 26.0 I
UFS 10-20 ± 46 = 92 ± 73 = 146 608 440 60 256.0 340 26 295 8 22 147.0 20.0 434 34.1 II
250 UFS 10-11 ± 39 = 78 ± 22 = 44 360 224 64 311.0 395 28 350 12 22 132.0 133.0 660 31.3 I
29.3_UK_Kap_06T09-UFS.qxp:Kap_6_09_UFS_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:54 Uhr Seite 233

UFS 10-20 ± 39 = 78 ± 53 = 106 620 484 64 311.0 395 28 350 12 22 132.0 29.0 660 44.1 II
300 UFS 10-11 ± 42 = 84 ± 20 = 40 368 227 67 363.6 445 28 400 12 22 162.0 217.0 911 37.8 I
UFS 10-20 ± 42 = 84 ± 52 = 104 658 527 77 363.6 445 28 400 12 22 162.0 44.0 911 56.1 II
350 UFS 10-10 ± 55 = 110 ± 33 = 66 500 295 105 398.0 505 30 460 16 22 181.9 141.1 1103 62.0 II
UFS 10-20 ± 60 = 120 ± 75 = 150 752 539 113 401.6 505 30 460 16 22 226.6 55.2 1103 89.0 II
400 UFS 10-11 ± 60 = 120 ± 28 = 56 490 272 112 450.8 565 32 515 16 26 218.4 252.9 1420 80.0 II
UFS 10-20 ± 65 = 130 ± 50 = 100 646 426 116 452.6 565 32 515 16 26 240.8 119.1 1420 103.0 II
450 UFS 10-11 ± 60 = 120 ± 25 = 50 484 265 115 505.2 615 32 565 20 26 224.7 345.6 1797 88.0 II
UFS 10-20 ± 65 = 130 ± 50 = 100 666 443 119 506.6 615 32 565 20 26 254.3 147.4 1797 114.0 II
500 UFS 10-11 ± 55 = 110 ± 22.5 = 45 510 305 95 557.6 670 34 620 20 26 330.0 484.2 2202 108.0 II
UFS 10-20 ± 75 = 150 ± 50 = 100 710 472 130 560.2 670 34 620 20 26 323.9 203.4 2202 143.0 II
600 UFS 10-11 ± 45 = 90 ± 18 = 36 524 310 100 662.0 780 36 725 20 30 548.9 1105.6 3141 141.0 II
UFS 10-20 ± 75 = 150 ± 50 = 100 738 512 134 663.2 780 36 725 20 30 342.8 299.0 3141 193.0 II
700 UFS 10-10 ± 90 = 180 ± 25 = 50 498 279 109 767.2 895 30 840 24 30 239.8 804.6 4243 187.0 II
UFS 10-20 ± 90 = 180 ± 50 = 100 718 499 109 767.2 895 30 840 24 30 239.8 259.8 4243 217.0 II
800 UFS 10-10 ± 100 = 200 ± 25 = 50 514 289 111 871.2 1015 32 950 24 33 245.5 991.7 5511 235.0 II
UFS 10-20 ± 100 = 200 ± 50 = 100 744 519 111 871.2 1015 32 950 24 33 245.5 318.2 5511 272.0 II
900 UFS 10-10 ± 105 = 210 ± 25 = 50 530 298 114 975.2 1115 34 1050 28 33 237.0 1131.0 6915 276.0 II
UFS 10-20 ± 105 = 210 ± 50 = 100 766 534 114 975.2 1115 34 1050 28 33 237.0 364.0 6915 329.0 II
1000 UFS 10-10 ± 105 = 210 ± 25 = 50 562 328 116 1078.2 1230 34 1160 28 36 249.0 1217.1 8536 335.0 II
UFS 10-20 ± 105 = 210 ± 50 = 100 818 584 116 1078.2 1230 34 1160 28 36 249.0 395.1 8536 398.0 II

preferred series

233
29.3_UK_Kap_06T09-UFS.qxp:Kap_6_09_UFS_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:54 Uhr Seite 234

234
BOA Type UFS PN16 Execution l (page 111) Execution ll (page 111)

DN Type Bellows Flange Spring rate


⫾30%

Axial move-
ment at 1000
full load cycles
Lateral move-
ment at 1000
full load cycles
Total length
Center-to-center
distance of the
bellows
Active length
Outside ∅
Outside ∅
Thickness
Bolt circle ∅
Number of
holes
Hole ∅
Axial
Lateral
Effective area
of bellows
Weight
Execution

TL Bm AI da D b k n d Cx Cy A m
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm N/mm N/mm cm2 kg
40 UFS 16-11 ± 22 = 44 ± 36 = 72 278 141 71 70.0 150 16 110 4 18 184.0 16.1 27 4.8 I
UFS 16-20 ± 22 = 44 ± 85 = 170 428 291 71 70.0 150 16 110 4 18 184.0 4.1 27 5.4 II
50 UFS 16-11 ± 26 = 52 ± 35 = 70 278 141 71 83.8 165 18 125 4 18 173.0 22.0 39 6.5 I
UFS 16-20 ± 26 = 52 ± 85 = 170 438 301 71 83.8 165 18 125 4 18 173.0 5.1 39 7.4 II
65 UFS 16-11 ± 30 = 60 ± 32 = 64 278 141 71 107.0 185 18 145 4 18 165.0 35.0 66 7.8 I
UFS 16-20 ± 30 = 60 ± 86 = 172 468 331 71 107.0 185 18 145 4 18 165.0 7.2 66 9.1 II
80 UFS 16-11 ± 34 = 68 ± 32 = 64 278 141 71 119.6 200 20 160 8 18 166.0 44.0 84 10.0 I
UFS 16-20 ± 34 = 68 ± 87 = 174 468 331 71 119.6 200 20 160 8 18 166.0 9.0 84 11.7 II
100 UFS 16-11 ± 35 = 70 ± 27 = 54 282 141 71 145.5 220 22 180 8 18 158.0 65.0 127 12.2 I
UFS 16-20 ± 35 = 70 ± 76 = 152 482 341 71 145.5 220 22 180 8 18 158.0 11.7 127 14.8 II
125 UFS 16-11 ± 41 = 82 ± 26 = 52 292 144 74 173.2 250 24 210 8 18 173.0 95.0 184 16.6 I
UFS 16-20 ± 41 = 82 ± 76 = 152 502 354 74 173.2 250 24 210 8 18 173.0 17.0 184 19.9 II
150 UFS 16-11 ± 36 = 72 ± 31 = 62 362 209 69 203.0 285 24 240 8 22 186.0 71.0 262 19.7 I
UFS 16-20 ± 36 = 72 ± 59 = 118 512 359 69 203.0 285 24 240 8 22 186.0 25.0 262 24.4 II
200 UFS 16-11 ± 33 = 66 ± 23 = 46 368 217 60 257.8 340 26 295 12 22 285.0 183.0 434 27.5 I
UFS 16-20 ± 33 = 66 ± 52 = 104 588 437 60 257.8 340 26 295 12 22 285.0 44.0 434 35.5 II
250 UFS 16-11 ± 37 = 74 ± 21 = 42 396 224 64 315.2 405 32 355 12 26 332.0 302.0 660 45.1 I
29.3_UK_Kap_06T09-UFS.qxp:Kap_6_09_UFS_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:54 Uhr Seite 235

UFS 16-20 ± 37 = 74 ± 52 = 104 656 484 64 315.2 405 32 355 12 26 332.0 65.0 660 57.8 II
300 UFS 16-11 ± 40 = 80 ± 18.5 = 37 392 217 67 367.2 460 32 410 12 26 336.0 452.0 911 54.4 I
UFS 16-20 ± 40 = 80 ± 52 = 104 690 517 67 367.2 460 32 410 12 26 336.0 78.0 911 72.5 II
350 UFS 16-11 ± 45 = 90 ± 33 = 66 522 330 90 401.6 520 36 470 16 26 283.3 184.1 1094 83.0 II
UFS 16-20 ± 50 = 100 ± 50 = 100 650 457 91 402.4 520 36 470 16 26 326.0 110.7 1094 104.0 II
400 UFS 16-11 ± 50 = 100 ± 30 = 60 518 316 96 454.4 580 38 525 16 30 325.5 296.5 1420 105.0 II
UFS 16-20 ± 50 = 100 ± 50 = 100 700 500 94 454.4 580 38 525 16 30 325.5 119.1 1420 130.0 II
450 UFS 16-11 ± 50 = 100 ± 27.5 = 55 534 320 100 508.2 640 42 585 20 30 414.0 460.5 1801 133.0 II
UFS 16-20 ± 55 = 110 ± 50 = 100 728 518 96 508.2 640 42 585 20 30 335.9 144.8 1801 158.0 II
500 UFS 16-11 ± 55 = 110 ± 20 = 40 508 255 135 561.0 715 44 650 20 33 560.4 1145.7 2195 173.0 II
UFS 16-20 ± 60 = 120 ± 50 = 100 750 530 102 561.2 715 44 650 20 33 381.8 193.0 2195 201.0 II
600 UFS 16-11 ± 60 = 120 ± 16.5 = 33 516 245 145 665.0 840 48 770 20 36 671.4 2079.2 3141 246.0 II
UFS 16-20 ± 60 = 120 ± 50 = 100 822 591 105 665.2 840 48 770 20 36 383.2 221.0 3141 304.0 II
700 UFS 16-10 ± 65 = 130 ± 25 = 50 582 358 112 767.4 910 36 840 24 36 485.3 1005.8 4229 236.0 II
UFS 16-20 ± 65 = 130 ± 50 = 100 872 648 112 767.4 910 36 840 24 36 485.3 313.7 4229 286.0 II
800 UFS 16-10 ± 70 = 140 ± 25 = 50 608 374 118 872.8 1025 38 950 24 39 531.9 1313.3 5519 296.0 II
UFS 16-20 ± 70 = 140 ± 50 = 100 912 678 118 872.8 1025 38 950 24 39 531.9 408.5 5519 356.0 II
900 UFS 16-10 ± 75 = 1540 ± 25 = 50 634 394 120 976.8 1125 40 1050 28 39 512.0 1428.0 6910 335.0 II
UFS 16-20 ± 75 = 150 ± 50 = 100 948 708 120 976.8 1125 40 1050 28 39 512.0 452.0 6910 405.0 II
1000 UFS 16-10 ± 80 = 160 ± 25 = 50 664 414 126 1080.6 1255 42 1170 28 42 591.6 1847.0 8536 432.0 II
UFS 16-20 ± 80 = 160 ± 50 = 100 1004 754 126 1080.6 1255 42 1170 28 42 591.6 568.6 8536 516.0 II

preferred series

235
29.3_UK_Kap_06T09-UFS.qxp:Kap_6_09_UFS_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:54 Uhr Seite 236

236
BOA Type UFS PN25 Execution l (page 111) Execution ll (page 111)

DN Type Bellows Flange Spring rate


⫾30%

Axial move-
ment at 1000
full load cycles
Lateral move-
ment at 1000
full load cycles
Total length
Center-to-center
distance of the
bellows
Active length
Outside ∅
Outside ∅
Thickness
Bolt circle ∅
Number of
holes
Hole ∅
Axial
Lateral
Effective area
of bellows
Weight
Execution

TL Bm AI da D b k n d Cx Cy A m
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm N/mm N/mm cm2 kg
40 UFS 25-11 ± 16 = 32 ± 50 = 100 368 239 59 69 150 18 110 4 18 232 8 27 5.0 I
UFS 25-20 ± 16 = 32 ± 79 = 158 488 359 59 69 150 18 110 4 18 232 4 27 5.9 II
50 UFS 25-11 ± 18 = 36 ± 46 = 92 362 236 56 83 165 20 125 4 18 231 11 39 6.8 I
UFS 25-20 ± 18 = 36 ± 75 = 150 482 356 56 83 165 20 125 4 18 231 5 39 7.9 II
65 UFS 25-11 ± 23 = 46 ± 46 = 92 386 244 64 106 185 24 145 8 18 232 18 66 10.0 I
UFS 25-20 ± 23 = 46 ± 75 = 150 506 364 64 106 185 24 145 8 18 232 8 66 11.5 II
80 UFS 25-11 ± 23 = 46 ± 40 = 80 366 232 52 118.5 200 26 160 8 18 182 20 84 11.5 I
UFS 25-20 ± 23 = 46 ± 75 = 159 536 402 52 118.5 200 26 160 8 18 182 7 84 13.6 II
100 UFS 25-11 ± 27 = 54 ± 35 = 70 364 221 61 145 235 26 190 8 22 220 40 127 15.7 I
UFS 25-20 ± 27 = 54 ± 56 = 112 474 331 61 145 235 26 190 8 22 220 20 127 18.0 II
125 UFS 25-11 ± 33 = 66 ± 36 = 72 386 230 70 174 270 28 220 8 26 242 59 184 22.0 I
UFS 25-20 ± 33 = 66 ± 58 = 116 506 350 70 174 270 28 220 8 26 242 25 184 24.3 II
150 UFS 25-11 ± 35 = 70 ± 29 = 58 390 218 78 205 300 30 250 8 26 288 110 262 29.0 I
UFS 25-20 ± 35 = 70 ± 53 = 106 540 368 78 205 300 30 250 8 26 288 40 262 32.6 II
200 UFS 25-11 ± 32 = 64 ± 22 = 44 372 217 57 258 360 32 310 12 26 285 182 434 37.3 I
UFS 25-20 ± 32 = 64 ± 50 = 100 592 437 57 258 360 32 310 12 26 285 44 434 47.3 II
29.3_UK_Kap_06T09-UFS.qxp:Kap_6_09_UFS_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:54 Uhr Seite 237

250 UFS 25-11 ± 36 = 72 ± 20 = 40 404 224 64 315 425 36 370 12 30 332 302 660 55.3 I
UFS 25-20 ± 36 = 72 ± 50 = 100 664 484 64 315 425 36 370 12 30 332 65 660 69.4 II
300 UFS 25-11 ± 38 = 76 ± 18 = 36 396 217 67 368 485 40 430 16 30 336 452 911 73.0 I
UFS 25-20 ± 38 = 76 ± 50 = 100 696 517 67 368 485 40 430 16 30 336 78 911 93.8 II

preferred series

237
29.3_UK_Kap_06T10-UFB.qxp:Kap_6_10_UFB_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:54 Uhr Seite 238

238
BOA Type UFB PN6 Execution l (page112) Execution ll (page 112)

DN Type Bellows Flange Spring rate


⫾30%

Axial move-
ment at 1000
full load cycles
Lateral move-
ment at 1000
full load cycles
Total length
Center-to-center
distance of the
bellows
Active length
Outside ∅
Raised face ∅
Outside ∅
Thickness
Bolt circle ∅
Number of
holes
Hole ∅
Axial
Lateral
Effective area
of bellows
Weight
Execution

TL Bm AI da g D b k n d Cx Cy A m
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm N/mm N/mm cm2 kg
40 UFB6-11 ± 20 = 40 ± 48 = 96 258 175 45 68.0 68 130 14 100 4 14 45 2.4 27 2.9 I
UFB6-12 ± 20 = 40 ± 125 = 250 498 415 45 68.0 68 130 14 100 4 14 45 0.4 27 3.0 I
50 UFB6-11 ± 21 = 42 ± 48 = 96 270 191 41 80.0 81 140 14 110 4 14 42 2.7 39 3.2 I
UFB6-12 ± 21 = 42 ± 120 = 240 520 441 41 80.0 81 140 14 110 4 14 42 0.5 39 3.4 I
65 UFB6-11 ± 24 = 48 ± 48 = 96 292 217 37 104.0 105 160 14 130 4 14 381 3.4 66 4.0 I
UFB6-12 ± 24 = 48 ± 110 = 220 532 457 37 104.0 105 160 14 130 4 14 38 0.8 66 4.2 I
80 UFB6-11 ± 27 = 54 ± 46 = 92 295 213 40 116.0 120 190 16 150 4 18 34 3.8 84 6.5 I
UFB6-12 ± 27 = 54 ± 100 = 200 502 420 40 116.0 120 190 16 150 4 18 34 1.0 84 6.7 I
100 UFB6-11 ± 33 = 66 ± 24 = 48 216 122 52 138.0 142 210 16 170 4 18 44 21.0 127 7.5 I
UFB6-12 ± 33 = 66 ± 48 = 96 316 222 52 138.0 142 210 16 170 4 18 44 7.0 127 7.6 I
UFB6-13 ± 33 = 66 ± 85 = 170 466 372 52 138.0 142 240 18 200 8 18 44 2.5 127 7.9 I
125 UFB6-11 ± 34 = 68 ± 25 = 50 246 150 50 168.5 174 240 18 200 8 18 47 23.0 184 10.1 I
UFB6-12 ± 34 = 68 ± 48 = 96 355 260 50 168.5 174 240 18 200 8 18 47 8.0 184 10.3 I
UFB6-13 ± 34 = 68 ± 80 = 160 496 400 50 168.5 174 240 18 200 8 18 47 3.4 184 10.7 I
150 UFB6-11 ± 45 = 90 ± 28 = 56 286 145 65 195.0 196 265 20 225 8 18 57 39.0 262 13.6 I
UFB6-12 ± 45 = 90 ± 48 = 96 381 240 65 195.0 196 265 20 225 8 18 57 15.0 262 14.0 I
UFB6-13 ± 45 = 90 ± 75 = 150 496 325 65 195.0 196 265 20 225 8 18 57 7.0 262 14.5 I
200 UFB6-11 ± 41 = 82 ± 23 = 46 310 163 68 252.0 254 320 22 280 8 18 72 67.0 434 19.2 I
29.3_UK_Kap_06T10-UFB.qxp:Kap_6_10_UFB_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:54 Uhr Seite 239

UFB6-12 ± 41 = 82 ± 45 = 90 450 303 68 252.0 254 320 22 280 8 18 72 21.0 434 19.8 I
UFB6-20 ± 41 = 82 ± 75 = 150 634 488 68 252.0 254 320 22 280 8 18 72 8.0 434 31.5 II
250 UFB6-11 ± 50 = 100 ± 25 = 50 354 190 80 306.5 308 375 24 335 12 18 102 105.0 660 28.1 I
UFB6-12 ± 50 = 100 ± 42 = 84 464 300 80 306.5 308 375 24 335 12 18 102 45.0 660 28.9 I
UFB6-20 ± 50 = 100 ± 75 = 150 664 500 80 306.5 308 375 24 335 12 18 102 17.0 660 41.2 II
300 UFB6-11 ± 52 = 104 ± 22 = 44 371 192 87 358.5 361 440 24 395 12 22 104 151.0 911 36.9 I
UFB6-12 ± 52 = 104 ± 33 = 66 446 267 87 358.5 361 440 24 395 12 22 104 78.0 911 37.6 I
UFB6-20 ± 52 = 104 ± 75 = 150 736 557 87 358.5 362 440 24 395 12 22 104 19.0 911 59.1 II

239
29.3_UK_Kap_06T10-UFB.qxp:Kap_6_10_UFB_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:54 Uhr Seite 240

240
BOA Type UFB PN10 Execution l (page112) Execution ll (page 112)

DN Type Bellows Flange Spring rate


⫾30%

Axial move-
ment at 1000
full load cycles
Lateral move-
ment at 1000
full load cycles
Total length
Center-to-center
distance of the
bellows
Active length
Outside ∅
Raised face ∅
Outside ∅
Thickness
Bolt circle ∅
Number of
holes
Hole ∅
Axial
Lateral
Effective area
of bellows
Weight
Execution

TL Bm AI da g D b k n d Cx Cy A m
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm N/mm N/mm cm2 kg
40 UFB16-11 ± 16 = 32 ± 50 = 100 316 232 42 69.0 68 150 16 110 4 18 127 5.0 27 4.8 I
UFB16-12 ± 16 = 32 ± 110 = 220 576 492 42 69.0 68 150 16 110 4 18 127 1.0 27 5.0 I
50 UFB16-11 ± 17 = 34 ± 50 = 100 344 261 36 82.0 81 165 18 125 4 18 120 4.5 39 6.3 I
UFB16-12 ± 17 = 34 ± 100 = 200 590 506 36 82.0 81 165 18 125 4 18 120 1.2 39 6.6 I
65 UFB16-11 ± 20 = 40 ± 25 = 50 234 148 38 104.0 105 185 18 145 4 18 113 21.0 66 7.2 I
UFB16-12 ± 20 = 40 ± 50 = 100 360 276 38 104.0 105 185 18 145 4 18 113 7.0 66 7.6 I
UFB16-13 ± 20 = 40 ± 85 = 170 544 458 38 104.0 105 185 18 145 4 18 113 2.5 66 7.9 I
80 UFB16-11 ± 24 = 48 ± 24 = 48 234 136 46 117.5 120 200 20 160 8 18 119 33.0 84 9.4 I
UFB16-12 ± 24 = 48 ± 50 = 100 364 266 46 117.5 120 200 20 160 8 18 119 9.0 84 9.9 I
UFB16-13 ± 24 = 48 ± 85 = 170 524 426 46 117.5 120 200 20 160 8 18 119 4.0 84 10.3 I
100 UFB16-11 ± 29 = 58 ± 28 = 56 264 158 48 141.0 144 220 22 180 8 18 126 39.0 127 12.4 I
UFB16-12 ± 29 = 58 ± 50 = 100 372 268 48 141.0 144 220 22 180 8 18 126 14.0 127 12.9 I
UFB16-13 ± 29 = 58 ± 75 = 150 492 388 48 141.0 144 220 22 180 8 18 126 7.0 127 13.4 I
125 UFB16-11 ± 32 = 64 ± 25 = 50 298 164 74 170.0 174 250 24 210 8 18 197 80.0 184 16.8 I
UFB16-12 ± 32 = 64 ± 50 = 100 438 304 74 170.0 174 250 24 210 8 18 197 25.0 184 17.6 I
UFB16-20 ± 32 = 64 ± 75 = 150 558 424 74 170.0 174 250 24 210 8 18 197 13.0 184 21.3 II
150 UFB16-11 ± 33 = 66 ± 25 = 50 306 173 73 195.0 200 285 24 240 8 22 198 98.0 262 21.1 I
UFB16-12 ± 33 = 66 ± 50 = 100 456 323 73 195.0 200 285 24 240 8 22 198 30.0 262 22.2 I
29.3_UK_Kap_06T10-UFB.qxp:Kap_6_10_UFB_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:54 Uhr Seite 241

UFB16-20 ± 33 = 66 ± 75 = 150 606 473 73 195.0 200 285 24 240 8 22 198 15.0 262 28.8 II
200 UFB10-11 ± 40 = 80 ± 23 = 46 310 177 72 251.5 254 340 26 295 8 22 123 98.0 434 27.9 I
UFB10-12 ± 40 = 80 ± 40 = 80 414 282 72 251.5 254 340 26 295 8 22 123 41.0 434 28.8 I
UFB10-20 ± 40 = 80 ± 75 = 150 654 522 72 251.5 254 340 26 295 8 22 123 13.0 434 38.2 II
250 UFB10-11 ± 48 = 96 ± 23 = 46 354 182 84 306.0 308 395 28 350 12 22 147 163.0 660 39.1 I
UFB10-12 ± 48 = 96 ± 40 = 80 466 294 84 306.0 308 395 28 350 12 22 147 67.0 660 40.3 I
UFB10-20 ± 48 = 96 ± 75 = 150 708 534 84 306.0 310 395 28 350 12 22 147 21.0 660 53.5 II
300 UFB10-11 ± 43 = 86 ± 22 = 44 378 211 71 360.0 361 445 28 400 12 22 163 196.0 911 45.0 I
UFB10-12 ± 43 = 86 ± 35 = 70 490 321 71 360.0 361 445 28 400 12 22 163 88.0 911 46.5 I
UFB10-20 ± 51 = 102 ± 75 = 150 780 591 91 358.0 361 445 28 400 12 22 150 24.0 911 67.1 II

241
29.3_UK_Kap_06T10-UFB.qxp:Kap_6_10_UFB_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:54 Uhr Seite 242

242
BOA Type UFB PN16 Execution l (page112) Execution ll (page 112)

DN Type Bellows Flange Spring rate


⫾30%

Axial move-
ment at 1000
full load cycles
Lateral move-
ment at 1000
full load cycles
Total length
Center-to-center
distance of the
bellows
Active length
Outside ∅
Raised face ∅
Outside ∅
Thickness
Bolt circle ∅
Number of
holes
Hole ∅
Axial
Lateral
Effective area
of bellows
Weight
Execution

TL Bm AI da g D b k n d Cx Cy A m
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm N/mm N/mm cm2 kg
40 UFB16-11 ± 16 = 32 ± 50 = 100 316 232 42 69.0 68 150 16 110 4 18 127 5.0 27 4.8 I
UFB16-12 ± 16 = 32 ± 110 = 220 576 492 42 69.0 68 150 16 110 4 18 127 1.0 27 5.0 I
50 UFB16-11 ± 17 = 34 ± 50 = 100 344 261 36 82.0 81 165 18 125 4 18 120 4.5 39 6.3 I
UFB16-12 ± 17 = 34 ± 100 = 200 590 506 36 82.0 81 165 18 125 4 18 120 1.2 39 6.6 I
65 UFB16-11 ± 20 = 40 ± 25 = 50 234 148 38 104.0 105 185 18 145 4 18 113 21.0 66 7.2 I
UFB16-12 ± 20 = 40 ± 50 = 100 360 276 38 104.0 105 185 18 145 4 18 113 7.0 66 7.6 I
UFB16-13 ± 20 = 40 ± 85 = 170 544 458 38 104.0 105 185 18 145 4 18 113 2.5 66 7.9 I
80 UFB16-11 ± 24 = 48 ± 24 = 48 234 136 46 117.5 120 200 20 160 8 18 119 33.0 84 9.4 I
UFB16-12 ± 24 = 48 ± 50 = 100 364 266 46 117.5 120 200 20 160 8 18 119 9.0 84 9.9 I
UFB16-13 ± 24 = 48 ± 85 = 170 524 426 46 117.5 120 200 20 160 8 18 119 4.0 84 10.3 I
100 UFB16-11 ± 29 = 58 ± 28 = 56 264 158 48 141.0 144 220 22 180 8 18 126 39.0 127 12.4 I
UFB16-12 ± 29 = 58 ± 50 = 100 372 268 48 141.0 144 220 22 180 8 18 126 14.0 127 12.9 I
UFB16-13 ± 29 = 58 ± 75 = 150 492 388 48 141.0 144 220 22 180 8 18 126 7.0 127 13.4 I
125 UFB16-11 ± 32 = 64 ± 25 = 50 298 164 74 170.0 174 250 24 210 8 18 197 80.0 184 16.8 I
UFB16-12 ± 32 = 64 ± 50 = 100 438 304 74 170.0 174 250 24 210 8 18 197 25.0 184 17.6 I
UFB16-20 ± 32 = 64 ± 75 = 150 558 424 74 170.0 174 250 24 210 8 18 197 13.0 184 21.3 II
150 UFB16-11 ± 33 = 66 ± 25 = 50 306 173 73 195.0 200 285 24 240 8 22 198 98.0 262 21.1 I
UFB16-12 ± 33 = 66 ± 50 = 100 456 323 73 195.0 200 285 24 240 8 22 198 30.0 262 22.2 I
29.3_UK_Kap_06T10-UFB.qxp:Kap_6_10_UFB_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:54 Uhr Seite 243

UFB16-20 ± 33 = 66 ± 75 = 150 606 473 73 195.0 200 285 24 240 8 22 198 15.0 262 28.8 II
200 UFB16-11 ± 41 = 82 ± 25 = 50 326 180 80 253.0 254 340 26 295 12 22 208 160.0 434 30.9 I
UFB16-12 ± 33 = 66 ± 40 = 80 460 333 63 253.0 254 340 26 295 12 22 260 64.0 434 31.7 I
UFB16-20 ± 41 = 82 ± 75 = 150 644 500 80 253.0 254 340 26 295 12 22 208 23.0 434 40.4 II
250 UFB16-11 ± 41 = 82 ± 22 = 44 340 191 71 309.5 308 405 32 355 12 26 250 261.0 660 49.7 I
UFB16-12 ± 41 = 82 ± 33 = 66 420 271 71 309.5 308 405 32 355 12 26 250 135.0 660 51.1 I
UFB16-20 ± 48 = 96 ± 75 = 150 692 522 92 308.0 308 405 32 355 12 26 224 34.0 660 64.4 II
300 UFB16-11 ± 42 = 84 ± 25 = 50 408 250 80 361.0 363 460 32 410 12 26 334 290.0 911 63.0 I
UFB16-12 ± 53 = 106 ± 50 = 100 572 392 102 361.0 363 460 32 410 12 26 268 96.0 911 75.6 II
UFB16-20 ± 53 = 106 ± 75 = 150 752 572 102 361.0 363 460 32 410 12 26 268 46.0 911 83.9 II

243
29.3_UK_Kap_06T10-UFB.qxp:Kap_6_10_UFB_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:54 Uhr Seite 244

244
BOA Type UFB PN25 Execution l (page112) Execution ll (page 112)

DN Type Bellows Flange Spring rate


⫾30%

Axial move-
ment at 1000
full load cycles
Lateral move-
ment at 1000
full load cycles
Total length
Center-to-center
distance of the
bellows
Active length
Outside ∅
Raised face ∅
Outside ∅
Thickness
Bolt circle ∅
Number of
holes
Hole ∅
Axial
Lateral
Effective area
of bellows
Weight
Execution

TL Bm AI da g D b k n d Cx Cy A m
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm N/mm N/mm cm2 kg
40 UFB25-11 ± 12 = 24 ± 25 = 50 232 153 33 69.0 68 150 18 110 4 18 159 12 27 5.1 I
UFB25-12 ± 12 = 24 ± 50 = 100 362 283 33 69.0 68 150 18 110 4 18 159 4 27 5.3 I
UFB25-13 ± 12 = 24 ± 90 = 180 562 483 33 69.0 68 150 18 110 4 18 159 2 27 5.5 I
50 UFB25-11 ± 15 = 30 ± 24 = 48 233 143 38 82.0 81 165 20 125 4 18 162 19 39 6.9 I
UFB25-12 ± 15 = 30 ± 48 = 96 348 258 38 82.0 81 165 20 125 4 18 162 7 39 7.1 I
UFB25-13 ± 15 = 30 ± 90 = 180 548 458 38 82.0 81 165 20 125 4 18 162 2 39 7.5 I
65 UFB25-11 ± 20 = 40 ± 24 = 48 244 140 44 105.0 105 185 24 145 8 18 192 41 66 9.9 I
UFB25-12 ± 20 = 40 ± 48 = 96 379 274 44 105.0 105 185 24 145 8 18 192 11 66 10.4 I
UFB25-13 ± 20 = 40 ± 85 = 170 568 464 44 105.0 105 185 24 145 8 18 192 4 66 11.0 I
80 UFB25-11 ± 24 = 48 ± 24 = 48 256 141 51 118.5 120 200 26 160 8 18 182 48 84 12.7 I
UFB25-12 ± 24 = 48 ± 50 = 100 386 271 51 118.5 120 200 26 160 8 18 182 14 84 13.2 I
UFB25-13 ± 24 = 48 ± 85 = 170 556 441 51 118.5 120 200 26 160 8 18 182 6 84 13.9 I
100 UFB25-11 ± 23 = 46 ± 24 = 48 285 173 48 141.0 142 235 26 190 8 22 238 58 127 16.9 I
UFB25-12 ± 23 = 46 ± 48 = 96 430 318 48 141.0 142 235 26 190 8 22 238 19 127 17.5 I
UFB25-13 ± 23 = 46 ± 70 =140 550 438 48 141.0 142 235 26 190 8 22 238 11 127 18.0 I
125 UFB25-11 ± 27 = 54 ± 24 = 48 304 178 58 171.0 174 270 28 220 8 26 310 108 184 23.4 I
UFB25-12 ± 27 = 54 ± 50 = 100 480 351 61 171.0 174 270 28 220 8 26 310 29 184 24.6 I
UFB25-20 ± 27 = 54 ± 75 = 150 630 503 59 171.0 174 270 28 220 8 26 310 15 184 28.8 II
29.3_UK_Kap_06T10-UFB.qxp:Kap_6_10_UFB_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:54 Uhr Seite 245

150 UFB25-11 ± 35 = 70 ± 24 = 48 325 171 80 197.0 200 300 30 250 8 26 303 154 262 30.9 I
UFB25-12 ± 35 = 70 ± 48 = 96 458 304 80 197.0 200 300 30 250 8 26 303 53 262 32.2 I
UFB25-20 ± 35 = 70 ± 75 = 150 618 464 80 197.0 200 300 30 250 8 26 303 23 262 38.3 II
200 UFB25-11 ± 35 = 70 ± 24 = 48 359 213 68 255.0 254 360 32 310 12 26 370 204 434 44.5 I
UFB25-12 ± 35 = 70 ± 40 = 80 474 328 68 255.0 254 360 32 310 12 26 370 93 434 46.3 I
UFB25-20 ± 35 = 70 ± 75 = 150 758 595 85 254.0 254 360 32 310 12 26 408 32 434 60.5 II
250 UFB25-11 ± 42 = 84 ± 23 = 46 402 212 102 310.0 308 425 36 370 12 30 516 429 660 69.6 I
UFB25-12 ± 40 = 80 ± 50 = 100 622 438 98 309.0 308 425 36 370 12 30 439 93 660 79.8 II
UFB25-20 ± 40 = 80 ± 75 = 150 812 628 98 309.0 308 425 36 370 12 30 439 46 660 88.1 II
300 UFB25-11 ± 45 = 90 ± 24 = 48 459 254 109 362.0 363 485 40 430 16 30 524 413 911 98.7 II
UFB25-12 ± 45 = 90 ± 48 = 96 664 499 109 362.0 363 485 40 430 16 30 524 140 911 110.7 II
UFB25-20 ± 45 = 90 ± 75 = 150 864 659 109 362.0 363 485 40 430 16 30 524 69 911 122.4 II

245
29.3_UK_Kap_06T11-UW.qxp:Kap_6_11_UW_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:54 Uhr Seite 246

246
BOA Type UW PN6 Execution l (page 113) Execution ll (page 113)

DN Type Bellows Weld ends Spring rate


⫾30%

Axial movement
at 1000 full
load cycles
Lateral movement
at 1000 full
load cycles
Total length
Center-to-
center distance
of the bellows
Active length
Outside ∅
Outside ∅
Thickness
Axial
Lateral
Effective area
of bellows
Weight
Execution

TL Bm AI da de s Cx Cy A m
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm N/mm N/mm cm2 kg
40 UW 6-11 ± 30 = 60 ± 49 = 98 426 141 71 69.8 48.3 2.9 87.3 7.6 27 1.9 I
UW 6-20 ± 30 = 60 ± 114 = 228 576 291 71 69.8 48.3 2.9 87.3 2.2 27 2.5 II
50 UW 6-11 ± 32 = 64 ± 44 = 88 426 141 71 82.8 60.3 3.2 102.1 12.5 39 2.3 I
UW 6-20 ± 32 = 64 ± 106 = 212 586 301 71 82.8 60.3 3.2 102.1 3.1 39 2.9 II
65 UW 6-11 ± 35 = 70 ± 37 = 74 426 141 71 105.0 76.1 3.2 109.6 22.2 66 3.0 I
UW 6-20 ± 35 = 70 ± 100 = 200 616 331 71 105.0 76.1 3.2 109.6 4.3 66 4.3 II
80 UW 6-11 ± 38 = 76 ± 37 = 74 426 141 71 117.4 88.9 3.6 73.2 18.6 83 3.5 I
UW 6-20 ± 38 = 76 ± 100 = 200 616 331 71 117.4 88.9 3.6 73.2 3.6 83 5.3 II
100 UW 6-11 ± 42 = 84 ± 33 = 66 488 141 71 143.2 114.3 4.0 107.5 40.6 126 5.8 I
UW 6-20 ± 42 = 84 ± 100 = 200 718 371 71 143.2 114.3 4.0 107.5 6.4 126 8.3 II
125 UW 6-11 ± 48 = 96 ± 30 = 60 482 138 68 171.0 139.7 4.0 64.5 38.3 183 6.4 I
UW 6-20 ± 48 = 96 ± 78 = 156 652 308 68 171.0 139.7 4.0 64.5 8.1 183 9.2 II
150 UW 10-11 ± 38 = 76 ± 35 = 70 566 221 61 201.0 168.3 4.5 114.0 41.0 260 8.4 I
UW 10-20 ± 38 = 76 ± 76 = 152 776 431 61 201.0 168.3 4.5 114.0 11.0 260 14.4 II
200 UW 10-11 ± 46 = 92 ± 25 = 50 432 181 71 256.0 219.1 4.5 147.0 130.0 430 10.6 I
UW 10-20 ± 46 = 92 ± 73 = 146 702 451 71 256.0 219.1 4.5 147.0 20.0 430 18.7 II
250 UW 10-11 ± 39 = 78 ± 22 = 44 442 211 51 311.0 273.0 5.0 132.0 133.0 660 11.3 I
29.3_UK_Kap_06T11-UW.qxp:Kap_6_11_UW_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:54 Uhr Seite 247

UW 10-20 ± 39 = 78 ± 53 = 106 702 471 51 311.0 273.0 5.0 132.0 29.0 660 23.4 II
300 UW 10-11 ± 42 = 84 ± 20 = 40 452 216 56 364.0 323.9 5.6 162.0 217.0 910 15.7 I
UW 10-20 ± 42 = 84 ± 52 = 104 742 506 56 364.0 323.9 5.6 162.0 44.0 910 33.7 II
350 UW 6-11 ± 55 = 110 ± 35 = 70 584 301 101 397.2 355.6 5.6 144.5 107.8 1103 21.0 I
UW 6-20 ± 75 = 150 ± 75 = 150 772 458 132 400.8 355.6 5.6 160.8 53.2 1103 36.0 II
400 UW 6-11 ± 55 = 110 ± 28 = 56 562 275 105 449.2 406.4 6.3 143.7 164.1 1420 26.0 I
UW 6-20 ± 65 = 130 ± 50 = 100 704 414 108 452.0 406.4 6.3 159.5 83.3 1420 49.0 II
450 UW 6-11 ± 60 = 120 ± 25 = 50 556 267 107 503.6 457.0 6.3 147.9 224.6 1797 29.0 I
UW 6-20 ± 70 = 140 ± 50 = 100 738 445 111 506.4 457.0 6.3 164.7 94.6 1797 56.0 II
500 UW 6-11 ± 60 = 120 ± 22,5 = 45 541 250 110 555.2 508.0 6.3 148.0 310.6 2202 32.0 I
UW 6-20 ± 70 = 140 ± 50 = 100 767 472 114 558.0 508.0 6.3 165.5 103.5 2202 64.0 II
600 UW 6-11 ± 45 = 90 ± 18 = 36 587 312 92 660.0 611.4 6.3 361.2 718.2 3141 48.0 I
UW 6-20 ± 75 = 150 ± 50 = 100 810 510 118 662.0 611.4 6.3 166.2 126.5 3141 94.0 II
700 UW 6-10 ± 80 = 160 ± 25 = 50 613 305 127 765.2 713.0 8.0 215.6 597.5 4243 90.0 II
UW 6-20 ± 80 = 160 ± 50 = 100 855 547 127 765.2 713.0 8.0 215.6 192.8 4243 124.0 II
800 UW 6-10 ± 70 = 140 ± 25 = 50 659 379 99 870.0 814.6 8.0 210.9 508.1 5511 112.0 II
UW 6-20 ± 70 = 140 ± 50 = 100 969 689 99 870.0 814.6 8.0 210.9 156.0 5511 161.0 II
900 UW 6-10 ± 70 = 140 ± 25 = 50 684 401 101 973.0 915.8 8.0 214.0 578.0 6915 130.0 II
UW 6-20 ± 70 = 140 ± 50 = 100 1016 733 101 973.0 915.8 8.0 214.0 176.0 6915 190.0 II
1000 UW 6-10 ± 75 = 150 ± 25 = 50 721 436 104 1077.0 1017.8 8.0 215.4 609.3 8536 151.0 II
UW 6-20 ± 75 = 150 ± 50 = 100 1061 776 104 1077.0 1017.8 8.0 215.4 194.6 8536 219.0 II

preferred series

247
29.3_UK_Kap_06T11-UW.qxp:Kap_6_11_UW_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:54 Uhr Seite 248

248
BOA Type UW PN10 Execution l (page 113) Execution ll (page 113)

DN Type Bellows Weld ends Spring rate


⫾30%

Axial movement
at 1000 full
load cycles
Lateral movement
at 1000 full
load cycles
Total length
Center-to-
center distance
of the bellows
Active length
Outside ∅
Outside ∅
Thickness
Axial
Lateral
Effective area
of bellows
Weight
Execution

TL Bm AI da de s Cx Cy A m
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm N/mm N/mm cm2 kg
40 UW 16-11 ± 22 = 44 ± 36 = 72 426 141 71 70.0 48.3 2.9 184.0 16.1 27 2.1 I
UW 16-20 ± 22 = 44 ± 85 = 170 576 291 71 70.0 48.3 2.9 184.0 4,.1 27 2.8 II
50 UW 16-11 ± 26 = 52 ± 35 = 70 426 141 71 84.0 60.3 3.2 173.0 22.0 39 2.6 I
UW 16-20 ± 26 = 52 ± 85 = 170 586 301 71 84.0 60.3 3.2 173.0 5.1 39 3.2 II
65 UW 16-11 ± 30 = 60 ± 32 = 64 426 141 71 107.0 76.1 3.2 165.0 35.0 66 3.4 I
UW 16-20 ± 30 = 60 ± 86 = 172 616 331 71 107.0 76.1 3.2 165.0 7.2 66 4.7 II
80 UW 16-11 ± 34 = 68 ± 32 = 64 426 141 71 120.0 88.9 3.6 166.0 44.0 83 4.2 I
UW 16-20 ± 34 = 68 ± 87 = 174 616 331 71 120.0 88.9 3.6 166.0 9.0 83 5.9 II
100 UW 16-11 ± 35 = 70 ± 27 = 54 488 141 71 145.5 114.3 4.0 158.0 65.0 126 6.6 I
UW 16-20 ± 35 = 70 ± 76 = 152 688 341 71 145.5 114.3 4.0 158.0 11.7 126 9.2 II
125 UW 10-11 ± 43 = 86 ± 27 = 54 486 140 70 172.0 139.7 4.0 132.0 71.0 183 7.7 I
UW 10-20 ± 43 = 86 ± 78 = 156 696 350 70 172.0 139.7 4.0 132.0 13.0 183 11.0 II
150 UW 10-11 ± 38 = 76 ± 35 = 70 566 221 61 201.0 168.3 4.5 114.0 41.0 260 8.4 I
UW 10-20 ± 38 = 76 ± 76 = 152 776 431 61 201.0 168.3 4.5 114.0 11.0 260 14.4 II
200 UW 10-11 ± 46 = 92 ± 25 = 50 432 181 71 256.0 219.1 4.5 147.0 130.0 430 10.6 I
UW 10-20 ± 46 = 92 ± 73 = 146 702 471 71 256.0 219.1 4.5 147.0 20.0 430 18.7 II
250 UW 10-11 ± 39 = 78 ± 22 = 44 442 211 51 311.0 273.0 5.0 132.0 133.0 660 11.3 I
29.3_UK_Kap_06T11-UW.qxp:Kap_6_11_UW_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:54 Uhr Seite 249

UW 10-20 ± 39 = 78 ± 53 = 106 702 471 51 311.0 273.0 5.0 132.0 29.0 660 23.4 II
300 UW 10-11 ± 42 = 84 ± 20 = 40 452 216 56 364.0 323.9 5.6 162.0 217.0 910 15.7 I
UW 10-20 ± 42 = 84 ± 52 = 104 742 506 56 364.0 323.9 5.6 162.0 44.0 910 33.7 II
350 UW 10-11 ± 55 = 110 ± 33 = 66 578 295 105 398.0 355.6 5.6 181.9 141.1 1103 25.0 I
UW 10-20 ± 60 = 120 ± 75 = 150 758 539 113 401.6 355.6 5.6 226.6 55.2 1103 52.0 II
400 UW 10-11 ± 60 = 120 ± 28 = 56 590 272 112 450.8 406.4 6.3 218.4 252.9 1420 33.0 I
UW 10-20 ± 65 = 130 ± 50 = 100 770 426 116 452.6 406.4 6.3 240.8 119.1 1420 56.0 II
450 UW 10-11 ± 60 = 120 ± 25 = 50 602 265 115 505.2 457.0 6.3 224.7 345.6 1797 38.0 I
UW 10-20 ± 65 = 130 ± 50 = 100 782 443 119 506.6 457.0 6.3 254.3 147.4 1797 64.0 II
500 UW 10-11 ± 55 = 110 ± 22,5 = 45 584 305 95 557.6 508.0 6.3 330.0 484.2 2202 46.0 I
UW 10-20 ± 75 = 150 ± 50 = 100 764 472 130 560.2 508.0 6.3 323.9 203.4 2202 81.0 II
600 UW 10-11 ± 45 = 90 ± 18 = 36 608 310 100 662.0 611.4 8.0 548.9 1105.6 3141 62.0 I
UW 10-20 ± 75 = 150 ± 50 = 100 788 512 134 663.2 611.4 8.0 342.8 559.4 3141 118.0 II
700 UW 10-10 ± 90 = 180 ± 25 = 50 550 279 109 767.2 711.2 8.0 239.8 804.6 4243 104.0 II
UW 10-20 ± 90 = 180 ± 50 = 100 730 499 109 767.2 711.2 8.0 239.8 259.8 4243 129.0 II
800 UW 10-10 ± 100 = 200 ± 25 = 50 562 289 111 871.2 812.8 8.0 245.5 991.7 5511 127.0 II
UW 10-20 ± 100 = 200 ± 50 = 100 742 519 111 871.2 812.8 8.0 245.5 318.2 5511 155.0 II
900 UW 10-10 ± 105 = 210 ± 25 = 50 594 298 114 975.2 914.0 10.0 236.1 1130.6 6915 155.0 II
UW 10-20 ± 105 = 210 ± 50 = 100 830 534 114 975.2 914.0 10.0 236.1 364.0 6915 208.0 II
1000 UW 10-10 ± 105 = 210 ± 25 = 50 556 328 116 1078.2 1016.0 10.0 249.0 1217.1 8536 159.0 II
UW 10-20 ± 105 = 210 ± 50 = 100 736 584 116 1078.2 1016.0 10.0 249.0 395.1 8536 204.0 II

preferred series

249
29.3_UK_Kap_06T11-UW.qxp:Kap_6_11_UW_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:54 Uhr Seite 250

250
BOA Type UW PN16 Execution l (page 113) Execution ll (page 113)

DN Type Bellows Weld ends Spring rate


⫾30%

Axial movement
at 1000 full
load cycles
Lateral movement
at 1000 full
load cycles
Total length
Center-to-
center distance
of the bellows
Active length
Outside ∅
Outside ∅
Thickness
Axial
Lateral
Effective area
of bellows
Weight
Execution

TL Bm AI da de s Cx Cy A m
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm N/mm N/mm cm2 kg
40 UW 16-11 ± 22 = 44 ± 36 = 72 426 141 71 70.0 48.3 2.9 184.0 16.1 27 2.1 I
UW 16-20 ± 22 = 44 ± 85 = 170 576 291 71 70.0 48.3 2.9 184.0 4,.1 27 2.8 II
50 UW 16-11 ± 26 = 52 ± 35 = 70 426 141 71 84.0 60.3 3.2 173.0 22.0 39 2.6 I
UW 16-20 ± 26 = 52 ± 85 = 170 586 301 71 84.0 60.3 3.2 173.0 5.1 39 3.2 II
65 UW 16-11 ± 30 = 60 ± 32 = 64 426 141 71 107.0 76.1 3.2 165.0 35.0 66 3.4 I
UW 16-20 ± 30 = 60 ± 86 = 172 616 331 71 107.0 76.1 3.2 165.0 7.2 66 4.7 II
80 UW 16-11 ± 34 = 68 ± 32 = 64 426 141 71 120.0 88.9 3.6 166.0 44.0 83 4.2 I
UW 16-20 ± 34 = 68 ± 87 = 174 616 331 71 120.0 88.9 3.6 166.0 9.0 83 5.9 II
100 UW 16-11 ± 35 = 70 ± 27 = 54 488 141 71 145.5 114.3 4.0 158.0 65.0 126 6.6 I
UW 16-20 ± 35 = 70 ± 76 = 152 688 341 71 145.5 114.3 4.0 158.0 11.7 126 9.2 II
125 UW 16-11 ± 41 = 82 ± 26 = 52 494 144 74 173.0 139.7 4.0 173.0 95.0 183 8.9 I
UW 16-20 ± 41 = 82 ± 76 = 152 704 354 74 173.0 139.7 4.0 173.0 17.0 183 12.2 II
150 UW 16-11 ± 36 = 72 ± 31 = 62 562 209 69 203.0 168.3 4.5 186.0 110.0 260 10.7 I
UW 16-20 ± 36 = 72 ± 59 = 118 712 359 69 203.0 168.3 4.5 196.0 43.0 260 15.3 II
200 UW 16-11 ± 33 = 66 ± 23 = 46 454 217 57 258.0 219.1 4.5 285.0 183.0 430 13.5 I
UW 16-20 ± 33 = 66 ± 52 = 104 674 437 57 258.0 219.1 4.5 285.0 44.0 430 21.5 II
250 UW 16-11 ± 37 = 74 ± 21 = 42 468 224 64 315.0 273.0 5.0 332.0 302.0 660 20.0 I
29.3_UK_Kap_06T11-UW.qxp:Kap_6_11_UW_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:54 Uhr Seite 251

UW 16-20 ± 37 = 74 ± 52 = 104 728 484 64 315.0 273.0 5.0 332.0 65.0 660 32.5 II
300 UW 16-11 ± 40 = 80 ± 18,5 = 37 464 217 67 367.0 323.9 5.6 336.0 413.0 910 24.4 I
UW 16-20 ± 40 = 80 ± 52 = 104 764 517 67 367.0 323.9 5.6 336.0 78.0 910 42.5 II
350 UW 16-11 ± 45 = 90 ± 33 = 66 602 330 90 401.6 355.6 5.6 283.3 184.1 1094 31.0 I
UW 16-20 ± 50 = 100 ± 50 = 100 731 457 91 402.4 355.6 5.6 326.0 110.7 1094 52.0 II
400 UW 16-11 ± 50 = 100 ± 30 = 60 594 316 96 454.4 406.4 6.3 325.5 296.5 1420 41.0 I
UW 16-20 ± 50 = 100 ± 50 = 100 776 500 94 454.4 406.4 6.3 325.5 119.1 1420 66.0 II
450 UW 16-11 ± 50 = 100 ± 27,5 = 55 602 320 100 508.2 457.0 6.3 414.0 460.5 1801 50.0 I
UW 16-20 ± 55 = 110 ± 50 = 100 797 518 96 508.2 457.0 6.3 335.9 144.8 1801 75.0 II
500 UW 16-11 ± 55 = 110 ± 20 = 40 572 255 135 561.0 508.0 6.3 560.4 1145.7 2195 60.0 I
UW 16-20 ± 60 = 120 ± 50 = 100 814 530 102 561.2 508.0 6.3 381.8 193.0 2195 88.0 II
600 UW 16-11 ± 60 = 120 ± 16,5 = 33 572 245 145 665.0 609.6 8.0 671.4 2079.2 3141 87.0 I
UW 16-20 ± 60 = 120 ± 50 = 100 878 591 105 665.2 609.6 8.0 383.2 221.0 3141 145.0 II
700 UW 16-10 ± 65 = 130 ± 25 = 50 652 358 112 767.4 713.6 10.0 485.3 1005.8 4229 138.0 II
UW 16-20 ± 65 = 130 ± 50 = 100 942 648 112 767.4 713.6 10.0 485.3 313.7 4229 188.0 II
800 UW 16-10 ± 70 = 140 ± 25 = 50 674 374 118 872.8 815.2 10.0 531.9 1313.3 5519 167.0 II
UW 16-20 ± 70 = 140 ± 50 = 100 978 678 118 872.8 815.2 10.0 531.9 408.5 5519 227.0 II
900 UW 16-10 ± 75 = 150 ± 25 = 50 696 394 120 976.8 914.0 10.0 512.0 1428.0 6910 192.0 II
UW 16-20 ± 75 = 150 ± 50 = 100 1010 708 120 976.8 914.0 10.0 512.0 452.0 6910 262.0 II
1000 UW 16-10 ± 80 = 160 ± 25 = 50 722 414 126 1080.6 1018.0 12.0 591.6 1847.0 8536 226.0 II
UW 16-20 ± 80 = 160 ± 50 = 100 1062 754 126 1080.6 1018.0 12.0 591.6 568.6 8536 310.0 II

preferred series

251
29.3_UK_Kap_06T11-UW.qxp:Kap_6_11_UW_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:54 Uhr Seite 252

252
BOA Type UW PN25 Execution l (page 113) Execution ll (page 113)

DN Type Bellows Weld ends Spring rate


⫾30%

Axial movement
at 1000 full
load cycles
Lateral movement
at 1000 full
load cycles
Total length
Center-to-
center distance
of the bellows
Active length
Outside ∅
Outside ∅
Thickness
Axial
Lateral
Effective area
of bellows
Weight
Execution

TL Bm AI da de s Cx Cy A m
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm N/mm N/mm cm2 kg
40 UW 25-11 ± 16 = 32 ± 50 = 100 512 239 59 69.0 48.3 2.9 232 8 27 2.1 l
UW 25-20 ± 16 = 32 ± 79 = 158 632 359 59 69.0 48.3 2.9 232 4 27 2.9 ll
50 UW 25-11 ± 18 = 36 ± 46 = 92 506 236 56 83.0 60.3 3.2 231 11 38 2.6 l
UW 25-20 ± 18 = 36 ± 75 = 150 626 356 56 83.0 60.3 3.2 231 5 38 3.2 ll
65 UW 25-11 ± 23 = 46 ± 46 = 92 522 244 64 106.0 76.1 3.2 232 18 65 3.5 l
UW 25-20 ± 23 = 46 ± 75 = 150 642 364 64 106.0 76.1 3.2 232 8 65 5.0 ll
80 UW 25-11 ± 23 = 46 ± 40 = 80 498 232 52 118.5 88.9 3.6 182 20 83 4.2 l
UW 25-20 ± 23 = 46 ± 75 = 150 668 402 52 118.5 88.9 3.6 182 7 83 5.9 ll
100 UW 25-11 ± 27 = 54 ± 35 = 70 558 221 61 145.0 114.3 4.0 220 40 125 6.6 l
UW 25-20 ± 27 = 54 ± 56 = 112 668 331 61 145.0 114.3 4.0 220 20 125 9.2 ll
125 UW 25-11 ± 33 = 66 ± 36 = 72 576 230 70 174.0 139.7 4.0 242 59 183 9.0 l
UW 25-20 ± 33 = 66 ± 58 = 116 696 350 70 174.0 139.7 4.0 242 25 183 12.3 ll
150 UW 25-11 ± 35 = 70 ± 29 = 58 580 218 78 205.0 168.3 4.5 288 110 260 13.6 l
UW 25-20 ± 35 = 70 ± 53 = 106 730 368 78 205.0 168.3 4.5 288 40 260 17.2 ll
200 UW 25-11 ± 32 = 64 ± 22 = 44 454 217 57 258.0 219.1 6.3 285 182 430 15.0 l
UW 25-20 ± 32 = 64 ± 50 = 100 676 439 57 258.0 219.1 6.3 285 44 430 25.6 ll
250 UW 25-11 ± 36 = 72 ± 20 = 40 468 224 64 315.0 273.0 6.3 332 302 660 22.0 l
29.3_UK_Kap_06T11-UW.qxp:Kap_6_11_UW_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:54 Uhr Seite 253

UW 25-20 ± 36 = 72 ± 50 = 100 728 484 64 0.2 273.0 6.3 332 65 660 36.1 ll
300 UW 25-11 ± 38 = 76 ± 18 = 36 464 217 67 367.0 323.9 7.1 336 452 910 26.0 l
UW 25-20 ± 38 = 76 ± 50 = 100 764 517 67 367.0 323.9 7.1 336 78 910 46.8 ll

preferred series

253
29.3_UK_Kap_06T12-EXF.qxp:Kap_6_12_EXF_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:54 Uhr Seite 254

254
BOA Type EXF PN2.5 Execution EXF (page 116)

DN Type Movement* Bellows Flange Spring rate


⫾30%

Axial
Lateral
Total length
Active length
Outside ∅
Clearance ∅
Raised
face ∅
Outside ∅
Thickness
Bolt circle ∅
Number
of holes
Hole ∅
Axial
Lateral
Weight

TL AI da dm g D b k n d Cx Cy m
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm N/mm N/mm kg
50 ± 40 = 80 ± 32 = 64 220 161 79.8 60 80 140 14 110 4 14 24 6 3.1
65 ± 47 = 94 ± 28 = 56 230 161 102.6 80 104 160 14 130 4 14 23 10 3.9
80 ± 49 = 98 ± 28 = 56 240 167 116.0 90 115 190 16 150 4 18 31 15.5 6.0
100 ± 50 = 100 ± 22 = 44 240 167 140.8 112 136 210 16 170 4 18 32 26 6.8
125 ± 56 = 112 ± 21 = 42 240 163 169.0 137 166 240 18 200 8 18 30 36 8.9
150 ± 59 = 118 ± 18 = 36 240 159 200.2 165 196 265 20 225 8 18 29 51 10.9
175 ± 59 = 118 ± 15 = 30 235 150 228.2 190 230 295 22 255 8 18 29 71 14.7
200 ± 59 = 118 ± 14 = 28 245 160 253.0 215 254 320 22 280 8 18 32 95 15.6
250 ± 60 = 120 ± 11 = 22 240 151 309.6 268 310 375 24 335 12 18 34 157 20.4
300 EXF ± 59 = 118 ± 9 = 18 225 142 360.2 218 362 440 16 395 12 22 34 254 19.1
350 ± 60 = 120 ± 8,5 = 17 205 152 395.2 350 400 490 16 445 12 22 38 306 24.2
400 ± 63 = 126 ± 8 = 16 210 157 447.2 400 450 540 16 495 16 22 37 364 27.0
450 ± 77 = 154 ± 14 = 28 335 251 502.0 453 500 595 16 550 16 22 61 305 34.3
500 ± 81 = 162 ± 13,5 = 26 340 256 553.6 503 553 645 16 600 20 22 61 354 37.5
600 ± 65 = 130 ± 9 = 18 340 248 658.0 604 656 755 20 705 20 26 130 1133 57.9
700 ± 64 = 128 ± 7 = 14 330 238 761.4 705 760 860 20 810 24 26 145 1902 67.7
750 ± 64 = 128 ± 6 = 12 310 218 826.0 766 820 920 20 865 24 30 144 2584 77.2
29.3_UK_Kap_06T12-EXF.qxp:Kap_6_12_EXF_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:54 Uhr Seite 255

800 ± 69 = 138 ± 7 = 14 335 243 866.0 807 864 971 20 920 24 30 144 2304 80.8
900 ± 66 = 132 ± 5,5 = 11 315 223 969.0 908 967 1071 20 1020 24 30 161 3782 90.0
1000 ± 70 = 140 ± 5,5 = 11 320 228 1073.0 1010 1072 1171 20 1120 28 30 162 4470 99.2

preferred series
* Movement either axial or lateral for 1000 cycles, at 20°C

255
29.3_UK_Kap_06T12-EXF.qxp:Kap_6_12_EXF_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:54 Uhr Seite 256

256
BOA Type EXUF PN2.5 Execution EXUF (page 116)

DN Type Movement* Bellows Flange Spring rate


⫾30%

Axial
Lateral
Total length
Center-to-
center distance
of the bellows
Active length
Outside ∅
Clearance ∅
Raised
face ∅
Outside ∅
Thickness
Bolt circle ∅
Number
of holes
Hole ∅
Axial
Lateral
Weight

TL Bm Al da dm g D b k n d Cx Cy m
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm N/mm N/mm kg
50 EXUF ± 27 = 54 ± 51 = 102 285 173 52 79.8 60 80 140 14 110 4 14 35 3 3.1
65 ± 35 = 70 ± 107 = 214 460 331 59 102.6 80 104 160 14 130 4 14 30 2 4.5
80 ± 27 = 54 ± 104 = 208 575 446 54 116.0 90 115 190 16 150 4 18 47 1 7.0
100 ± 38 = 76 ± 113 = 226 565 431 60 140.8 112 139 210 16 170 4 18 42 2 8.0
125 ± 46 = 92 ± 100 = 200 530 387 65 169.0 137 166 240 18 200 8 18 36 3 10.0
150 ± 50 = 100 ± 86 = 172 520 368 70 199.0 165 196 265 20 225 8 18 36 5 12.0
175 ± 54 = 108 ± 71 = 142 490 330 74 226.4 190 230 295 22 255 8 18 33 7 15.0
200 ± 59 = 118 ± 67 = 134 490 328 76 253.0 215 254 320 22 280 8 18 33 9 17.0
250 ± 64 = 128 ± 58 = 116 495 322 83 309.0 268 310 375 24 335 12 18 32 13 22.0
300 EXUF
EXUF ± 43 = 86 ± 36 = 72 500 347 69 362.0 318 362 440 16 395 12 22 94 44 24.0
350 ± 47 = 94 ± 35 = 70 470 344 72 396.0 350 400 490 16 445 12 22 89 52 27.0
400 ± 49 = 98 ± 33 = 66 475 246 75 448.0 400 450 540 16 495 16 22 89 66 30.0
450 ± 51 = 102 ± 25 = 50 460 299 77 502.0 453 500 595 16 550 16 22 92 115 35.0
500 ± 32 = 64 ± 20 = 40 520 378 58 554.0 503 553 645 16 600 20 22 238 231 38.0
600 ± 35 = 70 ± 17 = 34 515 363 61 658.0 604 656 755 20 705 20 26 238 357 58.0
700 ± 38 = 76 ± 15 = 30 490 335 63 762.0 705 760 860 20 810 24 26 242 570 68.0
750 ± 38 = 76 ± 12 = 24 460 309 59 824.0 766 820 920 20 865 24 30 240 785 75.0
29.3_UK_Kap_06T12-EXF.qxp:Kap_6_12_EXF_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:54 Uhr Seite 257

800 ± 41 = 82 ± 12 = 24 465 308 65 866.0 807 864 971 20 920 24 30 240 867 81.0
900 ± 44 = 88 ± 10 = 20 435 276 67 969.0 908 967 1071 20 1020 24 30 242 1355 91.0
1000 ± 46 = 92 ± 10 = 20 430 269 69 1073.0 1010 1072 1171 20 1120 28 30 243 1777 100.0

* Movement either axial or lateral for 1000 cycles, at 20°C

257
29.3_UK_Kap_06T12-EXF.qxp:Kap_6_12_EXF_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:54 Uhr Seite 258

258
BOA Type EXW PN2.5 Execution EXW (page 117)

DN Type Movement* Bellows Weld end Spring rate


⫾30%

Axial
Lateral
Total length
Active length
Outside ∅
Clearance ∅
Outside ∅
Thickness
Axial
Lateral
Weight

TL AI da dm de s Cx Cy m
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm N/mm N/mm kg
50 EXW ± 40 = 80 ± 25 = 50 300 128 80.0 50 54 2 23 10 0.9
65 ± 47 = 94 ± 23 = 46 300 134 102.5 65 69 2 23 15 1.0
80 ± 49 = 98 ± 23 = 46 300 134 116.0 80 84 2 31 24 1.2
100 ± 50 = 100 ± 18 = 36 300 134 141.0 100 104 2 32 39 1.7
125 ± 56 = 112 ± 18 = 36 300 146 169.0 125 129 2 30 46 2.0
150 ± 59 = 118 ± 16 = 32 300 144 200.0 150 154 2 29 64 2.4
175 ± 59 = 118 ± 13 = 26 300 140 228.0 175 179 2 29 88 2.7
200 ± 59 = 118 ± 12 = 24 300 142 253.0 200 204 2 32 121 3.2
250 ± 60 = 120 ± 10 = 20 300 136 309.5 250 254 2 34 201 4.1
300 EXW ± 59 = 118 ± 8 = 16 300 130 363.0 300 304 2 34 316 4.8
350 ± 60 = 120 ± 7,5 = 15 300 132 395.0 350 356 3 38 396 6.7
400 ± 63 = 126 ± 7 = 14 300 136 447.0 400 406 3 37 475 7.6
450 ± 77 = 154 ± 14 = 28 420 252 502.0 449 457 4 61 305 13.7
500 ± 81 = 162 ± 14 = 28 420 256 554.0 500 508 4 61 354 15.3
600 ± 65 = 130 ± 9 = 18 420 248 658.0 602 610 4 130 1133 21.0
700 ± 64 = 128 ± 7 = 14 420 238 761.5 703 711 4 145 1902 25.0
750 ± 64 = 128 ± 6 = 12 420 218 824.0 750 758 4 144 2574 27.5
29.3_UK_Kap_06T12-EXF.qxp:Kap_6_12_EXF_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:54 Uhr Seite 259

800 ± 69 = 138 ± 7 = 14 420 244 866.0 805 813 4 144 2304 28.5
900 ± 66 = 132 ± 6 = 12 420 224 969.0 906 914 4 161 3782 32.5
1000 ± 70 = 140 ± 5 = 10 420 228 1073.0 1008 1016 4 162 4470 36.0

preferred series
* Movement either axial or lateral for 1000 cycles, at 20°C

259
29.3_UK_Kap_06T12-EXF.qxp:Kap_6_12_EXF_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:54 Uhr Seite 260

260
BOA Type EXUW PN2.5 Execution EXUW (page 117)

DN Type Movement* Bellows Weld end Spring rate


⫾30%

Axial
Lateral
Total length
Center-to-
center distance
or the bellows
Active length
Outside ∅
Clearance ∅
Outside ∅
Thickness
Axial
Lateral
Weight

TL Bm AI da dm de s Cx Cy m
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm N/mm N/mm kg
50 EXUW ± 27 = 54 ± 51 = 102 397 173 52 79.8 50 54 2 35 3 1.1
65 ± 35 = 70 ± 107 = 214 556 331 59 102.6 65 69 2 30 2 1.8
80 ± 39 = 78 ± 141 = 282 667 434 67 116.0 80 84 2 39 1 2.5
100 ± 38 = 76 ± 113 = 226 657 431 60 140.8 100 104 2 42 2 2.8
125 ± 46 = 92 ± 100 = 200 606 387 65 169.0 125 129 2 36 3 3.6
150 ± 50 = 100 ± 86 = 172 594 368 70 199.0 150 154 2 36 5 4.4
175 ± 54 = 108 ± 71 = 142 564 330 74 226.4 175 179 2 33 7 5.8
200 ± 59 = 118 ± 67 = 134 562 328 76 253.0 200 204 2 33 9 6.3
250 ± 64 = 128 ± 58 = 116 569 322 83 309.0 250 254 2 32 13 8.3
300 EXUW ± 43 = 86 ± 36 = 72 586 347 69 362.0 300 304 2 94 44 9.0
350 ± 47 = 94 ± 35 = 70 584 344 72 396.0 350 256 3 89 52 11.2
400 ± 49 = 98 ± 33 = 66 585 346 75 448.0 400 406 3 89 66 12.0
450 ± 51 = 102 ± 25 = 50 544 299 77 502.0 449 457 4 92 115 12.8
500 ± 32 = 64 ± 20 = 40 600 378 58 554.0 500 508 4 238 231 14.4
600 ± 35 = 70 ± 17 = 34 596 363 61 658.0 602 610 4 238 357 18.4
700 ± 38 = 76 ± 15 = 30 580 335 63 762.0 703 711 4 242 570 21.6
750 ± 38 = 76 ± 12 = 24 568 309 59 824.0 750 758 4 240 785 23.2
29.3_UK_Kap_06T12-EXF.qxp:Kap_6_12_EXF_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:54 Uhr Seite 261

800 ± 41 = 82 ± 12 = 24 549 308 65 866.0 805 813 4 240 867 29.6


900 ± 44 = 88 ± 10 = 20 539 276 67 969.0 906 914 4 242 1355 32.8
1000 ± 46 = 92 ± 10 = 20 530 269 69 1073.0 1008 1016 4 243 1777 36.0

* Movement either axial or lateral for 1000 cycles, at 20°C

261
29.3_UK_Kap_06T13-KlKo.qxp:Kap_6_13_Kleinko_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:54 Uhr Seite 262

262
BOA Small expansion joint Type Za (page 118)

DN PN

Movement at 5000
full load cycles
Movement at 1000
full load cycles
Total length
Dimensions
Diameter
Spring rate
± 30%*
Effective area
Weight

TL B C d D E Cx A m
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm N/25mm cm2 kg
1/2 " 16 25 45 250 190 30 16 23 35 110 4.5 0.6
3/4 " 16 25 45 250 190 30 20 27 43 120 7.5 0.9
1" 16 25 45 250 190 30 25 34 48 130 9.5 1.0
1 1/4 " 16 25 45 250 190 30 35 42 62 140 18.0 1.5
1 1/2 " 10 25 45 260 190 35 40 48 68 200 21.0 1.9
2" 10 25 45 260 190 35 53 60 85 220 31.0 2.6

usually available from stock


*spring rate for 25mm of compression
29.3_UK_Kap_06T13-KlKo.qxp:Kap_6_13_Kleinko_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:54 Uhr Seite 263

BOA Small expansion joint Type Ga (page 119)

DN PN

Movement
(compression)
Total length
Jaw span
Dimensions
Spring rate
± 30%*
Effective area
Weight

TL SW B C d Cx A m
mm mm mm mm mm mm N/25mm cm2 kg
1/2 " 16 25 240 37 42 14 16 140 4.6 0.5
3/4 " 16 25 230 46 51 15 20 160 7.5 0.7
1" 16 25 230 50 57 17 25 180 9.8 0.9
1 1/4 " 16 25 250 64 73 20 36 190 17.8 1.2
1 1/2 " 10 25 250 70 79 20 40 210 21.4 1.4
2" 10 25 270 87 98 25 51 230 35.7 2.1

usually available from stock


*spring rate for 25mm of compression

263
29.3_UK_Kap_06T13-KlKo.qxp:Kap_6_13_Kleinko_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:54 Uhr Seite 264

264
BOA Small expansion joint Type I (page 120)

DN PN

Movement
(compression)
Total length
Dimensions
Diameter
Spring rate
± 30%*
Effective area
Weight

TL B C F d D E Cx A m
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm N/25mm cm2 kg
15 16 18 164 198 52 12 15 18 36 52 4.0 0.53
18 16 18 168 206 54 14 18 21 41 66 5.5 0.67
22 16 18 178 208 57 17 22 25 45 88 7.4 0.81
28 16 18 183 215 60 20 28 31 54 100 11.3 1.24
35 16 25 290 225 65 25 35 40 70 110 17.2 1.93
42 16 25 305 234 71 29 42 47 80 170 25.3 2.45

usually available from stock


*spring rate for 25mm of compression
29.3_UK_Kap_06T13-KlKo.qxp:Kap_6_13_Kleinko_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:54 Uhr Seite 265

265
29.3_UK_Kap_06T14-Axial.qxp:Kap_6_14_axial_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:55 Uhr Seite 266

266
BOA Axial steel expansion joint Type 7179 00X MS/ME PN16 (page 121)
Bellows
DN

Total length
Outside ∅
Weight
Effective area
Axial
spring rate

Outside ∅
Bl ges ∅D

Nominal axial
movement capacity
MS ME MS ME m ∅Da A cx
mm mm mm kg mm cm2 N/mm
12 25 323 38 0.6 35 6.4 43
48 438 38 0.8 35 6.4 22
74 543 38 1.1 34 6.0 24
15 25 325 328 38 40 0.6 35 6.4 43
48 440 443 38 40 0.8 35 6.4 22
74 545 38 1.1 34 6.0 24
18 25 278 334 38 40 0.6 35 6.4 43
48 393 449 38 40 0.8 35 6.4 22
74 498 38 1.1 34 6.0 24
22 25 270 38 40 0.6 35 6.4 43
48 385 38 40 0.8 35 6.4 22
74 490 38 1.1 34 6.0 24
28 28 301 45 48.3 0.8 42 9.4 89
50 446 45 48.3 1.3 42 9.4 44
72 486 45 48.3 1.4 41 9.1 27
35 28 334 56 57 1.2 51 15.0 84
52 494 56 57 2.0 51 15.0 42
74 529 56 2.2 51 14.7 37
29.3_UK_Kap_06T14-Axial.qxp:Kap_6_14_axial_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:55 Uhr Seite 267

42 29 342 62 63.5 1.5 58 19.5 90


53 507 62 63.5 2.3 58 19.5 45
75 592 62 63.5 2.8 57 19.1 40
54 38 399 80 2.4 74 31.8 99
72 559 80 3.6 74 31.8 50
120 754 80 5.2 74 30.9 36
65 44 486 101.6 3.9 94 52.4 133
82 726 101.6 6.4 94 52.4 67
80 46 508 114.3 4.7 105 67.5 146
85 748 114.3 7.8 105 67.5 73
120 888 114.3 11.2 104 65.2 71
100 57 595 144 8.0 136 114.0 216
105 910 144 13.4 136 114.0 108
160 1140 144 20.4 135 110.0 87

267
29.3_UK_Kap_06T14-Axial.qxp:Kap_6_14_axial_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:55 Uhr Seite 268

268
BOA Axial steel expansion joint Type 7160/7162 00S-TI/RI Type 7160 (page 122) Type 7162 (page 123)
Nominal Bellows
Type PN DN movement capacity 1)
Spring rate 2)

Total length
Installation
length bellows
Weight
Effective
area
Axial
spring
rate
Lateral
spring
rate

⌬ax axial
⌬lat lateral
All-around
vibration
BL ges BL m A Cx Cy

Female thread
(DIN 2999)
mm mm mm mm mm kg cm2 N/mm N/mm
6 1`` 28 ± 8.5 ± 0.65 148 83 0.6 9.5 45 16
1 1/4`` 32 ± 8.5 ± 0.7 158 89 0.9 15.0 42 21
1 1/2`` 33 ± 8.5 ± 0.7 170 95 1.2 19.5 45 25
2`` 41 ± 10.0 ± 0.8 201 114 1.8 32.0 61 38
10 1/2`` 16 ± 4.5 ± 0.35 109 56 0.3 5.5 42 19
3/4`` 20 ± 6.0 ± 0.45 124 65 0.4 6.4 54 23

7160 00S-TI
1`` 26 ± 8.0 ± 0.55 152 87 0.6 9.5 98 32
1 1/4`` 28 ± 8.5 ± 0.65 167 98 0.9 15.0 83 34
1 1/2`` 29 ± 8.5 ± 0.65 79 104 1.2 19.5 89 41
2`` 37 ± 9.5 ± 0.75 207 120 1.9 32.0 105 59
6 1`` 28 ± 8.5 ± 0.65 146 83 0.7 9.5 45 16
1 1/4`` 32 ± 8.5 ± 0.7 156 89 1.0 15.0 42 21
1 1/2`` 33 ± 8.5 ± 0.7 168 95 1.4 19.5 45 25
2`` 41 ± 10.0 ± 0.8 199 114 2.1 32.0 61 38
10 1/2`` 10 ± 3.0 ± 0.25 94 45 0.2 2.6 56 12
3/4`` 20 ± 6.0 ± 0.45 122 65 0.5 6.4 54 23

7160 00S-RI
1`` 26 ± 8.0 ± 0.55 150 87 0.7 9.5 98 32
1 1/4`` 28 ± 8.5 ± 0.65 165 98 1.1 15.0 83 34
1 1/2`` 29 ± 8.5 ± 0.65 177 104 1.4 19.5 89 41
2`` 37 ± 9.5 ± 0.75 205 120 2.1 32.0 105 59
29.3_UK_Kap_06T14-Axial.qxp:Kap_6_14_axial_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:55 Uhr Seite 269

10 1/2`` 16 - ± 0.35 119 66 0.4 5.5 37.0 -


3/4`` 20 - ± 0.45 129 70 0.5 6.4 48.0 -
1`` 26 - ± 0.55 152 87 0.7 9.5 98.0 -
1 1/4`` 28 - ± 0.65 167 98 1.0 15.0 83.0 -

7162 00S-TI
1 1/2`` 29 - ± 0.65 179 104 1.5 19.5 89.0 -
2`` 37 - ± 0.75 207 120 2.4 32.0 105.0 -
10 1/2`` 10 - ± 0.25 99 50 0.2 2.6 50.0 -
3/4`` 20 - ± 0.45 127 70 0.6 6.4 48.0 -
1`` 26 - ± 0.55 150 87 0.8 9.5 98.0 -
1 1/4`` 28 - ± 0.65 165 98 1.2 15.0 83.0 -

7162 00S-RI
1 1/2`` 29 - ± 0.65 177 104 1.5 19.5 89.0 -
2`` 37 - ± 0.75 205 120 2.7 32.0 105.0 -

1) These values are either axial, or lateral, or as vibration


2) Divergence ±30%

269
29.3_UK_Kap_06T14-Axial.qxp:Kap_6_14_axial_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:55 Uhr Seite 270

270
BOA Axial steel expansion joint Type 7160/7162 00S-TA/RA Type 7160 (page 122) Type 7162 (page 123)
Nominal Bellows
Type PN DN movement capacity 1)
Spring rate 2)

Total length
Installation
length bellows
Weight
Effective
area
Axial
spring
rate
Lateral
spring
rate

⌬ax axial
⌬lat lateral
All-around
vibration
BL ges BL m A Cx Cy

Male thread
(DIN 2999)
mm mm mm mm mm kg cm2 N/mm N/mm
6 1`` 28 ± 8.5 ± 0.65 194 83 0.7 9.5 45 16
1 1/4`` 32 ± 8.5 ± 0.7 208 89 1.1 15.0 42 12
1 1/2`` 33 ± 8.5 ± 0.7 222 95 1.4 19.5 45 25
2`` 41 ± 10.0 ± 0.8 259 114 2.0 32.0 61 38
10 3/4`` 20 ± 6.0 ± 0.45 166 65 0.5 6.4 54 23
1`` 26 ± 8.0 ± 0.55 198 87 0.7 9.5 98 32

7160 00S-TA
1 1/4`` 28 ± 8.5 ± 0.65 217 98 1.1 15.0 83 34
1 1/2`` 29 ± 8.5 ± 0.65 231 104 1.4 19.5 89 41
2`` 37 ± 9.5 ± 0.75 265 120 2.1 32.0 105 59
6 1`` 28 ± 8.5 ± 0.65 186 83 0.7 9.5 45 16
1 1/4`` 32 ± 8.5 ± 0.7 192 89 1.1 15.0 42 21
1 1/2`` 33 ± 8.5 ± 0.7 208 95 1.4 19.5 45 25
2`` 41 ± 10.0 ± 0.8 241 114 2.0 32.0 61 38
10 3/4`` 20 ± 6.0 ± 0.45 154 65 0.5 6.4 54 23
1`` 26 ± 8.0 ± 0.55 190 87 0.7 9.5 98 32

7160 00S-RA
1 1/4`` 28 ± 8.5 ± 0.65 201 98 1.1 15.0 83 34
1 1/2`` 29 ± 8.5 ± 0.65 217 104 1.4 19.5 89 41
2`` 37 ± 9.5 ± 0.75 247 120 2.1 32.0 105 59
10 3/4`` 20 - ± 0.45 171 70 0.6 6.4 48.0 -
1`` 26 - ± 0.55 198 87 0.8 9.5 98.0 -
29.3_UK_Kap_06T14-Axial.qxp:Kap_6_14_axial_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:55 Uhr Seite 271

1 1/4`` 28 - ± 0.65 217 98 1.3 15.0 83.0 -


1 1/2`` 29 - ± 0.65 231 104 1.7 19.5 89.0 -

7162
00S-TA
2`` 37 - ± 0.75 265 120 2.6 32.0 105.0 -
10 3/4`` 20 - ± 0.45 159 70 0.6 6.4 48.0 -
1`` 26 - ± 0.55 190 87 0.8 9.5 98.0 -

RA
1 1/4`` 28 - ± 0.65 201 98 1.3 15.0 83.0 -
1 1/2`` 29 - ± 0.65 217 104 1.7 19.5 89.0 -

7162 00S-
2`` 37 - ± 0.75 247 120 2.6 32.0 105.0 -

1) These values are either axial, or lateral, or as vibration


2) Divergence ±30%

271
29.3_UK_Kap_06T14-Axial.qxp:Kap_6_14_axial_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:55 Uhr Seite 272

272
BOA Axial steel expansion joint Type 7160/7162 00S-LF Type 7160 (page 124) Type 7162 (page 124)
Nominal Bellows
Type PN DN movement capacity 1)
Spring rate 2)

Total length
Installation
length bellows
Weight
Effective
area
Axial
spring
rate
Lateral
spring
rate

⌬ax axial
⌬lat lateral
All-around
vibration
BL ges BL m A Cx Cy
mm mm mm mm mm kg cm2 N/mm N/mm
10 15 10 ± 3.0 ± 0.25 98 45 0.2 2.6 56 12
18 10 ± 3.0 ± 0.25 98 45 0.2 2.6 56 12
22 20 ± 6.0 ± 0.45 122 65 0.5 6.4 54 23
28 20 ± 6.0 ± 0.45 124 65 0.5 6.4 54 23

7160 00S-LF
35 26 ± 8.0 ± 0.55 150 87 0.7 9.5 98 32
10 15 10 - ± 0.25 103 50 0.2 2.6 50.0 -
18 10 - ± 0.25 103 50 0.2 2.6 50.0 -
22 20 - ± 0.45 127 70 0.6 6.4 48.0 -
28 20 - ± 0.45 129 70 0.6 6.4 48.0 -

7162 00S-LF
35 26 - ± 0.55 156 87 0.8 9.5 98.0 -

1) These values are either axial, or lateral, or as vibration


2) Divergence ±30%
29.3_UK_Kap_06T14-Axial.qxp:Kap_6_14_axial_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:55 Uhr Seite 273

273
29.3_UK_Kap_07.qxp:UK_02_Kap_07.qxp 30.10.2009 14:46 Uhr Seite 274

7 Vibration absorbers

7.1 General

Spectrum of mechanical oscillation

Lower Standard Upper


audible limit pitch audible limit
16 Hz 440 Hz 20.000 Hz

Earth- Ground Piano


quake vibrations

Infrasonic sound Audible sound

Frequency v in Hz

With regard to sound retension and vibration absorption we take up the topic
of mechanical oscillation within the range of frequency up to the audible limit.

Mechanical oscillations are generated in aggregates and transferred by the


medium. However, they are mainly transferred over the pipes throughout the
entire pipeline system. Vibrations spread in this way are considered as annoy-
ing disturbance by the surrounding environment, and on the other hand the
materials subjected to such vibrations are highly stressed.

In pipelines which are laid without sound retension or vibration absorbers,


breakages and stoppages can, therefore, occur very soon, endangering the
operational safety and the economic efficiency of the plant.

Vibration absorbers and sound


retension expansion joints are very
flexible pipeline elements which,
due to their design, can reduce a
part of the energy of a vibrating
system. The opposite picture shows
the oscillogram of such a reduced
vibration.

BOA vibration absorbers are used where pipelines and installations are to be
protected against vibrations/ oscillations or tensions. The use of BOA vibra-
tion absorbers improves the operating stability, the life time and the comfort
of your installations.

274
29.3_UK_Kap_07.qxp:UK_02_Kap_07.qxp 30.10.2009 14:46 Uhr Seite 275

BOA vibration absorbers are successfully used in the following areas:


• connection of pipelines to rotating and oscillating machines
• pumps, compressors, engines, burners, etc.
• domestic installations, industrial plants
• heating installations, climate control units, ventilating fans, heat recovery
equipment
• gas and water plants, sewage installations

7.2 Technical data


• Two different types are available, Alpha-C without longitudinal limit bars,
Epsilon-C provided with limit bars.
• Design of the basic element according to our long proved BOA practice as
multi-layered bellows made of high-grade chrome-nickel steel (up to PN 16:
all layers in 1.4571; PN 25: inner and outer layer in 1.4571, intermediate
layers in 1.4541)
• The multi-ply execution guarantees soft bellows of high flexibility (low spring
rate) with optimal absorbing capacity – at least equal in effectiveness com-
pared with rubber expansion joints but with a sensibly longer life span.
• Thanks to the high-grade quality of the bellows material, BOA vibration
absorbers are suitable for high media or ambient temperature from – 180°C
up to + 550°C (for temperatures over 120°C ask for metal cushions for the
limit bars instead of rubber).
• Almost all types are provided with vanstoned movable flanges ensuring
easy installation and no contact of the medium with the carbon steel
flanges but with the stainless / austenitic steel bellows material only.
• Flanges (and tie-bars of the type Epsilon-C) are made of carbon steel and
are galvanized and passivated (except for Epsilon PN 25).

275
29.3_UK_Kap_07.qxp:UK_02_Kap_07.qxp 30.10.2009 14:46 Uhr Seite 276

(bis DN50)
ohr aus

Alpha-C Epsilon-C

7.3 Sound absorbing expansion joints

Type 7951 00S


• Sound absorbing expansion joint: bellows and borders in 1.4571 (up to DN
50), in 1.4541 (from DN 65); both sides movable flanges made of carbon
steel, with inner sleeve made of wire tissue (up to DN 150)
(bis DN50), (DVGW approved: from DN 20 up to DN 150)
stangen
DN150), nur

276
29.3_UK_Kap_07.qxp:UK_02_Kap_07.qxp 30.10.2009 14:46 Uhr Seite 277

Type 7951 DFS


• Sound absorbing expansion joint: bellows and borders in 1.4571 (up to DN
50), in 1.4541 (from DN65); both sides movable flanges made of carbon
steel, with carbon steel tie rods, with inner sleeve made of wire tissue (up
to DN 150), only for vibration absorption.
(DVGW approved: from DN 20 up to DN 150)

7.4 Tables standard programme

page

BOA ALPHA-C 278

BOA EPSILON-C 280

BOA Sound absorbing expansion joint Type 7951 00S 282

BOA Sound absorbing expansion joint Type 7951 DFS 284

277
29.3_UK_Kap_07T01-ALPHA.qxp:Kap_7_04_ALPHA C_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:55 Uhr Seite 278

278
BOA ALPHA-C (page 276)

PN DN Bellows Flange** Spring rate


±30%

Total length
Active length
Outside ∅
Clearance ∅
Raised
face ∅
Outside ∅
Thickness
Bolt circle ∅
Number
of holes
Hole ∅
or thread
Axial
Lateral
Effective area
Weight

TL AI da dm g D b k n d Cx Cy A m
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm N/mm N/mm cm2 kg
40 130 93 68.0 50 68 130 14 100 4 14 77 35 27.4 2.4
50 130 93 81.0 60 80 140 14 110 4 14 57 45 40.7 3.0
65 130 91 103.5 80 104 160 14 130 4 14 57 77 68.5 3.5
80 130 75 118.0 90 120 190 16 150 4 18 51 138 86.6 5.8
100 130 80 139.0 110 144 210 16 170 4 18 48 145 129.4 7.0
125 130 77 168.5 137 174 240 18 200 8 18 58 290 188.6 9.2
150 130 72 195.0 161 200 265 20 225 8 18 98 770 266.0 12.0
6 175 130 64 228.0 190 230 295 22 255 8 M 16 100 983 347.0 13.5
200 130 62 250.0 213 256 320 22 280 8 18 98 1228 437.4 17.3
250 130 63 304.0 263 308 375 24 335 12 18 121 2795 662.3 22.8
300 130 63 356.0 313 361 440 24 395 12 22 132 4344 928.3 31.5
350 200 127 397.0 350 400 490 26 445 12 22 153 1721 1086.9 44.5
400 200 127 449.0 400 453 540 28 495 16 22 152 2199 1405.3 53.4
450 200 127 503.0 453 508 595 28 550 16 22 151 2761 1787.0 61.6
500 200 127 555.0 503 558 645 30 600 20 22 173 3845 2189.6 71.2
200 130 65 254.0 213 256 340 26 295 8 22 162 2420 441.8 24.9
250 130 58 308.0 263 308 395 28 350 12 22 170 4800 672.4 34.8
300 130 59 359.0 313 360 445 28 400 12 22 200 6380 928.3 39.2
10 350 200 119 398.0 350 400 505 30 460 16 22 240 3046 1086.9 57.4
400 200 119 450.0 400 453 565 32 515 16 26 239 3889 1405.3 72.8
29.3_UK_Kap_07T01-ALPHA.qxp:Kap_7_04_ALPHA C_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:55 Uhr Seite 279

450 200 119 505.0 453 508 615 32 565 20 26 298 6144 1787.0 83.8
500 200 119 556.0 503 558 670 34 620 20 26 309 7765 2185.4 98.5
40 130 87 69.0 50 68 150 16 110 4 18 133 86 29.8 4.3
50 130 83 82.0 60 80 165 18 125 4 18 139 133 42.0 5.9
65 130 83 105.0 80 104 185 18 145 4 18 130 244 70.3 7.1
80 130 79 118.0 90 120 200 20 160 8 18 120 296 88.6 8.5
100 130 71 141.0 110 144 220 22 180 8 18 114 476 131.9 11.0
125 130 70 172.0 137 174 250 24 210 8 18 155 910 191.6 15.2
150 130 70 197.5 161 200 285 24 240 8 22 148 1175 269.3 18.5
16 175 130 66 229.0 190 230 315 26 270 8 22 218 2620 354.3 23.8
200 130 62 253.0 213 256 340 26 295 12 22 314 5585 445.6 25.5
250 130 55 306.5 263 308 405 32 355 12 26 498 14593 672.4 40.0
300 130 49 361.0 313 361 460 32 410 12 26 570 29525 928.3 47.7
350 200 101 399.0 350 400 520 36 470 16 26 437 7537 1086.9 77.5
400 200 101 452.0 400 453 580 38 525 16 30 510 11293 1405.3 99.1
450 200 101 506.0 453 508 640 42 585 20 30 506 14121 1787.0 125.0
500 200 101 556.0 503 558 715 44 650 20 33 771 26124 2181.3 159.2

preferred series
** = standard execution galvanized and passivated

279
29.3_UK_Kap_07T01-ALPHA.qxp:Kap_7_04_ALPHA C_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:55 Uhr Seite 280

280
BOA EPSILON-C (page 276)

PN DN Bellows Tie rod Flange**

Total length
Active length
Outside ∅
Clearance ∅
Raised
face ∅
Length
Number x
thread
Largest flange
dimension
Width
Thickness
Bolt circle ∅
Number
of holes
∅ Hole
or thread
Lateral
spring rate
±30%
Weight

TL AI da dm g L nxM D B b k n d Cy m
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm N/mm kg
40 130 97 67 50 68 180 2 x 12 211 130 12 100 4 14 35 3.5
50 130 97 81 60 80 180 2 x 12 221 140 12 110 4 14 45 3.7
65 130 83 104 80 104 180 2 x 12 241 160 12 130 4 14 94 4.5
80 130 79 117 90 118 180 2 x 12 271 190 14 150 4 18 121 6.5
100 130 89 142 110 142 180 2 x 12 291 210 14 170 4 M 16 190 7.6
125 130 89 170 137 172 180 2 x 12 323 240 16 200 8 18 249 9.7
150 130 74 200 161 198 200 2 x 16 390 265 18 225 8 18 734 14.4
6 175 130 74 228 190 228 200 2 x 16 420 295 20 255 8 M 16 983 18.0
200 130 73 254 215 254 200 2 x 16 445 320 20 280 8 M 16 1228 19.7
250 130 65 310 268 308 200 3 x 16 501 - 22 335 12 M 16 2795 28.7
300 130 71 365 318 361 200 3 x 16 566 - 22 395 12 M 20 3190 35.9
350 200 127 397 350 400 290 4 x 16 - 620 22 445 12 22 1721 80.0
400 200 127 449 400 453 290 4 x 16 - 670 22 495 16 22 2199 88.4
450 200 127 503 453 508 290 6 x 16 725 - 22 550 16 22 2761 100.0
500 200 127 555 503 558 290 6 x 16 775 - 22 600 20 22 3845 107.8
200 130 69 256 215 254 200 3 x 16 466 - 25 295 8 M 20 2060 30.8
250 130 65 312 268 308 200 4 x 16 - 395 25 350 12 M 20 4694 43.0
300 130 62 365 318 361 200 6 x 16 570 - 26 400 12 M 20 10084 73.2
10 350 200 119 398 350 400 290 6 x 16 635 - 25 460 16 22 3046 96.0
400 200 119 450 400 453 290 8 x 16 695 - 25 515 16 26 3889 111.3
29.3_UK_Kap_07T01-ALPHA.qxp:Kap_7_04_ALPHA C_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:55 Uhr Seite 281

450 200 119 505 453 508 290 10 x 16 745 - 25 565 20 26 6144 125.7
500 200 119 556 503 558 290 12 x 16 800 - 25 620 20 26 7765 141.4
40 130 87 69 50 68 180 2 x 12 231 150 16 110 4 18 86 5.8
50 130 82 83 60 80 180 2 x 12 246 165 18 125 4 18 133 7.3
65 130 82 105 80 104 180 2 x 12 266 185 18 145 4 18 244 8.4
80 130 78 119 90 118 180 2 x 12 281 200 20 160 8 18 296 10.1
100 130 78 143 112 142 200 2 x 16 347 220 20 180 8 18 476 13.7
125 130 73 172 137 172 200 2 x 16 377 250 22 210 8 18 881 18.2
150 130 73 202 165 198 200 3 x 16 413 - 22 240 8 M 20 1285 23.3
16 175 130 66 230 190 228 200 3 x 16 443 - 25 270 8 M 20 2665 30.3
200 130 63 257 215 254 200 4 x 16 - 350 26 295 12 M 20 5585 36.9
250 130 62 312 268 308 200 6 x 16 532 532 26 355 12 M 24 13224 70.4
300 130 52 365 318 361 200 8 x 16 587 587 30 410 12 M 24 30167 95.1
350 200 101 399 350 400 290 8 x 16 650 - 30 470 16 26 7537 124.4
400 200 101 452 400 453 290 12 x 16 710 - 30 525 16 30 11293 146.9
450 200 101 506 453 508 290 15 x 16 770 - 30 585 20 30 14121 169.7
500 200 101 556 503 558 290 16 x 16 845 - 30 650 20 33 26124 213.2
40 130 84 68 50 * 188 2 x 12 245 150 15 110 4 18 113 6.1
50 122 82 81 60 * 188 2 x 12 260 165 15 125 4 18 194 6.8
80 160 110 108 90 * 228 2 x 12 285 200 20 160 8 18 240 12.5
100 160 110 146 112 * 250 2 x 16 375 235 20 190 8 22 392 18.3
25* 125 170 110 174 137 * 250 3 x 16 400 400 20 220 8 26 463 40.6
150 160 110 204 165 * 250 3 x 16 430 430 20 250 8 26 795 45.7
200 170 120 259 215 * 250 6 x 16 490 490 20 310 12 26 1501 58.2
250 180 114 317 268 * 270 8 x 16 555 555 29 370 12 30 2325 100.6
300 183 105 369 315 * 270 9 x 16 610 610 34 430 16 30 5580 131.9

preferred series
* = welded execution
** = standard execution galvanized and passivated

281
29.3_UK_Kap_07T01-ALPHA.qxp:Kap_7_04_ALPHA C_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:55 Uhr Seite 282

282
Sound absorbing expansion joint Type 7951 00S (page 276)
Bellows

PN DN

Nominal axial
movement
capacity
All-around
vibration 2)
Total length
Weight
Outside ∅
Effective area
Axial
spring rate 1)

± ax ± Bl m ∅ Da A Cx
Flange connection
dimension

mm mm mm kg mm cm2 N/mm
20 13 ± 0.7 130 1.3 34 6.3 45
25 14 ± 0.7 140 1.8 42 9.5 80
32 15 ± 0.7 150 2.2 51 15.0 75
40 15 ± 0.8 155 2.5 58 20.0 100
6 50 20 ± 1.1 180 2.8 74 32.0 95
65 20 ± 1.1 200 4.5 93 53.0 130
80 22 ± 1.1 200 6.0 105 68.0 140
100 22 ± 0.8 200 6.6 130 110.0 160
125 25 ± 1.1 250 10.2 158 160.0 220
150 28 ± 1.0 250 11.4 187 230.0 250
20 13 ± 0.7 135 1.9 34 6.3 45
25 14 ± 0.7 145 2.4 42 9.5 80
10 32 15 ± 0.7 155 3.4 51 15.0 75
40 15 ± 0.8 160 3.9 58 20.0 100
DIN 2501

50 20 ± 1.1 185 5.4 74 32.0 95


20 10 ± 0.4 120 1.9 34 6.3 55
25 10 ± 0.4 125 2.4 42 9.5 110
32 11 ± 0.5 135 3.4 51 15.0 95
40 11 ± 0.4 140 3.9 58 20.0 110
16 50 15 ± 0.6 160 5.2 74 32.0 120
29.3_UK_Kap_07T01-ALPHA.qxp:Kap_7_04_ALPHA C_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:55 Uhr Seite 283

65 20 ± 1.1 205 6.4 93 53.0 130


80 22 ± 1.1 210 8.0 105 68.0 140
100 22 ± 0.8 210 8.8 130 110.0 160
125 25 ± 1.1 260 13.2 158 160.0 220
150 28 ± 1.0 260 15.8 187 230.0 250

1)
Divergence ±30%
2)
These values are either axial or as a vibration

283
29.3_UK_Kap_07T01-ALPHA.qxp:Kap_7_04_ALPHA C_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:55 Uhr Seite 284

284
Sound absorbing expansion joint Type 7951 DFS (page 277)
Bellows

PN DN

Lateral vibration
Total length
Max. height
Max. length
Weight
Outside ∅
Effective area

± Bl D1 L m ∅ Da A
Flange connection
dimension

mm mm mm mm kg mm cm2
20 ± 0.7 130 170 160 2.1 34 6.3
25 ± 0.7 140 180 170 2.7 42 9.5
32 ± 0.7 150 200 180 3.1 51 15.0
40 ± 0.8 155 210 180 3.4 58 20.0
50 ± 1.1 180 240 210 4.4 74 32.0
6 65 ± 1.1 200 260 230 5.8 93 53.0
80 ± 1.1 200 290 230 8.3 105 68.0
100 ± 0.8 200 310 230 8.8 130 110.0
125 ± 1.1 250 340 290 15.0 158 160.0
150 ± 1.0 250 365 290 16.2 187 230.0
20 ± 0.7 135 185 160 2.8 34 6.3
25 ± 0.7 145 195 170 3.3 42 9.5
10 32 ± 0.7 155 220 180 4.3 51 15.0
40 ± 0.8 160 230 190 4.8 58 20.0
DIN 2501

50 ± 1.1 185 265 220 7.1 74 32.0


20 ± 0.4 120 185 150 2.8 34 6.3
25 ± 0.4 125 195 150 3.3 42 9.5
32 ± 0.5 135 220 160 4.3 51 15.0
40 ± 0.4 140 230 170 4.8 58 20.0
16 50 ± 0.6 160 265 190 6.8 74 32.0
29.3_UK_Kap_07T01-ALPHA.qxp:Kap_7_04_ALPHA C_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:55 Uhr Seite 285

65 ± 1.1 205 285 240 9.1 93 53.0


80 ± 1.1 210 300 240 11.7 105 68.0
100 ± 0.8 210 320 240 12.5 130 110.0
125 ± 1.1 260 350 300 20.6 158 160.0
150 ± 1.0 260 385 300 24.1 187 230.0

285
29.3_UK_Kap_08.qxp:UK_02_Kap_08.qxp 30.10.2009 15:06 Uhr Seite 286

8 Rubber expansion joints

8.1 General
Rubber expansion joints can be used in all industrial applications such as:

• chemical plants
• heating systems
• air conditioning
• ship building
• pipeline construction

Due to their extensive chemical resistance, they can be used in pipeline


systems carrying various media such as:

• hot water
• cool water
• warm water
• compressed air
• cooling water
• sea water
• acid solutions
• alkaline solutions
• oil
• oil-containing media
• etc.
depending on the rubber quality (refer to material table 8.3).

Rubber expansion joints are particularly suited to:

• compensate mechanical vibrations


• compensate axial and lateral movements
• compensate installation misalignments
• noise reduction

Rubber expansion joints with tie rods supported by rubber mountings are
especially suited to reduce noise and to compensate movements in plants
where it is difficult to install pipe anchors to withstand pressure thrust.

286
29.3_UK_Kap_08.qxp:UK_02_Kap_08.qxp 30.10.2009 15:06 Uhr Seite 287

8.2 Technical data


The bellows of rubber expansion joints consist of an inner and outer elastomer
layer and several intermediate layers made of Nylon-cord tissues.

The Nylon-cord or Aramid layers ensure high resistance against internal pres-
sure and vacuum.

The rubber expansion joints with bellows type A, B, D and S are fitted
with loose flanges; the bellows type A, B and D can also be equipped with
screwed sockets. The steelwire reinforced rims of the bellows with loose
flange design have a sealing effect.

The rubber expansion joints with bellows type C have fully modeled rubber
flanges with loose back flanges.

Types of bellows:

Type A (313) Type B (303) Type C Type D (323)

8.3 Materials

Rubber expansion joints can be run through by various media, if the maxi-
mum permissible operating conditions are respected. The various types of
bellows and their various materials are suitable for the following flow media:

Bellows A (313) + D (323)

Color code Media *) Composite Material


inner layer Chloroprene
black • cold and warm water
• water with minor chemical reinforcement Nylon-cord
(point)
additives outer layer Chloroprene
• hot water inner layer EPDMT
red
design test in accordance reinforcement Nylon-cord spec.
(circle)
with DIN 4809
outer layer EPDMT

287
29.3_UK_Kap_08.qxp:UK_02_Kap_08.qxp 30.10.2009 15:06 Uhr Seite 288

inner layer EPDM


• acidic water
red reinforcement Nylon-cord
• waste water
(point)
• hot water outer layer EPDM
• oils inner layer Nitrile
• fuels reinforcement Nylon-cord
yellow
• gases
(point) outer layer Chloroprene
• drinking water **)
inner layer Hypalon
green reinforcement Nylon-cord
(point) • chemicals
outer layer Chloroprene

*) basic recommendation, if in doubt, ask for table of chemical resistances


**) according to KTW recommendation 1.3.13 Federal Health Administration

Bellows B (303)

Color code Media *) Composite Material

inner layer PTFE


brown • universal reinforcement Nylon-cord
(point)
outer layer Chloroprene
• acidic water inner layer EPDM
red
(point) • waste water reinforcement Nylon-cord
• hot water
outer layer EPDM

*) basic recommendation, if in doubt, ask for table of chemical resistances

Bellows C

Color code Media *) Composite Material

• acidic water inner layer EPDM


red
• waste water reinforcement Nylon-cord
(point)
• hot water outer layer EPDM
• oils inner layer Nitrile
yellow
(point) • fuels reinforcement Nylon-cord
• gases
outer layer Chloroprene

*) basic recommendation, if in doubt, ask for table of chemical resistances


Other elastomer qualities on request.

288
29.3_UK_Kap_08.qxp:UK_02_Kap_08.qxp 30.10.2009 15:07 Uhr Seite 289

8.4 Pressure and temperature

These bellows types can be used at the following permissible pressure ranges:

Bellows type B, D, C Bellows type A


Permissible absolute DN 32 - DN 300 / 16 bar DN 25 – DN 500 / 16 bar
pressure (PN) DN 350 - DN 500 / 10 bar DN 25 – DN 250
DN 600 - DN 2000 / 5 bar *) according to DIN 4809
6 bar / 110°C
10 bar / 100°C
nces Vacuum stability DN 32 - DN 150 / 0,6 bar DN 32 – DN 500
ration pabs. DN 200 - DN 500 / 0,8 bar 0,1 bar at tR
(at room temperature) DN 600 - DN 2000 / on request 0,4 bar up to 70°C
Pressure reduction up to 70°C Ⳏ 100% PN
at temperature from 70°C to 130°C Ⳏ 70% PN
Test pressure 1,5 x PN
Bursting pressure 3 x PN

*) higher operating conditions on request

The various bellows materials have the following permissible operating


temperatures:

nces Rubber quality Color code Permissible operating temperature


Chloroprene black -(point) -10°C up to +70°C
short term + 90°C
EPDMT red -(circle) -10°C up to +110°C
-10°C up to +90°C (short time 110°C)
EPDM red -(point)
(from DN 600 up to 90°C)
Nitrile yellow -(point) -10°C up to + 90°C
Hypalon green -(point) -10°C up to +110°C

EPDM with brown -(point) -10°C up to +130°C


PTFE-coating

nces

289
29.3_UK_Kap_08.qxp:UK_02_Kap_08.qxp 30.10.2009 15:07 Uhr Seite 290

8.5 Reductions

The movements given in the tables


are non concurrent movements. The
movement capacity is either axial or
lateral or angular.

⌬ax (expanded)
If concurrent movements occur (e.g.
axial and lateral), the sum of the frac-
tions of each movement must not
exceed 100%.

The following combinations of con- ⌬lat. or ⌬ang.

current movements are permissible:


• ⌬ax expanded with lateral movement or
• ⌬ax expanded with angular rotation.

Example
1. Technical data
Type 3140 00S-A-EPDM
nominal value ⌬ax expanded = 10 mm Ⳏ100%
nominal value ⌬lat = ± 15 mm Ⳏ100%,
if axial and lateral movements do not occur simultaneously.

2. Application
actual value ⌬ax expanded = 5 mm Ⳏ50% of the axial nominal value,
rest capacity for ⌬lat = 50% of the nominal value,
i.e., ⌬lat = ±7,5 mm.
Total capacity of the expansion joint = 100%

290
29.3_UK_Kap_08.qxp:UK_02_Kap_08.qxp 30.10.2009 15:07 Uhr Seite 291

8.6 Type designation

Type 3140 00S-A-... Type 3140 00S-A-EPDMT


Type 3140 00S-D-... Type 3140 00S-D-EPDMT
Rubber expansion joint with loose Rubber expansion joint with loose flanges
flanges both sides for axial or lateral both sides for axial or lateral movement
movement compensation or vibration compensation or vibration absorption.
absorption.

Type 3840 DFS-A-... Type 3840 DFS-A-EPDMT


Type 3840 DFS-D-... Type 3840 DFS-D-EPDMT
Rubber expansion joint with loose Rubber expansion joint with loose flanges
flanges both sides and sound absorbing both sides and sound absorbing tie rod
tie rod restraint for lateral movement restraint for lateral movement compensa-
compensation or vibration absorption. tion or vibration absorption.

Materials Materials
Bellows: Inner layer Outer layer Bellows: inner layer EPDM
EPDM EPDM outer layer EPDM
Chloroprene Chloroprene reinforcement: Nylon-cord
Nitrile Chloroprene (special)
Reinforcement: Nylon-cord Flanges: carbon steel, galvanzied
Flanges: carbon steel, galvanized Tie rods: carbon steel, galvanzied
Tie rods: carbon steel, galvanized (with rubber support)
(with rubber support)

Permissible operating conditions Permissible operating conditions


Operating pressure: Operating pressure:
Absolute pressure max. 16 bar Absolute pressure max. 16 bar
Vacuum on requst Vacuum on request
Temperature Temperature -10°C up to 110 °C
-10°C up to 90 °C EPDM* Test pressure 1.5 x operating pressure
-10°C up to 90 °C Nitrile
-10°C up to 70 °C Chloroprene
Test pressure 1.5 x operating pressure
(*short time 110 °C)

291
29.3_UK_Kap_08.qxp:UK_02_Kap_08.qxp 30.10.2009 15:07 Uhr Seite 292

Pressure reduction factors In heating installations according


up to 70°C: 100% PN to DIN 4809:
from 70°C up to 110°C: 70% PN 10 bar up to max. 100°C
6 bar up to max. 110°C

Type 3140 00S-... Type 3840 DFS-...

Type 3140 00S-B-EPDM Type 3140 00S-B-PTFE


Rubber expansion joint with loose Rubber expansion joint with loose
flanges both sides for axial or lateral flanges both sides for axial or lateral
movement compensation or vibra- movement compensation or vibration
tion absorption. absorption.

Type 3840 DFS-B-EPDM Type 3840 DFS-B-PTFE


Rubber expansion joint with loose Rubber expansion joint with loose
flanges both sides and sound ab- flanges both sides and sound absorb-
sorbing tie rod restraint for lateral ing tie rod restraint for lateral move-
movement compensation or vibra- ment compensation or vibration
tion absorption. absorption.

292
29.3_UK_Kap_08.qxp:UK_02_Kap_08.qxp 30.10.2009 15:07 Uhr Seite 293

ording Materials Materials


Bellows: inner layer EPDM Bellows: inner layer PTFE
outer layer EPDM outer layer Chloroprene
reinforcement: Nylon-cord reinforcement: Nylon-
cord
Flanges: carbon steel, galvanized Flanges: carbon steel, galvanzied
Tie rods: carbon steel, galvanized Tie rods: carbon steel, galvanzied
(with rubber support) (with rubber support)

Permissible operating conditions Permissible operating conditions


Operating pressure: Operating pressure:
Absolute pressure Absolute pressure
max. 16 bar up to DN 300 max. 16 bar up to DN 150
max. 10 bar up to DN 350 max. 10 bar up to DN 200
Vacuum on request Vacuum DN 100 up to DN 150 pabs
Temperature -10°C up to 90 °C* 0.6 bar
Test pressure 1.5 x operating pressure from DN 200 pabs 0.8 bar
(*short time 110 °C) Temperature -10°C up to 130 °C
Test pressure 1.5 x operating pressure
Pressure reduction factors
up to 70°C: 100% PN Pressure reduction factors
from 70°C up to 110°C: 70% PN up to 70°C: 100% PN
oose from 70°C up to 110°C: 70% PN
lateral
vibration

oose
absorb-
move-
on

Type 3140 00S-B-... Type 3840 00S-B-...

293
29.3_UK_Kap_08.qxp:UK_02_Kap_08.qxp 30.10.2009 15:07 Uhr Seite 294

Type 3160 00S-A-... Type 3160 00S-A-EPDMT


Type 3160 00S-D-... Type 3160 00S-D-EPDMT
Rubber expansion joint with screwed Type 3160 00S-B-EPDM
sockets (female thread) for axial or later- Rubber expansion joint with screwed
al movement compensation or vibration sockets (female thread) for axial or later-
absorption. al movement compensation or vibration
absorption.

Materials Materials
Bellows: Inner layer: Outer layer: Bellows: inner layer EPDM
EPDM EPDM outer layer EPDM
Chloroprene Chloroprene reinforcement: Nylon-cord
Nitrile Chloroprene (special)
Reinforcement: Nylon-cord Screw connection: GGG-40 (galvanized)
Screw connection: GGG-40, galvanzied

Permissible operating conditions Permissible operating conditions


Operating pressure Operating pressure
Absolute pressure10 bar Absolute pressure 10 bar
Vacuum on request Vacuum on request
Temperature Temperature -10°C up to 110°C
-10°C up to 90°C - EPDM* Test pressure 1.5 x operating pressure
-10°C up to 90°C - Nitrile
-10°C up to 70°C - Chloroprene
Test pressure 1.5 x operating pressure
(*short time 110°C)
In heating installations according to
Pressure reduction factors DIN 4809:
up to 70°C: 100% PN 10 bar up to max. 100°C
from 70°C up to 110°C: 70% PN 6 bar up to max. 110°C

294
29.3_UK_Kap_08.qxp:UK_02_Kap_08.qxp 30.10.2009 15:07 Uhr Seite 295

Type 3160 00S-A-D-B...


Execution A

Type 3160 00S-A-D-B...


Execution B

295
29.3_UK_Kap_08.qxp:UK_02_Kap_08.qxp 30.10.2009 15:07 Uhr Seite 296

Type 3140 00S-C-... Permissible operating conditions


Rubber expansion joint with loose Operating pressure
flanges both sides for axial or lateral Absolute pressure
movement compensation or vibration max. 16 bar up to DN300
absorption. max. 10 bar up to DN350
Vacuum on request
Execution with tie rod restraint on
request. Temperature -10°C up to 90°C
Test pressure 1,5 x operating pressure
Materials
Bellows: inner layer EPDM or Nitrile
outer layer EPDM or Nitrile Pressure reduction factors
reinforcement: Nylon-cord up to 70°C: 90% PN
Rubber flanges with loose back from 70°C up to 90°C: 70% PN
flanges made of carbon steel,
galvanized
TIe rods: carbon steel, galvanzied
(with rubber support)

Type 3140 00S-C-...

296
29.3_UK_Kap_08.qxp:UK_02_Kap_08.qxp 30.10.2009 15:07 Uhr Seite 297

8.7 Tables standard programme

Page

BOA Type 3140 00S-D-... / 3840 DFS-D... PN6 299


PN10 300
PN16 302

BOA Type 3140 00S-A-... / 3840 DFS-A... PN6 304


PN10 305
PN16 307

BOA Type 3140 00S-B-EPDM / 3840 DFS-B-EPDM PN6 309


PN10 310
PN16 312

BOA Type 3140 00S-B-PTFE / 3840 DFS-B-PTFE PN6 314


PN10 315
PN16 317

BOA Type 3140 00S-C-... PN6 318


PN10 319

BOA Type 3160 00S-A-... / -D... PN10 320

BOA Type 3160 00S-B-EPDM PN10 321

297
29.3_UK_Kap_08.qxp:UK_02_Kap_08.qxp 30.10.2009 15:07 Uhr Seite 298
29.3_UK_Kap_08T01-DFS.qxp:Kap_8_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:55 Uhr Seite 299

Type 3140 00S-D-.../3840 DFS-D-... PN6 Type 3140 OOS-... (page 292) Type 3840 DFS-... (page 292)

DN Type Nominal movement Rubber bellows Flange


capacity

Axial
expanded
Axial com-
pressed
Lateral
Angular
Total length
Raised face
Outside ∅
Inside ∅
Raised
face ∅
Outside ∅
Thickness
Bolt circle ∅
Number
of holes
Thread
Tie rods

TL A da di g D b k n M L
mm mm mm ° mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
40 3140 00 S-D- 12 25 ± 25 ± 35 150 6.5 75 34.5 69 130 14 100 4 12 --
3840 DFS-D- -- -- ± 25 -- 150 6.5 75 34.5 69 235 14 100 4 12 188
50 3140 00 S-D- 12 25 ± 25 ± 35 150 7.0 96 46.0 87 140 14 110 4 12 --
3840 DFS-D- -- -- ± 25 -- 150 7.0 96 46.0 87 245 14 110 4 12 188
65 3140 00 S-D- 12 25 ± 25 ± 30 150 7.5 115 66.0 109 160 14 130 4 12 --
3840 DFS-D- -- -- ± 25 -- 150 7.5 115 66.0 109 265 14 130 4 12 188
80 3140 00 S-D- 12 25 ± 25 ± 30 150 7.0 130 73.5 118 190 16 150 4 16 --
3840 DFS-D- -- -- ± 25 -- 150 7.0 130 73.5 118 295 16 150 4 16 188
100 3140 00 S-D- 12 25 ± 25 ± 25 150 8.5 154 99.0 147 210 16 170 4 16 --
3840 DFS-D- -- -- ± 25 -- 150 8.5 154 99.0 147 315 16 170 4 16 188
125 3140 00 S-D- 12 25 ± 25 ± 20 150 11.0 176 124.0 177 240 18 200 8 16 --
3840 DFS-D- -- -- ± 25 -- 150 11.0 176 124.0 177 345 18 200 8 16 188

299
29.3_UK_Kap_08T01-DFS.qxp:Kap_8_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:55 Uhr Seite 300

300
Type 3140 00S-D-.../3840 DFS-D-... PN10 Type 3140 OOS-... (page 292) Type 3840 DFS-... (page 292)

DN Type Nominal movement Rubber bellows Flange


capacity

Axial
expanded
Axial com-
pressed
Lateral
Angular
Total length
Raised face
Outside ∅
Inside ∅
Raised
face ∅
Outside ∅
Thickness
Bolt circle ∅
Number
of holes
Thread
Tie rods

TL A da di g D b k n M L
mm mm mm ° mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
40 3140 00 S-D- 12 25 ± 25 ± 35 150 6.5 75 34.5 69 150 16 110 4 16 --
3840 DFS-D- -- -- ± 25 -- 150 6.5 75 34.5 69 255 16 110 4 16 188
50 3140 00 S-D- 12 25 ± 25 ± 35 150 7.0 96 46.0 87 165 16 125 4 16 --
3840 DFS-D- -- -- ± 25 -- 150 7.0 96 46.0 87 270 16 125 4 16 188
65 3140 00 S-D- 12 25 ± 25 ± 30 150 7.5 115 66.0 109 185 16 145 4 16 --
3840 DFS-D- -- -- ± 25 -- 150 7.5 115 66.0 109 290 16 145 4 16 188
80 3140 00 S-D- 12 25 ± 25 ± 30 150 7.0 130 73.5 118 200 18 160 8 16 --
3840 DFS-D- -- -- ± 25 -- 150 7.0 130 73.5 118 305 18 160 8 16 188
100 3140 00 S-D- 12 25 ± 25 ± 25 150 8.5 154 99.0 147 220 18 180 8 16 --
3840 DFS-D- -- -- ± 25 -- 150 8.5 154 99.0 147 325 18 180 8 16 188
125 3140 00 S-D- 12 25 ± 25 ± 20 150 11.0 176 124.0 177 250 18 210 8 16 --
3840 DFS-D- -- -- ± 25 -- 150 11.0 176 124.0 177 375 18 210 8 16 190
150 3140 00 S-D- 12 25 ± 25 ± 20 150 11.5 200 142.0 202 285 18 240 8 20 --
3840 DFS-D- -- -- ± 25 -- 150 11.5 200 142.0 202 410 18 240 8 20 190
200 3140 00 S-D- 12 25 ± 25 ± 15 150 14.0 252 195.0 263 340 20 295 8 20 --
3840 DFS-D- -- -- ± 25 -- 150 14.0 252 195.0 263 465 20 295 8 20 190
29.3_UK_Kap_08T01-DFS.qxp:Kap_8_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:55 Uhr Seite 301

250 3140 00 S-D- 12 25 ± 25 ± 10 200 15.0 317 246.0 323 395 22 350 12 20 --
3840 DFS-D- -- -- ± 25 -- 200 15.0 317 246.0 323 550 22 350 12 20 250
300 3140 00 S-D- 12 25 ± 25 ± 10 200 14.0 366 295.0 372 445 26 400 12 20 --
3840 DFS-D- -- -- ± 25 -- 200 14.0 366 295.0 372 600 26 400 12 20 250

301
29.3_UK_Kap_08T01-DFS.qxp:Kap_8_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:55 Uhr Seite 302

302
Type 3140 00S-D-.../3840 DFS-D-... PN16 Type 3140 OOS-... (page 292) Type 3840 DFS-... (page 292)

DN Type Nominal movement Rubber bellows Flange


capacity

Axial
expanded
Axial com-
pressed
Lateral
Angular
Total length
Raised face
Outside ∅
Inside ∅
Raised
face ∅
Outside ∅
Thickness
Bolt circle ∅
Number
of holes
Thread
Tie rods

TL A da di g D b k n M L
mm mm mm ° mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
40 3140 00 S-D- 12 25 ± 25 ± 35 150 6.5 75 34.5 69 150 16 110 4 16 --
3840 DFS-D- -- -- ± 25 -- 150 6.5 75 34.5 69 255 16 110 4 16 188
50 3140 00 S-D- 12 25 ± 25 ± 35 150 7.0 96 46.0 87 165 16 125 4 16 --
3840 DFS-D- -- -- ± 25 -- 150 7.0 96 46.0 87 270 16 125 4 16 188
65 3140 00 S-D- 12 25 ± 25 ± 30 150 7.5 115 66.0 109 185 16 145 4 16 --
3840 DFS-D- -- -- ± 25 -- 150 7.5 115 66.0 109 290 16 145 4 16 188
80 3140 00 S-D- 12 25 ± 25 ± 30 150 7.0 130 73.5 118 200 18 160 8 16 --
3840 DFS-D- -- -- ± 25 -- 150 7.0 130 73.5 118 305 18 160 8 16 188
100 3140 00 S-D- 12 25 ± 25 ± 25 150 8.5 154 99.0 147 220 18 180 8 16 --
3840 DFS-D- -- -- ± 25 -- 150 8.5 154 99.0 147 325 18 180 8 16 188
125 3140 00 S-D- 12 25 ± 25 ± 20 150 11.0 176 124.0 177 250 18 210 8 16 --
3840 DFS-D- -- -- ± 25 -- 150 11.0 176 124.0 177 375 18 210 8 16 190
150 3140 00 S-D- 12 25 ± 25 ± 20 150 11.5 200 142.0 202 285 18 240 8 20 --
3840 DFS-D- -- -- ± 25 -- 150 11.5 200 142.0 202 410 18 240 8 20 190
200 3140 00 S-D- 12 25 ± 25 ± 15 150 14.0 252 195.0 263 340 20 295 12 20 --
3840 DFS-D- -- -- ± 25 -- 150 14.0 252 195.0 263 465 20 295 12 20 190
29.3_UK_Kap_08T01-DFS.qxp:Kap_8_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:55 Uhr Seite 303

250 3140 00 S-D- 12 25 ± 25 ± 10 200 15.0 317 246.0 323 405 22 355 12 24 --
3840 DFS-D- -- -- ± 25 -- 200 15.0 317 246.0 323 560 22 355 12 24 250
300 3140 00 S-D- 12 25 ± 25 ± 10 200 14.0 366 295.0 372 445 26 400 12 20 --
3840 DFS-D- -- -- ± 25 -- 200 14.0 366 295.0 372 625 26 400 12 20 253

303
29.3_UK_Kap_08T01-DFS.qxp:Kap_8_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:55 Uhr Seite 304

304
Type 3140 00S-A-.../3840 DFS-A-... PN6 Type 3140 OOS-... (page 292) Type 3840 DFS-... (page 292)

DN Type Nominal movement Rubber bellows Flange


capacity

Axial
expanded
Axial com-
pressed
Lateral
Angular
Total length
Raised face
Outside ∅
Inside ∅
Raised
face ∅
Outside ∅
Thickness
Bolt circle ∅
Number
of holes
Thread
Tie rods

TL A da di g D b k n M L
mm mm mm ° mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
25 3140 00 S-A- 10 25 ± 15 ± 20 130 6.5 70 29.0 64 100 16 75 4 10 --
3840 DFS-A- -- -- ± 15 -- 130 6.5 70 29.0 64 205 16 75 4 10 168
32 3140 00 S-A- 10 25 ± 15 ± 20 130 6.5 70 29.0 64 120 14 90 4 12 --
3840 DFS-A- -- -- ± 15 -- 130 6.5 70 29.0 64 225 14 90 4 12 168
40 3140 00 S-A- 10 25 ± 15 ± 20 130 8.0 75 36.0 69 130 14 100 4 12 --
3840 DFS-A- -- -- ± 15 -- 130 8.0 75 36.0 69 235 14 100 4 12 168
50 3140 00 S-A- 10 25 ± 15 ± 20 130 8.5 95 47.5 87 140 14 110 4 12 --
3840 DFS-A- -- -- ± 15 -- 130 8.5 95 47.5 87 245 14 110 4 12 168
65 3140 00 S-A- 10 25 ± 15 ± 20 130 9.0 120 60.0 109 160 14 130 4 12 --
3840 DFS-A- -- -- ± 15 -- 130 9.0 120 60.0 109 265 14 130 4 12 168
80 3140 00 S-A- 10 25 ± 15 ± 17 130 8.5 130 75.0 118 190 16 150 4 16 --
3840 DFS-A- -- -- ± 15 -- 130 8.5 130 75.0 118 295 16 150 4 16 168
100 3140 00 S-A- 10 25 ± 15 ± 14 130 11.5 150 96.0 147 210 16 170 4 16 --
3840 DFS-A- -- -- ± 15 -- 130 11.5 150 96.0 147 315 16 170 4 16 168
125 3140 00 S-A- 15 25 ± 15 ± 14 130 12.5 180 120.0 177 240 18 200 8 16 --
3840 DFS-A- -- -- ± 15 -- 130 12.5 180 120.0 177 345 18 200 8 16 168
29.3_UK_Kap_08T01-DFS.qxp:Kap_8_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:55 Uhr Seite 305

Type 3140 00S-A-.../3840 DFS-A-... PN10 Type 3140 OOS-... (page 292) Type 3840 DFS-... (page 292)

DN Type Nominal movement Rubber bellows Flange


capacity

Axial
expanded
Axial com-
pressed
Lateral
Angular
Total length
Raised face
Outside ∅
Inside ∅
Raised
face ∅
Outside ∅
Thickness
Bolt circle ∅
Number
of holes
Thread
Tie rods

TL A da di g D b k n M L
mm mm mm ° mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
25 3140 00 S-A- 10 25 ± 15 ± 20 130 6.5 70 29.0 64 115 16 85 4 12 --
3840 DFS-A- -- -- ± 15 -- 130 6.5 70 29.0 64 220 16 85 4 12 168
32 3140 00 S-A- 10 25 ± 15 ± 20 130 6.5 70 29.0 64 140 16 100 4 16 --
3840 DFS-A- -- -- ± 15 -- 130 6.5 70 29.0 64 245 16 100 4 16 168
40 3140 00 S-A- 10 25 ± 15 ± 20 130 8.0 75 36.0 69 150 16 110 4 16 --
3840 DFS-A- -- -- ± 15 -- 130 8.0 75 36.0 69 255 16 110 4 16 168
50 3140 00 S-A- 10 25 ± 15 ± 20 130 8.5 95 47.5 87 165 16 125 4 16 --
3840 DFS-A- -- -- ± 15 -- 130 8.5 95 47.5 87 270 16 125 4 16 168
65 3140 00 S-A- 10 25 ± 15 ± 20 130 9.0 120 60.0 109 185 16 145 4 16 --
3840 DFS-A- -- -- ± 15 -- 130 9.0 120 60.0 109 290 16 145 4 16 168
80 3140 00 S-A- 10 25 ± 15 ± 17 130 8.5 130 75.0 118 200 18 160 8 16 --
3840 DFS-A- -- -- ± 15 -- 130 8.5 130 75.0 118 305 18 160 8 16 168
100 3140 00 S-A- 10 25 ± 15 ± 14 130 11.5 150 96.0 147 220 18 180 8 16 --
3840 DFS-A- -- -- ± 15 -- 130 11.5 150 96.0 147 325 18 180 8 16 168
125 3140 00 S-A- 15 25 ± 15 ± 14 130 12.5 180 120.0 177 250 18 210 8 16 --
3840 DFS-A- -- -- ± 15 -- 130 12.5 180 120.0 177 375 18 210 8 16 168
150 3140 00 S-A- 15 20 ± 15 ± 10 130 13.0 204 143.0 202 285 18 240 8 20 --
3840 DFS-A- -- -- ± 15 -- 130 13.0 204 143.0 202 410 18 240 8 20 170

305
29.3_UK_Kap_08T01-DFS.qxp:Kap_8_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:55 Uhr Seite 306

306
Type 3140 00S-A-.../3840 DFS-A-... PN10 Type 3140 OOS-... (page 292) Type 3840 DFS-... (page 292)

DN Type Nominal movement Rubber bellows Flange


capacity

Axial
expanded
Axial com-
pressed
Lateral
Angular
Total length
Raised face
Outside ∅
Inside ∅
Raised
face ∅
Outside ∅
Thickness
Bolt circle ∅
Number
of holes
Thread
Tie rods

TL A da di g D b k n M L
mm mm mm ° mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
200 3140 00 S-A- 15 20 ± 15 ± 10 130 15.5 256 191.0 263 340 20 295 8 20 --
3840 DFS-A- -- -- ± 15 -- 130 15.5 256 191.0 263 465 20 295 8 20 170
250 3140 00 S-A- 15 15 ± 15 ±8 130 16.5 310 243.5 323 395 22 350 12 20 --
3840 DFS-A- -- -- ± 15 -- 130 16.5 310 244.0 323 550 22 350 12 20 170
300 3140 00 S-A- 15 15 ± 15 ±8 130 15.5 357 290.5 372 445 26 400 12 20 --
3840 DFS-A- -- -- ± 15 -- 130 15.5 357 291.0 372 600 26 400 12 20 170
350 3140 00 S-A- 25 35 ± 15 ±8 200 16.0 425 338.0 422 505 28 460 16 20 --
3840 DFS-A- -- -- ± 15 -- 200 16.0 425 338.0 422 670 28 460 16 20 253
400 3140 00 S-A- 25 35 ± 15 ±8 200 16.5 474 388.0 479 565 32 515 16 24 --
3840 DFS-A- -- -- ± 15 -- 200 16.5 474 388.0 479 730 32 515 16 24 253.0
450 3140 00 S-A- 25 35 ± 15 ±8 200 17.5 521 438.0 525 615 34 565 20 24 --
3840 DFS-A- -- -- ± 15 -- 200 17.5 521 438.0 525 780 34 565 20 24 253
500 3140 00 S-A- 25 35 ± 15 ±8 200 17.5 569 484.0 576 670 38 620 20 24 --
3840 DFS-A- -- -- ± 15 -- 200 17.5 569 484.0 576 835 38 620 20 24 253
29.3_UK_Kap_08T01-DFS.qxp:Kap_8_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:55 Uhr Seite 307

Type 3140 00S-A-.../3840 DFS-A-... PN16 Type 3140 OOS-... (page 292) Type 3840 DFS-... (page 292)

DN Type Nominal movement Rubber bellows Flange


capacity

Axial
expanded
Axial com-
pressed
Lateral
Angular
Total length
Raised face
Outside ∅
Inside ∅
Raised
face ∅
Outside ∅
Thickness
Bolt circle ∅
Number
of holes
Thread
Tie rods

TL A da di g D b k n M L
mm mm mm ° mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
25 3140 00 S-A- 10 25 ± 15 ± 20 130 6.5 70 29.0 64 115 16 85 4 14 --
3840 DFS-A- -- -- ± 15 -- 130 6.5 70 29.0 64 220 16 85 4 14 168
32 3140 00 S-A- 10 25 ± 15 ± 20 130 6.5 70 29.0 64 140 16 100 4 18 --
3840 DFS-A- -- -- ± 15 -- 130 6.5 70 29.0 64 245 16 100 4 18 168
40 3140 00 S-A- 10 25 ± 15 ± 20 130 8.0 75 36.0 69 150 16 110 4 18 --
3840 DFS-A- -- -- ± 15 -- 130 8.0 75 36.0 69 255 16 110 4 18 168
50 3140 00 S-A- 10 25 ± 15 ± 20 130 8.5 95 47.5 87 165 16 125 4 18 --
3840 DFS-A- -- -- ± 15 -- 130 8.5 95 47.5 87 270 16 125 4 18 168
65 3140 00 S-A- 10 25 ± 15 ± 20 130 9.0 120 60.0 109 185 16 145 4 18 --
3840 DFS-A- -- -- ± 15 -- 130 9.0 120 60.0 109 290 16 145 4 18 168
80 3140 00 S-A- 10 25 ± 15 ± 17 130 8.5 130 75.0 118 200 18 160 8 18 --
3840 DFS-A- -- -- ± 15 -- 130 8.5 130 75.0 118 305 18 160 8 18 168
100 3140 00 S-A- 10 25 ± 15 ± 14 130 11.5 150 96.0 147 220 18 180 8 18 --
3840 DFS-A- -- -- ± 15 -- 130 11.5 150 96.0 147 325 18 180 8 18 168
125 3140 00 S-A- 15 25 ± 15 ± 14 130 12.5 180 120.0 177 250 18 210 8 18 --
3840 DFS-A- -- -- ± 15 -- 130 12.5 180 120.0 177 375 18 210 8 18 168
150 3140 00 S-A- 15 20 ± 15 ± 10 130 13.0 204 143.0 202 285 18 240 8 22 --
3840 DFS-A- -- -- ± 15 -- 130 13.0 204 143.0 202 410 18 240 8 22 170

307
29.3_UK_Kap_08T01-DFS.qxp:Kap_8_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:55 Uhr Seite 308

308
Type 3140 00S-A-.../3840 DFS-A-... PN16 Type 3140 OOS-... (page 292) Type 3840 DFS-... (page 292)

DN Type Nominal movement Rubber bellows Flange


capacity

Axial
expanded
Axial com-
pressed
Lateral
Angular
Total length
Raised face
Outside ∅
Inside ∅
Raised
face ∅
Outside ∅
Thickness
Bolt circle ∅
Number
of holes
Thread
Tie rods

TL A da di g D b k n M L
mm mm mm ° mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
200 3140 00 S-A- 15 20 ± 15 ± 10 130 15.5 256 191.0 263 340 20 295 12 M20 --
3840 DFS-A- -- -- ± 15 -- 130 15.5 256 191.0 263 465 20 295 12 M20 170
250 3140 00 S-A- 15 15 ± 15 ±8 130 16.5 310 243.5 323 405 22 355 12 M24 --
3840 DFS-A- -- -- ± 15 -- 130 16.5 310 243.5 323 560 22 355 12 M24 170
300 3140 00 S-A- 15 15 ± 15 ±8 130 15.5 357 290.5 372 460 26 410 12 M24 --
3840 DFS-A- -- -- ± 15 -- 130 15.5 357 290.5 372 625 26 410 12 M24 183
350 3140 00 S-A- 25 35 ± 15 ±8 200 16.0 425 338.0 422 520 35 470 16 M24 --
3840 DFS-A- -- -- ± 15 -- 200 16.0 425 338.0 422 680 35 470 16 M24 263
400 3140 00 S-A- 25 35 ± 15 ±8 200 16.5 474 388.0 479 580 35 525 16 M27 --
3840 DFS-A- -- -- ± 15 -- 200 16.5 474 388.0 479 740 35 525 16 M27 253
450 3140 00 S-A- 25 35 ± 15 ±8 200 17.5 521 438.0 525 640 40 585 20 M27 --
3840 DFS-A- -- -- ± 15 -- 200 17.5 521 438.0 525 800 40 585 20 M27 253
500 3140 00 S-A- 25 35 ± 15 ±8 200 17.5 569 484.0 576 715 40 650 20 M30 --
3840 DFS-A- -- -- ± 15 -- 200 17.5 569 484.0 576 875 40 650 20 M30 253
29.3_UK_Kap_08T01-DFS.qxp:Kap_8_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:55 Uhr Seite 309

Type 3140 00S-B-EPDM/3840 DFS-B-EPDM PN6 Type 3140 OOS-... (page 293) Type 3840 DFS-... (page 293)

DN Type Nominal movement Rubber bellows Flange


capacity

Axial
expanded
Axial com-
pressed
Lateral
Angular
Total length
Raised face
Outside ∅
Inside ∅
Raised
face ∅
Outside ∅
Thickness
Bolt circle ∅
Number
of holes
Thread
Tie rods

TL A da di g D b k n M L
mm mm mm ° mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
32 3140 00 S-B- 5 8 ±8 ± 10 95 8.0 70 33.0 69 120 14 90 4 12 --
3840 DFS-B- -- -- ±8 -- 95 8.0 70 33.0 69 225 14 90 4 12 128
40 3140 00 S-B- 5 8 ±8 ± 10 95 8.0 70 33.0 69 130 14 100 4 12 --
3840 DFS-B- -- -- ±8 -- 95 8.0 70 33.0 69 235 14 100 4 12 128
50 3140 00 S-B- 5 8 ±8 ± 10 105 8.5 92 44.5 87 140 14 110 4 12 --
3840 DFS-B- -- -- ±8 -- 105 8.5 92 44.5 87 245 14 110 4 12 148
65 3140 00 S-B- 6 12 ± 10 ± 15 115 9.0 112 65.0 109 160 14 130 4 12 --
3840 DFS-B- -- -- ± 10 -- 115 9.0 112 65.0 109 265 14 130 4 12 148
80 3140 00 S-B- 6 12 ± 10 ± 15 130 8.5 124 75.0 118 190 16 150 4 16 --
3840 DFS-B- -- -- ± 10 -- 130 8.5 124 75.0 118 295 16 150 4 16 168
100 3140 00 S-B- 10 18 ± 12 ± 15 135 11.5 149 94.0 147 210 16 170 4 16 --
3840 DFS-B- -- -- ± 12 -- 135 11.5 149 94.0 147 315 16 170 4 16 168
125 3140 00 S-B- 10 18 ± 12 ± 15 170 12.5 185 119.0 177 240 18 200 8 16 --
3840 DFS-B- -- -- ± 12 -- 170 12.5 185 119.0 177 345 18 200 8 16 208

309
29.3_UK_Kap_08T01-DFS.qxp:Kap_8_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:55 Uhr Seite 310

310
Type 3140 00S-B-EPDM/3840 DFS-B-EPDM PN10 Type 3140 OOS-... (page 293) Type 3840 DFS-... (page 293)

DN Type Nominal movement Rubber bellows Flange


capacity

Axial
expanded
Axial com-
pressed
Lateral
Angular
Total length
Raised face
Outside ∅
Inside ∅
Raised
face ∅
Outside ∅
Thickness
Bolt circle ∅
Number
of holes
Thread
Tie rods

TL A da di g D b k n M L
mm mm mm ° mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
32 3140 00 S-B- 5 8 ±8 ± 10 95 8.0 70 33.0 69 140 16 100 4 16 --
3840 DFS-B- -- -- ±8 -- 95 8.0 70 33.0 69 245 16 100 4 16 128
40 3140 00 S-B- 5 8 ±8 ± 10 95 8.0 70 33.0 69 150 16 110 4 16 --
3840 DFS-B- -- -- ±8 -- 95 8.0 70 33.0 69 255 16 110 4 16 128
50 3140 00 S-B- 5 8 ±8 ± 10 105 8.5 92 44.5 87 165 16 125 4 16 --
3840 DFS-B- -- -- ±8 -- 105 8.5 92 44.5 87 270 16 125 4 16 148
65 3140 00 S-B- 6 12 ± 10 ± 15 115 9.0 112 65.0 109 185 16 145 4 16 --
3840 DFS-B- -- -- ± 10 -- 115 9.0 112 65.0 109 290 16 145 4 16 148
80 3140 00 S-B- 6 12 ± 10 ± 15 130 8.5 124 75.0 118 200 18 160 8 18 --
3840 DFS-B- -- -- ± 10 -- 130 8.5 124 75.0 118 305 18 160 8 18 168
100 3140 00 S-B- 10 18 ± 12 ± 15 135 11.5 149 94.0 147 210 16 170 4 16 --
3840 DFS-B- -- -- ± 12 -- 135 11.5 149 94.0 147 325 16 170 4 16 168
125 3140 00 S-B- 10 18 ± 12 ± 15 170 12.5 185 119.0 177 240 18 200 8 16 --
3840 DFS-B- -- -- ± 12 -- 170 12.5 185 119.0 177 375 18 200 8 16 210
150 3140 00 S-B- 10 18 ± 12 ± 15 180 13.0 209 202.0 285 285 18 240 8 20 --
3840 DFS-B- -- -- ± 12 -- 180 13.0 209 202.0 285 410 18 240 8 20 220
200 3140 00 S-B- 14 25 ± 22 ± 15 205 15.5 252 263.0 340 340 20 295 8 20 --
3840 DFS-B- ± 22 -- 205 15.5 252 263.0 340 465 20 295 8 20 250
29.3_UK_Kap_08T01-DFS.qxp:Kap_8_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:55 Uhr Seite 311

250 3140 00 S-B- 14 25 ± 22 ± 15 240 16.5 318 323.0 395 395 22 350 12 20 --
3840 DFS-B- ± 22 -- 240 16.5 318 323.0 395 550 22 350 12 20 280
300 3140 00 S-B- 14 25 ± 22 ± 15 260 15.5 364 372.0 445 445 26 400 12 20 --
3840 DFS-B- ± 22 -- 260 15.5 364 372.0 445 600 26 400 12 20 300
350 3140 00 S-B- 16 25 ± 22 ± 7,5 295 13.0 422 422.0 505 505 28 460 16 20 --
3840 DFS-B- ± 22 -- 295 13.0 422 422.0 505 670 28 460 16 20 363
400 3140 00 S-B- 16 25 ± 22 ± 7,5 310 15.0 474 479.0 565 565 32 515 16 24 --
3840 DFS-B- ± 22 -- 310 15.0 474 479.0 565 730 32 515 16 24 363
450 3140 00 S-B- 16 25 ± 22 ± 7,5 335 16.0 525 525.0 615 615 34 565 20 24 --
3840 DFS-B- ± 22 -- 335 16.0 525 525.0 615 780 34 565 20 24 403
500 3140 00 S-B- 16 25 ± 22 ± 7,5 350 17.0 576 576.0 670 670 38 620 20 24 --
3840 DFS-B- ± 22 -- 350 17.0 576 576.0 670 835 38 620 20 24 403

311
29.3_UK_Kap_08T01-DFS.qxp:Kap_8_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:55 Uhr Seite 312

312
Type 3140 00S-B-EPDM/3840 DFS-B-EPDM PN16 Type 3140 OOS-... (page 293) Type 3840 DFS-... (page 293)

DN Type Nominal movement Rubber bellows Flange


capacity

Axial
expanded
Axial com-
pressed
Lateral
Angular
Total length
Raised face
Outside ∅
Inside ∅
Raised
face ∅
Outside ∅
Thickness
Bolt circle ∅
Number
of holes
Thread
Tie rods

TL A da di g D b k n M L
mm mm mm ° mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
32 3140 00 S-B- 5 8 ±8 ± 10 95 8.0 70 33.0 69 140 16 100 4 16 --
3840 DFS-B- -- -- ±8 -- 95 8.0 70 33.0 69 245 16 100 4 16 128
40 3140 00 S-B- 5 8 ±8 ± 10 95 8.0 70 33.0 69 150 16 110 4 16 --
3840 DFS-B- -- -- ±8 -- 95 8.0 70 33.0 69 255 16 110 4 16 128
50 3140 00 S-B- 5 8 ±8 ± 10 105 8.5 92 44.5 87 165 16 125 4 16 --
3840 DFS-B- -- -- ±8 -- 105 8.5 92 44.5 87 270 16 125 4 16 148
65 3140 00 S-B- 6 12 ± 10 ± 15 115 9.0 112 65.0 109 185 16 145 4 16 --
3840 DFS-B- -- -- ± 10 -- 115 9.0 112 65.0 109 290 16 145 4 16 148
80 3140 00 S-B- 6 12 ± 10 ± 15 130 8.5 124 75.0 118 200 18 160 8 18 --
3840 DFS-B- -- -- ± 10 -- 130 8.5 124 75.0 118 305 18 160 8 18 168
100 3140 00 S-B- 10 18 ± 12 ± 15 135 11.5 149 94.0 147 210 16 170 4 16 --
3840 DFS-B- -- -- ± 12 -- 135 11.5 149 94.0 147 325 16 170 4 16 168
125 3140 00 S-B- 10 18 ± 12 ± 15 170 12.5 185 119.0 177 240 18 200 8 16 --
3840 DFS-B- -- -- ± 12 -- 170 12.5 185 119.0 177 375 18 200 8 16 210
150 3140 00 S-B- 10 18 ± 12 ± 15 180 13.0 209 202.0 285 285 18 240 8 20 --
3840 DFS-B- -- -- ± 12 -- 180 13.0 209 202.0 285 410 18 240 8 20 220
200 3140 00 S-B- 14 25 ± 22 ± 15 205 15.5 252 263.0 340 340 22 295 12 20 --
3840 DFS-B- ± 22 -- 205 15.5 252 263.0 340 465 22 295 12 20 250
29.3_UK_Kap_08T01-DFS.qxp:Kap_8_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:55 Uhr Seite 313

250 3140 00 S-B- 14 25 ± 22 ± 15 240 16.5 318 323.0 395 405 24 355 12 24 --
3840 DFS-B- ± 22 -- 240 16.5 318 323.0 395 560 24 355 12 24 280
300 3140 00 S-B- 14 25 ± 22 ± 15 260 15.5 364 372.0 445 460 28 410 12 24 --
3840 DFS-B- ± 22 -- 260 15.5 364 372.0 445 625 28 410 12 24 313

313
29.3_UK_Kap_08T01-DFS.qxp:Kap_8_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:55 Uhr Seite 314

314
Type 3140 00S-B-PTFE/3840 DFS-B-PTFE PN6 Type 3140 OOS-... (page 293) Type 3840 DFS-... (page 293)

DN Type Nominal movement Rubber bellows Flange


capacity

Axial
expanded
Axial com-
pressed
Lateral
Angular
Total length
Raised face
Outside ∅
Inside ∅
Raised
face ∅
Outside ∅
Thickness
Bolt circle ∅
Number
of holes
Thread
Tie rods

TL A da di g D b k n M L
mm mm mm ° mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
80 3140 00 S-B- 3 6 ±5 ± 7,5 130 8.5 124 75.0 118 190 16 150 4 16 --
3840 DFS-B- -- -- ±5 -- 130 8.5 124 75.0 118 295 16 150 4 16 168
100 3140 00 S-B- 3 6 ±5 ± 7,5 135 11.5 149 94.0 147 210 16 170 4 16 --
3840 DFS-B- -- -- ±5 -- 135 11.5 149 94.0 147 315 16 170 4 16 168
125 3140 00 S-B- 3 6 ±5 ± 7,5 170 12.5 185 119.0 177 240 18 200 8 16 --
3840 DFS-B- -- -- ±5 -- 170 12.5 185 119.0 177 345 18 200 8 16 200
29.3_UK_Kap_08T01-DFS.qxp:Kap_8_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:55 Uhr Seite 315

Type 3140 00S-B-PTFE/3840 DFS-B-PTFE PN10 Type 3140 OOS-... (page 293) Type 3840 DFS-... (page 293)

DN Type Nominal movement Rubber bellows Flange


capacity

Axial
expanded
Axial com-
pressed
Lateral
Angular
Total length
Raised face
Outside ∅
Inside ∅
Raised
face ∅
Outside ∅
Thickness
Bolt circle ∅
Number
of holes
Thread
Tie rods

TL A da di g D b k n M L
mm mm mm ° mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
80 3140 00 S-B- 3 6 ±5 ± 7,5 130 8.5 124 75.0 118 200 18 160 8 16 --
3840 DFS-B- -- -- ±5 -- 130 8.5 124 75.0 118 305 18 160 8 16 168
100 3140 00 S-B- 3 6 ±5 ± 7,5 135 11.5 149 94.0 147 220 18 180 8 16 --
3840 DFS-B- -- -- ±5 -- 135 11.5 149 94.0 147 325 18 180 8 16 168
125 3140 00 S-B- 3 6 ±5 ± 7,5 170 12.5 185 119.0 177 250 18 210 8 16 --
3840 DFS-B- -- -- ±5 -- 170 12.5 185 119.0 177 375 18 210 8 16 210
150 3140 00 S-B- 3 6 ±6 ± 7,5 180 13.0 209 140.0 202 285 18 240 8 20 --
3840 DFS-B- -- -- ±6 -- 180 13.0 209 140.0 202 410 18 240 8 20 220
200 3140 00 S-B- 7 12 ±8 ± 7,5 205 15.5 252 188.0 263 340 20 295 8 20 --
3840 DFS-B- -- -- ±8 -- 205 15.5 252 188.0 263 465 20 295 8 20 250
250 3140 00 S-B- 7 12 ±8 ± 7,5 240 16.5 318 236.0 323 395 22 350 12 20 --
3840 DFS-B- -- -- ±8 -- 240 16.5 318 236.0 323 550 22 350 12 20 280
300 3140 00 S-B- 8 14 ± 10 ± 7,5 260 15.5 364 287.0 372 445 26 400 12 20 --
3840 DFS-B- -- -- ± 10 -- 260 15.5 364 287.0 372 600 26 400 12 20 300
350 3140 00 S-B- 8 14 ± 12 ±6 295 13.0 422 335.0 422 505 28 460 16 20 --
3840 DFS-B- -- -- ± 12 -- 295 13.0 422 335.0 422 670 28 460 16 20 363
400 3140 00 S-B- 8 14 ± 12 ±6 310 15.0 474 385.0 479 565 32 515 16 24 --
3840 DFS-B- -- -- ± 12 -- 310 15.0 474 385.0 479 730 32 515 16 24 363

315
29.3_UK_Kap_08T01-DFS.qxp:Kap_8_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:55 Uhr Seite 316

316
Type 3140 00S-B-PTFE/3840 DFS-B-PTFE PN10 Type 3140 OOS-... (page 293) Type 3840 DFS-... (page 293)

DN Type Nominal movement Rubber bellows Flange


capacity

Axial
expanded
Axial com-
pressed
Lateral
Angular
Total length
Raised face
Outside ∅
Inside ∅
Raised
face ∅
Outside ∅
Thickness
Bolt circle ∅
Number
of holes
Thread
Tie rods

TL A da di g D b k n M L
mm mm mm ° mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
450 3140 00 S-B- 8 16 ± 12 ±6 335 16.0 525 435.0 525 615 34 565 20 24 --
3840 DFS-B- -- -- ± 12 -- 335 16.0 525 435.0 525 780 34 565 20 24 403
500 3140 00 S-B- 8 16 ± 12 ±6 350 17.0 576 480.0 576 670 38 620 20 24 --
3840 DFS-B- -- -- ± 12 -- 350 17.0 576 480.0 576 835 38 620 20 24 403
29.3_UK_Kap_08T01-DFS.qxp:Kap_8_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:55 Uhr Seite 317

Type 3140 00S-B-PTFE/3840 DFS-B-PTFE PN16 Type 3140 OOS-... (page 293) Type 3840 DFS-... (page 293)

DN Type Nominal movement Rubber bellows Flange


capacity

Axial
expanded
Axial com-
pressed
Lateral
Angular
Total length
Raised face
Outside ∅
Inside ∅
Raised
face ∅
Outside ∅
Thickness
Bolt circle ∅
Number
of holes
Thread
Tie rods

TL A da di g D b k n M L
mm mm mm ° mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
80 3140 00 S-B- 3 6 ±5 ± 7,5 130 8.5 124 75.0 118 200 18 160 8 16 --
3840 DFS-B- -- -- ±5 -- 130 8.5 124 75.0 118 305 18 160 8 16 168
100 3140 00 S-B- 3 6 ±5 ± 7,5 135 11.5 149 94.0 147 220 18 180 8 16 --
3840 DFS-B- -- -- ±5 -- 135 11.5 149 94.0 147 325 18 180 8 16 168
125 3140 00 S-B- 3 6 ±5 ± 7,5 170 12.5 185 119.0 177 250 18 210 8 16 --
3840 DFS-B- -- -- ±5 -- 170 12.5 185 119.0 177 375 18 210 8 16 210
150 3140 00 S-B- 3 6 ±6 ± 7,5 180 13.0 209 140.0 202 285 18 240 8 20 --
3840 DFS-B- -- -- ±6 -- 180 13.0 209 140.0 202 410 18 240 8 20 220

317
29.3_UK_Kap_08T01-DFS.qxp:Kap_8_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:55 Uhr Seite 318

318
Type 3140 00S-C-... PN6 (page 296)

DN Type Nominal movement Rubber bellows Flange


capacity

Axial
expanded
Axial com-
pressed
Lateral
Angular
Total length
Raised face
Outside ∅
Outside ∅
Thickness
Bolt circle ∅
Number
of holes
Hole ∅

TL A da D b k n d
mm mm mm ° mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
600 20 30 ± 20 ±4 250 15.0 710 812.8 18 705 20 26
700 20 30 ± 20 ± 3,5 250 18.0 810 927.1 18 810 24 26
800 20 30 ± 20 ±3 300 20.0 920 1060.4 20 920 24 30
900 20 30 ± 20 ± 2,5 300 20.0 1020 1168.4 20 1020 24 30
1000 20 30 ± 20 ± 2,5 300 20.0 1160 1289.0 20 1120 28 30
1200 3140 00S-C- 20 30 ± 20 ±2 350 20.0 1320 1511.3 25 1340 32 33
1400 20 30 ± 20 ±2 350 25.0 1530 1682.7 25 1560 36 36
1600 20 30 ± 20 ±2 350 30.0 1730 1919.0 25 1760 40 36
1800 20 30 ± 20 ± 1,5 400 30.0 1940 2197.1 25 1970 44 39
2000 20 30 ± 20 ±1 400 30.0 2140 2325.0 25 2180 48 42
29.3_UK_Kap_08T01-DFS.qxp:Kap_8_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:55 Uhr Seite 319

Type 3140 00S-C-... PN10 (page 296)

DN Type Nominal movement Rubber bellows Flange


capacity

Axial
expanded
Axial com-
pressed
Lateral
Angular
Total length
Raised face
Outside ∅
Outside ∅
Thickness
Bolt circle ∅
Number
of holes
Hole ∅

TL A da D b k n d
mm mm mm ° mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
600 20 30 ± 20 ±4 250 15.0 710 812.8 18 725 20 30
700 20 30 ± 20 ± 3,5 250 18.0 810 927.1 18 840 24 30
800 20 30 ± 20 ±3 300 20.0 920 1060.4 20 950 24 33
900 20 30 ± 20 ± 2,5 300 20.0 1020 1168.4 20 1050 28 33
1000 20 30 ± 20 ± 2,5 300 20.0 1160 1289.0 20 1160 28 36
1200 3140 00S-C- 20 30 ± 20 ±2 350 20.0 1320 1511.3 25 1380 32 39
1400 20 30 ± 20 ±2 350 25.0 1530 1682.7 25 1590 36 42
1600 20 30 ± 20 ±2 350 30.0 1730 1919.0 25 1820 40 48
1800 20 30 ± 20 ± 1,5 400 30.0 1940 2197.1 25 2020 44 48
2000 20 30 ± 20 ±1 400 30.0 2140 2325.0 25 2230 48 48

319
29.3_UK_Kap_08T01-DFS.qxp:Kap_8_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:55 Uhr Seite 320

320
Type 3160 00S-A- .../ -D-... PN10 Execution A (page 295) Execution B (page 295)

DN Type Nominal movement Rubber bellows


capacity

Axial
expanded
Axial com-
pressed
Lateral
Angular
Total length
Outside ∅
Female
thread
DIN2999
Jaw span
Execution

TL da di SW1 SW2
mm mm mm ° mm mm inch mm mm
15 3160 00S-A- 10 25 ± 15 ± 20 228 75 Rp 1/2 81 36 B
3160 00S-D- 12 25 ± 25 ± 35 248 75 Rp 1/2 81 36 B
20 3160 00S-A- 10 25 ± 15 ± 20 228 75 Rp 3/4 81 36 B
3160 00S-D- 12 25 ± 25 ± 35 248 75 Rp 3/4 81 36 B
25 3160 00S-A- 10 25 ± 15 ± 20 200 75 Rp 1 81 60 A
3160 00S-D- 12 25 ± 25 ± 35 220 75 Rp 1 81 60 A
32 3160 00S-A- 10 25 ± 15 ± 20 200 75 Rp 1 1/4 81 60 A
3160 00S-D- 12 25 ± 25 ± 35 220 75 Rp 1 1/4 81 60 A
40 3160 00S-A- 10 25 ± 15 ± 20 200 75 Rp 1 1/2 81 60 A
3160 00S-D- 12 25 ± 25 ± 35 220 75 Rp 1 1/2 81 60 A
50 3160 00S-A- 10 25 ± 15 ± 20 200 95 Rp 2 102 72 A
3160 00S-D- 12 25 ± 25 ± 35 220 96 Rp 2 102 72 A
65 3160 00S-A- 10 25 ± 15 ± 20 200 120 Rp 2 1/2 124 88 A
3160 00S-D- 12 25 ± 25 ± 35 220 115 Rp 2 1/2 124 88 A
80 3160 00S-A- 10 25 ± 15 ± 20 200 130 Rp 3 135 102 A
3160 00S-D- 12 25 ± 25 ± 35 220 130 Rp 3 135 102 A
29.3_UK_Kap_08T01-DFS.qxp:Kap_8_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:55 Uhr Seite 321

Type 3160 00S-B- EPDM PN10 Execution A (page 295) Execution B (page 295)

DN Type Nominal movement Rubber bellows


capacity

Axial
expanded
Axial com-
pressed
Lateral
Angular
Total length
Outside ∅
Female
thread
DIN2999
Jaw span
Execution

TL da di SW1 SW2
mm mm mm ° mm mm inch mm mm
15 5 8 ±8 ± 10 193 70 Rp 1/2 81 36 B
20 5 8 ±8 ± 10 193 70 Rp 3/4 81 36 B
25 5 8 ±8 ± 10 165 70 Rp 1 81 60 A
32 5 8 ±8 ± 10 165 70 Rp 1 1/4 81 60 A
40 3160 00S-B-EPDM 5 8 ±8 ± 10 165 70 Rp 1 1/2 81 60 A
50 5 8 ±8 ± 10 175 92 Rp 2 102 72 A
65 6 12 ± 10 ± 15 190 112 Rp 2 1/2 124 88 A
80 6 12 ± 10 ± 15 200 124 Rp 3 135 102 A

321
29.3_UK_Kap_09.qxp:UK_02_Kap_09.qxp 30.10.2009 14:46 Uhr Seite 322

9 Dismantling pieces

9.1 General

During pipe installation, especially when components are to be replaced for


servicing and maintenance, it is essential to leave an axial gap for easy installa-
tion of the units.

The BOA dismantling piece is completely maintenance free, ageing resistant


and makes mounting and demounting considerably easier.

Using the spring rate of the bellows, a gap is automatically generated while
loosing the connection screws. Components can easily and quickly be removed.
The other way round, a mounting gap previously set is closed by definitely
restraining the bellows.

As the movable component consists of a one-piece bellows, the BOA disman-


tling piece remains 100% tight after as much mountings and demountings as
you like. In the component itself, no supplementary seals are necessary. Only
the piping components have to be provided with appropriate gaskets.

Thanks to the extreme flexibility of


the multi-ply bellows, a minor flange
misalignment during pipe installation
can be compensated without tight-
ness problems. Possible radial
divergences:
≤ DN 500 = ca. ± 10 mm
> DN 500 = ca. ± 5 mm

During installation, the BOA dismantling piece is at one side flanged to the pipe
end and then, using the special tie rods, pulled to the components. In mounted
position, the BOA dismantling piece is restrained. While demounting the piece,
only the connecting bolts must be released. The dismantling piece will spring
back and generate automatically the gap, necessary for easy demounting and
later reinstallation of the components.

322
29.3_UK_Kap_09.qxp:UK_02_Kap_09.qxp 30.10.2009 14:46 Uhr Seite 323

ed for
y installa-

sistant

Reaction force
while When using unrestrained dismantling pieces, the following remarks are to be
removed. considered:
itely
The bellows put under pressure tends to return in its smooth tube shape. A
reaction force "F" is resulting, which can be calculated with the help of the
disman- formulae in section 2.6. This reaction force must be compensated by the pipe
ngs as construction, or taken in account by the layout of the anchor points. If axial
y. Only movements occur, the spring rate has also to be considered (displacement
rate x movement, values are listed in 9.3).

Inner sleeves
Inners sleeves are required if high-
frequency vibrations or turbulences
Inner sleeve in the medium are expected. They
are also recommended if the follo-
wing flow speed is exceeded
Flow direction
(at DN >150):
• gaseous: 8 m/s
• liquid: 3,5 m/s
Pay attention to the flow direction!

Protection tube for underground installation

Underground installation
o the pipe BOA dismantling pieces are suitable
mounted for underground installation when
he piece, equipped with outside protection
spring sleeves.
ting and

323
29.3_UK_Kap_09.qxp:UK_02_Kap_09.qxp 30.10.2009 14:46 Uhr Seite 324

9.2 Technical data

Variant I

• BOA proved bellows construction, multi-ply, made of high-grade chrome-


nickel steel (1.4571)
• floating flanges (except for DN> 1000), made of carbon steel with epoxy
powder coating EP-P. RAL 5005, blue
• restraining elements made of carbon steel, galvanized

Variant II

• BOA proved bellows construction, multi-ply, made of high-grade chrome-


nickel steel (1.4571)
• floating flanges (except for DN> 1000), made of 1.4301 steel
• threaded rods made of A2
• screws and nuts made of A4

Execution

• without tie rods, not for/ for underground installation

324
29.3_UK_Kap_09.qxp:UK_02_Kap_09.qxp 30.10.2009 14:46 Uhr Seite 325

• with tie rods, not for/ for underground installation

• with tie rods, with at one-side passing threaded bolts

9.3 Tables standard programme

325
29.3_UK_Kap_09T01-PN.qxp:Kap_9_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:55 Uhr Seite 326

326
BOA-Dismantling piece PN10 - without tie rods (page 324) (page 324)

DN Type
Typ Total length Bellows Flange

Delivery
length
Installation
length
Max. length
Clearance ∅
Raised
face ∅
Outside ∅
Thickness
Bolt circle ∅
Number
of holes
Hole ∅
Effective area
Axial spring
rate ⫾30%
Weight

L1 L2 L3 dm g D b k n d A Cx m
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm cm2 N/mm kg
40 155 180 205 50 68 150 16 110 4 18 26.3 212 5.2
50 155 180 205 60 80 165 18 125 4 18 37.9 158 6.6
65 155 180 205 80 104 185 18 145 4 18 64.8 166 7.5
80 175 200 225 90 115 200 20 160 8 18 82.4 111 9.4
100 175 200 225 112 139 220 22 180 8 18 122.4 153 11.4
125 AKFB-U 175 200 225 137 166 250 24 210 8 18 182.5 107 14.2
150 175 200 225 165 196 285 24 240 8 22 257.3 130 18.0
175 195 220 245 190 230 315 26 270 8 22 335.3 116 23.0
200 195 220 245 215 254 340 26 295 8 22 424.2 252 25.9
250 195 220 245 268 310 395 28 350 12 22 642.5 280 32.3
300 195 220 245 318 362 445 28 400 12 22 892.0 253 37.9
350 205 230 255 350 400 505 30 460 16 22 1081.0 403 54.5
400 205 230 255 400 450 565 32 515 16 26 1393.0 460 68.9
450 225 250 275 453 500 615 32 565 20 26 1776.0 417 76.5
500 235 260 285 503 553 670 34 620 20 26 2173.0 1178 90.4
600 235 260 285 604 656 780 36 725 20 30 3088.0 1403 120.0
700 AKFS-U 235 260 285 705 760 895 30 840 24 30 4174.0 1435 127.5
800 AKFS-U 265 290 315 807 864 1015 32 950 24 33 5450.0 1105 176.9
29.3_UK_Kap_09T01-PN.qxp:Kap_9_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:56 Uhr Seite 327

900 265 290 315 908 967 1115 34 1050 28 33 6867.0 1291 206.7
1000 265 290 315 1010 1072 1230 34 1160 28 36 8463.0 1940 258.1
1100* AKFS-U 280 305 330 1112 * 1340 34 1270 32 36 10279.0 650 275.1
1200* AKFS-U 300 325 350 1212 * 1455 38 1380 32 39 12155.0 850 355.9

preferred series
*= welded execution

327
29.3_UK_Kap_09T01-PN.qxp:Kap_9_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:56 Uhr Seite 328

328
BOA-Dismantling piece PN16- without tie rods (page 324) (page 324)

DN Type
Typ Total length Bellows Flange

Delivery
length
Installation
length
Max. length
Clearance ∅
Raised
face ∅
Outside ∅
Thickness
Bolt circle ∅
Number
of holes
Hole ∅
Effective area
Axial spring
rate ⫾30%
Weight

L1 L2 L3 dm g D b k n d A Cx m
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm cm2 N/mm kg
40 AKFB-U 155 180 205 50 68 150 16 110 4 18 26.3 212 5.2
50 155 180 205 60 80 165 18 125 4 18 37.9 158 6.6
65 155 180 205 80 104 185 18 145 4 18 64.8 166 7.5
80 175 200 225 90 115 200 20 160 8 18 82.4 187 9.4
100 175 200 225 112 139 220 22 180 8 18 122.4 153 11.4
125 AKFB-U 175 200 225 137 166 250 24 210 8 18 182.5 240 14.2
150 175 200 225 165 196 285 24 240 8 22 257.3 254 18.0
175 195 220 245 190 230 315 26 270 8 22 335.3 200 23.0
200 195 220 245 215 254 340 26 295 12 22 424.2 382 25.2
250 205 230 255 268 310 405 32 355 12 26 642.5 495 39.6
300 225 250 275 318 362 460 32 410 12 26 892.0 1152 48.1
350 235 260 285 350 400 520 36 470 16 26 1081.0 1656 70.4
400 245 270 295 400 450 580 38 525 16 30 1393.0 1880 87.5
450 245 270 295 453 500 640 42 585 20 30 1776.0 1721 110.1
500 255 280 305 503 553 715 44 650 20 33 2173.0 1781 145.2
600 275 300 325 604 656 840 48 770 20 36 3088.0 2120 209.3
700 275 300 325 705 760 910 36 840 24 36 4174.0 1858 162.7
800 295 320 345 807 864 1025 38 950 24 39 5450.0 1668 227.3
29.3_UK_Kap_09T01-PN.qxp:Kap_9_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:56 Uhr Seite 329

900 265 290 315 908 967 1115 34 1050 28 33 6867.0 1291 206.7
1000 265 290 315 1010 1072 1230 34 1160 28 36 8463.0 1940 258.1
1100* AKFS-U 280 305 330 1112 * 1340 34 1270 32 36 10279.0 650 275.1
1200* AKFS-U 300 325 350 1212 * 1455 38 1380 32 39 12155.0 850 355.9

*= welded execution

329
29.3_UK_Kap_09T01-PN.qxp:Kap_9_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:56 Uhr Seite 330

330
BOA-Dismantling piece PN10- with tie rods (page 325) (page 325)

DN Typ
Type Total length Bellows Tie rod Flange

Delivery
length
Installation
length
Max. length
Clearance ∅
Raised
face ∅
Number x
thread x
length
Outside ∅
Thickness
Bolt circle ∅
Number
of holes
Hole ∅
Effective area
Axial
spring rate
⫾30%
Weight

L1 L2 L3 dm g nxMxL D b k n d A Cx m
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm cm2 N/mm kg
40 155 180 205 50 68 4xM16x300 150 16 110 4 18 26.3 212 6.4
50 155 180 205 60 80 4xM16x305 165 18 125 4 18 37.9 158 7.8
65 155 180 205 80 104 4xM16x305 185 18 145 4 18 64.8 166 8.8
80 175 200 225 90 115 4xM16x330 200 20 160 8 18 82.4 111 10.7
100 175 200 225 112 139 4xM16x330 220 22 180 8 18 122.4 153 12.7
125 AKFB-Z 175 200 225 137 166 4xM16x335 250 24 210 8 18 182.5 107 15.5
150 175 200 225 165 196 4xM20x340 285 24 240 8 22 257.3 130 20.2
175 195 220 245 190 230 4xM20x370 315 26 270 8 22 335.3 116 25.3
200 195 220 245 215 254 4xM20x370 340 26 295 8 22 424.2 252 28.2
250 195 220 245 268 310 4xM20x370 395 28 350 12 22 642.5 280 34.6
300 195 220 245 318 362 4xM20x370 445 28 400 12 22 892.0 253 40.3
350 205 230 255 350 400 4xM20x385 505 30 460 16 22 1081.0 403 56.9
400 205 230 255 400 450 4xM24x395 565 32 515 16 26 1393.0 460 72.6
450 225 250 275 453 500 5xM24x425 615 32 565 20 26 1776.0 417 80.2
500 235 260 285 503 553 5xM24x440 670 34 620 20 26 2173.0 1178 95.4
600 235 260 285 604 656 7xM27x450 780 36 725 20 30 3088.0 1403 129.4
700 235 260 285 705 760 8xM27x440 895 30 840 24 30 4174.0 1435 138.0
800 265 290 315 807 864 8xM30x475 1015 32 950 24 33 5450.0 1105 190.9
29.3_UK_Kap_09T01-PN.qxp:Kap_9_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:56 Uhr Seite 331

900 265 290 315 908 967 10xM30x480 1115 34 1050 28 33 6867.0 1291 224.4
1000 265 290 315 1010 1072 10xM33x490 1230 34 1160 28 36 8463.0 1940 280.2
1100* AKFS-Z 280 305 330 1112 * 12xM33x510 1340 34 1270 32 36 10279.0 650 302.4
1200* AKFS-Z 300 325 350 1212 * 12xM36x540 1455 38 1380 32 39 12155.0 850 391.1

preferred series
*= welded execution

331
29.3_UK_Kap_09T01-PN.qxp:Kap_9_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:56 Uhr Seite 332

332
BOA-Dismantling piece PN16- with tie rods (page 325) (page 325)

DN Typ
Type Total length Bellows Tie rod Flange

Delivery
length
Installation
length
Max. length
Clearance ∅
Raised
face ∅
Number x
thread x
length
Outside ∅
Thickness
Bolt circle ∅
Number
of holes
Hole ∅
Effective area
Axial
spring rate
⫾30%
Weight

L1 L2 L3 dm g nxMxL D b k n d A Cx m
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm cm2 N/mm kg
40 AKFB-Z 155 180 205 50 68 4xM16x300 150 16 110 4 18 26.3 212 6.4
50 155 180 205 60 80 4xM16x305 165 18 125 4 18 37.9 158 7.8
65 155 180 205 80 104 4xM16x305 185 18 145 4 18 64.8 166 8.8
80 175 200 225 90 115 4xM16x325 200 20 160 8 18 82.4 187 10.6
100 175 200 225 112 139 4xM16x330 220 22 180 8 18 122.4 153 12.7
125 175 200 225 137 166 4xM16x335 250 24 210 8 18 182.5 240 15.5
150 175 200 225 165 196 4xM20x340 285 24 240 8 22 257.3 254 20.2
175 195 220 245 190 230 4xM20x365 315 26 270 8 22 335.3 200 25.3
200 195 220 245 215 254 4xM20x365 340 26 295 12 22 424.2 382 27.5
250 205 230 255 268 310 4xM24x395 405 32 355 12 26 642.5 495 43.2
AKFB-Z
300 225 250 275 318 362 4xM24x415 460 32 410 12 26 892.0 1152 51.9
350 235 260 285 350 400 4xM24x435 520 36 470 16 26 1081.0 1656 74.3
400 245 270 295 400 450 4xM27x455 580 38 525 16 30 1393.0 1880 92.9
450 245 270 295 453 500 5xM27x470 640 42 585 20 30 1776.0 1721 117.0
500 255 280 305 503 553 5xM30x490 715 44 650 20 33 2173.0 1781 154.1
600 275 300 325 604 656 6xM33x525 840 48 770 20 36 3088.0 2120 223.2
700 275 300 325 705 760 8xM33x500 910 36 840 24 36 4174.0 1858 180.6
800 295 320 345 807 864 12xM36x530 1025 38 950 24 39 5450.0 1668 261.9
29.3_UK_Kap_09T01-PN.qxp:Kap_9_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:56 Uhr Seite 333

900 295 320 345 908 967 12xM36x535 1125 40 1050 28 39 6867.0 3267 291.5
1000 315 340 365 1010 1072 12xM39x565 1255 42 1170 28 42 8463.0 3250 391.3
1100* AKFS-Z 290 315 340 1112 * 12xM39x550 1355 42 1270 32 42 10279.0 785 395.0
1200* AKFS-Z 310 335 360 1212 * 12xM45x590 1485 48 1390 32 48 12155.0 980 502.4

*= welded execution

333
29.3_UK_Kap_09T01-PN.qxp:Kap_9_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:56 Uhr Seite 334

334
BOA-Dismantling piece PN10- with tie rods
with at one-side passing threaded bolts (page 325) (page 325)

DN Typ
Type Total length Bellows Tie rod Flange

Delivery
length
Installation
length
Max. length
Clearance ∅
Raised
face ∅
Number x
thread x
length
Outside ∅
Thickness
Bolt circle ∅
Number of
holes
Hole ∅
Effective area
Axial
spring rate
⫾30%
Weight

L1 L2 L3 dm g nxMxL D b k n d A Cx m
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm cm2 N/mm kg
40 AK-Z 275 300 325 50 68 4xM16x333 150 16 110 4 18 26.3 212 10.6
50 275 300 325 60 80 4xM16x331 165 18 125 4 18 37.9 158 14.2
65 275 300 325 80 104 4xM16x331 185 18 145 4 18 64.8 166 15.8
80 275 300 325 90 115 4xM16x325 200 20 160 8 18 82.4 111 18.5
100 275 300 325 112 139 4xM16x325 220 22 180 8 18 122.4 153 22.8
125 275 300 325 137 166 4xM16x323 250 24 210 8 18 182.5 107 30.4
150 325 350 375 165 196 4xM20x381 285 24 240 8 22 257.3 130 38.8
175 325 350 375 190 230 4xM20x375 315 26 270 8 22 335.3 116 46.1
200 325 350 375 215 254 4xM20x371 340 26 295 12 22 424.2 252 52.2
250 325 350 375 268 310 4xM20x343 395 28 350 12 22 642.5 280 64.6
AK-Z
300 325 350 375 318 362 4xM20x343 445 28 400 12 22 892.0 253 73.3
350 325 350 375 350 400 4xM20x337 505 30 460 16 22 1081.0 403 94.9
400 350 375 400 400 450 4xM24x396 565 32 515 16 26 1393.0 460 119.3
450 350 375 400 453 500 5xM24x396 615 32 565 20 26 1776.0 417 139.9
500 350 375 400 503 553 5xM24x394 670 34 620 20 26 2173.0 1178 164.9
600 375 400 425 604 656 7xM27x419 780 36 725 20 30 3088.0 1403 210.9
700 375 400 425 705 760 8xM27x413 895 30 840 24 30 4174.0 1435 254.8
800 425 450 475 807 864 8xM30x447 1015 32 950 24 33 5450.0 1105 346.1
29.3_UK_Kap_09T01-PN.qxp:Kap_9_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:56 Uhr Seite 335

900 425 450 475 908 967 10xM30x441 1115 34 1050 28 33 6867.0 1291 406.2
1000 450 475 500 1010 1072 10xM33x472 1230 34 1160 28 36 8463.0 1940 484.0
*1100 450 475 500 1112 * 12xM33x450 1340 28 1270 32 36 10280.0 650 590.8
*1200 500 525 550 1212 * 12xM36x496 1455 38 1380 32 39 12155.0 850 728.1

*= welded execution

335
29.3_UK_Kap_09T01-PN.qxp:Kap_9_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:56 Uhr Seite 336

336
BOA-Dismantling piece PN16- with tie rods
with at one-side passing threaded bolts (page 325) (page 325)

DN Typ
Type Total length Bellows Tie rod Flange

Delivery
length
Installation
length
Max. length
Clearance ∅
Raised
face ∅
Number x
thread x
length
Outside ∅
Thickness
Bolt circle ∅
Number of
holes
Hole ∅
Effective area
Axial
spring rate
⫾30%
Weight

L1 L2 L3 dm g nxMxL D b k n d A Cx m
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm cm2 N/mm kg
40 AK-Z 275 300 325 50 68 4xM16x333 150 16 110 4 18 26.3 212 10.6
50 275 300 325 60 80 4xM16x331 165 18 125 4 18 37.9 158 14.2
65 275 300 325 80 104 4xM16x331 185 18 145 4 18 64.8 166 15.8
80 275 300 325 90 115 4xM16x325 200 20 160 8 18 82.4 187 18.5
100 275 300 325 112 139 4xM16x325 220 22 180 8 18 122.4 153 22.8
125 275 300 325 137 166 4xM16x323 250 24 210 8 18 182.5 240 30.4
150 AK-Z 325 350 375 165 196 4xM20x381 285 24 240 8 22 257.3 254 38.8
175 325 350 375 190 230 4xM20x375 315 26 270 8 22 335.3 200 46.4
200 325 350 375 215 254 4xM20x375 340 26 295 12 22 424.2 382 52.2
250 325 350 375 268 310 4xM24x371 405 32 355 12 26 642.5 495 75.2
300 325 350 375 318 362 4xM24x359 460 32 410 12 26 892.0 1152 93.0
350 325 350 375 350 400 4xM24x359 520 36 470 16 26 1081.0 1656 127.5
400 350 375 400 400 450 4xM27x388 580 38 525 16 30 1393.0 1880 161.7
450 350 375 400 453 500 5xM27x410 640 42 585 20 30 1776.0 1721 210.7
500 350 375 400 503 553 5xM30x396 715 44 650 20 33 2173.0 1781 270.4
600 375 400 425 604 656 6xM33x419 840 48 770 20 36 3088.0 2120 365.5
700 375 400 425 705 760 8xM33x391 910 36 840 24 36 4174.0 1858 343.1
800 425 450 475 807 864 12xM36x441 1025 38 950 24 39 5450.0 1668 455.9
29.3_UK_Kap_09T01-PN.qxp:Kap_9_Tab_UK.qxp 30.10.2009 14:56 Uhr Seite 337

900 425 450 475 908 967 12xM36x435 1125 40 1050 28 39 6867.0 3267 534.3
1000 450 475 500 1010 1072 12xM39x450 1255 42 1170 28 42 8463.0 3250 700.4
*1100 450 475 500 1112 * 12xM39x440 1355 42 1270 32 42 10280.0 785 803.3
*1200 500 525 550 1212 * 12xM45x504 1485 48 1390 32 48 12155.0 980 1041.4

*= welded execution

337
29.3_UK_Kap_10.qxp:UK_02_Kap_10.qxp 30.10.2009 14:46 Uhr Seite 338

10 Rectangular, unreinforced expansion joints

The company SFZ, located in Chassieu near Lyon, France, is membre of the
BOA Group. Since 1962 SFZ designs and manufactures expansion joints for
various application fields, even for high sensitive areas like nuclear engineer-
ing. Along with circle shaped axial, universal, lateral, gimbal and pressure
balanced expansion joints, it is the product segment of rectangular expan-
sion joints that perfectly completes the production range of BOA Group.
Rectangular expansion joints are manufactured with dimensions of up to
several meters. They are produced in the most various high-grade materials
and their angles are either rectangular, rounded or in "camera corner" shape.

Materials: stainless steel, nickel alloys, aluminium, titanium, etc.


Masse: from 50 up to 7000 mm (even larger constructions are
possible on demand).
Pressures: from vacuum up to over 100 bar
Temperature ranges: from – 200°C up to +1200°C

SFZ uses EJMA for the design of unreinforced, U-shaped rectangular bellows.
For other shapes, an internal calculation mode is applicated.

Special construction of an
expansion joint according to
customer’s requirements.

Special construction of an
expansion joint according to
customer’s requirements.

338
29.3_UK_Kap_10.qxp:UK_02_Kap_10.qxp 30.10.2009 14:46 Uhr Seite 339

Convolution shape

Sophisticated tools and the hydro forming process are used to shape the
convolutions of SFZ expansion joints bellows.

Different U-shaped bellows are manufactured, with low, flat or high profile.
These shapes are used to give structure to expansion joints with rectangular
or rounded angles. SFZ is hydro forming stainless steel with wall thickness
from 1,2 to 2 mm.

Overview of the U-profiles

339
29.3_UK_Kap_10.qxp:UK_02_Kap_10.qxp 30.10.2009 14:46 Uhr Seite 340

U - shape

Low profile (45mm x 35-40mm)

Flat profile (100mm x 80-90mm)

High profile (240mm x 300mm)

340
29.3_UK_Kap_10.qxp:UK_02_Kap_10.qxp 30.10.2009 14:46 Uhr Seite 341

"Camera Corner" shape

Forming the shape

Cutting the shape

Assembling the shape

341
29.3_UK_Kap_10.qxp:UK_02_Kap_10.qxp 30.10.2009 14:46 Uhr Seite 342

"2S" shape

The "2S" shape has been developed by SFZ for the low pressure segment
and high flexibility.

Cut into the convolution to show the


2S shape.

Picture of one convolution in 2S shape, applied to round corner rectangular


expansion joint.

Universal rectangular expansion joint for exhaust pipe.

342
29.3_UK_Kap_10.qxp:UK_02_Kap_10.qxp 30.10.2009 14:46 Uhr Seite 343

Angle shapes

Single or double mitre corner

"Camera corner"

Rounded corner

343
29.3_UK_Kap_10.qxp:UK_02_Kap_10.qxp 30.10.2009 14:46 Uhr Seite 344

Custom-made expansion joints

SFZ is manufacturing weld ends and flanges according to customer require-


ments. Technical adaptations of the connecting pieces may be arranged be-
tween the customer and SFZ, especially to achieve the requested stability of
large dimension pipelines.
Expansion joints of dimensions from 300 x 300 mm up to 4000 x 4000 mm
are manufactured, even larger dimensions on request.

Example of a rectangular SFZ expansion joint.

344
29.3_UK_Kap_10.qxp:UK_02_Kap_10.qxp 30.10.2009 14:46 Uhr Seite 345

References

Dimension Axial Lateral


Customer Pressure Temperature Load cycles
L H mm mm
Robatel 532 635 0,02/-1 20° 3.2 1000
CIAT 598 228 0.3 270° 4 1000
Rhone Cornière 800 800 Atm 650° -7 1000
SICN 1150 1250 9mB 110° 5 1000
ZIEMAN-SECATEN 1570 600 1 400° 17.5 0.3 1000
Sideco 1576 735 1.5 70° 30 5 1000
Robatel 1610 1310 0,02/-1 60° 3.2 1000
Cellier 2056 1615 200mb 80° 10 1000
ELYO 2100 1400 0.04 150° 7 2.6 1000
CMI 2337 1737 2.25 100° 5 1000
Polysius 2415 1928 Atm 200° 50 1000
Foure lagadec 3165 1495 Atm 400° -30 1000
Haden 3270 3130
Haden 3280 3555
CDR 4144 1054 0.17 480° 109 16 300
Polysius 7505 3305 Atm 200° 30 1000

345
29.3_UK_Kap_11.qxp:UK_02_Kap_11.qxp 30.10.2009 14:46 Uhr Seite 346

11 Installation instructions

11.1 General safety recommendations


Prior to assembly and commissioning, the assembly and start-up instructions
must be carefully read and strictly observed. Necessary assembly, start-up,
and maintenance work may be performed only by qualified and authorized
staff.

Maintenance
Axial, lateral and angular expansion joints as well as dismantling pieces and
rubber expansion joints are maintenance free.

CAUTION!
• Prior to assembly and maintenance the pipe system must be
- depressurized
- cooled down and
- emptied.
Otherwise there is a high risk of accidents!

Transport, packaging and storage


• Immediately upon receipt, the shipment must be checked for completeness.
• Any shipping damage must be reported to the carrier and to the manufacturer.
• In case of intermediate storage we recommend to make use of the original pack-
aging material.

Permissible ambient conditions during storage and transportation:


- ambient temperature: - 4°C up to + 70°C
- relative humidity: up to 95%
Axial, lateral and angular expansion joints as well as dismantling pieces and
rubber expansion joints must be protected against dampness, humidity, dirt,
shocks and damage.

Warranty
A warranty claim requires proper assembly and commissioning in accordance
with the assembly and start-up instructions.

Necessary assembly, commissioning and maintenance work may only be per-


formed by qualified and authorized staff.

Assembly
• Anchor points and pipe guides must be firmly installed prior to filling and
pressure testing the system.
• Expansion joints must not be stressed by torsion, especially not expansion
joints with socket attachement.

346
29.3_UK_Kap_11.qxp:UK_02_Kap_11.qxp 30.10.2009 14:46 Uhr Seite 347

• The steel bellows must be protected against damage and dirt (e.g. welding chips,
plaster or mortar splatter).
• Steam pipelines should be installed in such a way that water hammers are avoid-
ed. This is achieved by means of a sufficiently designed drainage, by correct
insulation, by avoiding water pockets and by installing the pipeline with sufficient
inclination.
• Expansion joints with inners sleeves must be installed with consideration given to
the flow direction.
• Avoid the installation of expansion joints in the immediate proximity of pressure
reducers, superheated steam coolers and shut-down valves if high frequency vibra-
tions are to be expected due to turbulence. Otherwise, special precautions must be
taken (e.g. heavy-walled sleeves, perforated disks, cooling-off sections, etc.).
• If high frequency vibrations or turbulence or higher flow speed are to be expected in
the medium, we recommend the installation of expansion joints with inner sleeves.
• Inner sleeves are also recommended for expansion joints with DN ≥ 150 if the
flow speed of the air, gas or steam media exceeds 8 m/s, or 3 m/s in the case of
liquid media.

10

9
Steam/gas
Dampf / Gas
keit v [m/s]

7
schwindvig[m/s]

6
velocity

4
ngsge

Flüssigkeit
Liquid
StrömuFlow

0
50 100 150 200 250 300

Nennw
Nominal eite DN DN
diameter

Operating pressure
NOTE
• The permissible operating pressure results in the nominal pressure consider-
ing the reduction factors given in section 6.2 "Reductions".
• At higher temperatures, the nominal pressure has to be adapted according
to the reduction factors given in section 6.2 "Reductions".

347
29.3_UK_Kap_11.qxp:UK_02_Kap_11.qxp 30.10.2009 14:46 Uhr Seite 348

Start-up and check


Before starting-up make sure that
- the pipeline is installed with sufficient inclination to avoid water pockets,
- there is sufficient drainage,
- pipe anchors and pipe supports/ guides are completely installed prior to
filling and pressure testing the system,
- the expansion joint is not stressed by torsion, especially not expansion
joints with socket attachement,
- the flow direction has been observed for expansion joints with inner sleeves,
- the steel bellows is free of dirt, welding chips, plaster or mortar splatter or
any other soiling; clean if necessary,
- all screwed connections are tightened properly,
- in general, special care or measures should be taken to avoid corrosion
damages, e.g. in water treatment, or to avoid galvanic corrosion in copper
and galvanized pipes.

Insulation
Expansion joints may be insulated together with the complete pipeline.
• If no coating is provided, protect the bellows by means of a suitable cover to
avoid insulation material dropping into the convolutions.
• If the expansion joint will be installed under plaster, the bellows absolutely
requires protection to avoid that plaster and other building material negative-
ly affects the free movement of the bellows. The utilization of expansion
joints with a standard bellows cover is essential.

Unacceptable operating modes


- The limit values given in section 6 "Standard programme" must not be
exceeded.
- Swing supports or suspensions installed adjacent to the expansion joints
are not allowed.
- Cleaning the newly installated pipeline with steam should not be done to
avoid water hammers and unacceptable vibration stimulating the bellows.

System start-up
CAUTION
• During pressure testing and operation, the permissible test pressure or
operating pressure for the expansion joint must not be exceeded.
• Excessive pressure peaks as a consequence of valves closing too quickly,
water hammers, etc. are not permitted.
• Avoid contact with aggressive media.
• Steam pipelines must be started in such a way that condensate can drain off
in time.

348
29.3_UK_Kap_11.qxp:UK_02_Kap_11.qxp 30.10.2009 14:46 Uhr Seite 349

11.2 Axial expansion joints / dismantling pieces

Description of axial expansion joints and their application fields


Axial expansion joints are suited to compensate for axial expansion move-
ments in straight pipeline sections. In addition, they are used:
- to absorb mechanical vibrations and reduce sound conducted through
solids on pumps and compressors,
- as flexible seals at the end of jacketed pipes in district heating systems,
- to compensate for thermal expansion movements and vibrations in flue gas
conduits of boilers and engines,
- as disassembly aids for pumps, fittings and plate heat exchangers,
- as gas-tight wall penetrations of pipelines in nuclear power stations and
ship building,
- in boilers and pressure vessels to compensate for differential expansion.

349
29.3_UK_Kap_11.qxp:UK_02_Kap_11.qxp 30.10.2009 14:46 Uhr Seite 350

Weld end

Inner sleeve Bellows

Fig. 1

As a precondition for the various applications of axial expansion joints, suitable


anchors and axial guides/ supports must be present. The application must be
limited to the rated conditions as stated in the technical data sheets and the
rating plates that are mounted to each expansion joint.

These assembly and start-up instructions are valid for the types listed on page
351, fig. 2.

Special care or measures should be taken to avoid corrosion damages, e.g. in


water treatment, or to avoid galvanic corrosion in copper and galvanized
pipes.

Description of dismantling pieces and their application fields


The assembly of pipeline systems as well as the disassembly and re-assembly
of components (valves, shut-off valves, pumps, etc.) for maintenance purposes
requires an axial gap for a comfortable assembly and disassembly of the com-
ponents. Installation inaccuracies often occur due to offset flange positions. In
addition, the pipes are submitted to thermal expansion during the operation of
such systems. Therefore, so-called dismantling pieces are installed between
pipes and components.

350
29.3_UK_Kap_11.qxp:UK_02_Kap_11.qxp 30.10.2009 14:46 Uhr Seite 351

Type overview BOA Group Axial expansion joints / Dismantling pieces


without pretension Connection type 50% pretensioned Connection type
FS 2 ZA 1
FB 5 GA 11
W 1 I 6
Alpha-C 5
EXF 5
EXW 1

AKFB-U1 5
AKFB-U2 5
AKFS-U1 2
AKFS-U2 2

AKFB-Z1 5
AKFB-Z2 5
AKFS-Z1 2
AKFS-Z2 2

7179 00X MS 8
7179 00X ME 8

7160 00S TI, RI 6


7160 00S TA, RA 6
7160 00S LF 10

7162 00S TI, RI 6


7162 00S TA, RA 6
7162 00S LF 10

7951 00S 5
7951 DFS 5

Fig. 2
Connection type:
1 weld end 6 threaded socket, male thread (A)
2 flange, welded 8 press fitting
5 flange, van-stone 10 brazing fitting LF
6 threaded socket, female thread (I) 11 threaded nipple, welded

351
29.3_UK_Kap_11.qxp:UK_02_Kap_11.qxp 30.10.2009 14:46 Uhr Seite 352

11.2.1 Installation advices

Pipe guides, pipe supports


• Provide inclination for condensate drainage.
• Align pipeline and install the pipe guides according to fig. 3, 4 and 5.

NOTE
Sliding or roller supports are the safest measures to avoid buckling and lifting
of the pipeline
CAUTION
Swing supports or suspensions are not acceptable adjacent to expansion
joints!

Fig. 3

Anchor Pipe support/Guide Pipe support/Guide Anchor

• L1 = max. 2 x DN + /2 [mm]
• L2 = 0.7 x L3 [mm]
• L3 = 400 x DN [mm] valid only for steel pipelines
• = movement capacity of the expansion joint [mm]
• L3 is the distance between the pipe supports according to the above for-
mula. If buckling must be anticipated, the distance L3 must be reduced
according to the diagram in fig 5.

DN L1 [mm] L2 [mm] L3 [mm]


15 30 + 1050 1550
20 40 + 1200 1750
25 50 + 1400 2000
32 64 + 1550 2250
40 80 + 1750 2500
50 100 + 1950 2800
65 130 + 2250 3200
80 160 + 2500 3550
100 200 + 2800 4000
125 250 + 3100 4450

352
29.3_UK_Kap_11.qxp:UK_02_Kap_11.qxp 30.10.2009 14:46 Uhr Seite 353

DN L1 [mm] L2 [mm] L3 [mm]


150 300 + 3450 4900
200 400 + 3950 5650
250 500 + 4400 6300
300 600 + 4850 6900
350 700 + 5200 7450
400 800 + 5600 8000
450 900 + 5900 8450
500 1000 + 6250 8900
600 1200 + 6850 9800
700 1400 + 7450 10600
800 1600 + 7900 11300
Fig. 4 (only valid for steel pipelines)

1)
Maximum positioning distance for steel pipelines

Nominal diameter DN
1)
with standard shedule wall thickness acc.to DIN 2458

Fig. 5

353
29.3_UK_Kap_11.qxp:UK_02_Kap_11.qxp 30.10.2009 14:46 Uhr Seite 354

Anchors
• Install main anchors at locations where the pipeline changes direction.
• Each pipe section that is to be compensated for must be reduced in length
by anchors.
- Only one expansion joint is allowed between two anchors.
- Main anchors must be installed at locations where the pipeline changes
direction. They must absorb the pressure thrusts of the expansion joints
as well as the frictional forces of the pipe supports/ guides.
- Intermediate anchors must be installed if the movement capacity of one
axial expansion joint is not sufficient to compensate for the entire expan-
sion of a long pipeline and if several axial expansion joints are required.
- In the case of vacuum operation, the anchors must be capable of with-
standing compression and tensile forces.

Anchor

Pipe support/guide
Pipe support/guide

Fig. 6

Anchor Pipe support/ Pipe support/ Anchor Pipe support/


Guide Guide Guide

Pipe support/ Pipe support/ Pipe support/ Pipe support/


Anchor Anchor
Guide Guide Guide Guide

Pipe support/ Intermediate anchor Pipe support/


Anchor Guide Guide Anchor
Pipe support/ Pipe support/
Guide Guide

Fig. 7

354
29.3_UK_Kap_11.qxp:UK_02_Kap_11.qxp 30.10.2009 14:46 Uhr Seite 355

Vibration compensation
• The expansion joint should be installed as closely as possible to the vibrat-
ing aggregate to make use of its entire absorption capacity.
• The vibration absorbers should be installed as closely as possible to the
vibration source to avoid resonating of other parts of the system.
• Primarily it must be assured that the vibration amplitude has a lateral effect,
i.e. perpendicular to the vibration absorber axis.
• A pipe anchor should be mounted directly behind the expansion joint which
is to be installed without pretension.

CAUTION
If unrestrained expansion joints are used, the thrust must be taken into
account.
Fig. 8

Anchor

Vibrations in
all directions

355
29.3_UK_Kap_11.qxp:UK_02_Kap_11.qxp 30.10.2009 14:46 Uhr Seite 356

Pretension
All common expansion joints must be installed pretensioned by 50% of their
movement capacity (for heating systems: overall length of expansion joint
plus 50%, and for cooling systems: overall length of expansion joint minus
50% of the movement).
If an expansion joint is not installed at the lowest operating temperature of a
heating system or at the highest operating temperature of a cooling system
(e.g. replacement at pipe that is still warm) it must be individually preten-
sioned (see fig. 10).

Fig. 9

356
29.3_UK_Kap_11.qxp:UK_02_Kap_11.qxp 30.10.2009 14:46 Uhr Seite 357

Pretension diagram
Temperature difference in °C between
installation temperature and lowest temperature
Thermal Expansion of pipeline at installation temperature level in mm

Length of pipeline in mm

Total anticipated movement of expansion joint in mm

Pre-stressing of expansion joint in mm

Fig. 10

Example to the diagram


An axial expansion joint is utilized to compensate for a pipeline measuring 22 m in
length. The lowest temperature is – 15°C. The highest temperature is +165°C. The
maximum anticipated thermal movement equals 50 mm at the temperature difference
of 180°C. If the expansion joint is installed at the lowest temperature it shall be preten-
sioned (expanded) by 50% of this movement (25 mm). During operation, the expan-
sion joint will then be compressed by the thermal movement of 50 mm. When the
expansion joint is installed, special care should be taken to assure correct pretension.
If the temperature at the time of installation is not – 15°C but +20°C, the correspond-
ing thermal movement of the pipeline is 9 mm (see fig. 10). This amount must be
subtracted from the original pretension value of the expansion joint: 25 – 9 = 16 mm.

357
29.3_UK_Kap_11.qxp:UK_02_Kap_11.qxp 30.10.2009 14:46 Uhr Seite 358

The pretension diagram (fig. 10) allows to determine the correct pretension
value as follows:

1. Temperature difference between installation temperature and lowest


temperature: -15°C up to + 20°C = 35°C.
2. Length of pipeline to be compensated for: 22 m.
3. Draw a straight line from the point "Length of pipeline 22 m" to the " 0°C"
point.
4. Draw a vertical line from the "35°C" point towards the beam coming from
"22 m".
5. Draw a horizontal line from this intersection to the line "Thermal expansion
of pipeline in mm"; the result is, as stated above, 9 mm.
6. Draw a straigth line from the "9 mm" point to "Total anticipated movement",
this equals 50 mm, and go further to "Pre-stressing of expansion joint in mm".
The intersection shows a pre-stressing of 16 mm. This is the value by which
the axial expansion joint is to be expanded during installation.

Installation of flanged expansion joints


• Align pipe axes and flange bolt holes.
- ensure flanges are parallel,
- ensure gaskets are on center,
- tighten bolts crosswise
• Make sure that the expansion joint is not exposed to torque.
• Ensure that bellows are free of objects (dirt) that hinder free movements.

Anchor
Pipe support/guide

correct
correct
Fig. 11
wrong
Pipe support/guide

wrong wrong

Connection:
TI (malleable cast iron, female thread) RA (gunmetal, male thread)
TA (malleable cast iron, male thread) EI (stainless steel, female thread)
RI (gunmetal, female thread) LF (brazing fitting)

358
29.3_UK_Kap_11.qxp:UK_02_Kap_11.qxp 30.10.2009 14:46 Uhr Seite 359

Installation of pipes with pressfittings


Axial expansion joints of type 7179 00X are suitable for the compensation of
axial movements in straight pipelines and are especially developed for the
Mapress system. With the connection elements welded on both sides, fast
and proper assembly is possible at site.
When expansion joints are installed in HVAC systems, the installation
instructions of the Mapress company must be absolutely observed.

359
29.3_UK_Kap_11.qxp:UK_02_Kap_11.qxp 30.10.2009 14:46 Uhr Seite 360

Installation of expansion joints with threaded sockets (pretensioned)


• Due to the screw connection, a maximum operating pressure of 4 bar is
permissible for gas pipelines.
• Rubber seals must not be lubricated or greased.
• Oxygen conduits must never get in contact with oil or grease. Otherwise
there is high danger of explosion!
• Pipe axes must be aligned.
• Make sure that the expansion joint is not exposed to torque during installation.
• After installation, make sure that the bellows convolutions are free of dirt.

Installation
length
+ 2x seals

Installation
length

Fig. 12

Description of fig. 12:


• Prior to installation, the threaded sockets/ brazing fittings must be un
screwed from the expansion joint. The individual parts, particularly the
back disks and the seals, are to be kept safely.
• The threaded sockets/ brazing fittings must be screwed in/ brazed in with-
out bellows and seals. It is of particular importance that the bellows is not
thermically overstressed during brazing. Ensure a gap of the dimension
"Overall length bellows + 2x seal thickness" between the threaded sockets/
brazing fittings.
• The seal areas of the threaded sockets/ brazing fittings must be parallel to
each other and perpendicular to the pipe axis.
• After installing the threaded sockets/ brazing fittings, the bellows – together
with the disks fitted in, the seals and the sockets pulled back - is placed at
"expansion joint length" between the threaded sockets/ brazing fittings and
tightened by screwing the sockets.

360
29.3_UK_Kap_11.qxp:UK_02_Kap_11.qxp 30.10.2009 14:46 Uhr Seite 361

Materials of expansion joints with threaded sockets

Permissible operating temperature for:


Type 7160 00S - malleable cast iron max. 300°C
- gunmetal max. 225°C

Type 7162 00S (with protective jacket) max.180°C

1 3 2 4 3 5 3 2 1 4 3

Fig. 13

1 bellows: stainless steel, 1.4571

2 support ring: stainless steel, 1.4301

3 threaded socket: Type T: malleable cast iron, galvanized


Type R: gunmetal
Type E: stainless steel, 1.4571
Type LF: brazing fitting

4 gasket Klinger C-4400

5 protective jacket Type T: carbon steel, galvanized, soft soldered


Type R: brass, soft soldered
Type E: stainless steel
Type L: brass, soft soldered

361
29.3_UK_Kap_11.qxp:UK_02_Kap_11.qxp 30.10.2009 14:46 Uhr Seite 362

Dismantling pieces

NOTE
Depending on the nominal diameter,
the installation length EL of the dis-
mantling piece must be max. 50 mm
longer than the unrestrained total
length TL.

• Install anchor points on each side:


With unrestrained expansion joints
the thrust must be absorbed by the
anchors.
Fig. 14

Installation
• Flange one side of the dismantling
piece to the pipe end (fig. 14). On
the other side, pull the dismantling
piece towards the components
(valve, shut-off valve, pumps, etc.)
either with long bolts (unrestrained)
or with the delivered threaded rods
(restrained) (fig.15). When installed
correctly, the dismantling piece is
restrained (fig. 16).

Disassembly Fig. 15
• Untie the long bolts or threaded
rods. The dismantling piece swings
back, creating a gap, which is
necessary for comfortable assemb-
ly and disassembly of the compo-
nents.

Fig. 16

362
29.3_UK_Kap_11.qxp:UK_02_Kap_11.qxp 30.10.2009 14:46 Uhr Seite 363

11.3 Angular and lateral expansion joints

Description of angular expansion joints and their application fields


Due to the angular movement of the steel bellows, angular and lateral expan-
sion joints are suited to compensate for expansion movements which occur
vertically to the longitudinal axis of the expansion joint.
The application must be limited to the rated conditions as stated in our techni-
cal data sheets and the rating plates that are mounted to each expansion joint.
These assembly and start-up instructions are valid for the types listed on
p. 366, fig. 22.

Special care or measures should be taken to avoid corrosion damages, e.g. in


water treatment, or to avoid galvanic corrosion in copper and galvanized pipes.

Angular expansion joints are suited for


the compensation of both, long pipe-
line sections of district heating sys-
tems as well as short boiler and turb-
ine room pipelines of plane and three-
dimensional pipeline systems.

A minimum of two and a maximum of


three angular expansion joints form a
statically defined articulated system
and represent one construction unit.
Their function depends on the angular
movement of the steel bellows which
is stated in section 6, table "Angular
expansion joints", as "Angular move-
ment at 1000 full load cycles". Fig. 17

363
29.3_UK_Kap_11.qxp:UK_02_Kap_11.qxp 30.10.2009 14:46 Uhr Seite 364

The longer the distance L1 between


two angular expansion joints (fig. 17),
the larger is the expansion movement
that can be compensated for by the
system and the smaller are the dipla-
cement forces. The axial pressure
thrusts originating from the internal
pressure are transferred through the
hinges. The pivoting axes of the hinges
are on the center line of the bellows
(fig. 17).

Angular gimbal expansion joints


absorb the thrust through their round
or square gimbal design. This results in
three-dimensional angular movements
around the X and Z axes (fig. 18).
Fig. 18

Description of lateral expansion joints and their application fields


The function of the lateral expansion
joints is based on the angular move-
ment of the steel bellows, as with
angular expansion joints. They are also
suited for the installation within limited
spaces. The movement capacity
depends on the face-to-face length
or center-to-center distance of the
bellows: the longer the distance be-
tween the bellows, the larger is the
lateral movement capacity (fig. 19).

A longer center-to-center distance


reduces the displacement forces of the
expansion joint.

Lateral expansion joints are indepen-


dent expansion systems, representing
a complete double hinge system. Fig. 19

364
29.3_UK_Kap_11.qxp:UK_02_Kap_11.qxp 30.10.2009 14:46 Uhr Seite 365

Special features:
• Very low anchor loads as the hinge
anchors transfer the pressure thrust
resulting from the internal pressure.
• Less demands on the pipe sup-
ports/guides.

Even swing hangers may be accept-


able.

Depending on their ability to compen- Movement in one


sate for expansion movements, there direction
are two basic types:

• expansion joints with lateral move-


ment compensation on one plane
(fig. 20). FP (Anchor)

Fig. 20

• expansion joints with lateral move-


ment compensation on a circular
plane (fig. 21).

Movement in two
directions

Fig. 21

365
29.3_UK_Kap_11.qxp:UK_02_Kap_11.qxp 30.10.2009 14:46 Uhr Seite 366

Type overview
Angular, gimbal Connection Sound absorbing Connection
and lateral expansion joints and
expansion joints vibration absorbers

AWT 1 Epsilon-C 5
AFS 2 7951 DFS 5
AFB 5

KAWT 1
KAFS 2
KAFB 5

LW 1
LFS 2
LFB 5

Fig. 22

Type of connection:
1 weld end
2 flange, welded
5 flange, van-stone

Permissible operating temperature:


for standard version: max 300°C

11.3.1 Installation advices

Pipe guides, pipe supports


• When installing angular (fig. 23) or lateral (fig. 24) expansion joints which
allow an expansion movement laterally on only one plane, observe that the
direction of the pipe expansion and the movement capacity of the expansion
joints match (perpendicular to the axis of the pin axis). For the maximum
movement capacity (angular, lateral) see section 6.
Angular and lateral expansion joints do not have high demands on the pipe
supports and guides. For short pipe routings such as in turbine room pipe-
lines, pipe supports and guides may not be necessary at all.

366
29.3_UK_Kap_11.qxp:UK_02_Kap_11.qxp 30.10.2009 14:46 Uhr Seite 367

Fig. 23 Fig. 24

• Compensate for the weight of the pipe (incl. medium and insulation) as well
as for wind and additional loads by suitable pipe suspensions or supports.
The expansion joint’s movement must not be hindered!
• In long pipelines, a pipe guide should be installed on either side of the hinge
system or lateral expansion joint.

Anchors
• Only one hinge system or lateral expansion joint is allowed between two
anchors. The anchors must absorb the inherent resistance of the expansion
joint, resulting from the bending resistance of the bellows and the pin friction
of the hinge supports as well as the frictional forces of the guides/supports.

NOTE
Pipe guides with excessive frictional resistance resulting from a too high surfa-
ce pressure, dirt, or rust deposits may block and cause considerable pressure
peaks in the pipe, its anchors and connections.

367
29.3_UK_Kap_11.qxp:UK_02_Kap_11.qxp 30.10.2009 14:46 Uhr Seite 368

Arrangements of hinged expansion joints

Two pin I-system Three pin I-system

Two pin gimbal I-system Three pin U-system

Three pin Z2a-system Three pin Z2b-system

368
29.3_UK_Kap_11.qxp:UK_02_Kap_11.qxp 30.10.2009 14:46 Uhr Seite 369

Three pin gimbal L-system

Vibration compensation with lateral expansion joints


Lateral expansion joints with ball joint design are suited to compensate for
mechanical lateral vibrations in one lateral circular plane, generated by pumps,
compressors and other power engines (fig. 25).

If the engine is firmly mounted to its concrete foundation, the installation of


one lateral expansion joint is sufficient in most cases. If the engine is mounted
to a flexible foundation, two lateral expansion joints should be provided form-
ing a 90° L-system (fig. 26) to compensate for vibrations in all directions.
Directly behind the expansion joint, install an anchor which is independent of
the flexible foundation.

lateral vibrations universal vibrations

Fig. 25 Fig. 26

• Expansion joints should always be installed as closely as possible to the


source of vibration – but without pretension!

369
29.3_UK_Kap_11.qxp:UK_02_Kap_11.qxp 30.10.2009 14:46 Uhr Seite 370

CAUTION
As a rule, vibrations of very high frequencies due to turbulent flows, occuring,
for example, behind safety valves, reducing and shut-down valves as well as
vibrations caused by oscillating gas or liquid columns can not be compensated
for.

Pretension
Angular and lateral expansion joints are usually installed with 50% pretension
of their movement capacity. It is advisable to carry out the pretension at the
completely installed system.
• Observe the installation temperature of the pipes, in particular for out-door
pipelines.
• If the installation temperature differs from the lowest design temperature,
reduce the pretension in accordance with the pretension diagram (fig. 27).

370
29.3_UK_Kap_11.qxp:UK_02_Kap_11.qxp 30.10.2009 14:46 Uhr Seite 371

Pretension diagram
ccuring,
well as
pensated Temperature difference in °C between
installation temperature and lowest temperature

tension
at the

t-door
Thermal Expansion of pipeline at installation temperature level in mm

ture,
g. 27).

Length of pipeline in mm

Total anticipated movement of expansion joint in mm

Pre-stressing of expansion joint in mm

Applicable for pipelines of St. 35 material

Fig. 27

371
29.3_UK_Kap_11.qxp:UK_02_Kap_11.qxp 30.10.2009 14:46 Uhr Seite 372

Example to the diagram

Hinge system or lateral expansion joint for a pipeline measuring 140 m in


length:
The lowest temperature is -7°C. The highest temperature is +293°C. The maxi-
mum anticipated thermal movement equals 500 mm at the temperature diffe-
rence of 300°C.
The hinge system or expansion joint is to be pretensioned by 50% (e.g. acting
in opposite direction of the pipeline movement) of the total movement, this
equals 250 mm.
When the hinge system or expansion joint is installed, special care should be
taken to assure correct pretension. If the temperature at the time of installation
is not -7°C but +20°C, the corresponding thermal movement of the pipeline is
45 mm (see fig. 27). This amount must be subtracted from the original preten-
sion value of the hinge system or expansion joint:
250 – 45 = 205 mm.
The pretension diagram (fig. 27) allows to determine the pretension immediate-
ly without any calculation:

1. Temperature difference between installation temperature and lowest


temperature: +20°C – (-7°C) = 27°C.
2. Length of pipeline to be compensated for: 140 m
3. Draw a vertical line from the "27°C" point towards the beam coming from
"0 - 140m".
4. Draw a horizontal line from this intersection to the line "Thermal expansion
of pipeline in mm"; the result is, as stated above, 45 mm.
5. Draw a straight line from the "45mm" point to "Total anticipated movement",
this equals 500 mm, and go further to "Pre-stressing of hinge system /
expansion joint in mm".

The intersection shows a pretension of 205 mm. This is the value by which the
hinge system/ lateral expansion joint is to be pretensioned during installation.

372
29.3_UK_Kap_11.qxp:UK_02_Kap_11.qxp 30.10.2009 14:46 Uhr Seite 373

11.4 Rubber expansion joints

Description of rubber expansion joints and their application fields


Rubber expansion joints are particularly suited for
• the compensation of mechanical vibrations
• axial and lateral movement compensation
• the compensation of installation inaccuracies
• sound absorption.
The application must be limited to the rated conditions as stated in our techni-
cal data sheets and the rating plates that are mounted to each expansion joint.
These assembly and start-up instructions are valid for the types listed on
p. 374, fig. 28.

NOTE
For the technical and operating design of rubber expansion joints, the instruc-
tions of section 8.2 up to 8.4 are valid.

373
29.3_UK_Kap_11.qxp:UK_02_Kap_11.qxp 30.10.2009 14:46 Uhr Seite 374

Type overview

Type Material Connection Remarks


3160 00S - B - EPDM threaded sockets
3160 00S - A - EPDM threaded sockets
3160 00S - D - EPDMT
Chloroprene
Nitrile
3140 00S - B - EPDM loose flanges 1) DN 80 up to DN 500:
PTFE 1) bellows made of EPDM
with PTFE-coating
3140 00S - A - EPDM loose flanges
3140 00S - D - EPDMT
Chloroprene
Nitrile
Hypalon
3160 00S - S - EPDM loose flanges
3840 DFS - B - EPDM loose flanges 1) DN 80 up to DN 500:
PTFE 1) bellows made of EPDM
with PTFE-coating
3840 DFS - A - EPDM loose flanges
3840 DFS - D - EPDMT
Chloroprene
Nitrile
Hypalon
3140 00S - C - EPDM rubber flanges other elastomer
Nitrile qualities upon request

Fig. 28

374
29.3_UK_Kap_11.qxp:UK_02_Kap_11.qxp 30.10.2009 14:46 Uhr Seite 375

Safety instructions
Additional to the general safety instructions, the following instructions are to be
observed:
• Make sure that rubber expansion joints ar not affected by the dead weight of
the pipeline. The axial and lateral or angular movements stated in the tables
in section 8.7 must not be exceeded.
• During welding, the rubber expansion joints must be protected against heat-
ing and welding chips.
• Do not paint or insulate rubber expansion joints.
• The sealing faces of the rubber expansion joints must not be coated with
grease, oil, graphite, Molykote or similar substances.
• Rubber expansion joints must be installed at accessible positions for perma-
nent visual inspection and easy replacement.

11.4.1 Installation instructions

The permissible installation length for the neutral position must range between
the supplied length (BL) and the supplied length minus A/2 (BL*).
The movements that are stated in section 8.7 "Tables standard programme
Rubber expansion joints" apply to this range of installation lengths.
• The rubber expansion joints should be installed in a pre-stressed manner
taking into account the permissible operating length so that they are almost
stress-free during operating conditions.

neutral compressed
expanded

between
and
Fig. 29

BL = supplied length
BL* = BL – A/2
ax = permissible movement (A, BL, BL*, ax refer to section 8.7 "Tables
standard programme Rubber expansion joints".)

375
29.3_UK_Kap_11.qxp:UK_02_Kap_11.qxp 30.10.2009 14:46 Uhr Seite 376

Correct combination of sealing surfaces

The flanges of the rubber expansion joints have threaded holes.


• For the installation of the bolts refer to fig. 30

correct wrong wrong


Fig. 30 solution: weld pipe flush solution: install interme-
with flange and grind diate ring with gasket
sealing

Position and torque of bolts DN 25 – DN 500


for type A (313), type D (323) and type B (303)

The sealing effect is achieved by an even compression of the sealing rim.


Therefore, we recommend the following installation sequence:
• Tighten 4 bolts crosswise against 4 spacers of A/2 thickness.
• Tighten the remaining bolts without an excess of torque.
• Remove spacers.
• After the installation of the expansion joints
(3840 DFS-A-..., 3840 DFS-B-..., 3840 DFS-D-...), it is recommended that
the hex bolts are checked by turning them manually.
• All tie rods should be checked for a uniform fit and tightened, if necessary.

376
29.3_UK_Kap_11.qxp:UK_02_Kap_11.qxp 30.10.2009 14:46 Uhr Seite 377

Fig. 31

Table “A”-dimensions

DN Type A Type D Type B


25 6,5 -- --
32 6,5 -- 8
40 8 6,5 8
50 8,5 7 8,5
65 9 7,5 9
80 8,5 7 8,5
100 11,5 8,5 11,5
125 12,5 11 12,5
150 13 11,5 13
200 15,5 14 15,5
250 16,5 15 16,5
300 15,5 14 15,5
350 16 -- 13
400 16,5 -- 15
450 17,5 -- 16
500 17,5 -- 17

Fig. 32

377
29.3_UK_Kap_11.qxp:UK_02_Kap_11.qxp 30.10.2009 14:47 Uhr Seite 378

Position and torque of bolts DN 600 – DN 1000


for type C

Table "A"-dimensions
DN Type C
600 15
700 15
800 20
A /2
900 20
1000 20
1200 25
1400 30
1600 30
1800 30
2000 30

Fig. 33 Fig. 34

Pipe supports, pipe guides

Pipe support/ Pipe support/ Anchor Pipe support/ Pipe support/ Anchor
Guide Guide Guide Guide

Anchor Pipe support/ Pipe support/ Pipe support/ Pipe support/ Anchor
Guide Guide Guide Guide
Fig. 35

L1 = max. 2 x DN + /2 [mm]
L2 = 0.7 x L3 [mm]
L3 = 400 x DN [mm] applicable only for steel pipelines
= movement capacity of the expansion joint [mm]

378
29.3_UK_Kap_11.qxp:UK_02_Kap_11.qxp 30.10.2009 14:47 Uhr Seite 379

Diagram

Fig. 36
Nominal diameter DN

Recommended security factor: S = 3.

According to Euler, the length factor β depends on the anchor support/ guide
arrangement along the pipeline:

X X X = X = X = Anchor
β=1 β = 0,7 β = 0,5 = = pipe support/guide

For a quick determination of the maximum possible support/ guide distance,


please refer to diagram (fig. 36) which is based on the following assumptions:
• β = 1, swing support of the pipeline on the pipe supports/ guides, i.e. no
moment transfer,
• E = 210’000 N/mm2, for steel pipelines
• Da and s of welded standard pipes according to DIN 2458 with standard
schedule wall thickness,
• p = pT = 1,43 x PN, as the maximum permissible test pressure according to
the pressure equipment directive,
• Fc = 0, i.e. axial expansion joints in neutral position during pressure testing.

This assumption is conservative as the pretensioned expansion joints would


reduce the buckling tendency. Nevertheless, with very small nominal diameters
the testing revealed higher buckling forces during operation than during pres-
sure testing, due to comparably high displacement forces at expansion joints
compressed to the permissible maximum.

379
29.3_UK_Kap_11.qxp:UK_02_Kap_11.qxp 30.10.2009 14:47 Uhr Seite 380

Anchors
Axial expansion joints
• Each section of the pipe that should be compensated must be limited by
anchors.
• Only one expansion joint is permitted between two anchors.
• Anchors must also be placed at locations where the pipeline changes direc-
tion. They must be able to withstand the axial thrust and the friction forces of
the pipe guides and supports.

Restrained expansion joints


Restrained rubber expansion joints have a noise-absorbing external restraint
which is designed to withstand pressure thrusts.
• Depending on the application, the pipe anchors must be designed differently:
• If the expansion joint is used to compensate for vibrations, the pipe anchors
must avoid resonance.
• If the expansion joint is used as a lateral expansion joint, the pipe anchors
must be able to withstand the friction forces of the pipeline and the very low
displacement forces.

Vibration compensation
• Rubber expansion joints that are used as vibration or noise-absorbing ele-
ments should be installed as close as possible to the vibrating aggregate.
• A pipe anchor should be mounted directly after the expansion joint. This
anchor must be able to withstand the full pressure thrust of an unrestrained
expansion joint (see fig. 37).
• If restrained expansion joints are used, pipe guides should be installed in
order to avoid resonance of the adjacent pipeline (see fig. 38).

NOTE
• Expansion joints that are used to compensate for vibrations should be
installed without pretension.

Pipe guide
Vibrations in Vibrations in
all directions all directions

Pipe guide

Fig. 37 Fig. 38

380
29.3_UK_Kap_11.qxp:UK_02_Kap_11.qxp 30.10.2009 14:47 Uhr Seite 381

System filling

ed by • Pipe anchors and pipe supports/ guides must be completely installed prior
to filling and pressure testing the system.
• The permissible test pressure of the expansion joint must not be exceeded.
s direc- The pressure should be raised gradually.
forces of

Ship engineering
straint
Fire sleeves are required for:
ifferently: fuel, lubrication, hydraulic oil, bilge, ballast and sea water cooling systems.
anchors
Fire sleeves are not required for:
nchors fresh water cooling systems, sanitary systems without connection to the hull,
very low ballast pipes outside of machine rooms, compressed air systems.

ng ele- Expansion joints with threaded sockets


egate.
This These expansion joints are delivered pre-assembled and with lubricated seal-
strained ing sufaces.
When installing, screw in the screw parts manually until they fit close to the
ed in sealing rim. Then tighten by 1 or 2 turns with an adequate tool to ensure the
sealing of the screwed connection.

be

Type 3160-00S-A-... Type 3160-00S-B-... Type 3160-00S-D-...

Fig. 39

381
29.3_UK_Kap_12.qxp:UK_02_Kap_12.qxp 30.10.2009 14:47 Uhr Seite 382

382
29.3_UK_Kap_12.qxp:UK_02_Kap_12.qxp 30.10.2009 14:47 Uhr Seite 383

12 Annex / Standards

12.1 Symbols used in pipe construction

Axial expansion joint Apparatus


(without rotating parts)
Angular expansion
joint Apparatus
(with rotating parts)
Universal expansion
joint Socket connection

Lateral expansion
Flange joint
joint

Gimbal expansion Screwed connection


joint

Coupling
Pressure balanced
expansion joint
Anchor

Vertical holding device


Not insulated pipeline (support)

Suspended holding
Insulated pipeline device (suspension)

Flexible pipe Spring suspension

Pipe with flow


Spring support
direction indicator

Pipe crossing without Slideway


connection

Pipe crossing with Suspended pipe slideway


connection

Pipe branch with


connection Roller guide

383
29.3_UK_Kap_12.qxp:UK_02_Kap_12.qxp 30.10.2009 14:47 Uhr Seite 384

12.2 Table on guide analyses and characteristic strength values

Material Material no Short form Short form


group according to according according
DIN EN 10027 to DIN EN 10027 to DIN 17006
(old)
– – – –

Unalloyed steel 1.0254 P235T1 St 37.0


1.0427 C22G1 C 22.3

General structural steel 1.0038 S235JRG2 St 37-2


1.0050 E295 St 50-2
1.0570 S355J2G3 St 52-3

Temp. resistant unalloyed steel 1.0460 C22G2 C 22.8

Temperature resistant steel 1.0305 P235G1TH St 35.8


1.0345 P235GH HI
1.0425 P265GH H II
1.0481 P295GH 17 Mn 4
1.5415 16Mo3 15 Mo 3
1.7335 13CrMo4-5 13 CrMo 4 4
1.7380 10CrMo9-10 10 CrM0 9 10

Stainless 1.4301 X5CrNi18-10 X 5 CrNi 18 10


austenitic steel 1.4306 X2CrNi19-11 X 2 CrNi 19 11
1.4541 X6CrNiTi18-10 X 6 CrNiTi 18 10
1.4571 X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2 X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2
1.4404 X2CrNiMo17-12-2 X 2 CrNiMo 17 12 2
1.4435 X2CrNiMo18-14-3 X 2 CrNiMo 18 14 3
1.4465 X1CrNiMoN25-25-2 X 2 CrNiMoN 25 25 2
1.4539 X1NiCrMoCu25-20-5 X 2 NiCrMoCu 25 20 5
1.4529 X1NiCrMoCuN25-20-7 X 2 NiCrMoCu 25 20 6

High temperature 1.4948 X6CrNi18-11 X 6 CrNi 18 11


resistant austenitic steel 1.4919 X6CrNiMo17-13 X 6 CrNiMo 17 13
1.4958 X5NiCrAlTi31-20 X 5 NiCrAlTi 31 20

Heat resistant steel 1.4828 X15CrNiSi20-12 X 15 CrNiSi 20 12


(AISI 309)
1.4876 X10NiCrAlTi32-21 UNS N 08800
Incoloy 800 ASTM B409/408/407
(1.4876H) X10NiCrAlTi32-20 UNS N 08810
Incoloy 800H ASTM B409/408/407

384
29.3_UK_Kap_12.qxp:UK_02_Kap_12.qxp 30.10.2009 14:47 Uhr Seite 385

* Strength values at room temperature

Documentation Upper apparent Tensile Breaking Impact


temperature yielding point strength elongation value
level min. Rm min. min.
* * *
ReH / RPO, 2 Rm A5 A80 AV (KV)
– °C N/mm2 N/mm2 % % J

DIN EN 10217 300 235 350-480 23


DIN EN 10216 350 240 410-540 20 31

DIN EN 10025 300 235 340-470 21-26 27


295 470-610 16-20
355 490-630 17-22 27 / -20°C

VdTÜV-W350 480 240 410-540 20 31

DIN 17175 480 235 360-480 23 34


DIN EN 10028 480 235 360-480 25 27 / 0°C
T1/T2 480 265 410-530 23 27 / 0°C
500 295 460-580 22 27 / 0°C
530 275 440-590 24 31
570 300 440-590 20 31
600 310 480-630 18 31

DIN EN 10088 550 230 540-750 45 45


550 200 520-670 45 45
550 220 520-720 40 40
550 240 540-690 40 40
550 240 530-680 40 40
550 240 550-700 40 40
SEW 400 550 255 540-740 30
VdTÜV-W421 400 220 520-720 40 40
VdTÜV-W502 400 300 600-800 40

DIN 17459 600 185 500-700 40 38 60


205 490-690 35 33 60
170 500-750 35 33 80

DIN EN 10095 1000 230 500-750 22

DIN EN 10095 600 210 500-750 30


VdTÜV-W 412
VdTÜV-W 434 950 170 450-700 30

385
29.3_UK_Kap_12.qxp:UK_02_Kap_12.qxp 30.10.2009 14:47 Uhr Seite 386

Werkstoff-Tabelle

Material Material no Short form UNS-Code


group according to ASTM Standard
DIN EN 10027

– – – –

Nickel- based alloys 2.4360 NiCu 30 Fe UNS N 04400


Alloy 400/ Monel ASTM B127/164/165
2.4602 NiCr 21 Mo 14 W UNS N 06022
Alloy C-22 ASTM B575/622/574
2.4605 NiCr 23 Mo 16 Al UNS N 06059
Alloy 59 ASTM B575/574/622
2.4610 NiMo 16 Cr 16 Ti UNS N 06455
Alloy C-4 ASTM B575/574/622
2.4816 NiCr 15 Fe UNS N 06600
Alloy 600 ASTM B168/166/167
2.4819 NiMo 16 Cr 15 W UNS N 10276
Alloy C-276 ASTM B575/574/622
2.4856 NiCr 22 Mo 9 Nb UNS N 06625
Alloy 625 ASTM B443/446/444
2.4858 NiCr 21 Mo UNS N 08825
Alloy 825 ASTM B424/425/423

Pure nickel 2.4068 LC-Ni 99.2 UNS N 02201


ASTM B162/160/161

Copper 2.0090 SF-Cu

Copper tin alloys 2.1020 CuSn6 (Bronze) UNS ~ C 51900


2.1030 CuSn8 UNS C 52100

Copper zinc alloys 2.0250 CuZn20 UNS C 24000


2.0321 CuZn37 (Messing) UNS C 27200

Copper beryllium alloys 2.1247 CuBe2

Aluminium 3.0255 Al 99.5

Aluminium forging alloy 3.3535 AlMg 3


3.2315 AlMgSi 1

Titanium 3.7025 Ti

Tantalum - Ta

386
29.3_UK_Kap_12.qxp:UK_02_Kap_12.qxp 30.10.2009 14:47 Uhr Seite 387

* Strength values at room temperature


(Continued from tab. 12.2)
Documentation Upper apparent Tensile Breaking Impact
temperature yielding point strength elongation value
level min. Rm min. min.
* * *
ReH / RPO, 2 Rm A5 A80 AV (KV)
– °C N/mm2 N/mm2 % % J

DIN 17750 425 195 ≤485 35 80 / 20°C


VdTÜV-W263
- 600 310 ≥690 45 150 / 20°C
VdTÜV-W479
- 450 340 ≥690 40 225 / 20°C
VdTÜV-W505
DIN 17750 400 305 ≥700 35 96 / 20°C
VdTÜV-W424
DIN EN 10095 450 200 550-750 30 150 / 20°C
VdTÜV-W305
DIN 17750 800 310 ≥750 30
VdTÜV-W400
DIN EN 10095 600 410 ≥800 30 100 / 20°C
VdTÜV-W499
DIN 17750 450 225 550-750 30 80 / 20°C
VdTÜV-W432

DIN 17750 600 80 340-450 40


VdTÜV-W345

DIN 17670 250 45 ≥200 42

DIN 17670 250 300 350-410 55


DIN 17670 250 ≤300 370-450 60

DIN 17670 ≤150 270-320 48


DIN 17670 ≤180 300-370 48

DIN 17670 ≤250 390-520 35

DIN 1712 ≤55 65-95 40

DIN 1725 150 80 190-230 20


DIN 1725 ≤85 ≤150 18

DIN 17850 250 180 290-410 30 62


VdTÜV-W230

VdTÜV-W382 250 150 >225 35

387
29.3_UK_Kap_12.qxp:UK_02_Kap_12.qxp 30.10.2009 14:47 Uhr Seite 388

12.3 International standards / comparison table

Germany USA

Material Short code UNS/ASTM


no. standard Grade

1.0254 P235T1 ~ A106 / A53 A


1.0427 C22G1 _

1.0038 S235JRG2 A252 / A500 / A570


1.0050 E295 _
1.0570 S355J2G3 ~ A714 3

1.0460 C22G2 _

1.0305 P235G1TH A106/A178/A179/A53 A


1.0345 P235GH K 02202/A285/A414 A,B,C
1.0425 P265GH K 02402/A283/A285 C
1.0481 P295GH A106/A414/A555/A662 C,F,E,B
1.5415 16Mo3 A204 A,B,C
1.7335 13CrMo4-5 A182/A234/A387 F
1.7380 10CrMo9-10 A182/A217/A541/A873 F22

1.4301 X5CrNi18-10 AISI 304


1.4306 X2CrNi19-11 AISI 304 L
1.4404 X2CrNiMo17-12-2 AISI 316 L
1.4435 X2CrNiMo18-14-3 AISI 316 L
1.4465 X1CrNiMoN25-15-2 N 08310
1.4529 X1NiCrMoCuN25-20-7 A 351
1.4539 X1NiCrMoCu25-20-5 N 08904
1.4541 X6CrNiTi18-10 AISI 321
1.4571 X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2 AISI 316 Ti

1.4948 X6CrNi18-11 AISI 304H / S30480


1.4919 X6CrNiMo17-13 AISI 316 H
1.4958 X5NiCrAlTi31-20

1.4828 X15CrNiSi20-12 AISI 309


1.4876 X10NiCrAlTi32-21 N 08800/B409/B408/B407
(1.4876H) X10NiCrAlTi32-20 N 08810/B409/B408/B407
2.4360 NiCu 30 Fe N 04400/B127/B164/B165
2.4602 NiCr 21 Mo 14 W N 06022/B575/B574/B622
2.4610 NiMo 16 Cr 16 Ti N 06455/B575/B574/B622
2.4816 NiCr 15 Fe N 06600/B168/B166/B167
2.4819 NiMo 16 Cr 15 W N 10276/B575/B574/B622
2.4856 NiCr 22 Mo 9 Nb N 06625/B443/B444/B446
2.4858 NiCr 21 Mo N 08825/B424/B425/B423

388
29.3_UK_Kap_12.qxp:UK_02_Kap_12.qxp 30.10.2009 14:47 Uhr Seite 389

Great Britain France Russia

marking marking marking

~ S360 (S;ERW) – –
– – –

En 40 B S235JRG2 ~ St 3 ps
E 295 A 50-2 ~ St 5 ps
En 50 D S355J2G3 ~ 17GS / 17 G1S

– – –

~ 320 / ~ 360 – –
141 - 360 A 37 CP –
151 - 400 A 42 C P ~ 16K / ~ 20K
224 - 460 B A 48 CP 14G2
16 Mo 3 / ~ 243 15 D 3 –
13 CrMo 4 - 5/ ~ 620 13 CrMo 4-5 ~ 12ChM / ~ 15ChM
10 CrMo 9 -10/ ~ 622 10 CrMo 9-10 12Ch8

304 S 15 Z6 CN 18- 09 08Ch18N10


304 S 11 Z2 CN 18-10 03Ch18N11
316 S 11 Z2 CND 17-12 –
316 S 13 Z3 CND 17-12-03 03Ch17N14M3
– – 02Ch25N22AM2-PT
– – –
904 S 13 Z2 NCDU 25-20 –
321 S 13 Z6 CNT 18-10 08Ch18N10T
320 S 31 Z6 CNDT 17-12 08Ch16N11M3T

304 S 51 – –
316 S 50 - 53 – –
NA 15 H Z8 NC 33-21 –

389
29.3_UK_Kap_12.qxp:UK_02_Kap_12.qxp 30.10.2009 14:47 Uhr Seite 390

12.4 Conversion tables

Pressure units used in vacuum engineering

mbar Pa (Nm -2) dyn cm -2 (µb) Torr (mm Hg) micron (µ)
mbar 1 100 1000 0.75 750
Pa (Nm -2) 1 . 10 -2 1 10 7.5 . 10 -3 7.5
dyn cm -2 (µb) 1 . 10 -3 0.1 1 7.5 . 10 -4 0.75
Torr (mm Hg) 1.33 1.33 . 10 2 1.33 . 10 3 1 1000
micron (µ) 1.33 . 10 -3 1.33 . 10 -1 1.33 1 . 10 -3 1
bar 1 . 10 3 1 . 10 5 1 . 10 6 750 7.5 . 10 5
atm 1013 1.01 . 10 5 1.06 . 10 6 760 7.6 . 10 5
at (kp cm -2) 981 9.81 . 10 4 9.81 . 10 5 735.6 7.36 . 10 5
mm WS (kp m ) -2
9.81 . 10 -2 9.81 98.1 7.36 . 10 -2 73.6
psi 68.9 6.89 . 10 3 6.89 . 10 4 51.71 5.17 . 10 4

1 kp 9,81 N
1 at 0,981 bar
1 kpm 9,81 Nm
1 kp / mm2 9,81 N / mm2
1 Mpa 1 . 10 6 Pa = 10 bar
1 bar 1 . 10 5 Pa = 100 kPa

0.1 N / mm2 14.5038 lb / inch 2


2
1 kp / cm 14.2233 lb / inch 2
1 Pascal 14.5038 . 10 -5 lb / inch 2
1 kPascal 14.5038 . 10 -2 lb / inch 2
1 Millipascal 14.5038 . 10 -8 lb / inch 2
1 bar 14.5038 lb / inch 2

390
29.3_UK_Kap_12.qxp:UK_02_Kap_12.qxp 30.10.2009 14:47 Uhr Seite 391

General pressure units

bar atm at (kp cm-2) mm WS (kpm -2) psi


1 . 10-3 9.87 . 10 -4 1.02 . 10 -3 10.2 1.45 . 10 -2 mbar
1 . 10 -5 9.87 . 10 -6 1.02 . 10 -5 0.102 1.45 . 10 -4 Pa (Nm -2)
1 . 10 -6 9.87 . 10 -7 1.02 . 10 -6 1.02 . 10 -2 1.45 . 10 -5 dyn cm -2 (µb)
1.33 . 10 -3 1.32 . 10 -3 1.36 . 10 -3 13.6 1.93 . 10 -2 Torr (mm Hg)
1.33 . 10 -6 1.32 . 10 -6 1.36 . 10 -6 1.36 . 10 -2 1.93 . 10 -5 micron (µ)
1 0.987 1.02 1.02 . 10 4 14.5 bar
1.013 1 1.03 1.03 . 10 4 14.7 atm
0.981 0.968 1 1 . 10 4 14.22 at (kp cm -2)
9.81 . 10 -5 9.68 . 10 -5 1 . 10 -4
1 1.42 . 10 -3 mm WS (kpm -2)
6.89 . 10 -2 6.8 . 10 -2 7.02 . 10 -2 702 1 psi

Conversion of throughput units

-1
mbar l s Pa m 3 s -1 Torr l s -1 atm cm 3 s -1 lusec
mbar l s -1
1 1 . 10 -1 7.5 . 10 -1 9.87 . 10 -1 7.5 . 10 2
Pa m 3 s -1 10 1 7.5 9.87 7.5 . 10 3
Torr l s -1 1.33 1.33 . 10 -1 1 1.32 10 3
atm cm 3 s -1 1.01 1.01 . 10 -1 7.6 . 10 -1 1 7.6 . 10 2
lusec 1.33 . 10 -3 1.33 . 10 -4 1 . 10 -3 1.32 . 10 -3 1

391
29.3_UK_Kap_12.qxp:UK_02_Kap_12.qxp 30.10.2009 14:47 Uhr Seite 392

Temperature

Temperature ºC ºF ºK
°C 1 5/9(°F-32) K-273.15
°F 9/5°C+32 1 9/5K-459.67
°K °C+273.15 5/9(°F+459.67) 1

Length

Length mm m inch feet


mm 1 0.001 0.03937 0.00328
m 1000 1 39.3701 3.2808
inch 25.4 0.0254 1 0.0833
feet 304.8 0.3048 12 1

Area

Area mm 2 m2 inch 2 feet 2


1 . 10 -6 1.0764 . 10 -5
2
mm 1 0.00155
1 . 10 6
2
m 1 1550 10.7639
inch 2 645.16 6.452 . 10 -4 1 6.944 . 10 -3
feet 2 92903 0.092903 144 1

Volume

Volume mm 3 cm 3 m3 inch 3 feet 3


mm 3
1 0.001 1 . 10 -9 6.1 . 10 -5 3.531 . 10 -8
cm 3 1000 1 1 . 10 -6 0.061 3.531 . 10 -5
m3 1 . 10 9 1 . 10 6 1 61023.7 35.3147
inch 3
16387 16.387 1.6387 . 10 -5 1 5.787 . 10 -4
feet 3 2.832 . 10 7 2.832 . 10 4 0.0283169 1728 1

Weight
Weight kg pound
kg 1 2.20462
pound 0.453592 1

392
29.3_UK_Kap_12.qxp:UK_02_Kap_12.qxp 30.10.2009 14:47 Uhr Seite 393

Force

Force kp N Dyn Ibf


kp 1 9.80665 980665 2.20462
N 0.101972 1 1 . 105 0.224809
Dyn 1.01972 . 10 -6 1 . 10 -5 1 2.24809 . 10 -6
Ibf 0.453592 4.44822 444822 1

Density

Density g/m 3 kg/m 3 Ib/inch 3 Ib/ft 3


g/m 3 1 0.001 3.61273 . 10 -8 6.2428 . 10 -5
kg/m 3 1000 1 3.61273 . 10 -5 0.062428
Ib/inch 3 2.76799 . 10 7 27679.9 1 1728
Ib/ft 3 16018.5 16.0185 578.704 . 10 -6 1

Moments

Moments Nm kp . m Ibf . ft Ibf . inch


Nm 1 0.101972 0.737561 8.85073
kp . m 9.80665 1 7.233 86.796
Ibf . ft 1.35582 0.138255 1 12
Ibf . inch 0.112985 0.0115213 0.08333 1

Spring characteristics

Spring characteristics N/mm kg/mm Ib/inch


N/mm 1 0.101972 5.7101
kg/mm 10.1972 1 55.991
Ib/inch 0.1751 0.01786 1

Acceleration
2 2
Acceleration m/s ft/s inch/s 2
m/s 2 1 3.28084 39.3701
ft/s 2 0.3048 1 12
inch/s 2 0.0254 0.083333 1

393
29.3_UK_Kap_12.qxp:UK_02_Kap_12.qxp 30.10.2009 14:47 Uhr Seite 394

12.5 Corrosion table

Technical information Information on the following


All information, data and tables are corrosion table
based on information and documenta- The corrosion rate is expressed as a
tion provided by the raw materials weight loss per unit of area and time,
manufacturer or our many years' e.g. g/mm2h or as a reduction in
experience in the field. This informa- thickness per unit of time, e.g.
tion does not claim to be complete mm/year. The corrosion rate is used
and is strictly for guidance only. We for laboratory tests, whereas the
cannot accept any liability in this thickness reduction is more useful for
respect. If the user of our products practical assessments.
is uncertain in any way about the
intended use of our products, we In the tables on the following pages,
recommend that he carries out his the corrosion rate or corrosion beha-
own tests. viour of the various materials is
divided into resistance classes 0–3,
It must also be remembered that all based on the same corrosive attack.
the details concerning chemicals are The meaning of the stages is given in
based on analytically pure substances the following table:
and never on media mixtures. All the
relevant conditions must be observed.

The chemical behaviour of a hose or


spring material often also depends on
the pipe material upstream. All sur-
faces exposed to the medium must be
taken into account, i.e. if there is a
tendency towards corrosion, but the
surface likely to corrode is very small,
the corrosive attack can penetrate
very quickly.

Surface films, deposits, ferritic chips,


etc. can both prevent corrosion (e.g.
thick films) and encourage corrosion
(e.g. chloride-enriched deposits).
Ferritic chips can even be referred to
as true corrosion triggers.

394
29.3_UK_Kap_12.qxp:UK_02_Kap_12.qxp 30.10.2009 14:47 Uhr Seite 395

Resistance stage Thickness Resistance


reduction mm/year

0 ≤ 0.11 Resistant under normal


operating conditions.

1 >0.11 ... ≤1.1 In many cases, resistant under


normal operating conditions,
but should only be used if other
specific material properties do
not allow the use of a stage 0
material.

Medium resistance. Can only


2 >1.1 ... ≤11.0
be used in cases of exception.

Not resistant.
3 >11
Cannot be used at all.

Meaning of the abbreviations used in the tables

L = risk of pitting corrosion


S = risk of stress crack corrosion
Schm = molten, melts
Konz = concentrated substance
SP = boiling (boiling point)
tr = dry (anhydrous)
fe = moist
wh = contains water
wL = aqueous solution
ges = saturated
kg = cold saturated
hg = hot saturated
> 50 = greater than 50
≤ 50 = smaller than or equal to 50
≤ 0.1 = smaller than or equal to 0.1
( ) = different literature information or uncertain values

395
29.3_UK_Kap_12.qxp:UK_02_Kap_12.qxp 30.10.2009 14:47 Uhr Seite 396

Information on types of corrosion

Pitting corrosion Stress crack corrosion


Pitting is a special type of corrosion in Stress crack corrosion is one of the types
electrolytes containing halogen. of corrosion that needs several factors at
The risk of pitting depends on several the same time to be triggered:
factors. - a specific corrosion agent, e.g. chlo-
rides or alkaline media
The pitting tendency increases with - critical system parameters (temperature,
- increasing concentration of chloride concentration, limit stress)
ions - a material susceptible to stress crack
- increasing temperature corrosion
- increasing electro-chemical potential - static and/or dynamic mechanical ten-
of the steel in the electrolytes con- sile load
cerned

The pitting tendency is reduced by Stress crack corrosion is one of the most
- adding molybdenum (increasing unpleasant forms of corrosion, because it
contents of molybdenum in the steel usually leads suddenly and very quickly
reduces the risk of pitting, e.g. Mo to crack damage in components of any
contents between 2% and around 5%) kind. The typical phenomenon is inter-
- higher chromium contents. The crystalline or transcrystalline, undistorted
higher the chromium content (>20 %), and usually ramified cracks. Often there
the more effective even a small quan- is a forced rupture of the component at
tity of Mo can be. the end of the crack. Stress crack corro-
sion starting from pitting corrosion, but
Preventing pitting always from a local, active weak spot, is
- reduction of the electro-chemical also known. Stress crack corrosion can
potential in the electrolyte concerned, occur in non-ferrous metals in the same
e.g. by cathodic protection. way as with austenitic materials.

396
29.3_UK_Kap_13_Korrosionstab.qxp:03_Ratgeber_Metallbälge_UK 30.10.2009 14:47 Uhr

Medium

Monel 400 2.4360


Inconel 600 2.4816
Incoloy 825 2.4858
Hastelloy C 2.4819
Temperature (°C)
Concentration %

18/8+Mo-Steel
Unalloyed steel

Aluminium
18/8-Steel

Titanium
Tombak
Copper

Bronce
Nickel
Acetanilide (Antifebrin) <114 0

Acetate 20 0 0 0 0

Acetate dehydrate 100 20 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 0


100 SP 0 0 0 0 2 3 2 0
98 <54 0 0 0 0
99 <40 0 0 0 0

Acetic anhydride alle 20 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 3 0 0 0


100 60 3 0 0 0 1 1 0 1
100 100 3 0 0 0 2 2 0
100 SP 3 0 0 1 3 1 0 0

Acetone 100 20 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
100 SP 1 0L 0L 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 0
all <SP 1 0L 0L 0 1 0 0 0

Acetylene tr 20 0 0 0 0 0 3 3 3 0 0
tr 200 2 2 0
fe 20 1
tr 100 <150 0 0 0

Acetylene dichloride wL 5 20 3
tr 100 20 1L 0L 0 0 0 0 0 0
tr 100 SP 2L 1L 0 0 0 0 0 0
schm 100 700 0 0 3
fe 100 20 0 0 0 0 3

Acetylenetetrachloride tr 100 20 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
tr 100 SP 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 3
fe SP 1 1 3 3

Acytelene cellulose <100 20 1 1 1 0 0

Acytelene chlorid 20 1L 0L 1 2 2 3 3 3 0
SP 1L 0L 2 2 2 3 3 3 0

Adhesive, neutral 20 (0) 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0


sour 20 (1) 0 0 0 (2)
SP 0 0

Adipic acid all 100 0 0


200 0 0

Aethan 20 0 0 0

Aktivine 0.5 20 3 1L 0L 0 1
0.5 SP 3 1L 0L 0 3

Alanine 20 0 0 0

Allylalkohol 100 25 0 0 0 0 1
100 SP 1

Allylchloride 100 25 0 0 0 0

397
29.3_UK_Kap_13_Korrosionstab.qxp:03_Ratgeber_Metallbälge_UK 30.10.2009 14:47 Uhr

Medium

Monel 400 2.4360


Inconel 600 2.4816
Incoloy 825 2.4858
Hastelloy C 2.4819
Temperature (°C)
Concentration %

18/8+Mo-Steel
Unalloyed steel

Aluminium
18/8-Steel

Titanium
Tombak
Copper

Bronce
Nickel
Alum 100 20 2 0 0 2 0 0 2 3 3 1
wL 10 20 2 0 0 1 1
wL 10 <80 3 0 0 1
wL 10 SP 3 1 0 1
hg SP 3 2 1

Aluminuim Schm 100 750 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

Aluminuim acetate wL 3 20 3 0 0 0 0
wL 100 100 3 0 0 1
wL all 20 1
wL kg 20 0 0 0 2 2 2 1 2
wL kg SP 0 0 1
hg SP 0 0 1 2

Aluminuim chloride wL 5 20 3 2L 1L 1 1 1 1 0 2 3 2 0
5 50 3 2L 1L 1 1 1 1 0 3 3 3 0
5 100 3 0
10 20 3 3L 2L 1 1 1 1 0 3 3 3 0 3
10 100 3 0
10 150 3 0
20 20 3 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 3
20 150 3 3
wL 25 20 3 3L 2L 1 1 1 1 0 3 3 3 0
25 60 3 0
25 100 3 2
30 150 3 3
40 122 3 3
80 100 3 3

Aluminium fluorid wL 5 25 3 2 2 1 0 0 0
wL 10 25 3 3 3 1 1 1 1 0 0

Aluminiumformiate 20 2 3 3 0 0

Aluminium hydroxide ges 20 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0


ges SP 2 0 0 0
wL 2 20 3 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1
wL 10 20 3 0 0 1 0 0 0 1

Aluminium na-sulphate wL 10 <SP 1

Aluminium nitrate 20 0 0
wL 10 20 0 0 2
wL 10 50 3

Aluminium oxyde 20 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2

Aluminium sulphate wL 10 20 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 0 3
10 SP 3 1 0 1 2 1 1 1 3 3 3 3 3
50 SP 3 2 1 1 0 3 3 3 3 3

Amber acid 20 0

398
29.3_UK_Kap_13_Korrosionstab.qxp:03_Ratgeber_Metallbälge_UK 30.10.2009 14:47 Uhr

Medium

Monel 400 2.4360


Inconel 600 2.4816
Incoloy 825 2.4858
Hastelloy C 2.4819
Temperature (°C)
Concentration %

18/8+Mo-Steel
Unalloyed steel

Aluminium
18/8-Steel

Titanium
Tombak
Copper

Bronce
Nickel
Ammonia tr 10 20 0 0 0 2 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
fe 20 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 3 3 3 0
wL 10 20 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 3 3 0
wL 10 SP 0 0 3 1 1 0
wL 30 20 0 0 0 0
wL 30 SP 0 0 1 1
wL 50 20 0 0 0 0
wL 50 SP 0 0 1 1
wL 100 20 0 0 0 0 0
wL 100 SP 0 0 1 1

Ammonium alume wL 100 20 3 0 0


wL 100 SP 3 3 2

Ammonia bicarbonate all 20 0 0 2 2 1 3 3 3 0 0


wL all hot 0 0 2 2 0 3 3 3 0 0

Ammonia bifluoride wL 100 20 3 0 0 0


20 80 3 0 0 0

Ammonia bromide wL 5 25 3 0 0 2 0 3 3 3 2
wL 10 SP 3 1LS 1LS 1
wL 10 25 3 1LS 1LS 1 3

Ammonia carbonate wL 20 20 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 2
wL 20 SP 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 3 3 3
wL 50 20 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
wL 50 SP 0 0 1 0 0 0 1

Ammonia chloride wL 25 20 3 1LS 0LS 0 0 0 0 3 3 3 0 2


wL 25 SP 3 2LS 1LS 1 1 1 0 3
wL 50 20 3 1LS 0LS 1 0 1 0 0 0
wL 50 SP 3 2LS 1LS 1 1 1 0

Ammonia fluoride wL 20 80 3 2LS 2LS 0 3 3 3

Ammonia formate wL 10 20 0
wL 10 70 0

Ammonia hydroxyde 100 20 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 3 3 3 1

Ammonia nitrate wL 100 20 3 0 0 3 0 3 3 3 0


100 SP 3 0 0 3 0 3 3 3 0
10 25 3 0 0 3 0 3 3 3

Ammonia oxalate 10 20 1 0 0 0
10 SP 3 1 0 0

Ammonia perchlorade wL 10 20 0LS 0LS 1


wL 10 SP 0LS 0LS 1
wL all <70 0LS 0LS 1

399
29.3_UK_Kap_13_Korrosionstab.qxp:03_Ratgeber_Metallbälge_UK 30.10.2009 14:47 Uhr

Medium

Monel 400 2.4360


Inconel 600 2.4816
Incoloy 825 2.4858
Hastelloy C 2.4819
Temperature (°C)
Concentration %

18/8+Mo-Steel
Unalloyed steel

Aluminium
18/8-Steel

Titanium
Tombak
Copper

Bronce
Nickel
Ammonia persulphate wL 5 20 3 0 0 3 3 1 0 0 2 2
10 25 3 1 1 3 3 0 2 3 3
10 30 3 1 1 3 3 0 2 3 3
20 20 3
20 100 3

Ammonia phosphate 5 25 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 2 2 2 0
10 20 0 1 0 3 3 3 1
10 60 1 1 0 3

Ammonia rhodanide 5 20 3 0 0 0 0 0 0
5 70 3 0 0 0 0 0 0

Ammonia sulphate wL 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 2 2 2 0 2L
wL 5 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 2 3 2 0 2L
wL 10 20 1 0 1 1 2 0 1 3 3 3 0 2L
wL 10 SP 2 0 2 1 2 0 2 3 3 3 0 3L
wL 100 20 0 0 0 1 1 0
wL 100 SP 1 0 0 1 2 0

Ammonia sulphite wL 100 20 2 0 0 3 3 3 2 3 3 3


wL 100 SP 3 0 0 3 3 2 2 3 3 3

Ammoniumfluorsilikat wL 20 40 3 1 0 0

Ammoniummolybdat 100 100 0

Amoniacal copper chloride wL 1 20 1


wL 10 20 3
wL 20 20 3

Amyl acetate 100 20 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0


100 SP 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0

Amyl alcohol 100 20 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0


100 SP 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1

Amyl chloride 100 20 1 0LS 0LS 1 1 1 0 0 0 2


100 SP 1LS 0LS

Amylmercaptan 100 20 0 0 0 0
100 160 0 0 0

Aniline 100 20 0 0 1 0 0 3 3 3 0
100 180 1 1 2 3

Aniline cholours 2 2 2

Anilinhydrochloride wL 5 20 3 3 0
wL 20 100 0

Aniline sulphite wL 10 20 1L
100 20 0

Antimony Schm 100 650 3 3 3 0 3

400
29.3_UK_Kap_13_Korrosionstab.qxp:03_Ratgeber_Metallbälge_UK 30.10.2009 14:47 Uhr

Medium

Monel 400 2.4360


Inconel 600 2.4816
Incoloy 825 2.4858
Hastelloy C 2.4819
Temperature (°C)
Concentration %

18/8+Mo-Steel
Unalloyed steel

Aluminium
18/8-Steel

Titanium
Tombak
Copper

Bronce
Nickel
Antimony chloride tr 20 0 3 3 0 3
wL 100 1 0 3

Apple acid wL 20 2 0 0 2 1 1 0 0 3 2 2 0 0
wL <50 90 3 0 0 2 1 1 0 0 3 2 2 0 0
wL <50 100 3 0 0 2 1 1 0 0 3 2 2 0 0

Arsenic acid wL 65 3 0 0
Schm 110 3 2 1

Asphalt 20 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Atmosphere Land -20 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0


Indust. bis 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1
Sea 30 2 0LS 0S 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 2

Azo benzene 20 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Barium carbonate 20 3 0 0 1 0 0 0 1

Barium chloride Schm 100 1000 3L 3L 1


wL 10 SP 1L 0L 1 1 1 1 0 2 3 3
wL 25 SP 1L 0L 1 0 0

Barium hydroxyde fest 100 20 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 3


wL all 20 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 3
wL all SP 0 0 1
100 815 1 1 0
wL kg 20 0 0 0 0 1 1 0
wL hg SP 0 0 0 0 1 3
50 100 0 1 1 0

Barium nitrate wL all 40 0 0 1 0 2 0 0


wL all SP 0 0 1 0 2 0 0
Schm 600 0 0 0
wL 20 0 0 0 1 1 2 0 0
wL >100 3 0 0 1 0 2 0 0

Barium sulphate 25 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0

Barium sulphite 25 2 0 0 2 3 3 3

Beer 100 20 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0
100 SP 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Beer condiment 20 SP 3 1 3 1

Beet sugar syrup 20 (1) 0 0 0 0

Benzene acid wL all 20 0 0 0 0 0


wL 10 20 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 0
wL 10 SP 3 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 3
wL ges 20 0 0 0 0 0

Benzene chloride tr 100 20 0


fe 100 20 3

401
29.3_UK_Kap_13_Korrosionstab.qxp:03_Ratgeber_Metallbälge_UK 30.10.2009 14:47 Uhr

Medium

Monel 400 2.4360


Inconel 600 2.4816
Incoloy 825 2.4858
Hastelloy C 2.4819
Temperature (°C)
Concentration %

18/8+Mo-Steel
Unalloyed steel

Aluminium
18/8-Steel

Titanium
Tombak
Copper

Bronce
Nickel
Benzene, non-sulfureos 100 20 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0
100 SP 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Benzene sulphonal acid 91,3 140 3 3 3 1 3


92 200 3 3 3 0 3

Blood (pure) 36 0S 0

Bonder solubilzing 98 0 0

Borax wL 1 20 0 0 0 0 0 0
wL ges 20 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
wL ges SP 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 1
Schm 3 3 0

Boric acid wL 1 20 3 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 0
wL 4 20 3 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 0
wL 5 20 3 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 0
wL 5 100 3 0 0 2 1 2 0 0 1 2 1 0 0
wL ges 20 3 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0
wL all 20 3 0 0 0 0
wL all <SP 3 0 0 0 0 0 0
10 20 3 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 0

Boron 20 0 0

Brandy 20 0 0 1
SP 0 0 3

Bromide water 0,03 20 0L 0L


0,3 20 1L 1L
1 20 3L 3L

Bromine tr 100 20 3L 3L 3L 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 2 3
tr 100 <65 3L 3L 3L 0 0 1 0 3
tr 100 <370 3L 3L 3L 2 3
fe 100 20 3L 3L 3L 0 0 3 3 2 3 1 0 3
fe 100 50 3L 3L 0 3 3

Butadiene 100 30 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
20 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Butane 100 20 0 0 0 0 0 0
100 120 0 0 1

Butter 20 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 2 1 0 0

Butter acid 25 20 3 1 2 1 2 1 0 1 0
25 60 3 1 2 0 0
50 20 3 2 0 0

Butter acid 50 60 3 2 0 1
ges 20 3 0 0 2 0 0
ges SP 3 2 0 2 0 1

Buttermilk 20 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

402
29.3_UK_Kap_13_Korrosionstab.qxp:03_Ratgeber_Metallbälge_UK 30.10.2009 14:47 Uhr

Medium

Monel 400 2.4360


Inconel 600 2.4816
Incoloy 825 2.4858
Hastelloy C 2.4819
Temperature (°C)
Concentration %

18/8+Mo-Steel
Unalloyed steel

Aluminium
18/8-Steel

Titanium
Tombak
Copper

Bronce
Nickel
Butyl alcohol 100 20 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
100 SP 0 0 0 2 2 0 0 0

Butyl acetate 20 0 0 1 0 0 0
SP 1

Cadmium Schm 100 350 1 2 2


Schm 100 400 2 2

Calcium Schm 100 800 3 3 3

Calciumbisulphite wL ges 20 3 0 0 0 3 1 0
ges SP 3 2 0 0
20 20 0 0 0
20 SP 1 0 0

Calcium carbonate 20 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Calium chlorate 100 20 0 0LS 0LS 1 1 1 0 1 1


wL 10 20 0LS 0LS 1 1 1 0 1 1
wL 10 100 2LS 1LS 1 1 1 0 1 1
wL 100 100 2LS 1LS 1 1 1 0 1 1

Calcium Chloride wL 10 20 3 0S 0S 0 0 0 0 0 1 3 1 0 3
wL 25 20 3 0L 0L 0 0 0 0 1 3 2 0 3
wL 25 SP 3 0LS 0LS 0 0 0 3 0 3
ges 20 3 0L 0L 1 1 0 0 0 3 0 3
ges SP 3 1L 0L 2 0 0 0 3 1L 3

Calcium hydroxyde <50 20 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 3


<50 <SP 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 3
ges 20 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 3
ges SP 0 0 0 0 2 2 0 3

Calcium hypochloride wL 10 25 3 3LS 0LS 3 1 1 3 1 0 3


15 50 3 3LS 0LS 1 0 3
20 25 3 3LS 0LS 0 1 3 1 0 3
20 50 3 3LS 0LS 1 0 3
ges <40 3 2LS 1LS 0 0 3

Calcium nitrate 20 100 0 0 0 0


50 100 0 0 0 0
Schm 100 148 0 0 0 0

Calcium sulphate fe 20 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
(Gypsum) SP 3 0 0 1 1

Calcium sulphite wL ges 20 0 0 0 1


ges SP 0 0 0 1

Camphor 20 (0) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Carbon dioxide tr 100 20 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0


tr 100 <540 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 0
tr 100 700 3 1
tr 100 1000 3 3
tr all <760
fe 15 25 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 3

403
29.3_UK_Kap_13_Korrosionstab.qxp:03_Ratgeber_Metallbälge_UK 30.10.2009 14:47 Uhr

Medium

Monel 400 2.4360


Inconel 600 2.4816
Incoloy 825 2.4858
Hastelloy C 2.4819
Temperature (°C)
Concentration %

18/8+Mo-Steel
Unalloyed steel

Aluminium
18/8-Steel

Titanium
Tombak
Copper

Bronce
Nickel
Carbon dioxide fe 20 25 1 0 0 0 1 2 1 3
fe 100 25 2 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 3

Carbon oxide, 100 atü 100 20 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0


100 <540 3 (0) 3 (1) (3) 0 2 1

Carbon tetrachloride tr 100 20 0 0L 0L 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0


tr 100 75 0L 0L 0
tr 100 SP 1 0L 0L 0 0 0 0 0 2
fe 20 0 0L 0L 0 0 1 2 1 0 1
fe SP 1 1L 1L 3 3 2 2 3 1 3

Carnallite wL kg 20 3 0L 0L 0 0
kg SP 3 2LS 1LS 0 0

Castor oil 100 20 (0) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0


100 100 (2) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Cement fe 20 3

Cheese 20 0 0

Chloramin 20 3 1L 0L 0 0
0,5 SP 3 1L 0L 0 0

Chlorine tr 100 20 0 0L 0L 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 0
tr 100 100 0 0L 0L 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 0
tr 100 <250 3 0L 0L 0 0 0 1 3 3 3
tr 100 <400 3 2L 1L 0 0 0 1 3 3
tr 100 500 3L 3L 2L 1 1 0 2 1 3 3
fe 99 20 3L 3L 3L 0 2 1 0 3 3 2 0 3
fe 99 100 3L 3LS 3LS 1 3 3 3 1 3

Chlorine benzene 100 20 0 0LS 0LS 1 1 1 1 0 1 1


100 SP 0LS 0LS 1 1 1 1 0 2

Chlorine calcium fe 20 3 1LS 1LS 1 1 3 1 3


wL 1 20 3 2LS 0LS 0 3
wL 5 20 3 1LS 0LS 0 3 0 3
wL 5 100 3 3LS 3LS 0 1 3

Chlorine dioxide tr 70 2 2 0 0 3 3
wL 0,5 20 3 3 3 1 3 3
wL 1 65 3 3 3 2 3 3

Chlorine sulphinated acid tr 100 20 1LS 0LS 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 0


fe 99 20 3 2LS 0LS 3 1 1 3 3
wL 10 20 3 3 3 3 0 0 3 3

Chlorine vinegar acid Mono- 50 20 3 3 3 1 1 2 3 3 3


Konz 20 3 3 3 1 1
<70 SP 3 2 1
Di- 100 100 3
Tri- >10 20 3 0L 0L 0 0
SP 3 3 1

404
29.3_UK_Kap_13_Korrosionstab.qxp:03_Ratgeber_Metallbälge_UK 30.10.2009 14:47 Uhr

Medium

Monel 400 2.4360


Inconel 600 2.4816
Incoloy 825 2.4858
Hastelloy C 2.4819
Temperature (°C)
Concentration %

18/8+Mo-Steel
Unalloyed steel

Aluminium
18/8-Steel

Titanium
Tombak
Copper

Bronce
Nickel
Chlorine water ges 20 3 1LS 1LS 0 0 3
ges 90 3 2LS 2LS 1 3

Chloroform fe 99 20 3 0LS 0LS 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3


fe 99 SP 3 0LS 0LS 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 3

Chocolate 20 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 (0) (0) (0) 0 0


120 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 (0) (0) (0) 0 0

Chromic alum wL ges 20 3 1 0 1 0 0 3 3


wL ges SP 3 3 3 2 3 3
wL 10 20 3 0 0 0 3 1

Chromium acid wL 5 20 3 0 0 3 3 3 1 0 3 3 3 0 1
5 90 3 3 3 3 3 1 3 3 3 0
10 20 3 0 0 2 2 2 1 0 3 3 3 0 1
10 SP 3 3 3 3 3 3 1 0 3 3 3 0 3
50 20 3 3 3 2 2 2 1 3 3 3 0 2
50 SP 3 3 3 3 3 3 1 3 3 3 0 3

Chromium sulphate ges 20 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0


90 3 3 2 0 0 1 0 0

Cider 20 0 0 1

Cinammon acid 100 20 3

Cocoa SP 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Coffee wL 20 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
SP 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Copper acetate wL 20 (3) 0 0 (1) (1) (1) 3 3


SP (3) 0 0 3 3

Copper-II-chloride wL 1 20 3 1LS 0LS 0 1 0


wL 1 SP 3 3LS 3LS 0
wL 5 20 3 2LS 1LS 3 1 2 3 2 0 3
wL 40 20 3 3 3 3 1
wL 40 SP 3 3 3 3 3 3 0
wL ges 20 3 3 3 3

Copper-II-cyanide wL 10 20 2 0 0 0
wL 10 SP 3 0 0 1
wL hg SP 3 0 0 3 3 3 1 3 3

Copper-II-nitrate wL 50 20 0 0 3 3 3 0 1 (2) (3) (2) 0 3


wL 50 SP 0 0 3 3 1 0
wL ges 20 0 0 3 3 3 0 1 3 0 3

Copper-II-sulphate all 20 3 0 0 2 2 2 0 (1) (3) (1) 0 3


(copper vitriol) all <SP 3 0 0 3 3 3 0 0 3 0 3

Cotton seed oil 25 0 0 0 0 0 1 0

405
29.3_UK_Kap_13_Korrosionstab.qxp:03_Ratgeber_Metallbälge_UK 30.10.2009 14:47 Uhr

Medium

Monel 400 2.4360


Inconel 600 2.4816
Incoloy 825 2.4858
Hastelloy C 2.4819
Temperature (°C)
Concentration %

18/8+Mo-Steel
Unalloyed steel

Aluminium
18/8-Steel

Titanium
Tombak
Copper

Bronce
Nickel
Creosote 20 0 0 0 0 1
SP 3

Creosote 100 20 0 0 0 1 0
100 SP 0 0

Crude oil 100 20 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0


100 100 1 0 0 1 0 0 1
100 400 3 3 3 3

Cyanide baths 25 0
0

Developer (Photo) 20 0L 0L

Dichlorethene 100 <50 3 2L 1L 1 0


100 SP 0

Dichlorethylene tr <100 <30 0 0L 0L 0 0 0 0 0 0


tr 100 SP 0L 0L 0 1
<100 <700 3
wh 105 3
wh 1:1 <SP

Dichlorethylene 100 20 0 0L 0L 0 0
100 SP 0L 0L 2 0 1

Diesel oil 20 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Diesel oil, S <1% 100 20 0L 0L 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0


100 100 0 0L 0L 2 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 1

Diphenyl 100 20 0 0S 0S 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
100 400 0 0S 0S 0 0

Dripping 20 0 0

Dye liquor
alkaline or neutral 20 0 0 0 0
SP 0 0 0 0
organic sour 20 0 0 0 1
SP 0 0 0 1
heavily sulphuric 20 3 1 0 0 0
SP 3 3 1 0
slightly sulphuric 20 0 0 0 0
SP 3 0 0

Ether 100 20 0 0 0 1 0 0 0
100 SP 0 0 0 0 0
all SP 0 0 0 0 0

Etherial oil
Citrus oil 20 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Eucalyptus oil SP 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Caraway seed oil 20 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

406
29.3_UK_Kap_13_Korrosionstab.qxp:03_Ratgeber_Metallbälge_UK 30.10.2009 14:47 Uhr

Medium

Monel 400 2.4360


Inconel 600 2.4816
Incoloy 825 2.4858
Hastelloy C 2.4819
Temperature (°C)
Concentration %

18/8+Mo-Steel
Unalloyed steel

Aluminium
18/8-Steel

Titanium
Tombak
Copper

Bronce
Nickel
Ethyl acetate 20 1 0 0 2 1 1 0 0 0 1
all <SP 1 0 0 2 1 1 2 2 2
35 120 1 0 0 1 0 2 2 2
100 20 1 0 0 2 1 1 0 1 0 1
100 SP 1 0 0 2 1 1 2 2 2

Ethyl alcohol 100 20 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0


denaturalized 96 20 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
96 SP 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Ethyl benzene 115 0 0 0 0 0 0

Ethyl chloride 20 0 0L 0L 0 0 0 0 1 2 2 2 0 1
SP 0L 0L 1 3 3 3 0
tr 20 0 0L 0L 0 0 0 0 1 0 0
tr SP 0L 0L 1 0 1
fe SP 1 0 3
wL 25 20 0 0 0 0 1 0
wL 50 25 0 0 0 0 1 0
wL 70 25 0 0 0 0 1 0
wL 100 25 0L 0L 0 0 0 0 1 0
wL 5 25 0L 0L 0 0 0 0 0 0 2

Ethylene 20 0 0 0

Ethylene bromide 20 0L 0L 0
SP 0L 0L 3

Ehtylene diamide Hydrochloride 100 SP 3 2

Ethylene chloride tr 100 20 0 0L 0L 0 2 0 2 3 2 0 0


wL 100 50 3 1L 1L 1 0 3
tr 100 SP 0L 0L 0 0
fe 100 20 3
wL 100 SP 3
20 1 0 0

Ethylene glycol 100 20 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 2 2 0


100 120 0

Ethylene oxyde 20 0 0 0

Exhaust gas

Exhaust gas (diesel) tr 600 3 0L 0L 0 0 0 0 0 1


(Flue gas) tr 600 3 0L 0L 0 0 0 3
900 3 0 0 0
1100 3 0 0

Fatty acid, high technology 100 60 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 1 0 1


100 150 3 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 3
100 235 3 2 0 0 1 0 0 0 3 3 3 0 3
100 300 3 3 0 0 1 0 0 0 3 3 3 0 3

Ferro-gallic-ink 20 0 0L 0L 1

407
29.3_UK_Kap_13_Korrosionstab.qxp:03_Ratgeber_Metallbälge_UK 30.10.2009 14:47 Uhr

Medium

Monel 400 2.4360


Inconel 600 2.4816
Incoloy 825 2.4858
Hastelloy C 2.4819
Temperature (°C)
Concentration %

18/8+Mo-Steel
Unalloyed steel

Aluminium
18/8-Steel

Titanium
Tombak
Copper

Bronce
Nickel
Fluorbor ether 100 50 0

Fluorine tr 100 20 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3
tr 100 200 0 1LS 1LS 0 0 0 3 3
tr 100 500 3 0 0 3 3
fe 100 20 3 3 2 0 0 0 3 3 3 3

Formic acid 10 20 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
10 SP 3 1 0 2 0 0 0 3
50 20 3 0 0 0 0
50 SP 3 3 1 0 0
80 20 3 0 0 2 0 0 0 1 0
80 SP 3 3 2 2 1 0 0 0 2
100 20 3 0 0 3 0 1 1 1 0
100 SP 3 1 1 3 0

Formic aldehyde 10 20 3 0 0 2 0 0 1
10 70 3 1 0 2
40 20 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1
40 SP 3 0 0 1 0

Freon 100 -40 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0


100 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Fruit acid 20 (1) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 (0) 0


SP (2) 0 0 (0) (0) 1 3 1

Fruit juce 20 1 0 0 0 1 3 1 0
SP 1 0 0 0

Fuel, benzene tr 20 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
tr SP 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
wh 20 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3
wh SP 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3

Fural 100 25 2 0 0 2 0
100 SP 3 2

Furaldehyde 20 2 0 0 1 3 1 0
SP 3 0 0 3

Gallic acid wL 1 20 0 0
wL <50 100 2 0
100 20 2 0 0 0
100 SP 3 0 0 3

Gelatine wL 80 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0
<40 50 1 1 0 0 0 0

Glass Schm 100 1200 1 1 1

Glucose 20 0 0 0 1 0

Glutamine acid 20 1 0 0 0
80 3 1 1 1

408
29.3_UK_Kap_13_Korrosionstab.qxp:03_Ratgeber_Metallbälge_UK 30.10.2009 14:47 Uhr

Medium

Monel 400 2.4360


Inconel 600 2.4816
Incoloy 825 2.4858
Hastelloy C 2.4819
Temperature (°C)
Concentration %

18/8+Mo-Steel
Unalloyed steel

Aluminium
18/8-Steel

Titanium
Tombak
Copper

Bronce
Nickel
Glycerin 100 20 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
100 SP 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0

Glykol acid 20 3 1 1 0 0 1
SP 3 3 3 0 0 1

Gum (raw) 20 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Heavy fuel 100 20 0L 0L 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Hexamethylenetetramine wL 20 60 1 0 0 0
wL 80 60 2 0

Hydrobromic acid 20 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 2 3 2 3

Hydrocarbon, pure 20 0 0 0 0 0 0

Hydrochloric acid 0.2 20 3 1LS 1LS (1) 0 0


0.2 50 3 2LS 3LS 0 0
1 50 3 3 3 0 0
1 100 3 3 3 3 (1)
10 20 3 3 3 (2) 1 1

Hydrofluosilic acid 5 40 3 1L 1L 1 (1) 3


100 20 3 1L 2L 1 1 3 1 3
100 100 3 2L 2L 1 2 3

Hydrocyanic acid 20 20 3 0 0 2 1 1 0 0 3 3 3 0 0

Hydrogen 100 20 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
100 300 1 0 0 0 0 0 0
100 500 3 0 0 0 3 0

Hydrogen fluoride 5 20 1 3 3 0 0 0 0 0 3 3 3
100 500 3 3 3 1 2 2 3 1 3 3 3 3

Hydrogen fluoride acid all 20 3 3L 3L 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 3 3 3


HF-Alkylation 10 20 3 3L 3L 1 1 1 1 0 2 3 2 3 3
80 20 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 3
90 30 1 0 1 1 3 3

Hydrogen superoxide all 20 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 2 1 0


30 20 0 0 0 1 2 1
30 70 0 0 0 1 2 1
85 <70 0 0 0
all SP 2 2 0 0 3 1

Hydroquinone 20 1 1 0 0 0

Hydroxylamine sulphate wL 10 20 0 0
wL SP 0 0

Hypochlorous acid 20 0 3

Illuminating gas 20 (1) 0 0 0 0

409
29.3_UK_Kap_13_Korrosionstab.qxp:03_Ratgeber_Metallbälge_UK 30.10.2009 14:47 Uhr

Medium

Monel 400 2.4360


Inconel 600 2.4816
Incoloy 825 2.4858
Hastelloy C 2.4819
Temperature (°C)
Concentration %

18/8+Mo-Steel
Unalloyed steel

Aluminium
18/8-Steel

Titanium
Tombak
Copper

Bronce
Nickel
Inert gas tr 20 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
fe 20 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Ink 100 20 1 0L 0L 0 3
100 SP 1L 1L 3

Insulin 100 <40 0 0 0 0

Iod tr 100 20 0 0L 0L 0 0 0 3 3 3 3 0
100 300 1 0L 0L 3 0 0 2 3
fe 100 20 3 3L 2L 3 3 1 3

Iod, alcohol 7% 20 3 1L 0L 3 3 3 3

Iod hydrogene acid wL 20 3 3 3 3

Iodoform, steam tr 60 0 0 0 0
fe 20 3 0L 0L 0

Iod tincture 20 2L 0L 3

Iron-II-chloride tr 100 20 0 3 3 3 2 0 0
wL 10 20 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 3 1 0 3

Iron-III-chloride tr 100 20 0 0L 0L 2 2 2 1 0 3 3 3 0 3
wL 10 Sp 3 3L 3L 2 0
wL 50 20 3 3L 3L 2 1 0
wL 50 <SP 3 3L 3L 3 0

Iron-III-nitrate wL 10 20 3 0 0 0
wL all 20 3 0 0
wL all SP 3 0 0

Iron phosphate 98 0 0
( Bonder )

Iron-II-sulphate wL all 20 0 0 0 1 1 1 3 1 1
wL SP 0 0 3 1 1 3

Iron-III-sulphate wL <30 20 3 0 0 0 3 3 3 3
<30 <65 3 0 0 0
<30 80 3 1 0 3 3 3 3
<30 SP 3 1 0

Isopropyl nitrate 20 0

Kerosene 100 20 (0) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 (0) (0) (0)

Lactic acid wL 1 20 1 0 0 0 2 1 0 0
1 SP 0 0 0 3
10 20 0 0 (1) 0 0 1 2 1 0 0
10 SP 3 2 3 3 (2) 1 0 3
50 20 0 0 1 0 0 0 0
50 SP 2 1 (1) (0) 0 3
80 20 0 0 0 0
80 SP 2 1 0 3
100 SP 2 1 0 3

410
29.3_UK_Kap_13_Korrosionstab.qxp:03_Ratgeber_Metallbälge_UK 30.10.2009 14:47 Uhr

Medium

Monel 400 2.4360


Inconel 600 2.4816
Incoloy 825 2.4858
Hastelloy C 2.4819
Temperature (°C)
Concentration %

18/8+Mo-Steel
Unalloyed steel

Aluminium
18/8-Steel

Titanium
Tombak
Copper

Bronce
Nickel
Laquer (also varnish) 20 (1) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
100 0 (1)

Lead 100 360 (0) (2) (1) (2) 2 0 0


600 (0) (2) (1) (3) 0

Lead acetate wL 10 20 0 0 0
wL all SP 0 0

Lead nitrate wL 20 0 0
wL 100 0 0 0
wL 50 20 0 0 3

Lead suggar all 20 0 0 1 1 2 0 2 0 3


all SP 0 0 1 1 2 0 2 0 3

Lead vinegar, basic wL all 20 0 0 1 1 2 0 2 3 2 3


wL all SP 0 0 1 1 2 0 2 3 2 3

Lime-milk 20 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
SP (0) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Lemon acid wL 5 20 2 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
konz. SP 3 2 2 2 2 1 0 2 0 3

Lemonade 20 (1) 0 0 0 0

Linseed oil 20 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0
200 (0) 0 0 0 0 0 0 (0) 0
+ 3% H2SO4 200 (3) 1 0 0 0 0 0

Lithium Schm 400 (0) 0 0 0 0 0

Lithium chloride wL kg 3 3 1LS 0 1 0 0 0 0

Lysoform 20 0 0 0 0 0
SP 0 0 0 0 0

Lysol 5 20 (2) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
5 SP (3) 0 0 0 0 0 0

Magnesium Schm 650 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 0 3

Magnesium carbonate 10 SP (0) 1 0 0 1


ges 20 (0) 0 0 0 1

Magnesium chloride tr 100 20 0 0L 0L 0 0 3


wL 5 20 3 0LS 0LS 0 0 0 2 0 2
wL 5 SP 3 2LS 2LS 0 0 0 2 0 3
wL 50 20 3 2LS 1LS 0 0 0 0 3
wL 50 SP 3 2LS 2LS 0 0 0 0 3

Magnesium hydroxyde 20 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 (0) 0 0 3

411
29.3_UK_Kap_13_Korrosionstab.qxp:03_Ratgeber_Metallbälge_UK 30.10.2009 14:47 Uhr

Medium

Monel 400 2.4360


Inconel 600 2.4816
Incoloy 825 2.4858
Hastelloy C 2.4819
Temperature (°C)
Concentration %

18/8+Mo-Steel
Unalloyed steel

Aluminium
18/8-Steel

Titanium
Tombak
Copper

Bronce
Nickel
Magnesium sulphate 0.10 20 (0) 0 0 3
5 20 2 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 3 0 0 0
10 SP 3 0 0 1 0 0
25 SP 3 0 0 1 1
50 SP 3 0 0 1 0 0

Malonate acid 20 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
50 1 1 1 1 1 1
100 3 3 3 3 3 3

Manganese dichloride 5 100 3 0LS 0LS 1 1 1 0 3 0 0


10 SP 3 0LS 0LS 1 1 1 0 3 0
50 20 3 0LS 0LS 0 3 0
50 SP 3 0LS 0LS 0 3 0

Meat 20 0 0

Methyl acetate 60 SP (0) 0

Methyl alcohol <100 20 (1) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0


100 SP (1) 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1

Methyl chloride tr 100 20 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0


fe 20 2 0LS 0LS 0 0 0 0 3

Milk fresh 20 (0) 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 (0) (2) 0 0


70 (1) 0 0 2 2 0 0 0 (0)
sour 20 (1) 0 0
sour SP (3) 0 0

Mercury 100 20 0 0 0 0 (3) 0 0 0 3 3 3 (1)


100 50 0 0 0 0 3 0 0 3
100 370 (0) 3 0 0 3

Mercury chloride 0.1 20 3 0S 0S 0 3 0 0 0 3 3 3 3


0.1 SP 3 1S 0S 1 3 1 0 0 3 3 3 3
0.74 SP 3 2S 2S 1 0 3
10 <80 1 3

Mercury cyanide wL 20 (3) 0 0 3 (3) 3 2 0 3 3 3

Mercury nitrate 20 (3) 0 0 (3) 3 3 3 3

Molybdenum acid wL 10 25 1

Monochloracetic acid wL all 20 3 3 3 (1) 2 (1) 3 1 3 3


30 80 3 3 3 (1) (2) 3 3 3 3 3

Mustard 20 2 0L 0L

Natural gas 100 20 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Naphtene 100 20 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Nickel chloride 10 20 3 1LS 1LS 1 1 1 0 0 3 3 1


10 <60 3 1LS 1LS 0 0 0
80 <95 0

412
29.3_UK_Kap_13_Korrosionstab.qxp:03_Ratgeber_Metallbälge_UK 30.10.2009 14:47 Uhr

Medium

Monel 400 2.4360


Inconel 600 2.4816
Incoloy 825 2.4858
Hastelloy C 2.4819
Temperature (°C)
Concentration %

18/8+Mo-Steel
Unalloyed steel

Aluminium
18/8-Steel

Titanium
Tombak
Copper

Bronce
Nickel
Nickel nitrate wL <10 20 3 0 0 3 3 0 0 0 3 0 3
10 25 3 0 0 3 3 0 0 1 3 0 3
<100 30 3 0 0 3 3 3 0 1 3 0 3

Nickel sulfate wL 20 3 0 0 (3) (1) (1) 0 (1) 0 2 1


<60 SP 3 0 0 (3) (1) 0 1
10 25 3 0 0 2 2 2 0 0 0 3

Nitric acid 1 20 3 0 0 0 0 3 3 3 0
1 SP 3 0 0 2 2 3 3 3 0
10 20 3 0 0 2 1 2 1 0 3 3 3 0 2
10 65 3 0 0 3 2 0 3 3 3 0
10 SP 3 0 0 3 3 1 3 3 3 0
15 20 3 0 0 (1) 0
15 SP 3 0 0 3 0
25 20 3 0 0 0 0
25 65 3 0 0 0 0
25 SP 3 0 0 3 0
40 20 3 0 0 0 0
40 65 3 0 0 1 0
40 SP 3 0 0 3 0
50 20 3 0 0 0 0
50 65 3 1 0
50 SP 3 1 1 3 0
65 20 3 0 0 0 0
65 SP 3 (0) 2 3 0
90 20 3 0 0 1 0
90 SP 3 2 2 3 0
99 20 (1) 1 2 3 0
99 SP 3 3 3 0
Konz. 20 3 0 0 0
5 25 3 0 0 1 0 2 0 2

Nitro acid 5 20 0 0
5 75 1

Nitro benzene 100 100 1 1 1 1 1 0

Nitro gas tr alle 540 0 3 3

Nitrogen 100 20 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
100 200 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
100 500 0 1 1 3
100 900 1 3

Nitrogen oxide NOx tr 100 20 0 0 3 3 3 0 0 0 0 0


fe 100 20 3

Nitrohydrochlorid acid 20 3 3 3L 3L 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 3

Novocaine 20 0 0

Oil 20 0 0 0 0 0 0
SP (0) 0 0 (0) (0) (1)

413
29.3_UK_Kap_13_Korrosionstab.qxp:03_Ratgeber_Metallbälge_UK 30.10.2009 14:47 Uhr

Medium

Monel 400 2.4360


Inconel 600 2.4816
Incoloy 825 2.4858
Hastelloy C 2.4819
Temperature (°C)
Concentration %

18/8+Mo-Steel
Unalloyed steel

Aluminium
18/8-Steel

Titanium
Tombak
Copper

Bronce
Nickel
Oil acid, tech. 20 (1) 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 (0) 0
150 (2) 0 0 0 0 (0) (2) 1 1 0
180 3 1 0 1 0 (0) 3 (1) 3
235 3 2 0 (0) (0) 3 3

Oxalic acid wL 2 20 3 0 0 2 1 1 1 0 0 2 1 0 0
2 80 3 0 0 1 1 1 0 3 1
5 20 3 0 0 2 1 1 1 0 0 1
5 80 3 1 0 0 3 2
10 20 3 1 0 2 1 1 1 0 (0) 2 1 2 3
10 SP 3 3 2 2 1 1 0 0 1 3 (3)
30 20 3 3 3 2 1 1 1 0
30 SP 3 3 3 1 1 1 1 3
50 20 3 3 3 2 1 1 1 0
50 SP 3 3 3 2 1 1 1 1 3

Oxygen 100 -185 (0) 0 0 0 0 0 0


100 20 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
100 500 (1) 0 0 0 3 3

Palmitic acid 100 20 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 2 1 0 0

Paraffin Schm 120 (0) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Perchloroethylene wL 100 20 0 0L 0L 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 3
100 SP (3) 0L 0L 0 0 0 0 0 (0) (0) (0) 0 3

Petrol tr 20 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
tr SP 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Petroleum (kerosine) 20 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0
100 0 0 0 (2) 0 0 0 0 (0) (1) (0) 0

Petroleum ether 100 20 0 0


100 SP 0 0

Petrolium / fuel 100 20 0 0 0 0 0 0 0


100 SP 0 0 0

Phenic acid rein 100 SP 3 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 3


(Phenol) wL 90 SP 3 1 0 0 (0) 1 0 3
roh 90 20 (1) 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 0
90 SP 3 1 0 (0) 1 3
50 20 (1) (1) 0 0 0 0
50 70 3 1 (1) 0 1 1

Phenolsulphonic acid 30 20 (0) 0 0 0 0


30 120 0 0

Phosphor tr 20 0 0 0 0

Phosphor penta chloride tr 100 20 (0) (0) 1


100 60 (0) (0) 1

414
29.3_UK_Kap_13_Korrosionstab.qxp:03_Ratgeber_Metallbälge_UK 30.10.2009 14:47 Uhr

Medium

Monel 400 2.4360


Inconel 600 2.4816
Incoloy 825 2.4858
Hastelloy C 2.4819
Temperature (°C)
Concentration %

18/8+Mo-Steel
Unalloyed steel

Aluminium
18/8-Steel

Titanium
Tombak
Copper

Bronce
Nickel
Phosphorous acid wL 1 20 3 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 2 03 3 3
chem. pure 5 20 3 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 2 03 3 3
10 20 3 0 0 2 1 1 0 0 2 03 3 3
10 80 3 0 0 0 1
30 20 3 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 0
30 SP 3 1 1 (2) (1) 1 2 2 (1) 3
50 20 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 (0) 1
50 SP 3 2 1 (2) 3 3 2 1 (0) 3
80 SP 3 3 3 3 (0) 1 2 1 3 1

Phosphorous acid <30 25 3 0 0 0 1


technical <30 SP 3 0 0 1 3
50 25 3 0 0 0 1
50 SP 3 3 2 2 3
85 25 3 0 0 0 3
85 SP 3 3 3 1 3

Pineapple juice 25 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
85 1 1 0 0

Pit water (sour) 20 3 0 0 3 2 1 2

Potassium Schm 100 100 0 0 0 0 0


600 (0) 0 0
800 (0) 0 0

Potassium acetate Schm 100 292 3 0 0 3


wL 20 (1) 0 0 0 0 0 1 1

Potassium bi-chromate wL 25 40 3 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 3 0
25 SP 3 0 0 1 3 3 3 (0)

Potassium bi-fluoride wL ges 20 0L 0L

Potassium bi-tartrate wL kg 3 0 0 0 0
(Cream of tartar) wL hg 3 3 1 1 1

Potassium bromide wL 5 20 3 0L 0L 0 0 0 0 0 1
5 30 3 0L 0L 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 2

Potassium carbonate Schm 100 1000 3 3LS 3LS 0 3


wL 50 20 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 3 1 0 3
wL 50 SP 3 3 3 0 0 0 1 3

Potassium chlorate wL 5 20 (2) 0L 0 1 1 1 0 (1) (1) (1) 0 0


ges SP 3 0L 0 3 3 3 0 0 1 0 1

Potassium chloride wL 5 85 (2) 0L 0L 1 1 2 0 1 1 2 1 0 3


30 20 (1) 0L 0L 0 0 0 0 1 1 2 1 0 3
30 SP 2 1L 0L 0 0 0 1 (2) (2) (1) 0 3

Potassium chromate wL 10 20 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0
10 SP (1) 0 0 0 0
<30 30 0 0 0 1 0 0

Potassium chrom. sulph. wL ges 20 3 1 0 1 0 0 3 3


ges SP 3 3 3 2 (1) 3 3

415
29.3_UK_Kap_13_Korrosionstab.qxp:03_Ratgeber_Metallbälge_UK 30.10.2009 14:47 Uhr

Medium

Monel 400 2.4360


Inconel 600 2.4816
Incoloy 825 2.4858
Hastelloy C 2.4819
Temperature (°C)
Concentration %

18/8+Mo-Steel
Unalloyed steel

Aluminium
18/8-Steel

Titanium
Tombak
Copper

Bronce
Nickel
Potassium cyanate Schm 100 750 3 3
wL 10 20 (0) 0 0 (1) 3 3 (0) 1

Potassium cyanide wL 10 SP 3 0 0 3 3 3 3

Potassium hydroxide wL 20 20 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 2 1 0 3
20 SP 0S 0S 0S 0 0 1 1 1 3 0 3

Potassium hydroxide 50 20 0S 0S 0S 0 0 1 1 0 3
50 SP 0S 3 3 0 0 3 1 1 3 3 3
hg 0S 0S 0S 1 3
Schm 100 360 3 3 3 0 3 3 3 3

Potassium hypochloride wL all 20 3 2L 0L 3 3 3 3 0 0 3


all SP 3L 3L 3 3 3 3 1 0 3

Potassium iodide wL 20 (0) 0L 0L 3 3 1 0 0 3


SP (0) 0L 0L 3 3 1 0 0 3

Potassium nitrate wL 25 20 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 (0)


(Saltpetre) 25 SP 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 (0) 0
ges 20 0 0 0 1 1 1 1
ges SP 2 0 0 1

Potassium nitrite all SP 1 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 1

Potassium oxalate all 20 0 0 0 0 0 0


all SP 0 0 0 0 0 0

Potassium perchlorade wL 25 20 1
75 50 1

Potassium permanganate wL 10 20 0 0 0 0 (1) 0


all SP 3 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 0

Potassium persulphate wL 10 25 (3) 0 0 (3) (3) 0 0 (3) (3) (3)

Potassium sulphate 10 25 0 0 (1) 1 0 1 0 0 (1)


all SP 0 0 0
wL 5 20 3 2 0 0
wL 5 90 3 3 3 3

Propane 100 20 (0) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Pyrogallol all 20 (0) 0 0 0 (0) 0


all 100 3 (0) 0 1 (0) 0

Quinine-bi-sulphate tr 20 3 3 1 1 0 0 0 0

Quinine sulphate tr 20 3 0 0 1 0 0 0 0

Resina (natural) 100 20 0 0 0 0 1 0


100 300 3 0L 0L 1 1

Salycilic acid tr 100 20 1 0 0 0 0 0


wL 1 80 (3) 0 0 0 0 (1) (1) 0
ges 20 (3) 0 0 0 0 1

416
29.3_UK_Kap_13_Korrosionstab.qxp:03_Ratgeber_Metallbälge_UK 30.10.2009 14:47 Uhr

Medium

Monel 400 2.4360


Inconel 600 2.4816
Incoloy 825 2.4858
Hastelloy C 2.4819
Temperature (°C)
Concentration %

18/8+Mo-Steel
Unalloyed steel

Aluminium
18/8-Steel

Titanium
Tombak
Copper

Bronce
Nickel
Sea water 20 (1) 0LS 0LS 0 0 0 0 0 0 (0) 0 0 (0)
50 (1) 1LS 0LS 0 0 0 0 0 (0) (1) 0 0 (0)
SP (2) 2LS 1 0 0 0 0 0 (1) (1) (0) 0 (1)

Sewages ( w.o. H2SO4) <40 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 3 2 0 3


( with H2SO4) <40 0 0 3 3 3 0 3

Silver bromide 100 20 3 2LS 2LS 1 0 0 3 3 3 0 3


wL 10 25 3 0LS 0LS 0 0

Silver chloride wL 10 20 3 3LS 3LS 0 1 3 3 3 0 3

Silver nitrate wL 10 20 3 0 0 3 3 1 0 1 3 3 3 0 3
wL 10 SP 3 0 0 3 0
wL 20 20 3 0 0 1 0
Schm 100 250 2 0 0

Sodium 100 20 0 0 0 0
100 200 0 0 0 (1)
100 600 (3) 0 0

Sodium acetate wL 10 20 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
ges SP (2) 0 0 (1) 0

Sodium aluminate wL 20 0 0 0

Sodium bi-carbonate wL 10 20 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 1 2 1 0 0
10 SP (1) 0 0 1
20 SP 1

Sodium bi-sulphite 10 20 3 0 0 0 1 3 1 (0)


10 SP 3 2 0 3
50 20 3 0 0 0 0 1 3 1 (0)
50 SP 3 0 0 (0)

Sodium bromide wL all 20 3 3LS 2LS 0 3


all SP 3 3LS 2LS 1 3

Sodium carbonate wL 1 20 0 0 0
1 75 1L 0 0 0 0 0 1 2 1 0
kg 20 0 0 3
kg SP 3 0 0 3
Schm 900 3 3 3 (0)

Sodium chlorate 30 20 2 0LS 0LS 0


30 SP 3 0LS 0LS (0)

Sodium chloride wL 3 20 (1) 0LS 0LS 1 0 1 0 (0) 3


3 SP (2) 0LS 0LS 1 0 1 1 (0)
10 20 (2) 0LS 0LS 1 0 1 0 1 2 1 0 1
10 SP (3) 0LS 0LS 1 0 1 1 1
kg 20 (2) 0LS 0LS 1 0 1 0 0 2
kg SP (2) 2LS 0LS 1 0 1 1 (0) 2

417
29.3_UK_Kap_13_Korrosionstab.qxp:03_Ratgeber_Metallbälge_UK 30.10.2009 14:47 Uhr

Medium

Monel 400 2.4360


Inconel 600 2.4816
Incoloy 825 2.4858
Hastelloy C 2.4819
Temperature (°C)
Concentration %

18/8+Mo-Steel
Unalloyed steel

Aluminium
18/8-Steel

Titanium
Tombak
Copper

Bronce
Nickel
Soap wL 1 20 0 0 0 0 1 0 0
wL 1 75 0 0 0 1 0
wL 10 20 0 0
wL 100 0 0 0 0 3

Sodium citrate wL 3.5 20 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 3

Sodium cyanide Schm 100 600 (1) 3 3 3 3 3


wL ges 20 3 0 0 3 3 3 3 0 3

Sodium dichromate wL ges 20 0 0 3 3 3 0

Sodium fluoride 10 20 (0) 0LS 0LS 0 0 0 0 (3)


10 SP (0) 0LS 0LS 0 0
kg 20 0LS 0LS 0 0

Sodium hydroxide fest 100 320 (3) 3 3 0 1 0 0 3


wL 5 20 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 (0) 0 3
5 SP 0 0 0 0 0 1 2 1 0 3
25 20 0 0S 0S 0 0 0 0 0 0 3
25 SP 2 1S 1S 0 0 0 1 1 0 3
50 20 0 1S 1S 0 0 0 0 0 0 3
50 SP 2 2S 2S 0 0 0 1 1 0 3

Sodium hyposulfite all 20 2 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 2 0


all SP 2 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 2 0

Sodium nitrate Schm 100 320 3 0 0 1 3 0


wL 5 20 (2) 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0
wL 10 20 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 2 1 0 0
wL 30 20 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 0
wL 30 SP (1) 0 0 1 1 0 0

Sodium nitrite wL 100 20 0 0 2 2 2 1 0 0 0

Sodium perborate wL ges 20 (1) 0 0 1 1

Sodium perchlorate wL 10 20 (2) 0LS 0LS 0


10 SP (3) 0LS 0LS 0

Sodium peroxide wL 10 20 3 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 3 3 3
wL 10 SP 3 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 3 3 3

Sodium phosphate wL 10 20 0 0 0 0 1 2 1 0 (0)


10 50 0 0 (0) (0)
10 SP 0 0 3 (1)

Sodium pochloride 10 25 (1) 1LS 0LS (0) (0) (0) 2 3 (1) 0 3


(javel water) 10 50 (3) 1LS 0LS (0) 1 1 0 3

Sodium salicylate (Aspirin) wL ges 20 0 0

Sodium silicate ges 20 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 (2)

418
29.3_UK_Kap_13_Korrosionstab.qxp:03_Ratgeber_Metallbälge_UK 30.10.2009 14:48 Uhr

Medium

Monel 400 2.4360


Inconel 600 2.4816
Incoloy 825 2.4858
Hastelloy C 2.4819
Temperature (°C)
Concentration %

18/8+Mo-Steel
Unalloyed steel

Aluminium
18/8-Steel

Titanium
Tombak
Copper

Bronce
Nickel
Sodium sulfate wL 10 20 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
10 SP 3 0 0 1
30 20 3 0 0 1 0
30 SP 3 0 0 1
kg 3 0 0 1 1 0 0 0
hg 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1

Sodium sulfide wL 20 20 3 0 0 1 3 0 0 2 1 2 0 3
20 SP 3 0 0 (0) 1 0 3
50 SP 3 0 0 3 (0) 1 0
wL kg 20 3 (0) (0) 1 1 3 0
hg 3 3 1 0 3

Sodium sulfite wL 10 20 (3) 0 0 0 (1) (3) (1) 0


50 20 (3) 0 0 0
50 SP 0 0

Sodium thiosulfate wL 1 20 1 0 0 0 0 0
25 20 3 0 0 0 0 0
25 SP 3 0L 0L 0 1
100 20 3 0 0 1 1 1 2

Sodium triphosphate wL 10 20 1
10 SP 1
25 50 1

Soft soap 20 0 0

Spinning bath <10 80 3 2 1 0 3


<10 80 3 3 3 0 3

Steam fe 100 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1
fe 200 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 0 1
tr 150 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1
tr 600 2 0 0 2 1

Stearic acid 100 20 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 2 1 0 0


100 80 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 3
100 130 3 0 0 1 0 0 0

Sugar wL 20 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
wL SP 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0

Sulphite lye 20 0 0
80 2 0
140 3 0

Sulphur tr 100 20 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0
Schm 100 130 (1) 0 0 3 3 (0) 0 0 3 3 3 0
Schm 100 445 3 2 2 0 (0)
fe 20 3 1 0 3 3 3 3 3 0

Sulphur chlorine tr 100 30 0 0LS 0LS 0 0 (0) (0) (0) 0 3


tr 100 SP 0LS 0LS 0

419
29.3_UK_Kap_13_Korrosionstab.qxp:03_Ratgeber_Metallbälge_UK 30.10.2009 14:48 Uhr

Medium

Monel 400 2.4360


Inconel 600 2.4816
Incoloy 825 2.4858
Hastelloy C 2.4819
Temperature (°C)
Concentration %

18/8+Mo-Steel
Unalloyed steel

Aluminium
18/8-Steel

Titanium
Tombak
Copper

Bronce
Nickel
Sulphur dioxide tr 100 20 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0
tr 100 400 1 2 0 3
tr 100 800 3 3 2 3
fe 20 2 0 0 1 3 1 0 1
400 3 1 1 3 0

Sulphur acid 1 20 3 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 0 1
1 70 3 1 0 2 1 0 (0)
1 SP 3 1 1 1 3
10 20 3 2 1 1 1 0 2 1 1
10 20 3 2 1 1 1 0 2 1 1
10 70 3 2 2 2 2 0 (3)
40 20 3 1 1 1 0 2 3 2 1 1
80 20 3 3 3 1 0 (1) 3 1 3 2
96 20 1 0 0 1 2 0 0 1 3 2
96 SP 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

Sulphur hydrogen tr 100 20 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0


H2S tr 100 100 3 0 0 0 0
tr 100 >200 3 0 0 0
tr 100 500 0
tr 20 3 0 0 1 0 0 0 3 2 3 0 0

Sulphur monoxyde 100 20 1 0 0 (0) (0) 1 0 1 1 0


100 SP 2 0 0 (0) (0) 0

Sulphur trioxide S03 fe 100 20


tr 100 20 3 3 3 2 0 0 0 0 3 0

Sulphurous acid S02 fe 200 3 2 0 3 3 0 0 0 3 3 3 0 2


(Gas) fe 300 3 2 0
fe 500 3 2 0
fe 900 3 3 2

Sulphurous acid wL 1 20 3 0 0 2 2 1 0 1
H2S03 wL 5 20 3 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 0 1
wL 10 20 3 0 0 0 0
wL ges 20 2 0 0 2 0 1 3

Tannic acid wL 5 20 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0
5 SP 3 0 0
10 20 2 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0
10 SP 3 0 0
50 20 3 0 0 0 0 0 1 0
50 SP 3 0 0

Tar 20 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1
SP 2 0 0 0 1 0 0 1

Tin Schm 100 300 2 0 0 3 3 3 0 3


Schm 100 400 3 1 1
Schm 100 500 3 3 3
Schm 100 600 3 3 1

Tin chloride 20 3 1LS 1LS 3 3 0 3


SP 3 3LS 3LS 1 3

420
29.3_UK_Kap_13_Korrosionstab.qxp:03_Ratgeber_Metallbälge_UK 30.10.2009 14:48 Uhr

Medium

Monel 400 2.4360


Inconel 600 2.4816
Incoloy 825 2.4858
Hastelloy C 2.4819
Temperature (°C)
Concentration %

18/8+Mo-Steel
Unalloyed steel

Aluminium
18/8-Steel

Titanium
Tombak
Copper

Bronce
Nickel
Titaniuim sulphate 10 20 1
10 SP 1

Toluene 100 20 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
100 SP 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Tri-chloro acetic acid >10 20 3 3 0


50 20 3 3 0 0 0
50 100 3 3 1

Trilene tr 100 20 0 0L 0L 0 0 0 0 0 0
tr 100 70 0L 0L 0 3
tr 100 SP 0L 0L 0 0 1 1 1 3
fe 20 2 0L 0L 0 0 1 2 1 3
fe SP 3 1L 0L 0 0 1 2 1 3

Trinitrophenol 20 (0) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 (0) (0) (0) 0 0


200 3 0 0 0 0 0

Trinitrophenol Schm 100 150 3 3


wL 3 20 3 0 0 1
25 20 3 0 0 3 (1) 3 3 3
ges 20 3 0 0 3 3 3 2 0 3 3 3

Turpentine oil 100 20 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0


100 SP 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0

Tyoglykolacid 20 1
SP 1

Urea 100 20 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
100 150 3 1 0 1 3 1 0 3

Uric acid wL konz 20 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 3


wL konz 100 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 3

Urine 20 0L 0L 0 0 1
40 0L 0L 0

Vaseline 100 ≤SP 0 0 0 0

Vegetable soup SP 0 0

Vinegar 20 0 0 1 3 1 0
SP 0 0 3 3 3 3

Vinegar acid 10 20 3 0 0 2 1 1 0 0 1 3 1 0 0
10 SP 3 2 0 1 1 0 0 0 2
20 20 3 0 0 2 1 1 0 0 0 0
20 SP 3 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 2
50 20 3 0 0 2 1 1 0 0 0 1 0
50 SP 3 3 0 2 1 1 0 0 3 0 2
80 20 3 0L 0L 1 1 0 0 1 0
80 SP 3 3L 0L 1 2 1 0 0 2
99 20 3 0L 0L 2 1 2 0 0 0 0
99 SP 3 1L 1L 2 1 1 0 0 0

421
29.3_UK_Kap_13_Korrosionstab.qxp:03_Ratgeber_Metallbälge_UK 30.10.2009 14:48 Uhr

Medium

Monel 400 2.4360


Inconel 600 2.4816
Incoloy 825 2.4858
Hastelloy C 2.4819
Temperature (°C)
Concentration %

18/8+Mo-Steel
Unalloyed steel

Aluminium
18/8-Steel

Titanium
Tombak
Copper

Bronce
Nickel
Vinyl chloride 20 0 0 0 0 0
400 1 1 1

Water
H20 dest. 20 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
dest. SP 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1
River water 20 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
River water SP 0 0 0 1
Tap water hard ≤SP 1 0 0 0 1
Tap water soft ≤SP 0 0 0 0 1 0 1
Tap water alkaline ≤SP 2 0 0 0 3
Pit water sour 20 1 0 0 1 1 2 2
Pit water sour 20 1 0 0 2 2 3 3
Mineral water 20 1 0 0 3
Rainwater flowing 20 2 0 0 0 0 1
Rainwater still 20 3
Sweat 20 1 0 0 3
Sea water 20 1 0LS 0LS 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1
SP 2 2LS 1LS 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 3

Water condensate, pure <200 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0


plus CO2 <200 2 1 1 0 1 0
plus O2 <200 2 1 0 1 0 0
plus C1 <200 2 2LS 2LS 2
plus NH3 <200 2 0 3 2 0

Wattle wL 20 2 0 0 0 0 0 0
SP 3 0 0 0 0 0

Whiskey 20 3

Wine acidity wL 3 20 0 0 0 0 0
wL 10 20 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 2 0 0 2
wL 10 SP 3 0 0 2 2 2 0 1 3 3 0 2
wL 25 20 0 0 0 0 0 0 2
wL 25 SP 1 0 1 0 1 0 3
wL 50 20 0 0 0 0 2
wL 50 SP 1 0 1 0 3
wL 75 20 0 0 0 0 2
wL 75 SP 2 2 1 0 3
wL all 1 0 3

Wine vinegar wL 5 20 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 0

Wine, white & red 20 2 0 0 2 0 0 0 3 3 3


SP 3 0 0 3 0 0 0 3 3 3

Xylene 20 0 0 0 0
SP 0 0 0 0

Yoghurt 0 3

Zinc Schm 100 500 3 3 3 3 3 3

Zinc chloride wL 5 20 3 3LS 2LS 1 1 1 0 0 2 3 2 0 3


wL 5 SP 3 3LS 2LS 1 2 2 0 1 2 3 2 0 3

422
29.3_UK_Kap_13_Korrosionstab.qxp:03_Ratgeber_Metallbälge_UK 30.10.2009 14:48 Uhr

Medium

Monel 400 2.4360


Inconel 600 2.4816
Incoloy 825 2.4858
Hastelloy C 2.4819
Temperature (°C)
Concentration %

18/8+Mo-Steel
Unalloyed steel

Aluminium
18/8-Steel

Titanium
Tombak
Copper

Bronce
Nickel
Zinc silicone sulfide wL 30 20 0
wL 30 65 2
wL 40 20 0
wL 50 65 3

Zinc sulphate wL 10 20 2 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 1 3 1 0 1
wL 25 SP 3 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 2 0 3
wL hg 20 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 1 0 1
wL hg SP 0 0 1 3

423
29.3_UK_Kap_14.qxp:UK_02_Kap_12.qxp 30.10.2009 14:48 Uhr Seite 424

Personal notes

424
29.3_UK_Kap_14.qxp:UK_02_Kap_12.qxp 30.10.2009 14:48 Uhr Seite 425

Personal notes

425
29.3_UK_Kap_14.qxp:UK_02_Kap_12.qxp 04.11.2009 15:47 Uhr Seite 426

12.6 Subsidiaries / Holding Companies / Agencies

BOA BKT GmbH


Balg- und Kompensatoren-Technologie
Lorenzstrasse 2–6
D-76297 Stutensee
Phone +49 (0)7244 99-0
Fax +49 (0)7244 99-372
E-Mail marketing@boa-bkt.com
Web www.boa-bkt.com

BOA AG
Kompensatoren
Metallschläuche und Metallbälge
Station-Ost 1
CH-6023 Rothenburg, Switzerland
Phone +41 (0)41 289 41 11
Fax +41 (0)41 289 42 02
E-Mail info@boa.ch
Web www.boa.ch

Subsidiaries/Holding Companies:

Flexible Solutions Group BOA Metallschlauch GmbH


France SAS Magdeburger Strasse 2
Immeuble Odyssée D-06484 Ditfurt
Bâtiment D Phone +49 (0)3946 811 269
2–12 Chemin des Femmes Fax +49 (0)3946 811 270
F-91300 MASSY E-Mail info@boa-metallschlauch.de
Phone +33 (0)1 69 10 88 29 Web www.boa-metallschlauch.de
Fax +33 (0)1 69 34 48 56
E-Mail fsg@fsg-france.fr Famas S.A.
Web www.fsg-france.fr ul. Kopernika 36
PL-90 553 Lódz
BOA Nederland B.V. Phone +48 42 6648 400
Postbus 214 Fax +48 42 6648 401
NL-5000 AE Tilburg E-Mail info@famas.com.pl
Phone +31 (0)13 535 06 25 Web www.famas.com.pl
Fax +31 (0)13 536 40 85
E-Mail sales@boanederland.nl
Web www.boanederland.nl

American BOA Inc.


P.O. Box 1301
US-Cumming, Georgia 30028
Phone +1 800 856 4580
Fax +1 770 889 0661
E-Mail sales@boa-us.com
Web www.americanboa.com

Agencies:
in all important industrial countries

426
29.3_UK_00_Umschlag.qxp:29.3_DE_00_Umschlag.qxp 05.11.2009 9:21 Uhr Seite 1

Expansion Joints
Guide

www.boagroup.com
Additional sites in:
Buenos Aires, Argentina
Wien, Austria
Embu – São Paolo, Brazil
Shanghai, China
Plzen, Czechia
Chassieu, France
Fère-en-Tardenois, France
Port Elizabeth, South Africa

BOA Holding GmbH Expansion Joints, Metal Hoses Expansion Joints Guide
Lorenzstrasse 2–6 Metal Bellows, Plastics Components
D-76297 Stutensee Station-Ost 1
Germany CH-6023 Rothenburg, Switzerland
Phone +49 (0)72 44 99 0 Phone +41 (0)41 289 41 11
Fax +49 (0)72 44 99 372 Fax +41 (0)41 289 42 02
marketing@boa-bkt.com info@boa.ch

www.boagroup.com www.boa.ch

You might also like